Catalogue 2013-14 PDF

GENERAL
CATALOGUE
Middle East Edition 2013/2014

Welcome to a
temperature-controlled
world
FIRE PROTECTION
AIR DISTRIBUTION
VENTILATION
HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATION
Aldes Solutions
for Your Comfort & Safety
Aldes meets the latest regulatory requirements and About Us
expectations of its clients by providing a global response
to new buildings or renovations with new solutions aiming Aldes Middle East was established in 2002 in the U.A.E. as
for comfort and safety with energy savings. a regional base for the G.C.C but was present locally since
1982.
- Fire Protection
This 100% owned subsidiary from Aldes Middle East has
- Air Distribution
110 employees and state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities
- Ventilation
for HVAC and fire protection products in the U.A.E.
- Heat Recovery Ventilation
A local manufacturer backed by a strong European
Industrial Group dedicated to serve our customers and
A Word from the Managing Director… optimize our service with a European level of quality.
“The company’s policy has been to work at all levels of Improving the quality of the air we breath inside buildings to
sales, from regulatory bodies to consultants and MEP improve our quality of life is not only a dream but also a
contractors – an approach which has reaped dividends. In great company project addressed by all Aldes employees
since 1925.
an ever changing environment, we have to adapt ourselves
and our structures to fulfill the market needs. One of the And if Aldes is recognized as a leader on many aspects in
its field of business, the orientation taken by Aldes has
reasons behind our success is the dynamism and profes-
always used the same guidelines: customer satisfaction,
sionalism of our sales forces”.
employee engagement, innovation and sustainability.
Gaëtan PIERREFEU
Managing Director
General Catalogue 2013/14 3

New Products Aldes Training Aldes Services
General Information p. 6 - 7 p. 8 - 9 p. 10
Compartmentation
Fire Protection
Systems: p.24
Selection Guides: p.25 & 64
Motorised fire smoke & Motorised fire & Motorised fire dampers
heat dampers p. 27-50 smoke dampers p. 51 p. 52
Airflow Control
Air Distribution
Selection Guides: p. 120 - 121
p. 146
p. 156 - 157
Pressure independent Constant airflow

VAV boxes Bypass VAV boxes regulators
p. 122 - 125 p. 126 p. 127 - 132
Sound Attenuation
Rectangular sound Bend type sound Circular sound

attenuators p. 150 attenuators p. 151 attenuators p. 152
Air Diffusion
Swirl diffusers Special diffusers Jet diffusers

p. 161 - 169 p. 170 - 178 p. 173 - 176
Fans - Supply & Extraction
Ventilation
Selection Guides: p. 262 - 263
Small axial exhaust fans In-line duct fans Axial fans

p. 264 - 268 p. 270 - 271 p. 272 - 279
HRV Fan units
Heat Recovery Ventilation
Systems: p. 370, 398
Selection Guide: p. 371
Compact plate heat Plate heat exchangers Rotary heat exchangers

exchangers p. 381 - 382 p. 372 - 389 p. 390 - 396
“Aldes reserves the right to make any modifications in its products as result of product development process. Details given in the catalogue may be modified without
Subsidiaries Aldes & the Aldes around the Index Miscelleaneous Engineering General Terms of Sales
p. 11 Enviornment p. 12 World p. 13 p. 14 - 21 Datas p. 405 & Conditions p. 406
Smoke Extraction
Curtain fire dampers Staircase pressurisation Smoke exhaust fans Motorised smoke dampers
p. 53-62 fans p. 65-71 p. 72-112 p. 113-114
Volume control dampers Non return dampers Pressure relief dampers

p. 133 - 140 p. 141 p. 141
Cross talk attenuators Acoustic louvres

p. 153 p. 154
Slot diffusers Ceiling diffusers Small & constant exhaust Indoor grilles Air displacement diffusers Louvres
p. 179 - 185 p. 186 - 195 grilles p. 196 - 214 p. 215 - 229 p. 230 - 233 p. 234 - 240
Cabinet fans Roof fans Accessories

p. 280 - 337 p. 338 - 358 p. 359 - 366
Heat pump water heaters

p. 398 - 404
any prior notice”.

New
products
2013/14
Compartmentation Airflow Control
ISONE 1500 ISONE / AP CF1 / CF2 MR MODULO
• Fire, smoke & heat dampers. • Fire, smoke & heat dampers. • Fire damper cartridges with 1hr • Constant airflow regulators.
• Suitable for systems with • Suitable for installation in wall or 2hr fire rating. • Tool free manual adjustment of
pressure range 500Pa - 1500Pa. openings with only one side • To obtain EI 60 S or EI 120 S fire airflow
• Sleeve connection or ring accessible. damper classification, add
connection. SR 143 (metallic core grille) in
front of the selected cartridge.
p. 42 p. 47 p. 50 p.130
RMA SP 651 SP 650 RGE - RGEM
• Constant airflow regulators. • Aerofoil blades. • 3V grooves, single skin blade. • Airtight circular VCD with
• Motorised dual airflow. • Suitable for drive & slip duct • Suitable for drive & slip duct insulated blade
• Basic airflow and maximum connection. connection. • Manual or motorised.
airflow (fully open via motor).
p.131 & 132 p. 134 p. 136 p. 138
Air Diffusion
IRIS dampers AR 883 Thermo SF 785 AR 190 Thermo Diffuser Mini - AWT
• Manually adjustable • Automatic adjustment of air • Square swril diffusers with • Automatic adjustment of air • Diffusers for installation in
diaphragm. jet angle for optimum adjustable air diffusion jet angle for optimum stair risers or in floor.
• Integrated airflow/pressure comfort in winter (no through deflectors. comfort in winter (no • High induction swril jet.
plugs for measurement. stratification) and summer stratification) and summer
(no discomfort). (no discomfort).
• No electrical connections. • No electrical connections.
p. 139 p. 164 p. 165 p. 175 p. 177
6 General Catalogue 2013/14

CSI TechLined 280/290 Bapsi Range Bahia Curve Range
• High rate of air induction • Perfect integration into • Grilles for self-balanced CMEV • Grilles for humidity - controlled
• Ideal for large volume premises Armstrong® Tech Zone Systems. CMEV Systems.
with high ceilings. suspended ceilings.
• Suitable for atmosphere charged • Exclusive RAL color finish.
with salt, acid etc.
p. 178 p. 184 p. 196 & 201 p. 202 - 208
Ventilation
SP391 - 392 - 393 - 394 AR 637 AG 645 DESIGN
• Air displacement diffusers. • Fixed blade circular louvres. • Movable blades rectangular • Extra flat, silent, very low
• Suitable for cooling applications • Fresh air intake or polluted air louvres. consumption.
for high ceiling spaces. exhaust. • Fresh air intake or polluted air • Available in presence detection
• Low velocity air supply. exhaust. version.
p. 230 -233 p. 236 p. 238 p. 267
DECO IN LINE MINI - VEC inoVEC microwatt TVEC silence
• Discrete and attractive • Silent operation • C4 Fire approval rating • Aldes patented system • Insulated casing for very
design, available in • ABS construction (400˚C for 1/2h) for • Low energy consumption silent operation.
aluminium finish. residential CMEV systems. fan for CMEV Systems
• Silent and very low • Built-in, pre-wired
consumption. microwatt unit.
p. 268 p. 270 p. 280 p. 288 p. 295

Heat recovery fan for large volume Heat pump water heater
The HRV fan unit regulates the airflow according to the demand in Thermodynamic Water Heater.
each zone of the building independently to the areas. Energy Saving by heating water.
Double Flow unit
Range DFE / DFR Flex / DFE+
up to
16 000 Constant
Preassure
Direct control of the unit
DFR Flex DFE +

p.372 - 396 p.398 - 404

Training to
maintain
performance
Aldes training offers:
Specialised trainers
A training centre in the UAE
30 training programmes
500 trainees being trained each year
A full range: Something for everyone:

General training courses Installers
CMEV Maintenance firms
Smoke exhaust / Distributors
compartmentation Design offices
Extract Ventilation / Project managers
Supply & Extraction Fans Prime contractors
Air Flow Control / Assembly technicians
Sound Attenuation / Air Diffusion

Aldes Services.
In addition to its training programmes, Aldes also offers services to support those who
DIAGNOSTICS are involved in their own specific capacity at each stage of the process, from project
DESIGN
diagnosis to maintenance, in order to promote the smooth operation of systems.
PRODUCTION
For indoor air quality and the comfort and safety of occupants, there are 4 types of
MAINTENANCE
services available:
Help with diagnostics.

For new construction and retrofit
projects, Aldes supplies its know-how
in aeraulics to help you to analyse your
buildings and recommends the best
Measuring equipment
solution to suit your requirements.
Examples:
• Assistance with the inspection of installations.
Production & Installation support. Design support.

Thanks to its software and with the support of its employees,
Aldes supplies its experience to support designers in
dimensioning the systems and validating the selected products.
Examples:
• Systematic of the coherence of the system and
the dimensioning design study.
• Work site
• Air diffusion tests or simulations.
After sale support.

To ensure that the installations maintain their performance
over the long term and that their maintenance is as simple
Aldes teams are on hand in branches or in the field to as possible, Aldes offers you various services.
support you with the efficient installation of quality systems. Examples:
Examples: • Technical information on the products for your installation.
• Installation guides. • Spare parts management.
• Participation, at your request, in a site co-ordination meeting. • Offer of an extended warranty period (for certain products
• Help with checking the smooth operation of the installation and and under certain conditions).
adjustment following test measures carried out on request.

The subsidiaries
EUROPE NORTH AMERICA
Germany Canada
Aldes Lufttechnik Aldes Canada
Fanny-Zobel-Str. 5, 100 rue Carter
D-12435 Berlin Saint-Léonard-d’Aston - Quebec
Tel: +49 30 532 19 000 CANADA JOC 1MO
Fax : +49 30 532 19 001 Tel: +1 819 399-3400 | +1 800 262-0916
www.aldes.de Fax : +1 819 399-4001
www.aeromatic-aldes.com
Belgium
Aldes Benelux United States
Rue Jean Verkruys 60 American Aldes Ventilation The Aldes Group is currently
B-4681 Hermalle s/Argenteau Corporation represented in more than 100
Tel: +32 4374 9820 4521 19th Street Court E., Ste 104 countries worldwide with a network of
Fax :+ 32 4374 9829 Bradenton, FL 34203 subsidiaries and distributors.
www.aldesbenelux.com Tel: +1 941 351 34 41
Fax :+1 941 351 34 42
www.americanaldes.com
Spain
Alder Venticontrol
Poligono Industrial Prado Overa
C/Puerto Pajares, 1 MIDDLE EAST / INDIAN Aldes Head Office
28919 Leganes (MADRID)
Tel: +34 91 428 20 12 OCEAN
France
Fax :+34 91 746 31 32
Aldes France
www.alderventicontrol.es United Arab Emirates
20 boulevard Joliot Curie
Aldes Middle East (FZE) 69694 Vénissieux Cedex
P.O. Box 8653, SHARJAH
Tel : + 33(0)4 78 77 15 15
Tel: +971 6 5578285
Netherlands Fax : + 33(0)4 78 76 15 97
Fax :+971 6 5578405
www.aldes.fr
Aldes Benelux www.aldes.ae
Veem 3,
6909 DZ, Babberich
Tel: +31 316 24 32 22
Fax :+31 316 24 32 16 Mauritius
www.aldesbenelux.com Aldes Mauritius Island
Industrial Estate
La Tour Koenig
Pointe Aux Sables
Italy MAURITIUS
Aldes S.P.A Tel: + 230 234 2628
Via Figino, 45 Fax : + 230 234 2665
20016 Pero (MI) www.aldes-reunion.com
Tel: +39 02 89 78 55 19
Fax :+39 02 91 53 40 07
Aldes S.P.A Reunion Island

Via Gran Bretagna, 35 Aldes Réunion
41122 Modena (MO) 15 rue du Maine
Tel: +39 59 315 707 ZAC Moufia
Fax :+39 59 313 374 97400 SAINTE CLOTILDE
www.aldes.it Tel: +262 97 96 81
Fax :+262 28 78 94
www.aldes-reunion.com
Climovent Italia S.R.L
C. SO Industria 7
14010 DUSINO S. MICHELE
Tel: +39 01 41 93 09 69
Fax :+39 01 41 93 04 70 ASIA
www.climovent.com
China
Aldes China
22F, No.1016 Dingxi Road
Shanghai. 200050
PR China
Tel: +86 21 62 26 11 72
Fax :+86 21 62 26 91 15
www.aldeschina.com

From single and multi-family
housing to commercial
premises, Aldes excels in the
MENA region in 4 business Aldes is an international, family-run company. Its business is centred on the design,
activities: manufacture and sale of high-performance solutions, which fulfil requirements in
terms of air quality, thermal comfort and safety in buildings.
• Fire Protection
• Ventilation Aldes is close to its markets and aware of their needs, bringing recognised expertise
• Air Distribution to the fields of ventilation, heating, acoustics and fire protection. Aldes is made up of
• Energy Recovery Ventilation committed employees, who share strong human values and who are ready to
support you as you choose the right solutions to suit your requirements.
Improving air quality and thermal Aldes Test Centre, fully adapted
comfort technical resources
Studies carried out on air quality inside buildings show the For high performance products and
presence of a multitude of pollutants that are dangerous customised solutions, the Aldes Test
to health. At the same time, the building construction Centre uses human and technical skills
industry is confronted with an equally significant challenge to advise and support its customers throughout the
- the reduction of greenhouse gases. Aldes products and testing period until they are fully satisfied.This means that
global solutions enable the industry to be fully Aldes can offer high quality products in terms of aerau-
capable of dealing with this important health lics, acoustics and aesthetic design, which also respect
and environmental issue. energy performance requirements.
Aldes is committed
to protecting
the environment.
As an active member of the Collective Action Group “Isolons
la Terre contrele CO2” (Let’s insulate the Earth against CO2),
Aldes has committed itself, together with 9 other industrial
leaders in the construction sector, to a large-scale plan to
reduce greenhouse gas
emissions and energy
consumption in buildings.
This Collective Action
Group was responsible
for the low energy consumption label.

Aldes without borders.
There is a universal need to breathe air of high
quality and the requirement for high energy
performance in buildings is equally important.
Therefore, Aldes uses its vast sales network
to export its know-how to more than 100
countries in Europe, the Middle East/Indian
Ocean, Asia and America. In total, there are
over one thousand employees are part of the
Aldes success story all over the world.
Aldes subsidiaries
Some prestigious references.

Aldes is involved in most large-scale projects around the world. Our numerous references include the Twin Towers in
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, the ‘Arche de la Défense’ and the Louvre in Paris etc. Aldes is also involved in over 2,500,000
.
houses and more than 3,000,000 collective housing apartments equipped with ventilation
© MCP
Villa des Hauts de Feuilly/MCP, Tour Zital, Madagascar. Zénith de Dijon, France.
Lyon France.
© Denis Dessus /Design Media Développement
Nantes hospital, Maple Garden Village The Rhône-Alpes Pavilion, Universal Arche de la Défense
France. Shanghai, China. Exhibition 2010 - Shanghai, China. Paris, France.
Madinat Jumeirah, UAE Le Louvre - Paris, France Ecole-Tournefeuille, France. Twin Towers - Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia.

Index
Alphabetical Index by Description

Description Abbreviation Page
A
Access door with cam lock SC 675 C 62
Access door with hinge and cam lock SC 675 H 62
Acoustic louvres for air intake & air exhaust - steel SU 631 154, 240
Activ heat pump water heater T.FLOW ACTIV 404
Activ heat pump water heater T.FLOW ACTIV MODULO 405
Adjustable circular diffusers - aluminium AF 842 193
Adjustable circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium AT 842 192
Adjustable circular swirl diffusers - aluminium AR 883 163
Adjustable core grilles - plastic SR 149 211
Adjustable core grilles - steel SR 143 211
Adjustable diffusers with rotating nozzles - steel SC 984 172
Adjustable slot diffusers - aluminium AG 270 - 280 - 290 179
Adjustable slot diffusers compatible with Armstrong® Tech Zone - aluminium TECHLINED 280 - TECHLINED 290 184
Adjustable slot diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium AN 280 TP - AN 290 TP 181
Adjustable square diffusers for ceiling tiles - air exhaust - steel SC 369 R 194
Adjustable square diffusers for ceiling tiles - air supply - steel SC 360 R 194
Adjustable square steel diffusers with perforated sheet - air exhaust SC 319 R 195
Adjustable square steel diffusers with perforated sheet - air supply SC 310 R 195
Adjustable square swirl diffusers - steel SF 783 166
Adjustable square swirl diffusers - steel SF 785 165
Aesthetic swirl diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel TWISTED 850 161
Air displacement diffusers - 180° air supply - steel SP 391 230
Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating C.VEC 281
Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating VEC 285
Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption C.VEC MICRO-WATT+ 283
Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption inoVEC MICRO-WATT 288
Air exhaust in-line cabinet fans - C4 fire rating TVEC GII 309
Air exhaust in-line cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption TVEC GII MICRO-WATT 314
Air supply cabinet fans ALIZONE 318
Air transfer grilles with fixed blades - aluminium AC 181 223
B
Bend-type sound attenuators - horizontal SA 20 H 151
Bend-type sound attenuators - vertical SA 20 V 151
Bypass VAV boxes VA 200 126
C
Circular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - low pressure loss ISONE FdP 36
Circular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - minimum space requirement ISONE EM 37
Circular sound attenuators SAR 100 152
Circular sound attenuators with central pod SARP 100 152
Circular VCD SR 653 137
Circular VCD, airtight RGE - RGEM 138
Circular wall-mounted fire, smoke & heat dampers ISONE/AP 48
Combination fire & smoke dampers - thermal responsive device FD 125 51
Constant airflow regulators - fixed single airflow MR MONO 127
Constant airflow regulators - manually adjustable airflow MR MODULO 130
Constant airflow regulators - motorised dual airflow RMA 131

Index
Cross talk sound attenuators SCS 153
Curtain fire dampers (100% free area) FD 150 CH 53
Curtain fire dampers (blades partially inside air stream) FD 150 AH 56
D
Double deflection adjustable blade grilles for circular ducts - steel GD 102 D 229
Double deflection grilles with adjustable blades - front horizontal & rare vertical - aluminium AC 101 D 215
Double deflection grilles with adjustable blades - front vertical & rare horizontal - aluminium AC 102 D 216
E
Exhaust fan unit in casing MINI-VEC 280
Exhaust roof fans THELIA 341
Exhaust roof fans VDA 338
F
Fire damper cartridges - 1h fire rating / 2h fire rating CF1/CF2 50
Fixed blade exhaust grilles with filter - aluminium AC 161 W 222
Fixed blade exhaust grilles with filter for ceiling tiles - aluminium AG 637 WZ 228
Fixed blade grilles - aluminium AC 121 218
Fixed blade grilles - steel SC 121 218
Fixed circular diffusers - steel SC 831 191
Fixed circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel SC 832 TP 190
Fixed circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel SF 861 T 168
Fixed circular swirl diffusers - steel SF 861 - SR 861 169
Fixed linear bar grilles - 0° deflection - aluminium AC 440 220
Fixed linear bar grilles - 15° deflection - aluminium AC 441 221
Fixed linear bar grilles for design floor assembly mounting - aluminium AG 470 224
Fixed linear bar grilles for floor mounting - aluminium AG 450 224
Fixed linear bar grilles for floor mounting - aluminium AG 450A 225
Fixed mesh exhaust grilles with filter - aluminium AC 161 W 222
Fixed slot high airflow diffusers - aluminium AF 791 - 792 183
Fixed square mesh exhaust grilles with filter for ceiling tiles - aluminium AC 174 WZ 228
Fixed square swirl diffusers - steel SF 786 167
Fresh air circular louvres with fixed blades - aluminium AR 637 236
Fresh air rectangular louvres with fixed blades - aluminium AG 638A 234
Fresh air rectangular louvres with fixed blades - robust construction - aluminium AG 639A 235
Fresh air rectangular louvres with movable blades - aluminium AG 645 238
H
High effeciency HRV units DFE COMPACT MICRO-WATT 385
High effeciency HRV units DFE MICRO-WATT 383
High effeciency HRV units DFE+ MICRO-WATT 387
High effeciency HRV units DFE+ TOP MICRO-WATT 391
High effeciency HRV units DFR FLEX MICRO-WATT 398
High effeciency HRV units DFR MICRO-WATT 394
High effeciency HRV units DFR TOP MICRO-WATT 396
High induction textile ducts CSI 178
Humidity-controlled grilles BAHIA CURVE RANGE 202 - 208
Hygro heat pump water heater B 200-FAN T.FLOW HYGRO 407
Hygro heat pump water heater B 200 T.FLOW HYGRO 408
I
Inclined fixed blade exhaust grille for ceiling tiles - aluminium AO 129 227
Inclined square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - with thin frame - aluminium AU 124 227
In-line axial fans HELIONE 273

Index

In-line axial fans for smoke exhaust HELIONE 106
In-line axial fans for staircase pressurisation HELIONE 65
In-line cabinet fans VEKITA+ 291
In-line cabinet fans VIK 304
In-line cabinet fans - low energy consumption VIK MICRO-WATT 306
In-line duct fans - axial IN LINE 270
In-line duct fans - centrifugal VC 271
IRIS dampers IRIS 139
J
Jet diffusers - aluminium DGH 173
Jet diffusers - aluminium DGH 2 174
Jet diffusers - steel SR 151 S 176
L
Leakage tester for buildings PERMEASCOPE 143
M
Motorised fire dampers - thermal responsive device MD 125 52
Motorised plastic dampers RPM 139
Motorised smoke dampers - duct installation SD 125 A 114
Motorised smoke dampers - wall / duct installation SD 125 113
Multi-slot square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - aluminium ALD 610 K COMBINED 171
Multi-slot square diffusers - aluminium ALD 610 K 186
N
Non return dampers - duct mounted SG 661 141
Non return dampers - wall mounted SG 663 141
P
Perforated sheet exhaust grille for ceiling tiles - steel SC 370 227
Perforated sheet exhaust grilles - steel SC 125 219
Preassure independent VAV boxes - basic units VA 110 122
Preassure independent VAV boxes - extended box VA 120 122
Pressed metal exhaust grilles - steel SR 377 - 378 226
Pressure relief dampers - wall mounted SG 662 141
R
Rectangular fire, smoke & heat dampers - high pressure systems 500 - 1500 Pa ISONE 1500 42
Rectangular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - low pressure loss ISONE FdP 31
Rectangular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - minimum space requirement ISONE EM 32
Rectangular sound attenuators SA 20 150
Rectangular VCD with 3V grooves, single skin blades - drive & slip duct connection SP 650 136
Rectangular VCD with 3V grooves, single skin blades - flanged duct connection SU 650 135
Rectangular VCD with aluminium aerfoil blades - drive & slip connection SP 651 A 134
Rectangular VCD with aluminium aerfoil blades - flanged duct connection SU 651 A 133
Rectangular VCD with GI aerofoil blades - drive & slip duct connection SP 651 134
Rectangular VCD with GI aerofoil blades - flanged duct connection SU 651 133
Rectangular wall-mounted fire, smoke & heat dampers ISONE/AP 49
S
Sand trap louvres - aluminium AG 644 239
Self-balanced grilles BAPSI RANGE 196 - 201
Single deflection adjustable blade grilles for circular ducts - steel GD 102 229
Single deflection grilles with adjustable blades - horizontal - aluminium AC 101 215
Single deflection grilles with adjustable blades - vertical - aluminium AC 102 216
Small axial exhaust fan - wall / ceiling mounted DECO 268

Index
Small axial exhaust fan - wall / ceiling mounted DESIGN 267
Small axial exhaust fan - wall / window mounted WINDOW - XW 150 A 265
Small axial exhaust fan - wall / window mounted WINDOW - XW 230 A 266
Small axial exhaust fan - window mounted WINDOW - XW 100 A 264
Small fixed metal grilles - air exhaust BEM 214
Small fixed metal grilles - air supply & air exhaust BIM 213
Small outdoor grilles with fixed blades - aluminium AWA 251 237
Small plastic grille - air exhaust BSP 212
Small plastic grille - air supply BIO 212
Small plastic grille - air supply & air exhaust BIP 212
Smoke exhaust cabinet fans - F400 (2h) CYCLONE F400 CE 72
Smoke exhaust cabinet fans - F400 (2h) CYCLONE F400 CE 320
Smoke exhaust roof fans - F400 (2h) VELONE CE 90
Smoke exhaust roof fans - F400 (2h) VELONE CE 343
Square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - aluminium AF/AN 704 S RREI COMBINED 170
Square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - steel SF/SN 704 S RREI COMBINED 170
Square diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium AN 704 TP 187
Square diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel SF 704 TP 187
Square diffusers for risers - steel MINI AWT 177
Square diffusers with removable core (assembled profiles) - aluminium AF 704 - 703 - 702 - 701 188
Square diffusers with removable core (readymade) - aluminium AF 704A 188
Square mesh exhaust grilles - aluminium AC 123 219
Square mesh exhaust grilles with filter - aluminium AC 163 W 222
Static heat recovery fan units DFS 372
Static heat recovery fan units DFS+ 373
Static heat recovery fan units DFS T 377
Straight square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - frameless - aluminium AO 123 227
Straight square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - with thin frame - aluminium AU 123 227
Supply/exhaust double skin fans VEKITA SILENCE 298
Supply/exhaust double skin fans for kitchens VEKITA SILENCE-O 301
Supply/exhaust fans with insulated casing TVEC SILENCE 295
T
Thermostatic circular swirl diffusers - aluminium AR 883 THERMO 164
Thermostatic jet diffusers - aluminium AR 190 THERMO 175
W
Wall mounted axial fans HELICA 272

Index
Alphabetical Index by Abbreviations

Abbreviation Description Page
A
AC 101 Single deflection grilles with adjustable blades - horizontal - aluminium 215
AC 101 D Double deflection grilles with adjustable blades - front horizontal & rare vertical - aluminium 215
AC 102 Single deflection grilles with adjustable blades - vertical - aluminium 216
AC 102 D Double deflection grilles with adjustable blades - front vertical & rare horizontal - aluminium 216
AC 121 Fixed blade grilles - aluminium 218
AC 123 Square mesh exhaust grilles - aluminium 219
AC 161 W Fixed blade exhaust grilles with filter - aluminium 222
AC 163 W Fixed mesh exhaust grilles with filter - aluminium 222
AC 174 WZ Fixed square mesh exhaust grilles with filter for ceiling tiles - aluminium 228
AC 181 Air transfer grilles with fixed blades - aluminium 223
AC 440 Fixed linear bar grilles - 0° deflection - aluminium 220
AC 441 Fixed linear bar grilles - 15° deflection - aluminium 221
AF 704 - 703 - 702 - 701 Square diffusers with removable core (assembled profiles) - aluminium 188
AF 704A Square diffusers with removable core (readymade) - aluminium 188
AF 791 - 792 Fixed slot high airflow diffusers - aluminium 183
AF 842 Adjustable circular diffusers - aluminium 193
AF/AN 704 S RREI COMBINED Square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - aluminium 170
AG 270 - 280 - 290 Adjustable slot diffusers - aluminium 179
AG 450 Fixed linear bar grilles for floor mounting - aluminium 224
AG 450A Fixed linear bar grilles for floor mounting - aluminium 225
AG 470 Fixed linear bar grilles for design floor assembly mounting - aluminium 224
AG 637 WZ Fixed blade exhaust grilles with filter for ceiling tiles - aluminium 228
AG 638A Fresh air rectangular louvres with fixed blades - aluminium 234
AG 639A Fresh air rectangular louvres with fixed blades - robust construction - aluminium 235
AG 644 Sand trap louvres - aluminium 239
AG 645 Fresh air rectangular louvres with movable blades - aluminium 238
ALD 610 K Multi-slot square diffusers - aluminium 186
ALD 610 K COMBINED Multi-slot square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - aluminium 171
ALIZONE Air supply cabinet fans 318
AN 280 TP - AN 290 TP Adjustable slot diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium 181
AN 704 TP Square diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium 187
AO 123 Straight square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - frameless - aluminium 227
AO 129 Inclined fixed blade exhaust grille for ceiling tiles - aluminium 227
AR 190 THERMO Thermostatic jet diffusers - aluminium 175
AR 637 Fresh air circular louvres with fixed blades - aluminium 236
AR 883 Adjustable circular swirl diffusers - aluminium 163
AR 883 THERMO Thermostatic circular swirl diffusers - aluminium 164
AT 842 Adjustable circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - aluminium 192
AU 123 Straight square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - with thin frame - aluminium 227
AU 124 Inclined square mesh exhaust grilles for ceiling tiles - with thin frame - aluminium 227
AWA 251 Small outdoor grilles with fixed blades - aluminium 237
B
B 200 T.FLOW HYGRO Hygro heat pump water heater 408
B 200-FAN T.FLOW HYGRO Hygro heat pump water heater 407
BAHIA CURVE RANGE Humidity-controlled grilles 202 - 208
BAPSI RANGE Self balanced grilles 196 - 201
BEM Small fixed metal grilles - air exhaust 214
BIM Small fixed metal grilles - air supply & air exhaust 213

Index
BIO Small plastic grille - air supply 212
BIP Small plastic grille - air supply & air exhaust 212
BSP Small plastic grille - air exhaust 212
C
CF1/CF2 Fire damper cartridges - 1h fire rating / 2h fire rating 50
C.VEC Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating 281
C.VEC MICRO-WATT+ Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption 283
CSI High induction textile ducts 178
CYCLONE F400 CE Smoke exhaust cabinet fans - F400 (2h) 320
CYCLONE F400 CE Smoke exhaust cabinet fans - F400 (2h) 72
D
DECO Small axial exhaust fan - wall / ceiling mounted 268
DESIGN Small axial exhaust fan - wall / ceiling mounted 267
DFE COMPACT MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 385
DFE MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 383
DFE+ MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 387
DFE+ TOP MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 391
DFR FLEX MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 398
DFR MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 394
DFR TOP MICRO-WATT High effeciency HRV units 396
DFS Static heat recovery fan units 372
DFS T Static heat recovery fan units 377
DFS+ Static heat recovery fan units 373
DGH Jet diffusers - aluminium 173
DGH 2 Jet diffusers - aluminium 174
F
FD 125 Combination fire & smoke dampers - thermal responsive device 51
FD 150 AH Curtain fire dampers (blades partially inside air stream) 56
FD 150 CH Curtain fire dampers (100% free area) 53
G
GD 102 Single deflection adjustable blade grilles for circular ducts - steel 229
GD 102 D Double deflection adjustable blade grilles for circular ducts - steel 229
H
HELICA Wall mounted axial fans 272
HELIONE In-line axial fans 273
HELIONE In-line axial fans for smoke exhaust 106
HELIONE In-line axial fans for staircase pressurisation 65
I
IN LINE In-line duct fans - axial 270
inoVEC MICRO-WATT Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption 288
IRIS IRIS dampers 139
ISONE 1500 Rectangular fire, smoke & heat dampers - high pressure systems 500 - 1500 Pa 42
ISONE EM Circular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - minimum space requirement 37
ISONE EM Rectangular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - minimum space requirement 32
ISONE FdP Circular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - low pressure loss 36
ISONE FdP Rectangular embedded fire, smoke & heat dampers - low pressure loss 31
ISONE/AP Circular wall-mounted fire, smoke & heat dampers 48
ISONE/AP Rectangular wall-mounted fire, smoke & heat dampers 49

Index

M
MD 125 Motorised fire dampers - thermal responsive device 52
MINI AWT Square diffusers for risers - steel 177
MINI-VEC Exhaust fan unit in casing 280
MR MONO Constant airflow regulators - fixed single airflow 127
MR MODULO Constant airflow regulators - manually adjustable airflow 130
P
PERMEASCOPE Leakage tester for buildings 143
R
RGE - RGEM Circular VCD, airtight 138
RMA Constant airflow regulators - motorised dual airflow 131
RPM Motorised plastic dampers 139
S
SA 20 Rectangular sound attenuators 150
SA 20 H Bend-type sound attenuators - horizontal 151
SA 20 V Bend-type sound attenuators - vertical 151
SAR 100 Circular sound attenuators 152
SARP 100 Circular sound attenuators with central pod 152
SC 121 Fixed blade grilles - steel 218
SC 125 Perforated sheet exhaust grilles - steel 219
SC 310 R Adjustable square steel diffusers with perforated sheet - air supply 195
SC 319 R Adjustable square steel diffusers with perforated sheet - air exhaust 195
SC 360 R Adjustable square diffusers for ceiling tiles - air supply - steel 194
SC 369 R Adjustable square diffusers for ceiling tiles - air exhaust - steel 194
SC 370 Perforated sheet exhaust grille for ceiling tiles - steel 227
SC 675 C Access door with cam lock 62
SC 675 H Access door with hinge and cam lock 62
SC 831 Fixed circular diffusers - steel 191
SC 832 TP Fixed circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel 190
SC 984 Adjustable diffusers with rotating nozzles - steel 172
SCS Cross talk sound attenuators 153
SD 125 Motorised smoke dampers - wall / duct installation 113
SD 125 A Motorised smoke dampers - duct installation 114
SF 704 TP Square diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel 187
SF 783 Adjustable square swirl diffusers - steel 166
SF 785 Adjustable square swirl diffusers - steel 165
SF 786 Fixed square swirl diffusers - steel 167
SF 861 - SR 861 Fixed circular swirl diffusers - steel 169
SF 861 T Fixed circular diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel 168
SF/SN 704 S RREI COMBINED Square diffusers - air supply & air exhaust - steel 170
SG 661 Non return dampers - duct mounted 141
SG 662 Pressure relief dampers - wall mounted 141
SG 663 Non return dampers - wall mounted 141
SP 391 Air displacement diffusers - 180° air supply - steel 230
SP 650 Rectangular VCD with 3V grooves, single skin blades - drive & slip duct connection 136
SP 651 Rectangular VCD with GI aerofoil blades - drive & slip duct connection 134
SP 651 A Rectangular VCD with aluminium aerfoil blades - drive & slip connection 134

Index
SR 143 Adjustable core grilles - steel 211
SR 149 Adjustable core grilles - plastic 211
SR 151 S Jet diffusers - steel 176
SR 377 - 378 Pressed metal exhaust grilles - steel 226
SR 653 Circular VCD 137
SU 631 Acoustic louvres for air intake & air exhaust - steel 154, 240
SU 650 Rectangular VCD with 3V grooves, single skin blades - flanged duct connection 135
SU 651 Rectangular VCD with GI aerofoil blades - flanged duct connection 133
SU 651 A Rectangular VCD with aluminium aerfoil blades - flanged duct connection 133
T
TECHLINED 280 - TECHLINED 290 Adjustable slot diffusers compatible with Armstrong® Tech Zone - aluminium 184
T.FLOW ACTIV Activ heat pump water heater 404
T.FLOW ACTIV MODULO Activ heat pump water heater 405
THELIA Exhaust roof fans 341
TVEC GII Air exhaust in-line cabinet fans - C4 fire rating 309
TVEC GII MICRO-WATT Air exhaust in-line cabinet fans - C4 fire rating - low energy consumption 314
TVEC SILENCE Supply/exhaust fans with insulated casing 295
TWISTED 850 Aesthetic swirl diffusers for ceiling tiles - steel 161
V
VA 110 Preassure independent VAV boxes - basic units 122
VA 120 Preassure independent VAV boxes - extended box 122
VA 200 Bypass VAV boxes 126
VC In-line duct fans - centrifugal 271
VDA Exhaust roof fans 338
VEC Air exhaust cabinet fans - C4 fire rating 285
VEKITA SILENCE Supply/exhaust double skin fans 298
VEKITA SILENCE-O Supply/exhaust double skin fans for kitchens 301
VEKITA+ In-line cabinet fans 291
VELONE CE Smoke exhaust roof fans - F400 (2h) 343
VELONE CE Smoke exhaust roof fans - F400 (2h) 90
VIK In-line cabinet fans 304
VIK MICRO-WATT In-line cabinet fans - low energy consumption 306
W
WINDOW - XW 100 A Small axial exhaust fan - window mounted 264
WINDOW - XW 150 A Small axial exhaust fan - wall / window mounted 265
WINDOW - XW 230 A Small axial exhaust fan - wall / window mounted 266

Compartmentation
Compartmentation Green
Product
Green
Product
Systems p. 24
Motorised Fire, Smoke

Selection Guide p. 25
& Heat Dampers

Smoke
Extraction Low pressure loss
ISONE FdP
Minimum space requirement
ISONE EM
Selection Guide p. 64 p. 31 p. 32
• More than 1 million fire dampers manufactured.
Fire Dampers
Curtain Fire
Dampers
Motorised
• Inventor and precursor:
- Upgradable dampers mechanism.
- Low pressure loss fire dampers.
FD 150 CH
MD 125 (UL 555 Classified)
(UL 555 Classified) (BS 476 Certified)
ISONE Motorised Fire, Smoke & Heat Dampers p. 52 p. 53
• Fire resistance, no smoke leakage and Smoke Extraction

no heat transfer.
• Abu Dhabi & Dubai Civil Defence approved.
Pressurisation Fans
• EN 1366-2 certified.
Smoke Exhaust
Staircase
• CE 1812 Marking
Fans
• certified.
FD 125 Motorised Fire & Smoke Dampers Axial fans Cabinet fans
HELIONE CYCLONE
• Abu Dhabi & Dubai Civil Defence approved. p. 65 p. 72
• UL 555 & UL 555S classified.
MD 125 Motorised Fire Dampers
Smoke Dampers
• UL 555 classified.
Motorised
SD 125 Motorised Smoke Dampers

• UL 555S classified. SD 125
(UL 555S Classified) SD 125A
FD 150 CH/FD 150 AH Curtain Fire Dampers p. 113 p. 114
• UL 555 classified.
• BS 476 certified.
22
Green Green
Product Product
Smoke Dampers
Motorised Fire &
Wall mounted High pressure system FD 125
ISONE / AP ISONE 1500 (UL555 & UL555S Classified)
p. 47 p. 42 p. 51
Fire dampers cartridges

FD 150 AH
(UL 555 Classified) FD 150 CH-D FD 150 AH-D Fire damper cartridges
(BS 476 Certified) (UL 555 Classified) (UL 555 Classified) CF1 / CF2
p. 56 p. 55 p. 58 p. 50
Roof fans Axial fans

VELONE HELIONE
p. 90 p. 106
23
Fire Protection
Systems
Compartmentation
ISONE fire, smoke & heat dampers - p. 30
“Aldes Control” pack - p. 45
Smoke Extraction
Commercial Premises
Motorised smoke & heat exhaust
dampers
AXONE micro relaying box - please, consult us.
Smoke exhaust fans:
- CYCLONE smoke exhaust fans - p. 72
- VELONE smoke exhaust fans - p. 90
HELIONE axial fans - p. 106
Corridor Zoom
Motorised smoke & heat exhaust dampers:
Fire resistant for air inlet

Fire resistant for the evacuation of smoke
and fumes
Aesthetic grille

Fire Protection
Selection Guide
Compartmentation
Integrity No No Quick & Energy
Category Model Description Compliance fire heat smoke safe Easy
resistance transfer leakage operation maintenance
E I S (motorization)
saving
Rectangular / circular • Fire, smoke and heat damper

embedded fire damper • Refractory material blade
(asbestos free) EN 1366-2
• Instant closure (ISONE mechanism)
• VDS version : energy saving & 2h
ISONE EM - minimum dimensions EN 13501-3
ISONE FdP - low pressure loss
High Rectangular / circular • Fire, smoke and heat damper

• Refractory material blade
wall-mounted fire damper (asbestos free) EN 1366-2 2h
Perfomance • Instant closure (ISONE mechanism) & &
Fire • VDS version : energy saving EN 13501-3 1.5h
ISONE / AP
Dampers
Rectangular ISONE with • Fire, smoke and heat damper
sleeve / ring connection • Refractory material blade
EN 1366-2 2h
(asbestos free)
• Instant closure (ISONE mechanism) & &
• Suitable for systems with EN 13501-3 1.5h
pressure range 500-1500 Pa
Compartmentation
ISONE 1500
Category Model Description Fusible

link Actuator Reset
motor
Position
switch
ISONE mechanism • Electromagnetic coil allowing for remote control

by fire alarm panel
Themal
• Reset motor enabling remote control without
any dismantling of suspended ceilings fusible link
• Indicator contacts for indicating the position of integrated
the blade to the fire alarm panel or to any other
Mechanism control system.
Equipment ISONE with a BF/BLF • Spring return actuator (24V or 230V)
mechanisum • Torque : 18Nm/6Nm
• Closing time: ~16s/~20s BAE 72
• CE marking
• 2 auxiliary switches for position feedback
Model Description
Integrity No Quick & safe Easy
Category Compliance fire smoke operation maintenance
resistance leakage (motorization)
• Motorised fire and smoke
FD 125 damper
• Single skin 3-V grooves type UL 555
GI blades & 1.5h
• Quick operation: closing time <15s UL 555 S
• Manually resettable thermal
resporsive device (165º F)
MD 125 • Motorised fire damper

• Single skin 3-V grooves type
GI blades
• Quick operation: closing time 15s UL 555 1.5h
• Manually resettable thermal
Fire resporsive device (165º F)
Dampers
FD 150 CH
• Curtain fire damper with UL 555 1.5h
interlocking type blades & &
• 100% free area BS 476 2h
FD 150 AH • Curtain fire damper with

interlocking type blades
• Two different installations: UL 555 1.5h
- blades partially inside & &
airstream BS 476 2h
- blades and frame inside
airstream

Fire Protection
Marking CE according to EN 15650

The regulatory environment for
fire dampers is changing
For over 10 years, the European Union has been gradually implementing the "Construction Products" directive on a
product by product basis. Today, it is the turn of fire dampers to respect CE . marking. This new regulation may disrupt
the habits of stakeholders in the fire protection industry. In particular these changes concern:
• New fire resistance testing and classification methods
• New European vocabulary concerning fire resistance
• New CE certificate, in addition to existing documents (fire test report, report as per standard NF-S-61937-5 and
NF certification)
FROM A TECHNICAL STANDPOINT, WHAT CHANGES AFFECT FIRE DAMPERS?

The answer is illustrated below with the most widely sold fire damper in France:
Before CE After CE
Compartmentation
ISONE EM ISONE EM
The damper is identical but the vocabulary concerning its fire classification has changed, to become pan-European:
CF 2h - under 500 Pa E I 120 S - i O – Ho / Ve – under 500 Pa

EXPLANATION OF THE NEW "EUROCLASS" FIRE PROTECTION VOCABULARY:
- E = Integrity against fire (corresponds approximately to the - i o = the damper is tested for fire in both directions,
former Fire Retardant) - Ho = the damper is tested when mounted horizontally
- I = Insulation (EI corresponds approximately to our former Fire - Ve = the damper is tested when mounted vertically
Damper), - 500 Pa: the negative pressure applied to the damper during the
- 120 = duration in minutes, fire resistance test.
- S = the leakage rate is no higher than 200 m3/h maximum per m²,
under test pressure, generally 500 or 1500 Pa. The S criteria
is obligatory in France.
HOW TO SELECT A FIRE DAMPER WITH CE MARKING?

1 Ensure the presence of the certificate of CE compliance as per EN 3 Check that the service pressure of the damper does not exceed the
15650. test pressure - recorded on the classification report (in accordance
2 Ensure the presence of the NF-S-61937-5 report and the NF 264 with the decision of 22 March 2004, article 3.2 of appendix 5).
certificate. 4 Ensure that the classification of the damper "EI 120 S…" corresponds
to the intended use. Particular attention should be paid to the size
ranges. For example, large-dimension dampers will be replaced by
smaller ones that will need to be assembled in batteries.
DID YOU KNOW?
IN REGULATORY TERMS, A FIRE
DAMPER IS SELECTED ACCORDING
TO THE SERVICE PRESSURE: 500
PA OR 1 500 PA

Fire Protection
Motorised Fire, Smoke & Heat Dampers
ISONE Mechanism®: fully upgradable in just a few minutes!
Advantages
• Upgradable mechanism: all
equipments can be added/removed at
any time ; the operation being carried
out by one hand only, without any tools.
• 24 or 48 V ? : no order mistakes
thanks to the dual-voltage trip device.
• Easy wiring: all of the ISONE terminal
boxes are detachable without any tools
and have a polarizing slot.
• VDS version: operation under power
emission allowing no energy consumption.
Mechanism for ISONE EM
DESCRIPTION ISONE MECHANISM

• The ISONE mechanism can include all tripping,
indicating and resetting equipment, either in the
factory or completing it on-site later.
• All these types of equipment are clipped into a blue
IP42 box, designed to provide a multitude of useful
features during both installation and testing.
• The clip-fixed transparent cover can be removed 1
Compartmentation
using a large screwdriver - its purpose is to show the
position of the damper.
1 The three cable glands can slide into the box. 7
2 Ergonomic and simple manual trip controls.
3 24/48 V electromagnetic tripping device.
4 Unpluggable terminals for easier electrical
connections.
5 Signalling contacts.
6 Reset lever accessible without removing the cover:
a quarter turn with a screwdriver is sufficient to 2 6
open the blade.
7 Reset motor EHOP 30s.
• For even higher protection the IP42 transparent
cover is used to cover all of the equipment.
Note : For outdoor installation, additional protection 5
against heat, dust & rain must be provided by installers.
TRIPPING OPTIONS
FTE 70°C thermal fuse
• It is compulsory for all shutters in accordance with
NF-S 61 937.
• A stainless steel thermal fuse is screw fixed into the
mechanism's box.
• Rapid access for changing the fuse.
• 70°C fuse - in accordance with French Standard 3 4
NF-S 61.937.
Green
Product VDS or VM electromagnetic coil device OPTIONS
• It operates on reception of an external electrical
command (CMSI for example) by power emission
(VDS) or power cut off (VM).
• An exclusive development of this tripping device
enables it to function under both 24 and 48 VDC. A
manual control switch is used to select the voltage.
• The trip device assembly is removable with one hand
only, without using tools.
Manual control
• It is compulsory for all shutters in accordance with
NF-S 61 937.
• White tripping handle integrated into the box and
can be used without removing the cover.
Thermal fuse Electromagnetic coil device

Fire Protection

SIGNALLING OPTIONS OPTIONS
Signalling contacts are mounted on card-type printed
circuit boards. All these cards clip into the mechanism
housing and are easily removable without the use
of tools. They are fitted with removable connection
terminals with a polarizing slot.
Electronic PCB n°1 - FCU1 - DCU1
• Reserved for dampers equipped with a thermal fuse
(FTE) only.
• Comprises the choice of:
- an FCU1 closed position switch (indicates that the
damper is closed),
- an DCU1 opened position switch (indicates that the
damper is open),
- the 2 contacts FCU1 + DCU1.
Electronic PCB n°2 - Electromagnetic device
• Suitable for dampers fitted with a VDS or VM Electronic card n°1 - FCU1 - DCU1 Electronic card n°2 - FCU1 - DCU1
electromagnetic tripping device.
• In full compliance with French standard NF–S
61.937, it should be systematically fitted with a
closed position switch (FCU1). It can also be fitted
with an opened position switch (DCU1).
Compartmentation
Electronic PCB n°3 - FCU2 - DCU2

• Clips on to cards n°1 and n°2.
• Systematically fitted with Open and Closed position
switches FCU2 + DCU2.
RESETTING OPTIONS
Manual reset
• Manual resetting is possible without removing the
cover.
• Using a large screwdriver, turn the operating rod by Electronic card n°3 - FCU2 + DCU2
a ¼ turn.
Reset motor EHOP 30s
• Repositions the blade in standby position without
having to touch the damper itself.
• Easily plugged into the mechanism box with just one
hand, no tools required.
• Can be removed with one hand, without tools.
• Reset takes less than 10 seconds.
• Max. current consumption during reset = 0.7 A.
• Max. current other than reset = 0.
• Voltage either 24 or 48 VDC/VAC.
REPLACEMENT KIT Mechanism box EHOP 30S motor

Description Code
FTE 70°C ISONE Kit 11043400
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
The ISONE terminals can be removed without the use of tools, electrical cables are fixed by screws.
Packet of 10 fuses - 70°C ISONE 11043401
Manual tripping kit 11043411
VDS 24/48 ISONE kit 11043407
VM 24/48 ISONE kit 11043408
FCU1 for FTE kit 11043402
DCU1 for FTE kit 11043403
Kit FCU1 + DCU1 for FTE 11043404
Kit FCU1 for electromagnet 11043405
FCU1 + DCU1 for electromagnet 11043406
FCU2 + DCU2 kit 11043409 Card 1 FCU1-DCU1: 2 contacts for an Card 3 FCU2-DCU2: 2 auxiliary contacts
EHOP - 30 s - 24/48 VDC/VDA kit 11043410 ISONE with an FTE only = 6 terminals. = 6 terminals.
Card 2 electromagnet/motor: electromagnet

+ 2 contacts + motor = 10 terminals.

Fire Protection
Since 1984, all Aldes fire dampers are fully adaptable. This means that, once installed, the fire damper
mechanisms, can be completed by an electromagnetic coil device, or one or several signalling contacts
and a resetting motor.
The fire dampers thereby adapt to changes in regulatory and standard requirements and operating needs.
With the ISONE mechanism, adaptability is made as simple as possible! Thanks to equipment that can
be clipped on using one hand and with no tools, the ISONE can upgrade to its most complete version in
just 3 minutes.
The resetting motor is obviously the most interesting piece of equipment for the operator because it allows
for carrying out the compulsory annual controls by remote control and thus avoid having to dismantle false
ceilings.
In the event of the absence of electrical supply, the use of the portable Aldes Control pack is sufficient.
1 2
Position signalling
Compartmentation
The 24/48 V contacts
trip device
60 SECONDS 60 SECONDS
30 SECONDS
The resetting
=
motor
ISONE mechanism
in its complete version
Example of how easy it is to fit the EHOP motor:
1 2 3
"click"
Fitting the motor The pin descends into its housing Electrical connections

Fire Protection

ISONE embedded rectangular fire damper 1812
CIVIL
DEFENCE Advantages
Green APPROVED
• Authorised for installation in
Product walls and floors.
• Offset wall mounted mechanism
for traditional grouting with mortar.
• Double range:
- FdP = low pressure loss,
- EM = minimum space requirement.
• VDS version: operation under
Green
Product
ISONE EM ISONE FdP power emision allowing no

energy consumption.
APPLICATION INSTALLATION (mm)

• Compartmentation of residential, commercial and
industrial buildings. Standard mortar Standard mortar
DESCRIPTION
• Composed of 2 metal sleeves on both sides of an
Opening - X+100 and Y+100
Opening - X+50 and Y+50

assembly of refractory material.
• The upgradable mechanism box is positioned on a
sleeve. This box is set back from the blade itself to RESETTING
RESETTING
avoid it being sealed into the partition during installa-

Compartmentation
POSITION
POSITION
tion of the damper. Mounting plate

STAND-BY
POSITION
STAND-BY
POSITION
against the wall

FIRE PROTECTION RATING Mounting plate
against the wall
• EI 120 S - 500 Pa on 150mm concrete slab and
150mm cellular concrete Wall Wall
• EI 90 S on 70 mm plaster blocks.
• EI 120 S on 100 mm plaster blocks. 225 110 (concrete) 225 110 (concrete)
150 (cellular concrete) 150 (cellular concrete)
INSTALLATION
ISONE FdP in a concrete wall ISONE EM in a concrete wall
• Embedded in a 110 mm concrete wall.
• Embedded through a concrete slab - no specific Mounting plate
fixings or hangings required for installation. against the tile
• Traditional grouting with mortar. Opening - X+50 and Y+50
• The mechanism box is fitted flush against the wall or

the slab. Standard mortar
RESETTING
• The aeraulic connection must not apply stress on the

STAND-BY
POSITION
POSITION
damper. Tile
Tile
RANGE Standard mortar
POSITION
STAND-BY
POSITION
• Embedded, rectangular ISONE comprising 2 ranges:

RESETTING
Mounting plate
Green
Product
- ISONE FdP: designed to minimise the pressure against the tile
losses created by the airflow passing through.
- ISONE EM: a minimum overall dimension . Opening - X+100 and Y+100
AVAILABLE OPTIONS ISONE FdP in through-the-wall position in ISONE EM in through-the-wall position in

• Mechanism equipment. Description: see page 27. concrete tile concrete tile
• Customisable labelling: name of the worksite, of
customer, installation area, etc. MECHANISM POSITIONING UNIMPORTANT

Fire Protection
ISONE rectangular embedded - FdP: low pressure loss 1812
CIVIL
DEFENCE Advantages
APPROVED • Fire resistance: 2h.
• No smoke leakage, no heat transfer.
• Quick operation.
• Horizontal or vertical blades.
• Low pressure drop.
• Green
VDS version: operation under
Product
power emision allowing no

energy consumption.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING DIMENSIONS (mm)

• EI 120 S - 500 Pa on 150mm concrete slabs and
150mm cellular concrete
• EI 90 S on 70mm plaster blocks, EI 120 S on
100 mm plaster blocks.
INSTALLATION
• Embedded in a 100mm vertical concrete wall
• Embedded through a concrete slab - no fixings or
hangings.
• Traditional grouting with mortar.
Compartmentation
• Offset mechanism on the wall or slab.
• Dimensions of openings required: (X + 100) x (Y + 100) mm
WEIGHT (kg) AND

RANGE with choice of options ZA, ZB: Angular displacement of the blade.
70°C thermal fuse included.
Y < or = 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750
Code 11043102 (FdP - PM) ZA 0 16 42 66 92 116 142 166 192
Width X
ZB 0 0 0 0 0 16 42 66 92
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
250 11 12 13 14 15 16 –
300 12 13 14 15 17 – –
350 13 14 15 17 – – –
400 14 15 17 – – – –
450 – 16 – – – – –
Code 11043103 (FdP - MM)

Width X
Y 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
200 – – – – – – 17 18 – – – –
250 – – – – – 17 18 19 20 21 22 –
300 – – – – 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
350 – – – 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27
400 – – 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 27 28 29
450 – 18 19 20 22 23 24 26 27 28 30 31
500 17 19 20 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 33
550 – 20 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 32 33 35
600 – 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 32 34 35 37
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Choose mechanism equipment from the table below.
Select equipment FTE Option 24V Option 48V Option
(indicate trip voltage in order for factory adjustment and testing) Code Code Code
FCU1 open position contact for FTE OPT43301
DCU1 closed position contact for FTE OPT43302
FCU1 + DCU1 open/closed position contacts for FTE OPT43303
VDS "Power emission" electromagnetic trip device 24/48V + FCU1 contact OPT43304 OPT43306
VDS "Power emission" electromagnetic trip device 24/48V + FCU1 + DCU1 contacts OPT43305 OPT43307
VM "Power cut-off" electromagnetic trip device 24/48V + FCU1 contact OPT43308 OPT43310
VM "Power cut-off" electromagnetic trip device 24/48V + FCU1 + DCU1 contacts OPT43309 OPT43311
VDS trip device 24/48V + FCU1 contact + EHOP30s reset motor OPT43312 OPT43314
VDS trip device 24/48V + FCU1 + DCU1 contacts + EHOP30s reset motor OPT43313 OPT43315
VM trip device 24/48V + FCU1 contact + EHOP30s reset motor OPT43316 OPT43318
VM trip device 24/48V + FCU1 + DCU1 contacts + EHOP30s reset motor OPT43317 OPT43319
Designation Code
FCU2 + DCU2 open/closed position contacts OPT43320

Fire Protection

1812
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED Fire resistance: 2h.
No smoke leakage, no heat transfer.
Quick operation.
Horizontal or vertical blades axis.
(except 11043104 and 11043099)
and opening.
• Green
VDS version: operation under
Product

energy consumption.
FIRE PROTECTION RATING

• EI 120 S - 500 Pa on 150mm concrete slabs and
INSTALLATION (see previous pages)

• Embedded through a concrete slab - no fixings or
hangings.
Compartmentation

• Dimensions of openings required: (X + 50) x (Y + 50) mm.
Height Width X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
200
250 11043100 (EM - PM)
Use a
300 EI 120 S bank assembly
with ISONE 1500
350
400
450
500 11043101 (EM - MM)
550 EI 120 S
600
650 11043104 EM - GM
700 EI 90 S
750
800
850 For EI 120 S
900 use ISONE 1500
Use a bank
950 assembly
11043099
1000 ISONE EM - TGM with
EI 90 S ISONE 1500
1050
PM = small version MM = medium version GM = large version TGM = very large version

Fire Protection
ISONE rectangular embedded- EM: minimum space requirement 1812
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED Fire resistance: 2h.
No smoke leakage, no heat transfer.
Quick operation.
Horizontal or vertical blades axis.
(except 11043104 and 11043099)
and opening.
Green
Product

energy consumption.
WEIGHT (kg) AND RANGE with choice of options
70°C thermal fuse included.
Code 11043100 (EM - PM)
Height Width X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200 10 10 11 12 13 14 15
250 10 11 12 13 14 15 –
300 11 12 13 14 15 – –
350 12 13 14 15 – – –
400 13 14 15 – – – –
Compartmentation
450 – 15 – – – – –
Code 11043101 (EM - MM) EI 120 S

Height Width X
Y 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
200 – – – – – – 16 17 – – – –
250 – – – – – 16 17 18 19 20 21 –
300 – – – – 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24
350 – – – 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
400 – – 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27
450 – 16 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 28 29
500 16 17 19 20 21 23 24 25 27 28 29 31
550 – 18 20 21 23 24 26 27 28 30 31 33
600 – 19 21 22 24 25 27 28 30 31 33 34
Code 11043104 (EM - GM) EI 90 S

Height Width X
Y 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
300 – – – – – – – – – – – 25 26 – – - – – – – – – – – –
350 – – – – – – – – – – – 26 28 29 30 33 – – – – – – – – –
400 – – – – – – – – – – – 28 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 – – – – – –
450 – – – – – – – – – – – 30 31 33 36 37 38 40 41 42 43 44 – – –
500 – – – – – – – – – – – 32 33 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
550 – – – – – – – – – – – 34 37 39 40 42 43 44 46 47 47 48 49 50 51
600 – – – – – – – – – – – 38 39 41 42 44 45 47 48 50 50 51 52 53 54
650 – 22 24 25 27 28 30 32 33 35 38 40 41 43 44 46 48 49 50 52 52 53 54 55 –
700 – 23 25 26 28 30 31 33 35 38 40 42 43 45 47 48 50 52 53 55 54 55 56 – –
750 – – 26 28 29 31 33 35 38 40 42 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 56 56 56 57 – – –
800 – – 29 31 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 58 58 58 – – – –
850 – – – 32 34 36 38 40 42 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 – – – – –
For non-quoted dimensions, provide for an ISONE 1500 bank assembly using standard dimension dampers.
Code 11043099 (EM - TGM) - EI 90 S
Height Width X
Y 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
900 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55
950 – 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 –
1000 – 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 – –
1050 – – 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 – – –

Fire Protection

ISONE rectangular embedded
PRESSURE LOSSES
• The below values are the pressure losses in Pa for a duct velocity of 4 m/s inside the damper.
Height Width X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
200 44 39 36 34 32 31 30 32 31
250 34 29 26 25 23 22 22 22 21 21 21 20
300 28 24 21 20 19 22 22 22 22 22 22 23 24 24 25
350 24 20 18 17 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21
400 23 19 17 19 18 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18
450 18 20 18 17 16 16 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
500 23 19 17 16 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
550 18 16 15 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
600 18 16 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 12 12
650 15 14 13 13 12 12 12 12 12
700 15 14 13 13 12 12 12 11
ISONE FdP
Height Width X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
Compartmentation
200 328 218 170 145 129 118 110 104 108
250 149 109 86 73 64 59 55 52 54 52 50 48
300 98 69 58 52 50 49 48 48 53 54 55 56 58 60 61
350 82 55 44 39 36 35 34 33 36 36 36 36 36 37 38 38 39 48
400 77 49 38 33 30 28 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 33 33 37 38
450 46 35 30 27 25 23 23 23 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 25 25 28 28 28 29 29 29
500 45 33 28 24 22 21 20 20 19 19 19 19 18 18 21 21 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24
550 32 26 23 21 20 19 18 17 17 17 17 16 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
600 32 26 22 20 18 17 17 16 16 15 15 16 16 18 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18
650 25 22 19 18 17 16 15 15 14 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
700 25 21 19 17 16 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
750 21 19 17 16 15 14 15 14 15 14 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13
800 24 20 18 17 16 15 14 15 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12
850 20 18 17 15 15 15 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
900 20 18 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12 11
950 18 16 15 14 14 13 13 12 12 12 12 11 11 11
1000 18 16 15 14 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11 11
1050 16 15 14 13 13 12 12 11 11 11 11
ISONE EM

Fire Protection
ISONE embedded circular fire damper 1812
CIVIL Advantages
DEFENCE
Green APPROVED • Ø160 mm body
Product • Authorised for installation in walls
and floors.
• Double range up to Ø 315 mm:
- FdP = low pressure loss,
- EM = minimum size.
ISONE EM ISONE FdP • VDS version: operation under
Green
Product

energy consumption.
APPLICATION PRESSURE LOSS (PA)

• Compartmentation of residential, commercial and Ductwork characteristics ISONE data
industrial buildings.
Ø duct (mm) Airflow (m3/h) Speed in duct ISONE Pressure loss
(m/s) recommended (Pa)
DESCRIPTION 100 110 4 FdP / EM 8 / 48
• Consists of 2 metal sleeves on both sides of an
assembly of refractory material. 125 175 4 FdP 21
• The upgradable mechanism box is positioned on 160 290 4 FdP 58
a sleeve. This box is set back from the blade itself 200 450 4 FdP 30
to avoid it being sealed into the partition during 250 710 4 FdP 17
Compartmentation
installation of the damper.
• ISONE circular embedded features 2 ranges: 315 1120 4 FdP / EM 12 / 39
- ISONE FdP: designed to minimise the pressure 355 1450 4 EM 44
losses created by the airflow passing through, 400 1800 4 EM 30
- ISONE EM: presents a minimum overall dimension. 450 2300 4 EM 31
500 2850 4 EM 24
INSTALLATION
• Embedded into a concrete wall of 110 mm. Warning: the EM version is suited to speeds < 4 m/s
• Embedded across the slab: the installation requires
no particular type of fixing or suspension. Ø duct (mm) dP ISONE FdP dP ISONE EM
• Traditional grouting with mortar. 100 (Q/38) 2 (Q/15,8) 2
• The mechanism box is fitted flush against the wall 125 (Q/38) 2 (Q/15,8) 2
or the slab. 160 (Q/38) 2 (Q/15,8) 2
• The aeraulic connection must not apply stress on 200 (Q/82) 2 (Q/33) 2
the damper.
250 (Q/171) 2 (Q/94) 2
STANDARD RANGE 315 (Q/325) 2 (Q/180) 2
355 - (Q/217) 2
Designation Ø Code
400 - (Q/326,5) 2
ISONE FdP + FTE 70° 160 11043162
450 - (Q/409,3) 2
ISONE FdP + FTE 70° 200 11043163
500 - (Q/573,5) 2
ISONE FdP + FTE 70° 250 11043164
ISONE FdP + FTE 70° 315 11043165 Note: the above formulae give pressure losses in Pa for airflow in m3/h
ISONE
ISONE
EM + FTE 70°
EM + FTE 70°
355
400
11043016
11043017
MECHANISM POSITIONING UNIMPORTANT
ISONE EM + FTE 70° 450 11043018
ISONE EM + FTE 70° 500 11043019
To obtain a 125 mm diameter fire damper, order 2
reducers (11143575) as a complement to a 160 mm
fire damper.
To obtain a 100 mm diameter fire damper, order 2
reducers (11143574) as a complement to a 160 mm
fire damper.
RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS

• ISONE FdP up to Ø 315 mm.
• Isone EM up to Ø 1000 mm.
See following pages.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Mechanism equipment (see page 27).
• Aeraulic connection
Airtight seal:
- Enables limitation of power losses and ensures
simple and rapid assembly,
- Single lip seal up to Ø 400 mm, double beyond that.
• Customisable labelling
Name of the work site, customer, installation area, etc.

Fire Protection

ISONE Circular embedded - FdP: low pressure loss 1812
CIVIL
DEFENCE Advantages
APPROVED • Fire resistance : 2h
• Ø160 mm body
• Reduced pressure losses.
• Embedded into slab - no fixings
or hangings
• Horizontal or vertical blade axis.
Green
Product

ISONE - FdP
energy consumption.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) – WEIGHT (kg)

• Two male metal sleeves on both sides of an assembly
of refractory material. 190 235
• Designed to minimise pressure losses created by the
airflow passing through. Limite
• Upgradable mechanism offset from the blade
de scel
lemen
t
110
FIRE PROTECTION
• EI 120 S - 500 Pa on 150mm concrete slab and RCC
• EI 90 S on 70mm plaster blocks.
Compartmentation
INSTALLATION RCC
155 L
240

hangings.
ØD Ø opening W Ø Dc Ø Overall Weight
100 210 537* 160 200 7
RANGE with choice of options 125 210 532* 160 200 7
Thermal fuse 70°C included 160 210 427 160 200 7
Designation Code 200 260 427 200 250 8
ISONE FdP Ø 100 mm* 11043170 250 310 427 250 300 9
ISONE FdP Ø 125 mm* 11043171 315 375 427 315 365 10
ISONE FdP Ø 160 mm 11043172 * Total length including the 2 adapted reducers.
ISONE FdP Ø 200 mm 11043173
* Starting from Ø 160 mm body + 2 reducers
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Designation Code

Fire Protection
ISONE Circular embedded - EM: minimum dimensions 1812
CIVIL Advantages
DEFENCE
APPROVED • Fire resistance : 2h
• Ø160 mm body.
• Minimum dimensions.
• Embedded into slab - no fixings
or hangings.
Green
Product

energy consumption.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) – WEIGHT (kg)

• Two male metal sleeves on both sides of an assembly
of refractory material. 190 235
• Minimum overall dimensions = diameter of duct.
• Upgradable mechanism offset from the blade Limite
de scell
ement
110
• EI 120 S - 500 Pa in 150mm concrete slab and
RCC
• EI 90 S on 70mm plaster blocks, EI 120 S on
100 mm plaster blocks.
Compartmentation
INSTALLATION 240
• Embedded in a 100mm vertical concrete wall RCC 155 L
hangings.
• Traditional grouting with mortar. ØD Ø opening W ØD ZA ZB Weight
• Offset mechanism on the wall or slab. 100 180 537* 160 - - 6,5
125 180 532* 160 - - 6,5
RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS 160 180 427 160 - - 6,5
Thermal fuse 70°C included.
200 220 427 200 - - 7,5
Designation Code 250 270 427 250 - - 8
ISONE EM Ø 100 + FTE 70 + RCC 11043150 315 335 427 315 - - 9
ISONE EM Ø 125 + FTE 70 + RCC 11043151 355 375 445 355 - - 11,5
ISONE EM Ø 160 + FTE 70 * 11043152 400 450 445 400 - - 15
ISONE EM Ø 200 + FTE 70 * 11043153 450 500 445 450 16 - 16,5
ISONE EM Ø 250 + FTE 70 11043154 500 550 445 500 40 - 19
ISONE EM Ø 315 + FTE 70 11043155 560 650x650** 550 600x600 43 - 33
ISONE EM Ø 355 + FTE 70 11043006 630 720x720** 550 670x670 76 - 38
ISONE EM Ø 400 + FTE 70 11043007 710 800x800** 550 750x750 114 14 45
ISONE EM Ø 450 + FTE 70 11043008 800 890x890** 550 840x840 165 65 55
ISONE EM Ø 500 + FTE 70 11043009 900 990x990** 550 940x940 215 115 66
ISONE EM Ø 560 + FTE 70 11043190 1000 1090x1090** 550 1040x1040 265 165 79
ISONE EM Ø 630 + FTE 70 11043191
* Total length including the 2 adapted reducers.
ISONE EM Ø 710 + FTE 70 11043192
** EM rectangular body fitted with rings for connection to a circular ventilation network.
ISONE EM Ø 800 + FTE 70 11043193
ISONE EM Ø 900 + FTE 70 11043194
ISONE EM Ø 1000 + FTE 70 11043195
* Beware of high pressure losses at 4 m/s
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Equipment selection FTE Option 24V Option 48V Option
(specify trip voltage in order for factory adjustment and testing). Code Code Code
Designation Code

Fire Protection
Notes
Compartmentation

Fire Protection
Notes
Compartmentation

Fire Protection

ISONE circular fire damper with a BF/BLF Mechanism
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) - WEIGHT (kg)

• All ISONE fire dampers can work with the BF/BLF
150
mechanism equipped with its 72°C fuse (BAE 72), 20 215
close (FC) and open (DC) contacts. 0
FIRE PROTECTION RATING - EN 1366-2

70
- EIS 120 - 500 Pa in concrete wall 110 mm and
cellular concrete wall 150 mm,
- EIS 120 - 500 Pa in concrete tile 150 mm and cellular
Compartmentation
concrete tile 150 mm.

ØD
Ø De
INSTALLATION
• Identical to ISONE with an Aldes mechanism.
RANGE with a choice of options 240
• ISONE Ø FdP: low pressure loss 155

L
Description Code
ISONEUROP-EIS-D100-FdP-M 11043460 Dimensions Ø D, Ø De, L identical to Isones with an Aldes mechanism.
ISONEUROP-EIS-D125-FdP-M 11043461
TECHNICAL DETAILS
ISONEUROP-EIS-D200-FdP-M 11043463 4 mechanism BLF BF
models 24 V 230 V 24 V 230 V
ISONEUROP-EIS-D315-FdP-M 11043465 Rated Voltage AC 24 V AC 230 V AC 24 V AC 230 V
50 / 60 Hz - 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz - 50 / 60 Hz
• ISONE Ø EM: minimum space requirement DC 24 V DC 24 V
Consumption 5W 6W 7W 8W
Description Code (resetting)
ISONEUROP-EIS-D100-EM-M 11043470 Permanent 2.5 W 3W 2W 3W
ISONEUROP-EIS-D125-EM-M 11043471 consumption
ISONEUROP-EIS-D160-EM-M 11043472 (excl. resetting)
ISONEUROP-EIS-D200-EM-M 11043473 Resetting time 40 to 75 s 40 to 75 s 140 s 140 s
ISONEUROP-EIS-D250-EM-M 11043474 Cable 1m 1m 1m 1m
ISONEUROP-EIS-D315-EM-M 11043475 - motor 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2
ISONEUROP-D355 EM-M 11043476 - FC/DC contacts 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2
ISONEUROP-D400 EM-M 11043477 Weight 1.6 kg 1.7 kg 2.8 kg 3.1 kg
ISONEUROP-D450 EM-M 11043478 • Degree of protection: IP 54.
ISONEUROP-D500 EM-M 11043479 • Temperature in use: -40° to +50° C
ISONEUROP-RECT-D560 EM-M 11043480
ISONEUROP-RECT-D630 EM-M 11043481 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
ISONEUROP-RECT-D710 EM-M 11043482
N L1
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
FC DC
MECHANISM BLF24V-BAE72-FC-DC OPT43326
MECHANISM BLF 230V-BAE72-FC-DC OPT43327 1 2 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
MECHANISM BF 24V-BAE72-FC-DC OPT43328
<5° <80°
All mechanisms are equipped with:
- FC/DC position contacts (open/closed position),
- A 72°C fuse. Tf1 Tf2 Tf3 LED BAE72B-S
The BLF mechanisms can be provided with ISONE Ø and
Ø PM and MM dampers, the BF mechanisms can be
provided with ISONE
Ø GM and TGM dampers.

Fire Protection
ISONE rectangular with a BF/BLF mechanism
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED
DIMENSIONS (mm)
X + 50
X 225
Y + 50
Y
DESCRIPTION
• All ISONE fire dampers can work with the BF/BLF
mechanism equipped with its 72°C fuse (BAE 72), and a
70 ZB 450 ZA
closed (FC) contact and open (DC) contact.
Dimensions identical to ISONE dampers with an Aldes mechanism
FIRE PROTECTION RATING: EN 1366-2
• EIS 120 - 500 Pa in concrete wall 110 mm and cellular TECHNICAL DETAILS
concrete wall 150 mm, 4 mechanism BLF BF
• EIS 120 - 500 Pa in concrete tile 150 mm and cellular models 24 V 230 V 24 V 230 V
concrete tile 150 mm.
Rated Voltage AC 24 V AC 230 V AC 24 V AC 230 V
INSTALLATION 50 / 60 Hz -
DC 24 V
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz -
DC 24 V
50 / 60 Hz
• Identical to ISONE with an Aldes mechanism.
Consumption 5W 6W 7W 8W
RANGE with a choice of options (resetting)
Compartmentation
Permanent 2.5 W 3W 2W 3W
Description Code consumption
ISONE EM - PM 11043450 (excluded resetting)
ISONE EM - MM 11043451 Resetting time 40 to 75 s 40 to 75 s 140 s 140 s
ISONE FdP - PM 11043452 Cable length: 1m 1m 1m 1m
ISONE FdP - MM 11043453 - motor 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2
ISONE EM - GM 11043454 - FC/DC contacts 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2 6 x 0.75 mm2
ISONE EM - TGM 11043455 Weight 1.6 kg 1.7 kg 2.8 kg 3.1 kg
• Degree of protection: IP 54.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS • Temperature in use: -40° to +50° C.
Description Code
MECHANISM BLF 24V-BAE72-FC-DC OPT43326 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
MECHANISM BLF 230V-BAE72-FC-DC OPT43327 N L1
FC DC
• All mechanisms are equipped with:
- FC/DC signalling contacts (open/closed position). 1 2 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
- A 72°C fuse. •
• The BLF mechanisms are provided with ISONE PM • <5° <80°
and MM dampers, the BF mechanisms are provided with

ISONE GM and TGM dampers. Tf1 Tf2 Tf3 LED BAE72B-S
RANGE with a choice of options

Height Width X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
200 11043450 ISONE EM - PM
250 11043452 ISONE FdP - PM
Use a
300 bank assembly
with ISONE 1500
350
400
450
500 11043451 ISONE EM - MM
550 11043453 ISONE FdP - MM
600
650
11043454 ISONE EM - GM
700
750
800
850
900
Use a bank
950 11043455 assembly
1000 ISONE EM - TGM with
ISONE 1500
1050
PM = small version MM = medium version GM = large version TGM = very large version

Fire Protection

ISONE 1500 with ring connection: EI 120 S - 1500 Pa 1812
Compliances Advantages
Green • CE 1812 - CPD - 1016 • Grouting with traditional mortar,
Product • NF-S-61937-5
without fixing accessories.
• Upgradable mechanism: all
the equipment can be plugged
in by hand.
• Dual-voltage trip device (24/ 48V):
control errors are impossible
• Wiring is made easy with the
detachable terminal block.
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS (mm)

• Compartmentation of residential, commercial and
industrial buildings
• Adapted to ventilation systems with a pressure of
greater than 500 Pa and lower than 1500 Pa.
DESCRIPTION
Ø
A
• Consists of 2 metal sleeves on both sides of an

assembly of refractory material.
• The upgradable mechanism box is positioned on
a sleeve. This box is set back from the blade itself
Compartmentation
to avoid it being sealed into the partition during

installation of the damper.
INSTALLATION A 108 50 L 50
• Embedded in a 150 mm concrete wall or 100 mm
cellular concrete.
Ø 160 200 250 315 355 400 450
• Embedded into a 150 mm concrete slab up to 600
x 600 mm in size. A 265 315 365 415 465 515
• Traditional grouting with mortar. W 415 415 415 480 530 580
• The blade axis must be horizontal.
Ø 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000
RANGE with choice of options A 565 615 715 765 865 965 1065
70°C thermal fuse included W 630 565 600 680 770 870 970
Designation Code
ISONE 1500 Ø 160 mm 11043062
INSTALLATION
ISONE 1500 Ø 200 mm 11043063
ISONE 1500 Ø 250 mm 11043064 Maximum 600 x 600 Maximum 600 x 600
ISONE 1500 Ø 315 mm 11043065
ISONE 1500 Ø 355 mm 11043066
ISONE 1500 Ø 400 mm 11043067
ISONE 1500 Ø 450 mm 11043068
ISONE 1500 Ø 500 mm 11043069
ISONE 1500 Ø 560 mm 11043070
ISONE 1500 Ø 630 mm 11043071
ISONE 1500 Ø 710 mm 11043072
ISONE 1500 Ø 800 mm 11043073
ISONE 1500 Ø 900 mm 11043074
ISONE 1500 Ø 1000 mm 11043075 • Reservation dimensions (mm) = (A+50) x (A+50).
To obtain a 125 mm diameter fire damper, order 2 reducers
(11143575) as a complement to a 160 mm fire damper.
To obtain a 100 mm diameter fire damper, order 2 reducers
(11143574) as a complement to a 160 mm fire damper.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Designation Code

Fire Protection
ISONE 1500 with sleeve connection: EI 120 S - 1500 Pa 1812
Green • CE 1812 - CPD - 1016 • Grouting with traditional mortar,
Product • NF-S-61937-5
without fixing accessories.
• Upgradable mechanism: all the
• Bank assembly equipment can be plugged in by hand.
- EI 120S - 500 Pa • Dual-voltage trip device (24/48V):
- EI 90S - 1500 Pa control errors are impossible
• Mounting in banks using
standard fire dampers.

• Compartmentation of commercial and industrial-
premises (Public assembly buildings, High rise 25 410 25
buildings, etc.).
• Adapted to installations where the pressure is
greater than 500 Pa and lower than 1500 Pa.
DESCRIPTION
• Rectangular duct element in refractory material,
sleeves are fixed to the extremities for connection to
Y + 65
a rectangular ventilation system.

Y
Compartmentation
• Mobile blade, in refractory material closing on the stops.
• ISONE upgradable mechanism.
INSTALLATION
• Embedded in a 150 mm concrete wall or 100 mm
cellular concrete.
• Embedded in a 150 mm concrete slab up to 600 x
600 mm in size.
ZB ZA
• Grouting with traditional mortar, without any fixing X
accessory.
• Reservation dimensions (mm) = (X+100) x (Y+100). X + 65 108
• The blade axis must be horizontal.
• For non-quoted dimensions, provide for a bank
assembly using standard dimension dampers. Y up to 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
ZA 0 10 35 60 85 110 135
• Bank assembly: ZB 0 0 0 0 0 0 5
Validated:
- EI 90S - 1500 Pa
Y 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
- EI 120S - 500 Pa
For a vertical assembly of a maximum of 4 dampers ZA 160 185 210 235 260 285 310 335
with the same dimensions of 1200 x 800 mm, i.e. a ZB 30 55 80 105 130 155 180 205
maximum duct size of 2470 x 1670 mm.
Select the dimensions of the dampers by removing BANK ASSEMBLY
70 mm corresponding to the thickness of the 2 faces
in contact. Grouting
Scellement Wall
Mur
Example: for a bank of 1800 x 1200 mm, it is possible
to use 4 X Y fire dampers:
X = (1800 - 70) / 2 = 865 mm
Y= (1200 - 70) / 2 = 565 mm
The assembly of the ISONE 1500 in banks is very

simple:
1- Glue the faces of the dampers that will be in contact
using a suitable adhesive (code 11043056).
2- Fix the faces in contact using VBA 5x40 mm
screws, spaced out every 150 mm approx.
3- For a connection using flanges, it may be necessary
to notch the sleeves over a few mm.
ACCESSORIES
Designation Code
Adhesive for ISONE 1500 banks 11043056
Encollage
Faces destogether
glued faces
en contact + fixation
2 or
2, 44ou
dampers
6 clapets & attached
par vis VBA 5using
x 40
VBA 5x40 screw

Fire Protection

ISONE 1500 with sleeve connection: EI 120 S - 1500 Pa 1812
• CE 1812 - CPD - 1016 • Grouting with traditional mortar,
• NF-S-61937-5 without fixing accessories.
• Upgradable mechanism: all the
• Bank assembly equipment can be plugged in by hand.
- EI 120S - 500 Pa • Dual-voltage trip device (24/48
- EI 90S - 1500 Pa V): control errors are impossible
• Mounting in banks using
WEIGHT (KG) AND RANGE with choice of options standard fire dampers.
• The 70°C fusible thermal link is included.
• Bank assembly: use the specific adhesive to assemble standard ISONE 1500 fire dampers (code 11043056)
11043057
Y
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950
200 17 18 20 21 23 24 25 27 28 - - - - - - -
250 18 20 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 33 35 36 - - - -
300 20 21 23 24 26 28 29 31 32 35 37 38 40 41 43 -
350 21 23 24 26 28 29 31 33 34 37 39 41 42 44 45 47
400 23 24 26 28 29 31 33 35 36 39 41 43 44 46 48 50
450 - 26 28 29 31 33 35 36 38 42 43 45 47 49 50 52
500 - 27 29 31 33 35 37 38 40 44 45 47 49 51 53 55
Compartmentation
550 - - 31 33 35 36 38 40 42 46 48 50 52 53 55 57
600 - - 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 48 50 52 54 56 58 60
650 - - - 37 39 42 44 46 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64
700 - - - 39 41 43 45 48 50 53 56 58 60 62 64 67
750 - - - - 43 45 47 50 52 56 58 60 62 65 67 69
800 - - - - 44 47 49 52 54 58 60 62 65 67 69 72
850 - - - - - 49 51 53 56 60 62 65 67 69 72 74
900 - - - - - 50 53 55 58 62 64 67 69 72 74 77
950 - - - - - - 55 57 60 64 67 69 72 74 77 79
1000 - - - - - - 57 59 62 66 69 71 74 77 79 82
11043057
Y
1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500
350 49 50 - - - - - - - - -
400 51 53 55 56 58 - - - - - -
450 54 56 57 59 61 63 65 66 - - -
500 57 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 71 73 75
550 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 -
600 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 - -
650 66 68 70 72 74 77 79 81 - - -
700 69 71 73 75 77 80 82 - - - -
750 71 74 76 78 80 83 - - - - -
800 74 76 79 81 83 - - - - - -
850 77 79 82 84 - - - - - - -
900 79 82 84 - - - - - - - -
950 82 85 - - - - - - - - -
1000 85 - - - - - - - - - -
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code

Fire Protection
“ALDES CONTROL” pack
Advantages
• Automatic functions controller -
portable and autonomous.
• Ideal for controlling a fire damper
independently from the CMSI.
• Easy to use.
• Automatic voltage selection.
APPLICATION EXAMPLE OF USE

To perfect and facilitate the various inspections,
verifications and adjustments that precede any start-
up of an installation, ALDES has designed and now
markets a portable automatic function controller
called "ALDES CONTROL", which is autonomous
and can be recharged from the mains supply.
Its ergonomics and simplicity of use make it an
indispensable tool for safety professionals.
Once connected to the electrical terminal of an ALDES
fire damper or smoke exhaust damper using a quick-
Compartmentation
fit multi-pin connector, it can simulate the various
centralised control system sequences and test the
operation of all of the components, such as:
• the electromagnetic power emission trip device
using a series of time-delayed impulses,
• the position indicator contacts, using green and
red LEDs to show the standby or safety position
status,
• the reset servo-motor with a power-on indicator
throughout the duration of the cycle,
• the priority management of the safety position on
the fire damper or smoke exhaust damper (D.A.S.),
• the correct electrical connection for all the
components on the single or plug-in terminal.
In addition, it automatically selects the voltage (24
or 48 VDC) required for correct equipment operation 1 : ISONE fire damper
and can perform around a hundred successive tests
without recharge in the case of a full configuration. 2 : Aldes Control Pack
RANGE
Abbreviation Designation Code
ALDES CONTROL Pack* For ISONE NF S 61-937-compliant function controller for FIRE DAMPER or SMOKE EXHAUST DAMPER 11041695
CONTROL PACK protective bag kit Protection and travel bag 11041697
16-pin connector Kit Detachable adapter for Weidmuller 16-pin terminals. 11041770
VRFI - VANTONE lead kit WAGO cord kit + 12 pin connector - VRFI -VANTONE (before Sept. 2005) 11041699
ISONE 10-pin cord kit - VANTONE 10-pin cord kit for ISONE - VANTONE (after Sept. 2005) 11041696
CONTROL PACK charger kit 11041698
* Comprises: 1 controller, 1 protective bag, 1 charger, 1 ISONE 10-pin connector cord.

Fire Protection
The ISONE Range

Summary table of fire resistance properties of ISONE fire dampers
To assist you in respecting these new regulatory requirements, we present a summary table of the European fire resistance classifications of our
ISONE fire dampers. You can see that at the time of production of this catalogue, there are still some tests to carry out. You can obtain an updated
version of this table on www.aldes.fr/pro.
110 mm concrete
Type of Fire damper
French vocabulary European vocabulary
2 hour fire damper EI 120 S Page
500 Pa 500 Pa 31
Horizontal surface Ve
Vertical wall Ho
Front-back i o
ISONE rectangular EM - FdP PM and MM Dimensional area: 1/3 < X/Y < 2 Dimensional area: < X - < Y
500 Pa 500 Pa 33
Horizontal surface Ve
Vertical wall Ho
Front-back i o
Blade axis: horizontal Blade axis: horizontal
ISONE rectangular EM GM and TGM Dimensional area: 1/3 < X/Y < 2 Dimensional area: < X - < Y
1500 Pa 1500 Pa 42
Compartmentation
Vertical wall Ve
Slab up to 600 x 600 Ho up to 600 x 600
Front-back i o
ISONE 1500 Blade axis: horizontal Blade axis: horizontal
Page
2 hour fire damper EI 120 S 37
500 Pa 500 Pa
Vertical wall Ve
Horizontal surface Ho
Front-back i o
ISONE circular EM - FdP
Page
1 hour 30 Fire damper 37
500 Pa
In progress
Vertical wall
Front-back
Circular ISONE/Ap
Page
37
1 hour 30 Fire damper
500 Pa
In progress
Vertical wall
Front-back
Rectangular ISONE/Ap
Thin plasterboard partition wall

Type of Fire damper
French vocabulary European vocabulary
Page
1 hour 30 Fire damper EI 90 S 48
500 Pa 500 Pa
1 hour or 2 hour wall 1 hour or 2 hour wall
Front-back i o
Circular ISONE/Ap
Pages
1 hour 30 Fire damper EI 90 S 49
500 Pa 500 Pa
1 hour or 2 hour wall 2 hour wall
Front-back i o
Rectangular ISONE/Ap

Fire Protection
ISONE wall mounted circular and rectangular dampers 1812
Advantages
Green • Simple, economic installation,
Product no grouting or hanging.
• 70 mm thick plaster blocks
• On thin plasterboard partition wall
• On PROMAT duct
• On GEOSTAFF offset duct.
APPLICATION PRESSURE LOSS (Pa)

• Compartmentation of residential, commercial and • ISONE rectangular wall-mounted.
industrial buildings. • ISONE circular wall-mounted: table below
DESCRIPTION Ø duct (mm) ØP ISONE / Ap
• EI 90 S - 500 Pa on rail & plasterboard wall. 100-125, -160-200 (Q/67.3) 2
• EI 120 S - 2h on Promatect and Supalux ducts. 250 (Q/128.5) 2
• Consists of 2 metal sleeves on both sides of an 315 (Q/264) 2
assembly of refractory material. 355 (Q/217) 2
• The refractory complex is doted with holes enabling 400 (Q/326.5) 2
attachment to concrete walls in the 4 corners and 450 (Q/409.3) 2
other holes enabling attachment to the metal rails
500 (Q/573.5) 2
Compartmentation
behind the plasterboard wall.
• The upgradable mechanism box is positioned on a Note: The above formulae give pressure losses in Pa for airflow in m3/h.
sleeve.
ISONE Ap PRESSURE LOSS
RANGE The values given below are pressure losses in Pa, for air velocity at 4 m/s.
• Circular Isone/Ap up to Ø 560 mm. Height Width X
• Rectangular Isone/Ap up to 800 x 600 mm. See Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
following pages
200 44 39 36 34 32 31 30 98 94
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 250 33 29 26 24 23 22 46 43 42 21 21 20
• Mechanism equipment (see page 27) 300 27 23 21 19 18 31 30 28 27 22 22 23 24
- Open and closed position switch. (FCU1, DCU1, 350 23 20 18 17 26 24 22 21 21 19 19 20 20
FCU2, DCU2). 400 21 18 16 24 22 20 19 18 17 17 17 17 17
- Electromagnetic 24/48V trip device - power emission 450 17 25 21 19 17 16 16 15 15 15 15 15
(VDS 24/48V) or power cut-off (VM 24/48V). 500 28 22 19 17 16 15 14 13 14 14 14 14
- Electrical reset motor (EHOP 30s). 550 21 18 16 15 14 13 12 13 13 13 13
• Aeraulic connection 600 20 17 15 14 13 12 12 12 12 12 12
Leaktight seal for circular dampers: Note: to determine pressure losses at a speed V: ∆P = ∆P(4 m/s) x V2 / 16
- minimises energy losses and provides quick and
easy connection to the ducts. INSTALLATION PRINCIPLE
- Single lip seal up to Ø 400 mm, double beyond that. • Installation on plasterboard walls + metal rail.
- Operating range (0-1500 Pa). • Installation on plaster blocks.
• Customisable labelling • Installation on an offset duct.
• Aeraulic connection
Name of the work site, customer, installation area, etc. The 2 Isone metal sleeves are male type.
The sleeves should be mounted without applying any mechanical stress on the
components. The damper and duct must be perfectly aligned.
• With the Isone/Ap wall-mounted installation there is no need for grouting, hanging nor
thermal protection.
• Very simple and quick installation, validated on plasterboard walls.
MECHANISM POSITIONING UNIMPORTANT

Fire Protection

Circular ISONE/Ap 1812
• CE 1812 - CPD - 1021 • Ideal on a wall opening (only one
side accessible).
• NF-S-61937-5
• Simple and economic to install,
approved for "lightweight partition
walls", PROMAT vertical duct and
GEOSTAFF horizontal duct.
• No grouting, no hanging.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) - WEIGHT ( kg)

• 2 metal sleeves on both sides of a complex made of
236 50 152
refractory material provided with holes fixing the fire 27,5 108 236 50 152
27
damper to the partition wall:
- An Ø 8 mm hole in each corner of the refractory for
Ø 10
attachment to concrete walls. Ø
27,5
27,5
- Ø 5.5 mm holes around metal sleeves for attachment ZA ZA
to plasterboard walls.
Ø+100
ØD
Ø+100
• On plaster block partition wall
Compartmentation
• On PROMAT vertical duct

• On GEOSTAFF horizontal duct.
INSTALLATION
• See previous pages.
438 Ø+100
RANGE with choice of options
438
70°C thermal fuse included

ØD Overall Exceeding Weight
For Ø < 200 mm, 2 reducers are supplied LxH ZA blade
Designation Code 200 300 x 300 - 10.5
ISONE/Ap Ø 100 mm 11043040 250 350 x 350 - 12
ISONE/Ap Ø 125 mm 11043041 315 415 x 415 3 13.5
ISONE/Ap Ø 160 mm 11043042 355 455 x 455 23 15
ISONE/Ap Ø 200 mm 11043043 400 500 x 500 42.5 19
ISONE/Ap Ø 250 mm 11043044
450 550 x 550 67.5 21
ISONE/Ap Ø 315 mm 11043045
500 600 x 600 92.5 24
ISONE/Ap Ø 355 mm 11043046
560* 660 x 660 117.5 29
ISONE/Ap Ø 400 mm 11043047
ISONE/Ap Ø 450 mm 11043048
ISONE/Ap Ø 500 mm 11043049
ISONE/Ap Ø 560 mm* 11043050
* From a square body
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Designation Code

Fire Protection
Rectangular ISONE/Ap 1812
• CE 1812 - CPD - 1022 • Ideal on a wall opening (only one
side accessible).
• NF-S-61937-5
• Simple and economic to install,
approved for "lightweight partition
walls", PROMAT vertical duct and
GEOSTAFF horizontal duct.
• No grouting, no hanging.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

• EI 60 S or EI 90 S fire damper on plasterboard
108
partition wall. X+100
X+100 250 50 150
• EI 120 S on PROMAT vertical duct. 250 50 150
22
• EI 120 S on GEOSTAFF horizontal duct.
22
INSTALLATION Ø 10
• See previous pages. ZA ZA
Y+100
WEIGHT (KG) AND
Y+100
D
Compartmentation
Y
Y
RANGE with choice of options

70°C thermal fuse included
Code 11043105
Height Width X
100 450 X
Y 200 250 300 350 400 450450 500 X 108
200 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
250 13 14 16 17 18 19 –
300 13 14 16 17 18 – – ZA: Angular displacement of the blade.
350 14 16 17 18 – – – Y 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
400 15 17 18 – – – – ZA 0 0 0 0 17 42 47 72 97 122 147 172 197
450 – 18 – – – – –
Code 11043106 - EI 60 S - EI 90 S*
Height Width X
Y 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
200 – – – – – – 20 21 – – – –
250 – – – – – 20 22 23 24 25 27 –
300 – – – – 20 21 22 23 25 27 28 29
350 – – – 20 21 22 24 25 27 28 29 31
400 – – 20 21 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 32
450 – 20 21 23 24 25 27 28 29 31 32 33
500 19 21 22 24 25 27 28 29 31 32 33 35
550 – 22 24 25 27 28 29 31 32 33 35 37
600 – 23 25 27 28 29 31 32 33 35 37 38
* Installed inside framework.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code

Fire Protection
Fire Damper Cartridges & Grilles

CF1 / CF2 1812
Compliances
• CE 1396 - CPD - 0050
CF1: fire damper cartridges DIMENSIONS (mm) - WEIGHT (kg)

EI 60 S - (ve ho i o) (mm) D (mm) EI 120 S
W1 (mm)
EI 60 S EI 120 S
Weight (kg)
RANGE 100 27 0.3 0.3
Ø (mm) Designation Code 125 39.5 0.4 0.4
100 CF1-D100-(EI60S) 11040430 150 1.5 52 0.4 0.6
125 CF1-D125-(EI60S) 11040431 160 57 0.5 0.6
150 CF1-D150-(EI60S) 11040432 200 77 0.7 0.9
160 CF1-D160-(EI60S) 11040433
200 CF1-D200-(EI60S) 11040434
CF2: fire damper cartridges

Compartmentation
EI 120 S - (ve ho i o)
Ød
RANGE
Ø (mm) Designation Code
100 CF2-D100-(EI120S) 11040435
125 CF2-D125-(EI120S) 11040436
150 CF2-D150-(EI120S) 11040437
60 W1
160 CF2-D160-(EI120S) 11040438
200 CF2-D200-(EI120S) 11040439
Fire Damper Grilles

To obtain a 1h EI 60S fire damper grille or a 2h EI 120 S INSTALLATION
fire damper, add an SR 143 metal core grille in front 1 = SR 143 type metal core grille and sleeve
of the selected cartridge.
2 = CF1 or CF2 cartridge
DESCRIPTION SR 143 3 = duct
• Adjustable core.
• White epoxy painted steel RAL 9010.
• Fitted by clipping into the duct.
1 2 3
• Connection sleeve supplied.
RANGE
Dimensions SR 143 (mm) Code
Ø 100 11052226
Ø 125 11052227
Ø 160 11052228
Ø 200 11052229
• Also see p. 211 for more details.

Fire Protection
Motorised Fire & Smoke Dampers
With thermal responsive device (manually resettable) & spring return actuator
CIVIL Compliance Advantages
DEFENCE Advantages
APPROVED • UL 555 / UL 555S classified. • Fire resistance: 1.5h.
• Constructed and tested as per • Leakage: Class II - 250°F
latest versions of UL 555 and • Dynamic rating: 2000 fpm at 4” w.g.
UL 555S standards. • Installation: Upstream or downstream;
Vertical or Horizontal.
• Suitable for static & dynamic systems.
• Easy maintenance due to motorization.
FD 125

• MFSD are designed to be installed in HVAC ductwork 1
at locations that are designated as fire barrier or fire
& smoke barrier. It should not be installed in a 2
12 8
smoke extraction ductwork for smoke extraction
applications. 12
• It is suitable for vertical installation in walls/partitions

H-6
and horizontal installation in floor having a fire
resistance rating of less than 3 hours (as per NFPA 90A).
• It prevents the spread of fire/smoke inside residential, 12
7
commercial and industrial buildings.
Compartmentation
DESCRIPTION W-6 400
• Normally open but can be closed through remote Front view Side view
signal from Fire Alarm Control Panel / BMS or closed 13

automatically upon detection of heat.
5
• Protects the integrity of a fire/smoke barrier wherever 1 8
it is penetrated by HVAC ductwork by preventing the 9
2 9
spread of fire/smoke 10
6 10
CONSTRUCTION 3 3
4 11
• Casing: 140mm deep, hat-shaped casing manufac-
tured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanised steel. 4
5 12
• Blade: 3V-groove shaped, single skin blades manu- 6 13
factured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanised steel. Paral- 7 14
lel blade operation.
• External linkages concealed in hat-shape frame.
• TRD: Manually resettable Thermal Responsive
Device that operates at 165° F (74° C) .
• Blade tip seal: Silicon rubber seals permanently INSTALLATION DETAILS
bonded to blade edge through self-forming silicon
sealant.
Retaining angles or retaining angle frame
• Jamb seal: Stainless steel, spring action type. (40 X 40 X 2.3mm)
• Actuator: UL listed, Spring return, Electric 24VAC/
230VAC, quick opening & closing. Expansion gap
Sleeve and retaining angle frame connection by
4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
• Jackshaft: 12mm x 12mm square jackshaft to ensure 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
tight grip at the actuator.
• Brass bush: round for spindles and square for jackshaft.
• Sleeve: 400mm long factory installed sleeve
(standard supply) manufactured from 16ga (1.5mm) Blade stopper
TRD
galvanised steel.
• Minimum size: 203mm x 203mm (for **150mm x
Spring return
150mm, see note under Available Sizes table). actuator Casing
• Maximum size: 914mm x 914mm (single section).
* Larger sizes manufactured in multiple sections. Sleeve
INSTALLATION
• Jackshaft upstream or jackshaft downstream.
• Vertical in wall/partitions or horizontal in floors.
RANGE
Description Code
FD 125 MFSD with G.I. casing & blades
16” max 6” max
*FD 125-1 MFSD with G.I. casing & SS Breakaway joint Duct
(grade 304) blades Wall(masonry/gypsum)
*FD 125-2 MFSD with SS (grade 304)
casing & blades
ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
Description Code
W 150** 200
150 250
200 300
250 350
300 400
350 450
400 500
450 550
500 600
550 650
600 700
650 750
700 800
750 850
800 900
850
Retaining angles frame – 40 x 40 x 2.3 mm
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 2.3 mm H 150** 200
150 250
200 300
250 350
300 400
350 450
400 500
450 550
500 600
550 650
600 700
650 750
700 800
750 850
800 900
800
Duct transitions: rectangular, circular or oval ** 200W or 200H damper with factory installed sleeve will have rectangular/round/
Access Doors (see page
doors (see page 46)
62) oval duct transition on both sides of sleeve.
*,** Not available for UL classified dampers • Any combination of W x H. For non-standard sizes, please consult us.

Fire Protection
Motorised Fire Dampers

With thermal responsive device (manually resettable) & spring return actuator
Advantages
DEFENCE
APPROVED • UL 555 classified. • Fire resistance: 1.5h.
• Constructed and tested as per • Dynamic rating: 2000 fpm at 4” w.g.
latest version of UL 555 • Installation: Upstream or downstream;
standard. Vertical or Horizontal.
MD 125

• Motorised fire dampers are designed to be installed
1
in HVAC ductwork at locations that are designed as
fire barrier. 12
2 7
• Suitable for vertical installation in walls/partitions and 13
horizontal installation in floors having a fire resistance 10
rating of less that 3 hours (as per NFPA 90A).
• It prevents the spread of fire inside residential, H-6
commercial and industrial buildings.
DESCRIPTION 9
• Normally open but can be closed through remote

Compartmentation
signal from Fire Alarm Control Panel / BMS or W-6 400

closed automatically upon detection of heat. Front view Side view
• Protects the integrity of a fire barrier wherever it is 11

penetrated by HVAC ductwork by preventing the 5
spread of fire 1 7
CONSTRUCTION 8
13 2 8
6
• Casing: 140mm deep, hat-shaped casing manufac- 3 3
9
tured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanised steel. 10

4
• Blade: 3V-groove shaped, single skin blades manu- 11
factured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanized steel. 4 5
12
Parallel blade operation. 6
13
• External linkages concealed in hat-shape frame.
• TRD: Manually resettable Thermal Responsive
Device that operates at 165° F (74° C).
• Blade tip seal: No tip seal installed.
• Jamb seal: Stainless steel, spring action type. INSTALLATION DETAILS
• Actuator: UL listed, Spring return, Electric
24VAC/230VAC, quick opening & closing.
• Jackshaft: 12mm x 12mm square jackshaft to Retaining angles or retaining angle frame
ensure tight grip at the actuator. (40 X 40 X 2.3mm)
• Brass bush: round for spindles and square for
jackshaft. Expansion gap 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
• Linkage: Zinc plated steel external linkage, 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
concealed in frame.
• Sleeve: 400mm long factory installed sleeve
(standard supply) manufactured from 16ga (1.5mm)
galvanised steel. TRD
Blade stopper
• Minimum size: 203mm x 203mm (for ** 150mm x
150mm, see note under Available Sizes table). Spring return
• Maximum size: 914mm x 914mm (single section). actuator Casing
* Larger sizes manufactured in multiple sections.
INSTALLATION
Sleeve

• Vertical in wall/partions or horizontal in floors.
RANGE
Description Code
MD 125 MFSD with G.I. casing & blades
*MD 125-1 MFSD with G.I. casing & SS 16” max 6” max
Breakaway joint
(grade 304) blades Duct
Wall(masonry/gypsum)
*MD 125-2 MFSD with SS (grade 304)
casing & blades
ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)

Description Code W 150** 200
150 200
250 250
300 300
350 350
400 400 450
450 500 500
550 550 650
600 600 650
700 700
750 750
800 800
850 850
900
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 2.3 mm H 150** 200
150 250
200 300
250 350
300 400
350 450 500
400 450 550
500 600
550 650
600 700
650 750
700 800
750 850
800 900
800
Duct transitions: rectangular, circular or oval ** 200W or 200H damper with factory installed sleeve will have rectangular/round/oval
Access doors (see page 62) duct transition on both sides of sleeve.
• Any combination of W x H. For non-standard sizes, please consult us.
*,** Not available for UL classified dampers

Fire Protection
Curtain Fire Dampers
Blades outside airstream with 100% free area
CIVIL Advantages
DEFENCE Compliance
APPROVED • UL 555 classified. • Fire resistance: 1.5h (UL 555).
• BS 476 certified. • Fire resistance: 2h (BS 476).
• Constructed and tested as per • Suitable for static systems.
UL 555 and BS 476: • 100% free area with no pressure
Part 20: 1987.
loss.
• Maintenance: easy removal of the
fusible link.
FD 150 CH

• For vertical installation in walls or partitions with fire
resistance rating of less than 3 hours.
A
A
• Suitable for use in static systems, no pressure loss.
DESCRIPTION
H-6XW-6
• Normally open and close automatically upon detection H-6
of heat.
• Protects integrity of a fire barrier & limits spread
of fire.
• Maintains the fire resistance rating where penetrated
25
25
by HVAC ductwork.
Compartmentation
25 90 25
25
Front view Side view
CONSTRUCTION
Single section
• Casing made from 18 ga. (1.2 mm) galvanized steel.
• Interlocking type blades made from 22 ga. (0.8 mm)
galvanized steel.
• UL listed fusible link which operates at 74˚C (165˚F).
• Stainless steel closure springs.
• Sleeve made from 16 ga. (1.5 mm) galvanized steel
can be factory installed (recommended) or field
supplied (as per installation instructions).
• Minimum size: 100 x 100 mm ; opening dimensions.
• Maximum size: 914 x 914 mm ; overall dimensions.
CONSTRUCTION
• Vertical installation. INSTALLATION DETAILS
• In walls or partitions.
Wall (masonry/gypsum)
Expansion gap
RANGE Sleeve
(40 X 40 X 3 mm)
Description Code
FD 150 CH – Single – G.I. casing & blades Duct
*FD 151 CH – Single – G.I. casing & SS 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
(grade 304) blades 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
Overall dimentions (H+A+25 X W+50)
Fusible
Duct connection (blades outside air stream)
*FD 152 CH – Single – G.I. SS (grade 304) link

casing & blades
Opening size (H X W)
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
G.I. sleeve (300 mm long) S
HEVAC installation frame **V
ACCESSORIES Breakaway joint
Description Code
Retaining angles frame – 40 x 40 x 3 mm F
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 3 mm R 6” max 6” max
Micro-switch (see page 61) M

Duct extensions, 50 mm longer than sleeve AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
D
on each side (see page 61)
W 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
Access doors (see page 62)
* Not available for UL classified dampers. H 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
**Not available for UL classified / BS certified dampers.
A 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 70 75 80 85 90 95 95
n˚
Blade 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 16
• Any combination of W x H. For other sizes, please consult us.

• A and n blades are associated with height H of damper.

Fire Protection

DEFENCE
Part 20: 1987.
loss.
fusible link.
FD 150 CH
CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

Multiple section
• For dampers exceeding the limitation of single section
A
dimensions, they will be manufactured in multiple
sections for assembly in factory.
• Multiple sections will be created by joining 2 or 4 single
sections together by welding. The joints shall then be
covered by 18 ga. (1.2 mm) metal strips running horiz-
ontally and vertically.
• Maximum size: 1828 x 1828 mm ; overall dimensions
1828 (max)
Compartmentation
Possible arrangements H-6
a) 2 single sections (in width) x 1 single section

(in height).
b) 1 single section (in width) x 2 single sections
(in height).
c) 2 single sections (in width) x 2 single sections
(in height).
INSTALLATION
25
• Vertical installation. W-6

• In walls or partitions. 25 25
1828 (max)
RANGE INSTALLATION DETAILS

Description Code
Retaining angles or retaining Expansion gap
FD 150CH – Multi – G.I. casing & blades angle frame (40 X 40 X 3 mm)
*FD 151CH – Multi – G.I. casing & SS Sleeve 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
(grade 304) blades Duct 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
*FD 152CH – Multi – G.I. SS (grade 304)

casing & blades
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code

ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 3 mm R
Duct extensions, 50 mm longer than sleeve D
on each side (see page 61) Breakaway joint
Duct
* Not available for UL classified dampers. 25
**Not available for UL classified / BS certified dampers. 6” max 6” max

AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)

W 900 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1750
H 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1700
A 60 60 65 65 70 70 75 75 75 80 80 85 85 85 90 90 95 95 95
n˚ 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 16 16 16
Blade
• A and n blades are associated with height H of single section damper.

Fire Protection
CIVIL Advantages
DEFENCE Compliance
APPROVED • UL 555 classified. • Fire resistance: 1.5h.
• Constructed and tested as per • Suitable for static & dynamic
latest edition of UL555 standard. systems.
• 100% free area with no pressure
loss.
fusible link.
• Dynamic rating : 2000 fpm at 4”
FD 150 CH-D w.g. pressure.

• Suitable for use in static & dynamic systems, no
A
pressure loss.
DESCRIPTION
H-6XW-6
H-6
• Normally open and close automatically upon detec-

tion of heat.
• Protects integrity of a fire barrier & limits spread of
fire.
Compartmentation
50
50
• Maintains the fire resistance rating where penetrated

by HVAC ductwork. 25 25
25 90 25

CONSTRUCTION
galvanized steel.
• UL listed fusible link which operates at 74˚C (165˚F)
INSTALLATION
• Vertical installation.
• In walls or partitions. INSTALLATION DETAILS
RANGE Expansion gap Wall (masonry/gypsum)
Description Code Sleeve (40 X 40 X 3 mm)
FD 150 CH-D - Single - G.I. casing & blades
Duct
*FD 151 CH-D – Single – G.I. casing & SS Sleeve and retaining angle frame connection by
(grade 304) blades 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
*FD 152 CH-D – Single – G.I. casing & blades

Duct connection (blades outside air stream)
Fusible
and SS (grade 304) link
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
HEVAC installation frame *V
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 3 mm R Breakaway joint 6” max 6” max
Duct extensions, 50 mm longer than sleeve
D AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
Access doors (see page 62) W 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
* Not available for UL Classified dampers
H 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 750 750
A 30 35 45 50 55 60 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 95 95
n˚
4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 16
blades

• A and n blades are associated with height H of damper.

Fire Protection

Blades partially inside airstream
DEFENCE
Part 20: 1987.
loss.
fusible link.
FD 150 AH

resistance rating of less than 3 hours. 25 25
X
• Suitable for use in static systems, no pressure loss.
DESCRIPTION
H-6XW-6
H-6
• Normally open and close automaticaly upon detection
of heat.
• Protects the integrity of a fire barrier & limits spread of
fire. 25
• Maintains its fire resistance rating where penetrated by 25
Compartmentation
25 90 25
HVAC ductwork. 25 25
Side view
Front view
CONSTRUCTION
Single section
galvanized steel.
• UL listed fusible link which operates at 74˚C (165˚F)
NOTE: for insert type installation, damper must be
supplied with 140 mm long factory installed sleeve.
INSTALLATION DETAILS
INSTALLATION Expansion gap Wall(masonry/gypsum)
• Vertical installation. Retaining angles or retaining angle frame
• In walls or partitions. Sleeve (40 X 40 X 3 mm) Sleeve and retaining angle frame connection by
Duct 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
RANGE 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres
(max)
Duct connection (blades & frames inside air stream)
Duct connection (blades partially inside air stream)
Description Code
FD 150 AH – Single – G.I. casing & blades Fusible
link
Overall dimentions (H+50 X W+50)
*FD 151 AH – Single – G.I. casing & SS

(grade 304) blades
*FD 152 AH – Single – G.I. SS (grade 304)

casing & blades
or
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
ACCESSORIES
Description Code Breakaway joint 6” max 6” max
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 3 mm R AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
W 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
H 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
* Not available for UL classified dampers. A 30 35 35 40 45 50 55 55 60 65 70 70 75 80 85 90
**Not available for UL classified / BS certified dampers. n˚ 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16
Blade
• X and n blades are associated with height H of damper.

Fire Protection
DEFENCE
Part 20: 1987.
loss.
fusible link.
FD 150 AH
CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

Multiple section
• For dampers exceeding the limitation of single
section dimensions, they will be manufactured in X
25
multiple sections for assembly in factory.
• Multiple sections will be created by joining 2 or 4
single sections together by welding. The joints shall
then be covered by 18 ga. (1.2 mm) metal strips
running horizontally and vertically.
• Maximum size: 1828 x 1828 mm ; overall dimen-
1828 (max)
sions.
Compartmentation
H-6
Possible arrangements
a) 2 single sections (in width) x 1 single section (in
height).
b)1 single section (in width) x 2 single sections (in
height).
c) 2 single sections (in width) x 2 single sections (in
height).
25
INSTALLATION W-6
• Vertical installation. 25
1828 (max)
• In walls or partitions.
RANGE INSTALLATION DETAILS

Retaining angles or retaining
Description Code angle frame (40 X 40 X 3 mm)
FD 150 AH – Multi – G.I. casing & blades Expansion gap Sleeve and retaining angle frame connection by
Sleeve 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
*FD 151 AH – Multi – G.I. casing & SS 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
(grade 304) blades 25
*FD 152 AH – Multi – G.I. SS (grade 304)

casing & blades
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
G.I. sleeve (300mm long) S
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Breakaway joint
Access doors (see page 62) Duct
25
* Not available for UL classified dampers. 6” max 6” max

**Not available for UL classified / BS certified dampers.
W 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1750
H 850 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1750
A 60 55 60 60 65 65 70 70 70 75 75 75 80 80 85 85 90 90
n˚ 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16
Blade
• X and n blades are associated with height H of single section damper.

Fire Protection

DEFENCE
APPROVED • Fire resistance: 1.5h.
• UL 555 classified.
• Constructed and tested as per • Suitable for static & dynamic
latest edition of UL555 standard. systems.
• Low pressure loss for installation
on neck of damper.
• Maintenance: easy removal of
the fusible link.
• Dynamic rating : 2000 fpm at 4”
FD 150 AH-D w.g. pressure.

25
25
X
• Suitable for use in static & dynamic systems, low
pressure loss.
H-6XW-6
DESCRIPTION H-6
• Normally open and close automaticaly upon detec-
tion of heat.
• Protects the integrity of a fire barrier & limits spread
of fire.
Compartmentation
50
50
• Maintains its fire resistance rating where penetrated

25 90 25
by HVAC ductwork. 25 25
CONSTRUCTION
galvanized steel.
• UL listed fusible link which operates at 74˚C (165˚F).
NOTE: for insert type installation, damper must be
supplied with 140mm long factory installed sleeve.
INSTALLATION INSTALLATION DETAILS

• Vertical installation.
• In walls or partitions. Wall(masonry/gypsum)
Expansion gap Retaining angles or retaining angle frame
RANGE Sleeve
Duct
(40 X 40 X 3 mm)
4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
Description Code 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm
centres(max)
FD 150 AH-D - Single - G.I. casing & blades
Duct connection (blades & frames inside air stream)
Duct connection (blades partially inside air stream)
Fusible
*FD 151 AH-D – Single – G.I. casing & SS link
(grade 304) blades

*FD 152AH-D – Single – G.I. SS (grade 304)
casing & blades
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
or
Description Code
HEVAC installation frame *V
ACCESSORIES Breakaway joint
Description Code
Retaining angles frame – 40 x 40 x 3 mm F 6” max 6” max
Micro-switch (see page 61) M AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
Duct extensions, 50 mm longer than sleeve D W 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
Access doors (see page 62) H 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850
* Not available for UL Classified dampers X 30 35 40 45 45 50 55 60 65 65 70 70 75 80 85 90

n˚
4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 15 16
blades

• X and n blades are associated with height H of damper.

Fire Protection
Mounting options
Circular spigot
Compartmentation
Square or rectangular spigot
Oval spigot
• Not available for UL Classified Dampers

• For proper selection of mounting option, please consult us.

Fire Protection
Accessories
Mild steel retaining angles (Lose or frame)

• Retaining angles are used for the installation of
different types of fire dampers (e.g. CFD, MFD, Sleeve outer width + 85mm
MFSD) within a fire barrier (wall/partition/floor). 40 Sleeve outer width + 5mm 40
• Retaining angles are attached on sleeve of the fire
damper on both sides of the wall to avoid the
40
sideways movement of the fire damper to retain the
fire damper within the fire barrier. Joint by welding (all corners)
Sleeve outer height + 5mm

CONSTRUCTION
• Retaining angles are 40 x 40mm mild steel. Please
consult us for the required thickness of retaining
angles for different types of fire dampers.
• Retaining Angles Lose (Code R ): 4 retaining angles Sleeve outer width + 80mm
are used on each side of the wall i.e. total 8 retaining
40
angles for the installation of the fire dampers. Retain-
ing angles on top & bottom sides of sleeve are 40mm
40
40
longer than the overall width of the damper with Retaining angles frame
sleeve while retaining angles on left & right sides of (Front view)
sleeve are exactly equal to the overall height of
damper with sleeve. Lose retaining angles are not
Sleeve outer height

joint together by welding.
• Retaining Angles Frame (Code F): 2 retaining angles
Compartmentation
frames are used on each side of the wall for the

installation of the fire dampers. Each frame is made
of 4 retaining angles joined together by welding at
the corners and generally has a 5mm clearance with
sleeve dimensions.
• Retaining angle (lose or frame) are joined with sleeve
by using rivets or bolts & nuts or welding as per the
Retaining angles lose
details mentioned in installation instructions.
(Front view)
Notes:
• Retaining angle (either lose or frame) should not be fixed with wall /partition/floor.
• For lose retaining angles, installation at site is much easier as compared to retaining
angle frame.
HEVAC installation frame
HEVAC

• The FD 150 CH damper designed to be used with
the special HEVAC installation frame as illustrated.
• The installation frame assembled with its respective
curtain fire damper and delivered to site as one
complete unit.
CONSTRUCTION
• HEVAC installation frame made from 18 ga. (1.2 mm)
galvanized steel.
Height overall
INSTALLATION
• Installed centrally within the thickness of the
surrounding wall or floor such that the center line of
the frame is at a minimum distance of 50 mm from
the nearest face of the wall or floor.
• After completing the ductwork installation of the
damper, the wall opening should be backfilled over
the damper sub-frame building ties, which should be
grouted into the surrounding wall or floor using
cement mortar to fill all joints completely. 25 90 25 Width overall
HEVAC FRAMES
Fire Protection
Accessories
Factory installed duct extensions
Advantages
• UL approved factory installed duct
extensions.
• Ready to install dampers for an
easier & safer installation at site.
FD 150 CHSD

• During the installation of the damper, sometime it is
300 300
difficult to reach the neck of the damper for connect- 1 1
ing the duct. Therefore, duct extensions are 30 30
installed on the neck of the damper and the duct is 2 2
connected to these duct extensions without the
need of reaching the neck of the damper.
15
15
• Aldes has successfully passed UL requirements and
is now authorized to provide factory installed duct 3 3
extensions on whole range of curtain fire dampers
for an easier and safer installation at site.
CONSTRUCTION
• Factory installed duct extensions are manufactured
from 20 ga (0.9mm) galvanised steel sheet.
Compartmentation
• It is attached with the neck of the damper by tack
welds or �4.8 x 10mm steel rivets in a way that this
joint is stronger than the breakaway joint between DESCRIPTION :
the duct extension and the duct connecting to it. 1 Curtain fire damper
• Duct extensions can be installed on one or both 2 Sleeve
sides of the damper and are 50mm (max.) larger than
3 Duct extension
the sleeve on either side of the damper.
• Two configuarations available : damper placed
centrally inside the sleeve; damper placed closer to 50 105 90 105 50 50 90 160 50
one end of sleeve.
• Total length of duct extension is dependent on Damper placed centrally Damper placed closer to
sleeve length as well as position of damper inside inside the sleeve FD 150 CHSD one end of sleeve.
sleeve.
Factory installed micro switch

Advantages
• UL approved factory installed
micro-switch.
• Fire damper position feedback to
FACP.

• Micro switch installed on a curtain fire damper is
generally connected to a fire alarm control panel in
order to give the position feedback of the damper i.e.
1
Open or Close.
DESCRIPTION :
• Micro switch is activated when the interlocking type
blades of a curtain fire damper are closed 1 Frame G.I. 1.2mm
completely (in case of fire or maintenance). 2 Stainless Steel Closure Spring
• Single section of a curtain fire damper is installed 3 Metal Cover G.I. 1.2mm U-shape
with one micro switch. 2 4 Micro Switch (UL Recognized)
• For a multiple section curtain fire damper, each 5 Blade Ramp G.I. 1.5mm
single section is installed with one micro switch.
• Aldes has successfully passed UL requirements and
is now authorized to provide factory installed micro
switch (UL Recognized) on whole range of curtain
fire dampers.
3
CONSTRUCTION
4
• UL recognized micro switch attached by bolts & nuts
to the neck of the damper. 5
• Protected by U-shape metal strip.
FD 150 CHM

Fire Protection
Accessories
Access Doors
Advantages
• Knock over edges for easy

installation.
SC 675 C SC 675 H
With cam lock With hinge & cam lock

• Access doors provide reliable and inexpensive
access to the components inside the ductwork.
They are generally installed near fire dampers for 3 5 1 4 1
6 3
inspection & maintenance purpose but can also be
installed on other locations where access is
required.
5
Compartmentation
CONSTRUCTION 4
2
2
• Frame: 24 ga (0.7mm) G.I. for sizes 150 x 150mm – 7
6
350 x 350mm; 20 ga (0.9mm) G.I. for sizes 400 x
400mm – 600 x 600mm. For other gauges door
panel please consult us.
• Door Panel: Double skin door panel 24 ga (0.7mm)
G.I. with 25mm thick insulation enclosed. For other
gauges door panel please consult us.
• Insulation: 25mm thick mineral wool insulation of
24kg/m3 density 50mm thick insulation available
upon request.
• SC 675 C: Access door with self tightening, plated
steel camlocks on both sides. 2 camlocks per unit
up to 350mm size and 4 camlocks per unit up to
600mm.
• SC 675 H: Access door with continuous piano hinge
on one side and plated steel camlock on opposite
side. 1 camlock per unit up to 350mm size and 2
camlocks per unit up to 600mm.
Access Door - SC 675C Access Door - SC 675H
RANGE
Type Description Code
SC 675 C Access door with camlocks
(25mm Insulation)
SC 675 C Access door with camlocks
(50mm Insulation)
SC 675 H Access door with hinge & camlocks
(25mm Insulation)
SC 675 H Access door with hinge & camlocks
(50mm Insulation)
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
SS Handle AVAILABLE SIZES (mm)
Handle with lock WxH Hole sizes*
Holding chain
150 x 150 150 x 150
200 x 200 200 x 200
250 x 250 250 x 250
300 x 300 300 x 300
350 x 350 350 x 350
400 x 400 400 x 400
450 x 450 450 x 450
500 x 500 500 x 500
550 x 550 550 x 550
600 x 600 600 x 600
* Holes in ductwork must be cut in accordance with sizes given above.

• Other sizes available on request.

Fire Protection
Notes
Compartmentation

Fire Protection
Selection Guide
Smoke Extraction
Max
Staircase Airflow
Category Model Description High
Temperature
Cabinet Roof Axial
fan fan fan
pressurisation
fan
Number of
speeds
(m³/h)
HELIONE • Staircase pressurisation

• Smoke extraction
200˚C - 2h
• Car park ventilation 1 or 2 72000
400˚C - 2h
• Civil Defence approved
Smoke
Exhaust CYCLONE • Smoke extraction
Fans
• Easy access 400˚C - 2h 1 or 2 32000
VELONE • Smoke extraction

• Horizontal or vertical air 400˚C - 2h 1 or 2 27000
discharge (kit optional)
Integrity No Quick Easy

Category
Model Description Compliance fire
resistance
smoke
leakage
operation
(motorisation)
mainten-
ance
SD 125 • Easy installation on vertical and

horizontal ductwork, wall or floor
Motorised • Single skin 3V-grooves type
Smoke Extraction
Smoke blades
UL 555S 1.5h
Dampers • 1.5h fire rating
• Leakage Class II - 250ºF

Fire Protection
Staircase Pressurisation Fans
Presentation of the HELIONE CE range of helicoid air pattern axial fans
• F400°C-2h and F200°C-2h • Wide range for car parks,
classification. commercial and industrial
• Conforms with the CE marking premises.
in accordance with Standard • A lot of accessories to facilitate
EN 12101-3. installation.
Helione Short Shell

• With its F200°C/2h and F400°C/2h fire resistance
classifications, the new HELIONE range meets the 137 C
needs for ventilation and smoke ehaust in multi-family 137 C
E D
housing (car parks, stairwells), commercial premises
E
(car parks, shops) and in industry, just anywhere that
high airflows with low pressures are required. Protection
grill
• HELIONE operates just as well for air exhaust as on option
for fresh air supply in premises where acoustic
exterior flanges
requirements are not predominant or for occasional
exterior flanges
interior
smoke exhaust.
interior
DESCRIPTION
• The standard Helione range varies from Ø 500
to Ø 1,000 mm for standard airflows of 5000 to
72,000 m3/h for pressures of 100 to 500 Pa.
• The new Helione range can meet the requirements
for numerous other cases, like different airflows
and pressure levels for example: Please feel free to Optional protection
grilles on both sides
contact us.
• Propellers comprised of several blades in aluminium,
mounted on an aluminium hub. The angle adjustment
is determined depending on the operating point. Short shell Long shell
• Each blade is radiographically X-rayed before assembly
in order to check the high quality of the material. Your ALDES agency also is available for you, the detailed technical data sheets for each
• The shells are formed from tubular metal plate, with model.
integrated folded edges drilled for connections, Short shell
continuous welded and hot galvanised following A B C D E
fabrication for a longer service life. Standard = short 560 654 348 225 2,5
shell, long shell on option.
630 724 348 225 3
• The motor's fixing arms are hot galvanised for better
Smoke Extraction
corrosion resistance. 710 804 348 225 3
• 4 pole or 4/8 pole boss type motor, IP 55 tropicalised, 800 894 459 225 3
class F as standard. Operating temperature range - 900 1006 459 225 3
20/ 50°C. 445 300 5
60 Hz motor: please consult us. All motors are 575 300 5
calculated to bear the input power throughout the 1000 1106 459 225 3
length of the curve.
445 300 5
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 575 300 5
• Long shell: comprises a pre-wired external terminal Long shell
box. 560 654 375 368 2,5
630 724 375 403 3
710 804 375 443 3
800 894 520 488 3
900 1006 520 538 3
520 575 5
625 575 5
1000 1106 520 588 3
520 625 5
625 625 5

Fire Protection

• F400°C-2h and F200°C-2h • Wide range for car parks,
Long shell
ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
• Protective mesh comes in both motor side and A (MH) OR B (HM) MOUNTING:
propeller side. Horizontal on the ground and wall mounted against a wall:
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange • Indispensible options: economic square plate, feet and anti-vibration mountings,
and the circular duct. Incombustible fabric (M0). mating flange and flexible sleeves or grille if not connected up.
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione Horizontal on the ground between two ducts:
to be connected to a circular duct. Necessary • Indispensible options: feet and anti-vibration mountings, mating flanges and flexible
connection for the flexible sleeve. sleeves on both sides, long shell for motor access through the inspection hatch.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a Horizontal fixed by wall mounting against a wall:
wall mounting configuration. • Indispensible options: reinforced square plate for wall mounting, mating flange and
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione flexible sleeve or grille if not connected up.
to the floor. AU (MHH), BU (HMH), AD (MHB), BD (HMB) MOUNTING
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet Vertical, suspended under a ceiling tile or duct
supports.
The tubular casing must be bolted using all of the holes in its flange.
• Backdraft damper: circular, with 2 galvanised steel
blades. • Indispensible options: protective grille if access remains possible or if there are any
risks of waste being sucked in, if connected from both sides: long shell tubular casing
• Passive circular noise trap/silencer. for motor access through the inspection hatch.
• Electrical Accessories:
- Proximity switch,
- Pressure switch,
- Relay box see AXONE micro II.
- Emergency stop button.
A (MH) AU (MHH) BU (HMH)

Smoke Extraction
B (HM) AD (MHB) BD (HMB)

Fire Protection
HELIONE Accessories
DESCRIPTION PRINCIPLE DIAGRAMS
• Protective mesh comes in both motor side and
propeller side.
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange
and the circular duct. Incombustible fabric (M0).
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione
to be connected to a circular duct. Necessary
connection for the flexible sleeve.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a
wall mounting configuration.
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione
to the floor.
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet
supports.
• Backdraft damper: circular, with 2 galvanised steel Mating flange + sleeve Backdraft damper
blades.
• Passive circular noise trap/ silencer: please consult us.
• Electrical accessories not connected:

- Proximity disconnecting switch, pressure switch,
emergency stop button see ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORIES .
- Relay box => see AXONE micro II.
Grilles Suction intake cone
ACCESSORIES
Description 560 630 710 800
Code Code Code Code
"Economic" square plate 11090456 11090457 11090458 11090459
"Reinforced" square plate 11090464 11090465 11090466 11090467
Flexible sleeve 11090400 11090401 11090402 11090403
Horizontal backdraft damper 11090448 11090449 11090450 11090451
Mating flange 11090408 11090409 11090410 11090411
Motor grille for long Shells 11090424 11090425 11090426 11090427
Motor grille for short Shells 11090472 11090473 11090474 11090475
Propeller mesh 11090416 11090417 11090418 11090419
set of 2 feet 11090480 11090481 11090482 11090483
Smoke Extraction
Suction intake cone 11090432 11090433 11090434 11090435
Vertical backdraft damper 11090440 11090441 11090442 11090443
Description 0900 1000 1120 1250

Code Code Code Code
Flexible sleeve 11090404 11090405 11090406 11090407
Mating flange 11090412 11090413 11090414 11090415
Propeller mesh 11090420 11090421 11090422 11090423
set of 2 feet 11090484 11090485 11090486 11090487
Vertical backdraft damper 11090444 11090445
Description Code
SET OF 4 ANTI-VIBRATIONS MOUNTINGS FOR HELIONE F200
Set of 4 HELIONE F200-560-630-710 mountings 11090490
Set of 4 HELIONE F200-800-900 mountings 11090492

Fire Protection

HELIONE Unclassified F200 - 1 SPEED
• F400°C-2h and F200°C-2h • Up to 70,000 m3/h.
classification. • Wide range for car parks,
• Conforms with the CE marking commercial and industrial
in accordance with Standard premises.
EN 12101-3. • A lot of accessories to facilitate
installation.
Short shell Long shell
APPLICATION SELECTION HELIONE Unclassified/ F200 (120) -1 SPEED

• Ventilation and smoke extraction for covered car The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
parks. Pression (Pa)
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more Q (m3/h) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
precise details, please consult us.
5400 299 299
UNCLASSIFIED RANGE / F200 (120) 7200 299 300
- 1 SPEED 9000
10800
300
302
300
302
Description Code
11400 302 302 306 306 304 308 308
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 0,66 kW 11090299
12000 302 302 306 306 304 308 309
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 1,15 kW 11090300
12600 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,4 kW 11090302
13200 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,6 kW 11090303
13800 302 303 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/25/4/9 2,7 kW 11090304
14400 303 306 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/6 -3,2 kW 11090306
15000 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 314
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/3 - 3,2 kW 11090307
15600 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 3,2 kW 11090308
16200 306 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090309
16800 306 306 306 306 308 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090310
17400 306 306 306 306 309 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090311
18000 306 306 306 308 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 4,4 kW 11090312
21000 306 307 307 309 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 6,6 kW 11090313
24000 307 307 309 309 309 310 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090314
27000 307 312 312 310 310 310 311 295
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 9 kW 11090315
30000 312 312 312 310 310 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090316
33000 312 312 313 310 315 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090295
36000 312 312 313 315 315 315 315 316
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090296
Smoke Extraction
39000 312 313 315 315 315 315 316 296

HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 18 kW 11090317
42000 313 313 315 315 315 316 316 296
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 22,2 kW 11090318
45000 313 315 315 316 316 316 296 317
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090319
48000 315 315 316 316 316 317 317 317
54000
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 60000
316
316
316
317
316
317
316
317
317
318
317
318
317
318
318
319
Description Code 66000 317 318 318 319 319
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 72000 319 319
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 ELECTRICAL DETAILS F400
F200 Motor - 1 speed - 4 poles
Power (kW) Rated Current (A) Start-up Current (A)
0,66 1,9 6,4
1,15 3,2 11
RECOMMENDATION 1,4 3,8 13,5
• For an installation with anti-vibration mountings,
above Ø 800, and for > 4 kW motors, we recommend 1,6 3,9 19
you to order the long shell option. If not, provide for 2,7 5,8 30
stringers between the feet and the mountings to 3,2 6,8 35
balance the weight. 4,4 9,3 55
6,6 12,6 84
9 17 114
13,2 25,4 127
18 34,8 171
22,2 41 242
27 49,8 284

Fire Protection
HELIONE F200 and Unclassified - 2 SPEEDS
installation.
APPLICATION SELECTION HELIONE Unclassified/ F200 (120) - 2 SPEEDS

• Ventilation and smoke extraction for covered car The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more Q (m3/h) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
5400 20 20
- 2 SPEEDS 9000
10800
20
21
22
22
Description Code
11400 21 22 24 24
HELIONE F200-560/20/4-8/6 -0,92/0,23 kW 11090320
12000 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-630/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090321
12600 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090322
13200 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-800/20/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090323
13800 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090324
14400 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090325
15000 22 22 24 24 26 27 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090326
15600 22 23 24 24 26 27 27 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090327
16200 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090328
16800 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090329
17400 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090330
18000 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090331
21000 23 23 25 27 27 27 32 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090332
24000 23 25 27 27 27 28 32 33
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -7,2/1,8 kW 11090333
27000 25 27 27 28 28 32 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -12,7/3,45 kW 11090334
30000 27 27 29 28 32 33 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/9 -16,1/4,03 kW 11090335
33000 29 29 32 33 33 33 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -19,6/4,95 kW 11090336
36000 29 29 30 33 33 33 34 34
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -23/5,75 kW 11090337
Smoke Extraction
39000 29 30 33 34 34 34 34 35
42000
30
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
Description Code 48000 34 34 34 34 34 35 35 35
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 54000 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 60000 35 35 36 36 36 36 37 37
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 66000 36 36 37 37 37
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 72000 37 37
RECOMMENDATION Power (kW)
F200 Motor - 2 speeds - 4/8 poles
Rated Current (A) Start-up Current (A)
• See page 65.
0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 55,4/10,8
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,2/1,8 13,8/4,24 89,7/22
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Fire Protection

HELIONE F400 - 1 SPEED
installation.
APPLICATION SELECTION HELIONE F400 (120) -1 SPEED

• Smoke exhaust in public assembly and high rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
buildings. Pression (Pa)
• Ventilation and smoke extraction for covered car Q (m3/h) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
parks.
5400 40 41 45 45
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more
precise details, please consult us. 7200 40 42 45 48
9000 42 42 45 48
RANGE - F400 (120) - 1 SPEED 10800 42 43 45 48
HELIONE F400-560/16/4/5 - 0,9 kW 11090340 12000 43 43 48 48 51 51 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 0,9 kW 11090341 12600 43 45 48 48 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,27 kW 11090342 13200 43 46 48 51 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090343 13800 45 46 48 51 51 52 55 56
HELIONE F400-710/25/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090345 14400 46 47 48 48 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 1,8 kW 11090346 15000 46 47 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 2,64 kW 11090347 15600 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 2,64 kW 11090348 16200 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090349 16800 46 48 48 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/3 - 3,6 kW 11090350 17400 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090351 18000 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 59
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 4,8 kW 11090352 21000 47 49 49 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090353 24000 49 50 52 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 4,8 kW 11090355 27000 50 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090356 30000 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090357 33000 53 53 53 57 57 57 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 11 kW 11090358 36000 53 53 59 57 57 58 63 64
Smoke Extraction
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090359 39000 59 57 57 58 58 61 64 64

HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 9 kW 11090360 42000 57 58 58 58 51 64 64 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 11 kW 11090361 45000 58 58 61 61 62 64 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090362 48000 60 61 61 62 62 65 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 11 kW 11090363 54000 61 62 62 65 65 65 66 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090364 60000 62 65 65 66 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 18 kW 11090365 66000 66 67 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 20,4 kW 11090366 72000 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090367
ELECTRICAL DETAILS F400
AVAILABLE OPTIONS F400 Motor - 1 speed - 4 poles
Description Code Power (kW) Rated Current (A) Start-up Current (A)
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 0,66 1,56 8,2
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 0,9 2 9,4
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 1,27 3,08 14,2
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 1,8 3,75 19,8
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 2,64 5,42 30,9
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 3,6 7,03 38,6
4,8 9,23 57,2
RECOMMENDATION 6,6 12,6 84
• For an installation with anti-vibration mountings, 9 17,1 114
above Ø 800, and for > 4 kW motors, we recommend 11 21,4 107
you to order the long shell option. If not, provide for 13,2 24,3 165,3
stringers between the feet and the mountings to
balance the weight. 18 34,7 170
20,4 41,4 242
27 49,8 284

Fire Protection
HELIONE F400 - 2 SPEEDS
installation.
APPLICATION SELECTION HELIONE F400 (120) -2 SPEEDS

• Smoke exhaust in Public Assembly and High Rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
Buildings. Pression (Pa)
parks.
5400 70 71 73 73
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more
9000 72 72 73 76
RANGE - F400 (120) -2 SPEEDS 10800 72 72 73 76
Description Code 11400 72 72 73 76
HELIONE F400-560/16/4-8/5 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090370 12000 72 72 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090371 12600 72 73 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090372 13200 72 74 76 79 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-710/25/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090373 13800 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/3 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090374 14400 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 2,53/0,63 KW 11090376 15000 74 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090377 15600 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/3 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090378 16200 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090379 16800 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090380 17400 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090381 18000 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090382 21000 77 77 79 79 83 83 83 297
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090383 24000 78 79 79 79 83 84 83 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090384 27000 78 79 80 80 84 84 84 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,47 KW 11090385 30000 79 80 80 81 84 85 85
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090387 33000 80 81 81 81 85 85 298
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090388 36000 81 81 81 87 87 85 298 298
Smoke Extraction
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090297 39000 81 87 87 87 85 85 298 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090298 42000 87 87 85 85 85 88 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 16,1/4,03 KW 11090389 45000 87 85 85 85 88 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 19,6/4,95 KW 11090390 48000 88 88 88 88 89 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 23/5,75 KW 11090391 54000 88 88 89 89 90 90 90 91
60000 89 90 90 90 91 91
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 66000 90 91 91 91
Description Code 72000 91
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 F400 Motor - 2 speeds - 4/8 poles
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 Power (kW) Rated Current (A) Start-up Current (A)
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
2,53/0,63 5,46/2,07 33,4/7
RECOMMENDATION 3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
• See page 65. 4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 57,8/11
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,92/1,98 16,3/4,83 117/28,5
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

Presentation of the CYCLONE F400°C range
CIVIL Compliances Advantages
DEFENCE
APPROVED • CE smoke exhaust casing - in • Thermal insulation option: to
accordance with EN 12101-3. avoid the CMEV system in attics.
• Classified F400ºC (120). • Variable pulley option for on-site
• Extension of the "thermally airflow adjustment.
insulated" classification: • Choice of access panel side
complies with § 4.1 of Standard possible depending on the
EN 12101-3. various worksite configurations.
• Easier to access thanks to the
handles on the motor cover and
access panel.
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION CYCLONE F400

• Smoke exhaust from commercial and industrial
premises (public assembly, high-rise, commercial or
industrial buildings, and multi-family housing (mainly CYCLONE F400 - Type 500 32 000 m3/h
3rd family B and 4th family).
• Cyclone F400ºC is a purely smoke exhaust fan in 24 000 m3/h
casing. Avoid using it for any professional kitchen CYCLONE F400 - Type 450
type of application.
20 000 m3/h
DESCRIPTION CYCLONE F400 - Type 400
• 8 sizes of casing: for airflows between 1000 and

35,000 m3/h. CYCLONE F400 - Type 355 14 000 m3/h
• Casing in galvanised steel
• Forward curve impeller with aluminium hub.
CYCLONE F400 - Type 315 12 000 m3/h
• Pulley-belt type drive
• IP 55 Class F motor, fitted on a mounting designed
for simple belt tension adjustment. CYCLONE F400 - Type 280 10 000 m3/h
• Single speed or 2-speed motor (independent 4/6 pole
windings and Dahlander coupling 4/8 poles).
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Thermal casing insulation.This option, with CE 5 000 m3/h
CYCLONE F400 - Type 225
validation, allows for avoiding the CMEV system of
the room receiving the smoke exhaust fan in casing
(attics for example).
Q (m3/h)
• Choice of the position of the exhaust (horizontal or
vertical).
SELECTION OF ACCESS PANEL AND
Smoke Extraction
• Choice of the position of the transmission access

panel.
• Rainproof cover (supplied with the casing but not TRANSMISSION POSITIONS
fitted).
• Adjustable drive pulley (exc. model 500).
• Fitted and cabled proximity switch.
• Adjustable pressure switch, aeraulically connected
(2 pressure switches for two smoke extraction speeds).
ACCESSORIES
• Flexible, circular suction sleeve.
• Flexible, rectangular, discharge sleeve.
• Flexible rectangular/ circular adapter component
- exhaust.
• Anti-vibration mounting.
INSTALLATION
• Can be installed either indoors or outdoors:
- If used inside, the thermal insulation option should
be chosen.
- If used outdors, a rain hood should be fitted. Standard access panel face: Optional access panel face:
• It is recommended that the system be installed on an Door and transmission to the left of Door and transmission to the right of
anti-vibration mounting base. the suction outlet. the suction outlet.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
DEFENCE Compliances
APPROVED • Thermal insulation option with • "Proximity switch" option:
CE certificate approval of Simplified wiring to save time
Cyclone F400ºC, with extension when fitting.
of the "thermally insulated" • "Thermal insulation" option: to
classification. avoid the CMEV system in attics.
Cyclone F400ºC with proximity switch option.
DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS RAIN HOOD DIMENSIONS (mm)

Electrical accessories options
X
• Proximity switch fitted and cabled, fixed on to a
galvanised steel mounting.
(2 pressure switches for two smoke exhaust
Z
speeds). Positioned on the top of the casing,
beside the motor cover.
• The "All-in-One" option has been validated during
fire resistance tests: Y
The wiring of the relay box is carried out at the
factory.
The proximity switch is integrated. Type 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500
The aeraulically connected pressure switch(es) X 388 422 461 504 553 607 699 738
is/are positioned on the top of the casing, beside Y 348 382 421 464 513 567 629 698
the motor cover. Z 247 276 320 356 405 459 521 590
The box is attached to the casing, under a protective
cover (rain and UV rays), made of galvanised steel.
The front panel of the casing pivots to give easy
ACCESSORIES DIMENSIONS (mm)
160 S + 2x30
access to the Axone Micro II relay box. 60 250
S
Casing configuration options

• Designed to be hand-fitted, the rain-hoods are S + 2x30
S + 2x30
supplied inside the casing. To install, fix them to the

S + 2x30
screws around the casing exhaust.

S
• Adjustable drive pulley (exc. model 500). 15

Adjustable in ¼ turn steps over 3 turns. 15
15
Smoke Extraction
Factory setting: Max. rotational speed.
15
• Thermal insulation option:

The casing is insulated with a layer of rockwool on Transformation part Flexible sleeve
the inner surface of all four single-skin faces (the
double-skinned compartment access faces will not Type 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500
propagate heat). ØD 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 800
Adapted for indoor installations, this casing limits S 288 322 361 404 453 507 569 638
radiant heat from the casing caused by the high
temperatures created by smoke.
• Your Aldes contact can help you to avoid the
ventilation system in the room receiving the casing
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES
• Flexible, circular M0 suction sleeve: composed of a
flexible sleeve and two fixing collars.
• Flexible, rectangular, exhaust sleeve: composed of
a flexible sleeve, four fixing plates and one fixing
collar.
• Flexible rectangular/circular adapter component
- exhaust. composed of a flexible sleeve, four fixing
plates and one fixing collar.
• Anti-vibration mounting in resilient material - size:
L x W x Th = 100 x 100 x 10 (mm).
4 or 6 mountings are supplied - depending on the
size of the casing.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

CYCLONE F400°C: type 225
CIVIL
DEFENCE Compliances Advantages
APPROVED • Conforms with the CE marking • "Proximity switch" option:
in accordance with Standard Simplified wiring to save time
EN 12101-3. when fitting.
• 2 hour fire rating: F400ºC (120). • "Thermal insulation" option: to
• Extension of the "thermally avoid the CMEV system in attics.
insulated" classification.

• Airflow between 1000 and 5000 m3/h. • Overall dimensions: Width (X) x Height (Z1) x Depth (Y) = 870 x 1024 x 841mm.
• Variable pulley as standard. • Ø Suction = 400.
• Exhaust cross section:
- Vertical discharge R x R = 300 x 300,
- Horizontal discharge R x R1 = 300 x 210.
RANGE with a choice of options ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT

Description Code Type No of P (kW) U (V) Rated Imax (A) Id/IN Weight
Cyclone F400 1 speed Poles Current (A) (kg)
Cyclone 225 A 1.1 kW 11039000 225 A 4 1,1 230/400 2,6 3,0 5,6 116
Cyclone 225 A 1.5 kW 11039001 225 A 4 1,5 230/400 3,3 3,9 5,5 120
Cyclone 225 A 2.2 kW 11039002 225 A 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 124
Cyclone 225 B 1.1 kW 11039003 225 B 4 1,1 230/400 2,6 3,0 5,6 116
Cyclone 225 B 1.5 kW 11039004 225 B 4 1,5 230/400 3,3 3,9 5,5 120
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Cyclone 225 A - 2 speeds 11039100 225 A2 4/8 1,2/0,3 400 2,9/1,3 3,1/1,4 5,5/3,1 119
Dahlander 1.1 kW / 0.26 kW Dahl
Cyclone 225 B - 2 speeds 11039103 225 B2 4/8 1,2/0,3 400 2,9/1,3 3,1/1,4 5,5/3,1 119
Cyclone 225 B - 2 speeds 11039104 225 B2 4/8 1,6/0,4 400 3,8/2,3 4,4/2,5 5,5/3,2 122
Smoke Extraction
Cyclone F400 2 speedsIndependent Windings (BI) Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039200 225 A2 4/6 1,1/0,30 400 3/1,04 3,3/1,2 5,4/4 119
BI - 1 kW / 0.3 kW BI
Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039201 225 A2 4/6 1,5/0,37 400 3,7/1,6 3,9/1,8 5,5/4,5 122
BI - 1.5 kW / 0.45 kW BI
Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039202 225 A2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 6,1/2,8 6/5,5 126
BI - 2.5 kW / 0.8 kW BI
Cyclone 225 B - 2 Speeds 11039203 225 B2 4/6 1,1/0,30 400 3/1,4 3,3/1,3 5,4/4 119
BI - 1 kW / 0.3 kW BI
Cyclone 225 B - 2 Speeds 11039204 225 B2 4/6 1,5/0,37 400 3,7/1,6 3,9/1,8 5,5/4,5 122
BI - 1.5 kW / 0.45 kW BI
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Options included
• Vertical or horizontal discharge.
• Choice of the position of the access door to the
transmission.
Options supplied mounted and wired-up
• For 2 speed smoke exhaust use provide for 2 pressure
switches.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS C COEFFICIENT FOR THE CONNECTED EXHAUST CORRECTION
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 2000 3000 3600 4000 5000
ISO 5801, Installation C: connected suction - free
exhaust. C (Pa) 59 132 200 235 367
- Ps: Static suction pressure.
Type 225 - 1V Q (m3/s)
- Pd: Dynamic duct suction pressure. 1 0,5 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2
800 80
• For a casing with a connected exhaust (for example: 700 1,1 kW
70
in an attic space), select a casing so that: A
600 1,5 kW 60
57
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = Ps 500 50
- Pd + C B 61
400 54 40
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 1,1 kW
downstream of the fan which may be high. 300
58
30
mm CE
Ps (Pa)
2,2 kW
Example:
200 20
Q = 3,600 m3/h 1,5 kW 66 Pd
Read on the graph the straight line Pd = 40 Pa and in 63
the table C = 200 Pa. 100 10
80 8
System upstream pressure loss = 500 Pa 60 6
System downstream pressure loss = 150 Pa 40 4
=> System pressure loss (upstream + downstream) 20 2
= 650 Pa.
Then calculate the corresponding Ps to select the
appropriate casing unit: 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)
Sp = System PL + Dp - C = 650 + 40 - 200 = 490 Pa
CYCLONE F400 225 A 1.5 kW. Cyclone F 400 - 225 - 1 Speed
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). Type 225 - 2V Dahl
1 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2 Q (m3/s)
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
800 80
1,1 kW
700 70
A GV
Description Code 600 57 60
Casing configuration options 500
1,7 kW
50
Horizontal discharge OPT39300 B GV 1,1 kW 61
400 54
Vertical discharge OPT39301 40
Motor on opposite face OPT39302 300

58 2,3 kW
30
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
225 rain hood OPT39323
1,7 kW
Thermal insulation - 225 OPT39355 200
Pd
20
A PV 66
Electrical accessories options 63
B PV
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 6.5 kW OPT39315 100 10
80 8
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 60 6
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 40 4
2nd pressure switch 100-1000 Pa. OPT39322 20
Smoke Extraction
2
CONNECTION ACCESSORIES 0 0
Description Code 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)
Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø400 11096938
Type 225 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039331 Cyclone F 400 - 225 -2 Speed - Dahlander
Type 225 flexible exhaust adapter 11039339 Type 225 - 2V Bi 0,5
1 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2 Q (m3/s)
4-piece anti-vibration support base 11039347
800 80
700 1,0 kW 70
A GV
600 57 60
1,5 kW
500 1,0 kW 50
B GV 61
54
400 40
58
300 30
mm CE
A PV
Ps (Pa)
1,5 kW 2,5 kW
200
B PV
20
66
Pd
63
100 10
80 8
60 6
40 4
20 2
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)
Cyclone F 400 - 225 - 2 Speed - Independent windings

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

CIVIL

• Airflow between 1000 and 7,000 m3/h. Overall dimensions: Width (X) x Height (Z1) x Depth (Y) = 915 x 1165 x 944.
• Ø Suction = 450.

Cyclone 250 A 3.0 kW 11039005 250 A 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Cyclone 250 A 4.0 kW 11039006 250 A 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 157
Cyclone 250 A 5.5 kW 11039007 250 A 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 170
Cyclone 250 B 2.2 kW 11039009 250 B 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 150
Cyclone 250 B 3.0 kW 11039010 250 B 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Cyclone 250 C 1.5 kW 11039011 250 C 4 1,5 230/400 3,4 3,9 5,5 157
Cyclone 250 C 2.2 kW 11039012 250 C 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 150
Cyclone 250 C3.0 kW 11039013 250 C 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Dahlander 3.0 kW/ 0.65 kW Dahl
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039107 250 A2 4/8 5,0/1,3 400 10,4/3,5 11/3,8 8,5/6,2 182
Dahlander 5 kW/ 1 kW Dahl
Smoke Extraction
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speed Dahlander 11039111 250 C2 4/8 1,6/0,4 400 3,8/2,2 4,4/2,4 5,5/3,2 148
1.7 kW/ 0.36 kW Dahl
2.3 kW/ 0.5 kW Dahl
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039206 250 A2 4/6 4,5/1,50 400 10,2/5,4 11,1/5,8 7,5/7 182
BI 4.5 kW/ 1.5 kW BI
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039207 250 A2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 14/7,7 7,8/7,4 193
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 250 B - 2 Speeds 11039209 250 B2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 5,4/2,8 6/5,5 152
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speeds 11039211 250 C2 4/6 1,5/0,37 400 3,7/1,6 4/1,8 5,5/4,5 148
BI 1.5 kW/ 0.45 kW BI
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speeds 11039212 250 C2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 5,4/2,8 6/5,5 152
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speeds 11039213 250 C2 4/6 3,0/1,00 400 6,9/3,9 7,5/4,4 7,6/6,2 158
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
C (Pa) 39 89 157 246 354 482 630
exhaust.
Type 250 - 1V 0,5 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
- Pd: Dynamic duct suction pressure.
1400 140
1300
• For a casing with a connected exhaust (for example: 1200
130
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100 A 3 kW
120
110
1000 100
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 900
62
90
4 kW
Ps - Pd + C 800
B 67 80
700 70
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600 C 59 2,2 kW
5,5 kW 60
downstream of the fan which may be high. 57 71
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 1.5 kW 50
66
Example: see page CYCLONE type 225 (p. 74). 400 40
63
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure 300
2,2 kW 30
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 70 3 kW
200 20

3 kW
68
Pd
10
Description Code 50
5
4
Horizontal discharge OPT39300
Vertical discharge OPT39301 0 0
Motor on opposite face OPT39302 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)
Cyclone F 400 - 250 - 1 Speed
Adjustable pulley 250-280 OPT39350
Thermal insulation - 250 OPT39356 Type 250 - 2V Dahl 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
Electrical accessories options 1400 140
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 6.5 kW OPT39315 1300
1200
A GV 130
120
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 1100 3 kW 110
1000
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 900 B GV 62 100
90
2nd pressure switch OPT39322 800 5 kW 80
C GV 67
100-1000 Pa. 700 70
59 2,3 kW
600 1.7 kW 60
CONNECTION ACCESSORIES 57
Ps (Pa)
71
mm CE
500 50
66
400
Description Code 63 2,3 kW
40
Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø 450 11096939 300

A PV 30
70 3 kW
Type 250 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039332 200 B PV 20
3 kW
Type 250 flexible exhaust adapter 11039340 C PV
68
Pd
4-piece anti-vibration support base 11039347 100 10
50
5
Smoke Extraction
4
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)
Cyclone F 400 - 250 -2 Speed - Dahlander
Type 250 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 A GV 130
1200 120
1100 3 kW 110
1000 100
900 B GV 62
90
800
4,5 kW
80
700 C GV 67
70
59
600 1.5 kW 2,5 kW
A PV 60
57 6 kW
Ps (Pa)
71
mm CE
500 50
66
400 B PV 40
63 2,5 kW
300 30
C PV 70 3 kW
200 20
3 kW
Pd
68
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE

• Airflow between 2000 and 10,000 m3/h. • Overall dimensions: Width (X) x Height (Z1) x Depth (Y) = 968 x 1225 x 1014.

Cyclone 280 A 4.0 kW 11039014 280 A 4 4,0 230/400 8,4 9,2 7 181
Cyclone 280 A 5.5 kW 11039015 280 A 4 5,5 230/400 11,5 12,7 7,3 194
Cyclone 280 A 7.5 kW 11039016 280 A 4 7,5 230/400 15,3 16,8 7,9 202
Cyclone 280 B 3.0 kW 11039017 280 B 4 3,0 230/400 6,6 7,3 5,5 178
Cyclone 280 B 4.0 kW 11039018 280 B 4 4,0 230/400 8,4 9,2 7 181
Smoke Extraction
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 280 B - 2 Speeds 11039217 280 B2 4/6 3,0/1,0 400 6,3/3,1 6,9/3,4 6/4 158
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
Cyclone 280 A - 2 Speeds 11039218 280 B2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 9,2/5,1 10.1/5.6 6,5/4,2 182

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000
C (Pa) 95 148 213 290 379 479 592 716
exhaust.
Type 250 - 1V 0,5 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1300
130
120
110
1000 100
62
90
4 kW
Ps - Pd + C 800
B 67 80
700 70
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600 C 59 2,2 kW
5,5 kW 60
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 1.5 kW 50
66
63
2,2 kW 30
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 70 3 kW
200 20

3 kW
68
Pd
10
Description Code 50
5
4
Thermal insulation - 280 OPT39357 Type 280 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1200
130
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1100 A GV 120
3,5 kW 110
1000
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 900
64 100
90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 B GV
80
60 5 kW
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 700 3,5 kW 68 70
600
2nd pressure switch OPT39322 60
Ps (Pa)
500
100-1000 Pa.
mm CE
50
400
67 6,8 kW Pd
40

A PV
74
30

B PV
D 500 flexible sleeve 11096940
Type 280 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039333 100 10
Type 280 flexible exhaust adapter 11039341 50

5
Smoke Extraction
- D500 mm
4
6 pieces of anti-vibration mountings 11039348
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 280 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200
1100 A GV 120
4,5 kW 110
1000 64 100
900 90
800
B GV
80
60 6 kW
700 3 kW 70
68
600 60
Ps (Pa)
500
mm CE
A PV 50
400
67 Pd
40
B PV 4,5 kW
300 69 30
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE


CYCLONE F 400 1 speed Poles Current (A) (kg)
Cyclone 315 A 5.5 kW 11039019 315 A 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 232
Cyclone 315 A 7.5 kW 11039020 315 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 240
Cyclone 315 A 11 kW 11039021 315 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 367
Cyclone 315 B 4.0 kW 11039022 315 B 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 219
Cyclone 315 B 5.5 kW 11039023 315 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 232
Cyclone 315 B 7.5 kW 11039024 315 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 240
Cyclone 315 A - 2 Speeds 11039121 315 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 292
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039122 315 B2 4/8 3,8/1 400 8,5/4 9,3/4,4 7,5/4,8 226
Smoke Extraction

Cyclone 315 A - 2 Speeds 11039219 315 A2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 255
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 315 A - 2 Speeds 11039221 315 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 292
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039222 315 B2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 10,2/5,4 11,1/5,9 7,5/7 244
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039223 315 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 255
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
C (Pa) 61 137 244 381 548
exhaust.
Type 315 - 1V 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200 A 5,5 kW 130
120
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100 65 110
1000 100
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 900 B 7,5 kW
4 kW 70 90
Ps - Pd + C 800
63
80
700 70
73 11 kW
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600 60
downstream of the fan which may be high.
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
500 50
5,5 kW
72 7,5 kW
Pd
30
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 200 20
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 100 10

Description Code 50
5
4
Thermal insulation - 315 OPT39358 Type 315 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1200 A GV 5 kW 130
120
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1100 65 110
1000
B GV 6,8 kW 100
3,5 kW 70 90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 80
63 10,5 kW
700
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 73
70
600 5 kW 60
2nd pressure switch OPT39322
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
500
100-1000 Pa. 50
400 6,8 kW 40
A PV 72
Pd
30
B PV
100
Type 315 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039334 10

5
Smoke Extraction
6 pieces of anti-vibration mountings 11039348 4
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 315 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 A GV 6 kW 130
1200 120
1100 65 110
1000 100
900 B GV
4,5 kW 70 90
800 10,5 kW
80
63
700 70
73
600 60
A PV 6 kW
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
500 50
400 B PV 40
300 30
Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE


Cyclone 355 A 7.5 kW 11039025 355 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
Cyclone 355 A 11 kW 11039026 355 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 300
Cyclone 355 B 5.5 kW 11039027 355 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 265
Cyclone 355 B 7.5 kW 11039028 355 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
Cyclone 355 C 4.0 kW 11039029 355 C 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 252
Cyclone 355 C 5.5 kW 11039030 355 C 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 265
Cyclone 355 C 7.5 kW 11039031 355 C 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
Cyclone 355 C - 2 Speeds 11039129 355 C2 4/8 3,8/1 400 8,5/4 9,3/4,4 7,5/4,8 259
Smoke Extraction
Cyclone 355 A - 2 speeds - BI 11039226 355 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 325
10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 355 B - 2 speeds - BI 11039227 355 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 288
6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 355 C - 2 speeds - BI 11039229 355 C2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 10,2/5,4 11,2/5,9 7,5/7 277
4.5 kW/ 1.5 kW BI
Cyclone 355 C - 2 speeds - BI 11039230 355 C2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 288
6 kW/ 2 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000
C (Pa) 37 83 147 230 332 451
exhaust.
Type 355 - 1V 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
130
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100 A 7,5 kW 120
110
1000 65 5,5 kW
B 100
90
C 4 kW 63 70 11 kW
Ps - Pd + C 800
7,5 kW
80
700 62 68
70
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600
68
5,5 kW
73 60
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 71
50
Example: see page CYCLONE type 225 (p. 74). 400
70
40
7,5 kW
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure 300 30
Pd
Description Code 50
5
4
Thermal insulation - 355 OPT39359 Type 355 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1200
130
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1100

A GV 120
110
1000 B GV 65 6 kW
10,5 kW 100
90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 C GV 4,5 kW 63 80
68
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 700 62 70
600 73
2nd pressure switch OPT39322 68 60
Ps (Pa)
6 kW
mm CE
500 A PV
100-1000 Pa. 70
50
400 B PV
40

C PV
30

Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø630 11096942 Pd
100
Flexible sleeve 11039335 10
Exhaust - Type 355 50
5
Smoke Extraction
Type 355 flexible exhaust adapter 11039343
4
- D630 mm
6 pieces of anti-vibration mountings 11039348 0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 355 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200
1100
A GV 6,8 kW 120
110
1000 B GV 65 5 kW 100
900 90
70 10,5 kW
800 C GV 3,5 kW 63
80
700 62 68
70
600
5 kW
68 73 60
Ps (Pa)
6,8 kW
mm CE
500 71
50
70
400 40
6,8 kW
300 A PV 30
B PV
200 C PV 20
Pd
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE


Cyclone 400 A - 7.5 kW 11039032 400 A 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone 400 A - 11 kW 11039033 400 A 4 11.0 230/400 22,1 23.7 6 379
Cyclone 400 A - 15 kW 11039034 400 A 4 15.0 230/400 29,1 33.0 5,8 398
Cyclone 400 B - 5.5 kW 11039035 400 B 4 5.5 230/400 11 12.7 6,5 344
Cyclone 400 B - 7.5 kW 11039036 400 B 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone 400 B - 11 kW 11039037 400 B 4 11.0 230/400 22,1 23.7 6 379
Cyclone 400 C - 4.0 kW 11039038 400 C 4 4.0 230/400 8,2 9.2 6,2 331
Cyclone 400 C - 5.5 kW 11039039 400 C 4 5.5 230/400 11 12.7 6,5 344
Cyclone 400 C - 7.5 kW 11039040 400 C 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039132 400 A2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039133 400 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21.0/7 23.1/7.7 7/4.3 404
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039134 400 A2 4/8 14/3.5 400 26.5/8.5 30/9.4 7,2/4,2 427
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039135 400 B2 4/8 5.0/1.3 400 10.4/3.5 11.4/3.8 8,5/6,2 356
Smoke Extraction

Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039136 400 B2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039137 400 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21.0/7 23.1/7.7 7/4.3 404
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039138 400 C2 4/8 3.8/1 400 8.5/4 9.3/4.4 7,5/4,8 338
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039139 400 C2 4/8 5.0/1.3 400 10.4/3.5 11.4/3.8 8,5/6,2 356
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039140 400 C2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039233 400 A2 4/6 10/3.3 400 22/8.7 24/9.5 7/4 404
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039234 400 A2 4/6 16.0/6.5 400 28.4/12.5 31/13.8 8,5/7,6 427
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW BI
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039235 400 B2 4/6 6.0/2.2 400 13.7/7 15/7.7 7,8/7,4 367
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039237 400 B2 4/6 10/3.3 400 22/8.7 24/9.5 7/4 404
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039238 400 C2 4/6 4.5/1.5 400 10.2/5.4 11.1/5.9 7,5/7 356
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039239 400 C2 4/6 6.0/2.2 400 13.7/7 15/7.7 7,8/7,4 367
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000
C (Pa) 53 94 147 212 288 376 476 588 712
exhaust.
Type 400 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
130
A 7,5 kW
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100
120
110
1000 68
11 kW 100
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 900 90
69
Ps - Pd + C 800 B 5,5 kW 80
700 64 70 70
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600 C 4 kW 66
7,5 kW 15 kW
60
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 61
50
5,5 kW
11 kW
73 40
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure 300 70 30

measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 200
7,5 kW
20
67 Pd
Description Code 50
5
4
Motor on opposite face OPT39302 0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Adjustable pulley - 400 OPT39352
Thermal insulation - 400 OPT39360 Type 400 - 2V Dahl 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)
1200 A GV 130
6,8 kW 120
68 110
1000 10,5 kW
100
90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 B GV 69
5 kW 80
C GV 64
6,8 kW
70
15,5 kW
70
600 3,5 kW
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 61
100-1000 Pa. 5 kW 10,5 kW
50
400 63 73 40

A PV 6,8 kW 70
30
Description Code 200 B PV 67

20
C PV Pd

5
Smoke Extraction
0 0
0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Type 400 - 2V Bi 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 A GV 120
1100 10,5 kW 110
1000 68
100
900 90
800 B GV 69
80
6 kW
700 64 70 70
600
C GV 4,5 kW
16 kW
66 60
A PV 61
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 50
6 kW 10,5 kW
400 63 73 40
B PV
300 70 30
C PV
200 20
Pd
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Cyclone F 400 - 400 -2 Speed - Independent windings

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE


Cyclone 450 A 7.5 kW 11039041 450 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 458
Cyclone 450 A 11 kW 11039042 450 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 485
Cyclone 450 A 15 kW 11039043 450 A 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 504
Cyclone 450 B 5.5 kW 11039044 450 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 450
Cyclone 450 B 7.5 kW 11039045 450 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 458
Cyclone 450 B 11 kW 11039046 450 B 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 485
Cyclone 450 A - 2 Speeds 11039143 450 A2 4/8 14/3,5 400 26,5/8,5 29/9,5 7,2/4,2 533
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039145 450 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 18/5,6 7,9/4,2 473
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039146 450 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 510
Smoke Extraction

BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW BI
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039244 450 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 473
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039246 450 B2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 510
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
C (Pa) 61 137 244 382 550
exhaust.
Type 450 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
130
120
1000
A 7,5 kW 110
100
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 900 65 90
5,5 kW
Ps - Pd + C 800
B 11 kW 80
700 70
61
71
60
7,5 kW
downstream of the fan which may be high. 500 65 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
75 15 kW 40

11 kW 30
68 Pd

Description Code 50
5
4
Adjustable pulley - 450 OPT39353
Thermal insulation - 450 OPT39361 Type 450 - 2V Dahl 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1200
130
120
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1100 A GV 6,8 kW 110
1000
100
65 90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 B GV 5 kW 10,5 kW 80
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 22 kW OPT39320 700
61 71
70
600
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 6,8 kW
60
500 65 50
2nd pressure switch OPT39322
Ps (Pa)
15,5 kW
mm CE
400
100-1000 Pa. 75 40
300 30
A PV Pd
B PV
68 10,5 kW
20
Description Code
100
D 800 flexible sleeve 11096931 10

5
Smoke Extraction
Exhaust - Type 450
4
Flexible adapter 11039345
Exhaust - Type 450 0 0
6 pieces of anti-vibration mountings 11039348 0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)
Type 450 - 2V Bi 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 120
1100
1000
A GV 10,5 kW 110
100
900 65 90
800 B GV 6 kW 80
700 70
61 71
600 60
500 16 kW
A PV 65 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
400 40
75
B PV
300 30
68 10,5 kW Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE


Cyclone 500 A 11 kW 11039047 500 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Cyclone 500 A 15 kW 11039048 500 A 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 568
Cyclone 500 A 22 kW 11039049 500 A 4 22,0 230/400 41 45,1 7 615
Cyclone 500 B 7.5 kW 11039050 500 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 522
Cyclone 500 B 11 kW 11039051 500 B 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Cyclone 500 B 15 kW 11039052 500 B 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 568
Cyclone 500 C 5.5 kW 11039053 500 C 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 514
Cyclone 500 C 7.5 kW 11039054 500 C 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 522
Cyclone 500 C 11 kW 11039055 500 C 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039149 500 A2 4/8 20/5 400 38,6/14,1 42/15,5 8,8/5,1 641
Smoke Extraction
Cyclone 500 B - 2 Speeds 11039150 500 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 18/5,6 7,9/4,2 537
Cyclone 500 B - 2 Speeds 11039151 500 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 574
Cyclone 500 B - 2 Speeds 11039152 500 B2 4/8 14/3,5 400 26,5/8,5 29/9,5 7,2/4,2 597
Cyclone 500 C - 2 Speeds 11039155 500 C2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 574
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW BI
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039249 500 A2 4/6 20/8,5 400 39,4/16,3 43/18 9/8,7 641
BI 23 kW/ 7.2 kW BI
Cyclone 500 B - 2 Speeds 11039251 500 B2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 574
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 500 B - 2 Speeds 11039252 500 B2 4/6 16/6,5 400 28,4/12,5 31/13,8 8,5/7,6 597
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW BI
Cyclone 500 C - 2 Speeds 11039253 500 C2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 537
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 500 C - 2 Speeds 11039255 500 C2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 574
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
C (Pa) 45 102 182 284 409 557 728
exhaust.
Type 500 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
130
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100 A
120
110
1000 7,5 kW 11 kW
100
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 900 B 69
15 kW 90
Ps - Pd + C 800 66
72 80
700
C 5,5 kW 11 kW 70
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 600 62 69
22 kW 60
7,5 kW
65 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
Example: see page CYCLONE type 225 (p. 74). 400 15 kW 40
72
11 kW
68 Pd

Description Code 50
5
4
Thermal insulation - 500 OPT39362
Electrical accessories options Type 500 - 2V Dahl 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1200
130
120
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 30 kW OPT39317 1100 A GV 110
1000 10,5 kW
B GV 6,8 kW 69 100
15,5 kW 90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 66 10,5 kW
72 80
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 22 kW OPT39320 700 C GV 5 kW 70
600 62 69
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 6,8 kW 22 kW
60
500 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
400 15,5 kW
100-1000 Pa. 10,5 kW 72 40
300 A PV
Note: The integrated "All-in-One" option includes the Pd
30
B PV 68
IP+DP. 200 20
C PV
Description Code 50
5
Smoke Extraction
4
Flexible sleeve Exhaust - Type 500 11039338
Flexible adapter Exhaust - Type 500 11039346 0 0
Type 500 - 2V Bi 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 120
1100 A GV 10,5 kW 110
1000
900
B GV 69
100
15,5 kW 90
800 66 10,5 kW 80
72
700 C GV 6 kW 70
600 62 69
60
23 kW
500 A PV 65 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
B PV 10,5 kW
400 40
16 kW
72
300 C PV 30
68 Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

Presentation of the VELONE F400ºC range - 2h
DEFENCE
APPROVED • Conforms with the CE marking. • Up to 27 000 m 3/h.
• F400°C-(2h) min classification • Electrical accessories wired up
inn accordance with Standard at the factory and fixed to the
EN 12101-3. interior for protection against
• All-in-One option, backdraft impacts and bad weather.
damper and rain hood kit • Aeraulics connection of the
accessories in compliance with pressure switch made at the
EN 12101-3. factory.
VELONE without option. With the "All-in-One" option • IP x4 validated rain hood kit.
• Pivot pin = Easy cleaning.
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION OF VELONE MODEL

• Smoke exhaust of commercial premises (public assembly, The airflows correspond to a pressure loss of 200 Pa.
high-rise, commercial or industrial buildings), and multi-
family housing (mainly 3rd family B and 4th family).
• Ventilation of commercial premises with a need for VELONE 27.0 27 000 m3/h
fire protection classification (professional kitchens,
sports halls, workshops etc.).
VELONE 20.0 20 000 m3/h
• VELONE was awarded the classification F400°C-
(2h) . The All-in-One option (integrated relay box), VELONE 13.0 13 000 m3/h
backdraft damper and the rain hood kit have all been
validated by fire resistance tests. VELONE 8.5 8500 m3/h
• CE in accordance with Standard EN 12101-3.
DESCRIPTION VELONE 10.5 10 500 m3/h

• 10 sizes of roof fans: for airflow rates of between 500
and 27,000 m3/h.
• Base and motor mountings in galvanised steel, VELONE 7.2 7200 m3/h
cover in ABS fixed by 4 quick-motion screws.
• Backward curve impeller in galvanised steel.
VELONE 4.5 4500 m3/h
• IP 55, Class F electrical motor.
• Protection grille in galvanised steel.
INSTALLATION
• Outdoors on a flat roof stack (accessory) or directly
connected to the duct. VELONE 1.5 1500 m3/h
AVAILABLE OPTIONS VELONE 1.2 1200 m3/h

• Adjustable pressure switch fixed inside to protect
it from impacts and bad weather. EXCLUSIVE: The
Smoke Extraction
pressure switch is connected/fitted (Note: for use at 2

smoke exhaust speeds, fit 2 pressure switches). Q (m3/h)
• Proximity switch wired up and fixed inside to protect
it from impacts and bad weather.
• ALL-IN-ONE Option. DESIGN
• Ideal solution when the relay box is installed less It is possible to integrate the proximity switch, pressure switch(es) and the 1-speed
than 2 m from the VELONE roof fan. AXONE relay box under the cover.
• Saves time when wiring up, simplified installation
and a guarantee that the product will work on-site.
• The wiring of the relay box is carried out at the
factory, in compliance with NF-S-61932
• Always comprises the relay box, pressure switch
and proximity switch.
• 1 speed model: The AXONE relay box is fixed inside
to protect it from impacts and bad weather.
• 2-speed model. The AXONE relay box is fixed outside of
the roof fan. Possibility of using the flat roof support.
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow.
ACCESSORIES
• Rain hood kit, laboratory tested for IP x 4 = sprayed
from all directions
• Backdraft damper fire resistance tested.
• Vertical exhaust kit: prohibits with All-in-One solution.
• Grouting frame or duct frame.
• Pivot pin.
• Flat roof stack or sloped roof stack.
• AXONE flat roof support.
Electrical Accessories
• Frequency controller.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
Presentation of the VELONE F400ºC advantages
VELONE without option With the "All-in-One" option
AIRFLOW UP TO 27 000 m3/h

• Aldes has taken particular care in the design
of the VELONE in order to offer you a range of
smoke exhaust roof fans that comply with the CE
marking up to 27 000 m3/h, without increasing the
dimensions of the base.
COMPACT SO AS TO PROTECT IT
FROM IMPACTS AND BAD WEATHER
• We have preferred to improve the motor mounting by
using galvanised steel, rather than plastic, because
we believe that for a lengthy service life the electrical
accessories such as relay boxes, pressure switches
and proximity switches, should be fully protected
from impacts and bad weather.
• On the 2-speed model, the AXONE relay box is
supplied with a 2m long cable for fixing outside the
roof fan. Possibility of using the flat roof support.
AIR DUCT CONNECTION OF THE

PRESSURE SWITCH
• Being the inventor of the All-in-One solution (relay
box wired up at the factory), we are now offering an
exclusive feature on this new range - the air duct
connection of the pressure switch.
• This option minimises man-hour time on-site: drilling
holes in the ductwork on-site is a thing of the past !
RAIN HOOD KIT IPx4 - AN ALDES

EXCLUSIVE FEATURE
Smoke Extraction
• A smoke exhaust roof fan, used only for smoke
extraction is permanently at rest, ready to start up in
case of fire or for testing. A smoke exhaust roof fan
at rest, presents a risk of penetration by rain during
thunderstorms and violent winds.
• The new VELONE design now allows us to offfer you a
new accessory called the "rain hood kit". Comprised of
4 parts to be mounted on-site, the rain hood kit passed
fire resistance tests and has an IP x4 safety index
validated by the CETIAT laboratory.
• This classification corresponds to the usual safety
protection index used for electrical equipment:
switch, pressure switch, relay box. The first figure
concerns dust protection (X because it does not
concern a roof fan), the second figure is equivalent to
water protection: The 4 guarantees its leaktightness
faced with water sprayed at it from all directions with
a flow rate of 600 l/h !
CONFORMING BACKDRAFT DAMPER

• The backdraft damper which avoids heat losses
succeeded in passing the regulatory fire resistance
tests.
EASY REPLACEMENT
• This range of roof fans can replace any VELONE
roof fan delivered betwen 1998 and 2006. In fact, we
designed this new range without having to change
the dimensions of the base. Moreover, with an
equivalent base dimension, the new range can only
give better performances in terms of aeraulics.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

VELONE F400ºC -1.2 - 3-phase/ Single phase
• Conforms with the CE marking • Accessories are protected from
in accordance with Standard impacts + bad weather due to
EN 12101-3. the metal body.
• Fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up
at the factory and fixed inside
CIVIL for protection against impacts
DEFENCE and bad weather.
APPROVED • Pressure switch air duct
connection is carried out at the
factory.
• IP x4 validated rain hood kit.
• Pivot pin: Easy to clean.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT (kg)

• Airflow between 100 and 1,200 m3/h under 200 Pa. Ø F = 14, E = 30.
RANGE with a choice of options BxB
Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 1.2M 0.24KW 11021390
VELONE 1.2 - 4T 0.37KW 11021340
K
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and H
E
protected.
• Proximity switch wired up, fixed and protected. ØD
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay F
AxA
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the J
supplied cable is 2 m long).
Description Code
Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279
to air duct Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 1.2 533 519 185 493 580 36 707 190 41
ACCESSORIES AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS

Description on the following pages (p. 102 - 105) • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 250 mm)
• The pressures shown on the graphs are static pressures.
Description Code
• The encircled values correspond to an overall acoustic pressure level radiated through
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Smoke Extraction
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366

Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 VELONE 1.2
1000
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069
Backdraft damper 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021260
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
300
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080 45 44
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 200
48
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 100 M-4T

P (Pa)
- Single phase voltage regulator: page 359.

- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361.
- Frequency controller: page 362.
10
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Type No of poles U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
1.2 M 4 230 0,25 50 2,2 6,2
1.2 T 4 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,03 4,4
• Rated current (In) is given for a voltage of 400 V for three-phase roof fans.
• For operations under 60 Hz, please consult us.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
VELONE F400ºC - 1.5 - 3-phase/ Single phase
CIVIL
APPROVED • Conforms with the CE marking • Accessories are protected from
• Fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up
at the factory and fixed to the
interior for protection against
impacts and bad weather.
• Pressure switch air duct
factory.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 1.5M 0.24KW 11021391
VELONE 1.5 - 4T 0.37KW 11021341
K
VELONE 1.5 - 6T 0.18KW 11021342
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 1.5 - 4/8T 0.6/0.15KW 11021371
E
NEW: VELONE STOCK 1-speed

VELONE 1.5M 0.24KW+IP (stock) 11021395 ØD
F
VELONE 1.5-6T 0.18KW+IP (stock) 11021256 AxA
J
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
switches.
1.5 533 519 209 493 607 38 707 190 43
• Proximity switch wired up, fiixed and protected.
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
supplied cable is 2 m long). • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, ducted suction (Ø 250mm)
• Indicated pressures are static pressures.
Description Code
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Smoke Extraction
to air duct
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 VELONE 1.5
1000
2 Sp. - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21282
ACCESSORIES
Description on the accessories: see p. 102 - 105 300
49 48
Description Code 200
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285

P (Pa)
39 51
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366 100
M-4T
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 42
50
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069 6T
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080
10
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
Q (m3/h)

- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- Frequency controller: page 362. Type Number of U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. poles
1.5 M 4 230 0,25 50 2,2 6,2
1.5 4T 4 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,03 5
1.5 6T 6 230/400 0,18 50/60 0,71 3,5
1.5-4/8T 4/8 400 0,6/0,15 50 1,87/0,9 5,2/2,8
• 4/8 = Dahlander motor.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

in accordance with Standard impacts + bad weather due to the
EN 12101-3. metal body.
• Fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up at
the factory and fixed to the interior
CIVIL for protection against impacts and
DEFENCE bad weather.
APPROVED • Pressure switch air duct connection
is carried out at the factory.
With the "All-in-One" option

RANGE with a choice of options Bx B
Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 3.2M 0.37KW 11021392
VELONE 3.2 - 4T 0.55KW 11021344
K
VELONE 3.2 - 6T 0.18KW 11021345
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 3.2 - 4/8T 0.6/0.15KW 11021373
E

ØD
VELONE 3.2M 0.37KW + IP (stock) 11021396 F
VELONE 3.2 - 4T 0.55KW + IP (stock) 11021386 AxA
VELONE 3.2 - 6T 0.18KW + IP (stock) 11021257 J
AVAILABLE OPTIONS Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit

• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure 3.2 533 519 235 493 629 39 707 190 44
switches.
• Proximity switch wired up, fixed and protected. AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 315 mm).
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the
Description Code a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Smoke Extraction

to air duct VELONE 3.2
1000
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281
400
ACCESSORIES 300 52 52
55
Description on the following pages. (p. 102 - 105) 200
43
Description Code
P (Pa)
59
100 46
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285 M-4T
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366
50 50
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 6T
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
10
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES ELECTRICAL DETAILS

- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. Type No of poles U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
- Frequency controller: page 362. 3.2 M 4 230 0,37 50 3 6
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. 3.2-4T 4 230/400 0,55 50/60 1,3 6
3.2-6T 6 230/400 0,18 50/60 0,71 3,5
3.2-4/8 4/8 400 0,6/0,15 50 1,87/0,9 5,2/2,8

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
DEFENCE
for protection against impacts and
bad weather.
• Pressure switch air duct connection

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 4.5M 0.75 kW 11021393
VELONE 4.5 - 4T 0.37 kW 11021347
K
VELONE 4.5 - 6T 0.37KW 11021348
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 4.5 - 4/6T 0.75 /0.25 kW 11021374
E
VELONE 4.5 - 4/8T 0.8/0.15 kW 11021375

ØD
NEW: VELONE STOCK 1-speed F
VELONE 4.5 - 6T 0.37KW + IP (stock) 11021258

AVAILABLE OPTIONS Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
• For description see previous page. 4.5 698 684 265 658 658 50 991 265 60
Description Code
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
to air duct • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 355 mm).
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa OPT21280 • Indicated pressures are static pressures.
connected to air duct • The encircled values correspond to an overall acoustic pressure level radiated through
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Smoke Extraction
VELONE 4.5
1000
ACCESSORIES 600
400 55 56
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 200 47
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 62
P (Pa)
49
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 100 M-4T
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 53
Backdraft damper 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021261 50
6T
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
10
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
- Single phase voltage regulator: page 359. Q (m3/h)

- Frequency controller: page 362. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. Type No of poles U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
4.5 M 4 230 0,75 50 5,5 5,5
4.5- 4T 4 230/400 0,75 50/60 1,65 6
4.5- 6T 6 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,09 4,7
4.5 -4/6T 4/6 400 0,75/0,25 50 1,98/1,2 4,7/3,9
4.5 -4/8T 4/8 400 0,8/0,2 50 1,99/0,88 4,7/2,7
• 4/6 = Dahlander motor - 4/6 = Independent Winding motor (BI).

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans


Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 7.2M 1.1KW 11021394
VELONE 7.2 - 4T 1.1KW 11021350
K
VELONE 7.2 - 6T 0.37KW 11021351
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 7.2 - 4/6T 1.1/0.3KW 11021376 E
VELONE 7.2 - 4/8T 1.2/0.3 kW 11021377
ØD
VELONE 7.2M 1.1KW + IP (stock) 11021398 AxA
J

• For description see previous pages. Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
Description Code 7.2 698 684 299 658 688 60 991 265 70
to air duct AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa OPT21280 • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 400 mm).
connected to air duct • Indicated pressures are static pressures.
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 • The encircled values correspond to an overall acoustic pressure level radiated through
2 Sp. - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21282 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
VELONE 7.2
Smoke Extraction
ACCESSORIES 1000
Description on the following pages (p. 102 - 105) 600
500 59 60
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 300
50 51 66
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 200
53
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 M-4T
P (Pa)
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 100 57

Backdraft damper 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021261 6T
50
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 10
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
Q (m3/h)
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
7.2 M 4 230 1,1 50 7,6 7
7.2 -4 T 4 230/400 1,1 50/60 2,37 7
7.2 -6 T 6 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,09 4,7
7.2 -4/6T 4/6 400 1,1/0,3 50 3,02/1,43 5,4/4
7.2 -4/8T 4/8 400 1,2/0,3 50 2,92/1,29 5,5/3,1
• The rated currents are given for a voltage of 400 V for three-phase roof fans.
• 4/8 and 6/12 = Dahlander motor - 4/6 = Independent Winding motor (BI).

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
VELONE F400ºC - 8.5 - 3-phase
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 8.5 - 6T 1.1KW 11021357
VELONE 8.5 - 8T 0.55KW 11021358
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 8.5 - 6/8T 1.1/0.55KW 11021380
H
VELONE 8.5 - 6/12T 1.1/0.22KW 11021381 E
AVAILABLE OPTIONS ØD
F
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed A xA
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure J
switches.
• Pressure switch and proximity switch supplied and
wired up. Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the 8.5 834 820 373 794 793 100 1270 355 116
Description Code AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction
to air duct (Ø 500 mm)
Smoke Extraction
2 Sp. - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21282 VELONE 8.5
1000
ACCESSORIES
Description on the following pages. (p. 102 - 105)
400 56
IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287 200 51 61
Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368 55 65
P (Pa)
8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 100 6T
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 59

8T
8.5/13 backdraft damper 11021262 50
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297

Miniduct plug 11021082
8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
10
Q (m3/h)
8.5-6 T 6 230/400 1,1 50/60 2,9 5
8.5-8 T 8 230/400 0,55 50/60 2 4
8.5-6/8 6/8 400 1,1/0,55 50 3,59/2,52 5,1/4
8.5-6/12 6/12 400 1,1/0,22 50 4,39/1,5 5,5/2,6

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 10.5 - 4T 1.5KW 11021353
VELONE 10.5 - 6T 0.55KW 11021354
K
VELONE 10.5 - 8T 0.37KW 11021355
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 10.5 - 4/6T 1.5/0.37KW 11021378 E
VELONE 10.5 - 4/8T 1.6/0.4KW 11021379
ØD

• Description on the following page. Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
ACCESSORIES
Smoke Extraction
VELONE 10.5
1000
600 62
63
Description Code 65
400
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 300
54
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 70
200 56
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 4T
P (Pa)
41
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069 100 61
55
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
8T
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
- Frequency controller: page 362. Q (m3/h)
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363.
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
10.5-4 T 4 230/400 1,5 50/60 3,30 7,5
10.5-6 T 6 230/400 0,55 50/60 1,57 4,8
10.5-8 T 8 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,40 4
10.5-4/6T 4/6 400 1,5/0,37 50 3,71/1,73 5,6/3,8
10.5-4/8T 4/8 400 1,6/0,4 50 4,05/1,78 5,7/4,1

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

RANGE with a choice of options B xB
Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 13 - 6T 2.2 kW 11021359
VELONE 13 - 8T 1.1 kW 11021360
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 13 - 6/8T 2.2/1.3 kW 11021382
H
VELONE 13 - 6/12T 2.2/0.55 kW 11021383 E
F
• Pressure switch fitted to air duct, fixed and A xA
protected. If 2 smoke exhaust speeds used provide J
for 2 pressure switches.
• Proximity switch wired up, fixed and protected.
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
supplied cable is 2 m long). 13.0 834 820 419 794 833 115 1270 355 131
Description Code
AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
to air duct • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, ducted suction (Ø 560 mm).
Smoke Extraction
VELONE 13.0
1000
ACCESSORIES
Description on the following pages (p. 102 - 105) 500 58
400
59
52
IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287 200 53
63
Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368
P (Pa)
6T
8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 100 57
8T
8.5/13 pivot pin 11021071
50
8.5/13 backdraft damper 11021262
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297
8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
10
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
13.0 -6T 6 230/400 2,2 50/60 5,26 6,2
13.0 -8T 8 230/400 1,1 50/60 3,3 4,2
13.0 -6/8T 6/8 400 2,2/1,3 50/60 5,96/4,36 5,6/3,9
13.0-6/12T 6/12 400 2,2/0,55 50/60 6,4/2,6 7/3

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 20 - 6T 3 kW 11021361
VELONE 20 - 8T 1.5 kW 11021362
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 20 - 6/8T 4/1.1 kW 11021384
H
VELONE 20 - 6/12T 3/0.55 kW 11021385
E
F
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and AxA
protected. If 2 smoke exhaust speeds used, provide J
Description Code
Smoke Extraction

1000
ACCESSORIES 700
62 60
500
Description on the following pages. (p. 102 - 105) 400 63
53
57 69
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288 200
6T
Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369
P (Pa)
63
20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 100
8T
20/27 pivot pin 11021072
50
20/27 backdraft damper 11021263
20/27 frame on duct 11021298
20/27 flat roof stack 11021083
20/27 roof stack 11021088
10
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 0 5000 10000 15000

Q (m3/h)
20000 25000

20.0 -6T 6 230/400 3 50/60 6,8 6
20.0 -8T 8 230/400 1,5 50/60 4 5,4
20.0 -6/8T 6/8 400 4/1,1 50/60 11,3/4,84 6,6/4,6
20.0-6/12T 6/12 400 3/0,55 50/60 6,77/2,3 8,5/4,3

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 27 - 6T 5.5KW 11021363
VELONE 27 - 8T 3KW 11021364
K
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and
H
E
protected.
AxA
J
Description Code
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa OPT21280 27.0 984 970 535 944 1034 175 1555 440 207
connected to air duct
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, ducted suction (Ø 630 mm).
ACCESSORIES • Indicated pressures are static pressures.
Description on the following pages. (p. 102 - 105) • The encircled values correspond to an overall acoustic pressure level radiated through
a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Description Code
VELONE 27.0
Smoke Extraction
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288
1000
Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369 800 65 65
20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 600 66
20/27 pivot pin 11021072 400 59
60 72
20/27 backdraft damper 11021263 300
6T
20/27 frame on duct 11021298 200
66
P (Pa)
8T
100
20/27 roof stack 11021088

10
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000
Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
27.0 -6T 6 230/400 5,5 50/60 12,4 6,8
27.0 -8T 8 230/400 3 50/60 6,8 6

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

VELONE IP x4 rain hood kit.
• Conforms with the CE marking • A solution to prevent water
in accordance with Standard penetration into the ducts in
EN 12101-3. case of very bad weather.
• Fire rating: F400ºC (2h).
• IP x4 classification: tested by an
independent Laboratory.
APPLICATION RANGE
• The rain hood kit protects against the penetration of Velone model Code
rain into the duct due to heavy rainfall when the roof
IP x4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285
fan is on stand by. A smoke exhaust roof fan, in the
majority of cases, is on stand by, the rain hood kit is IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286
more efficient than a vertical kit. IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288
DESCRIPTION
• Tested by an independent test laboratory, the
VELONE roof fan equipped with the Rain Hood Kit
was awarded an IP x4 classification validated by
the CETIAT test laboratory (Test Report supplied on
request).
concerns dust protection ("x" here, because it
does not concern a roof fan), the second figure is
equivalent to water protection: the "4" guarantees
its leaktightness faced with water sprayed at it from
all directions with a flow rate of 600 l/h !
• 4 parts of fabric in M0 reinforced on one side by a
metal strip.
• In the running position, the 4 parts lift up, without
generating any significant pressure loss.
• To be installed on-site.
VELONE vertical exhaust kit

Compliances
• Conforms with the CE marking
in accordance with Standard
Smoke Extraction
EN 12101-3.
APPLICATION RANGE
• The vertical exhaust kit is a deflector which orientates Velone model Code
the waste air discharge vertically.
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366
• Caution, it is incompatible with the rain hood kit.
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367
• Attention, the use of the vertical exhaust and the
All-in-One solution imposes moving the relay box Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368
outside of the airflow. Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369
DESCRIPTION
• Composed of 4 parts in galvanised steel.
• Supplied with fully adapted fixings.

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
VELONE grouting frame
Screws and
accessories :
nuts + bolts
+ screws + washers
Designed
to receive X
the "pivot pin"
APPLICATION RANGE
• The grouting frame allows the roof fan to be fitted Velone model Code X x X (mm)
on a brick stack.
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 519
DESCRIPTION Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 684
• Includes 4 fold-back lugs to be grouted on to the 8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 820
flat roof stack. 20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 970
• Anti-corrosion paint.
• Delivered with fixing nuts and bolts.
• Can receive the pivot pin.
VELONE backdraft damper

Plate 8 rivets
Compliances
X • Conforms with the CE marking
Smoke Extraction
X
EN 12101-3.
h
C
Backdraft damper

• The backdraft damper avoids natural ventilation Code C D X h
when the roof fan is stopped in order to save on 11021260 380 380 515 120
heating and/or air-conditioning costs.
11021261 480 480 680 120
• The backdraft damper can be fitted with the grouting
frame, pivot pin and the flat roof stack. 11021262 580 580 816 120
• It is incompatible with the frame on a duct. 11021263 780 780 966 120
DESCRIPTION
• The backdraft damper has passed the fire resistance
tests.
• The backdraft damper is designed to be installed in
just a few seconds thanks to its stacking plate.
• Removable, it can be easily added later.
• Take into account an additional pressure losss of 50 Pa.
RANGE
Velone model Code

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

VELONE pivot pin
APPLICATION RANGE
• Pin allowing for access to the duct and the roof fan's Velone model Code
impeller in order to facilitate maintenance.
Pivot Pin 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021069
DESCRIPTION Pivot Pin 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021070
• Pivot pin in stainless steel that slides through the 8.5/13 Pivot Pin 11021071
roof fan base and the grouting frame. 20/27 Pivot Pin 11021072
• Requires the grouting frame.
• 2 locking washers and a hold open chain.
• IMPORTANT: Secure the roof fan when this is in the
open position in order to avoid any accidents.
VELONE Duct Frame

Smoke Extraction

• The duct frame is used to install a VELONE roof Code X ØD DUCT
fan on a cylindrical duct which is strong enough to
Ø min. Ø max.
support it.
11021063 490 420 250 400
DESCRIPTION 11021064 655 520 315 500
• It consists of four angle brackets, a frame, four 11021065 790 650 400 630
spacers and the necessary threaded fasteners. 11021066 940 820 500 800
RANGE
Velone model Code
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
Frame on duct 4.5/ 7.2/ 10. 11021296
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297
20/27 frame on duct 11021298

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
VELONE Flat Roof Stack - Roof Stack
Flat Roof Stack

• The flat roof stack is used to fit a roof fan on a
horizontal roof which does not have a brick stack. X
• The roof stack is used to fit a roof fan on a sloping X
roof without a brick stack.
DESCRIPTION
• Galvanised steel
• Being drilled at 4 angles it can house the backdraft
334
damper.
• State the angle of the roof as a percentage (%) or in
degrees (°) when ordering.
RANGE
Velone model Code
Flat Roof Stack
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081 Roof Stack model X
8.5/13 flat roof stack 11021082 Roof stack 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 526
Smoke Extraction
20/27 flat roof stack 11021083 Roof stack 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 691
Roof Stack: state the inclination of the roof Roof stack 8.5/13 827
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 Roof stack 20/27 977
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
20/27 roof stack 11021088

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

DEFENCE
APPROVED • F400°C-2h and F200°C-2h • Wide range for car parks,
Helione Short Shell

• With its F200°C/2h and F400°C/2h fire resistance
classifications, the new HELIONE range meets the 137 C
E D
housing (car parks, stairwells), commercial premises
E
high airflows with low pressures are required. Protection
grill
exterior flanges
exterior flanges
interior
smoke exhaust.
interior
DESCRIPTION
to Ø 1,000 mm for standard airflows of 5000 to
for numerous other cases, like different airflows
contact us.
630 724 348 225 3
• The motor's fixing arms are hot galvanised for better
Smoke Extraction

20/ 50°C. 445 300 5
445 300 5
box. 560 654 375 368 2,5
630 724 375 403 3
710 804 375 443 3
800 894 520 488 3
900 1006 520 538 3
520 575 5
625 575 5
1000 1106 520 588 3
520 625 5
625 625 5

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
DEFENCE
Long shell
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange • Indispensible options: economic square plate, feet and anti-vibration mountings,
and the circular duct. Incombustible fabric (M0). mating flange and flexible sleeves or grille if not connected up.
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione Horizontal on the ground between two ducts:
to be connected to a circular duct. Necessary • Indispensible options: feet and anti-vibration mountings, mating flanges and flexible
connection for the flexible sleeve. sleeves on both sides, long shell for motor access through the inspection hatch.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a Horizontal fixed by wall mounting against a wall:
wall mounting configuration. • Indispensible options: reinforced square plate for wall mounting, mating flange and
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione flexible sleeve or grille if not connected up.
to the floor. AU (MHH), BU (HMH), AD (MHB), BD (HMB) MOUNTING
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet Vertical, suspended under a ceiling tile or duct
supports.
The tubular casing must be bolted using all of the holes in its flange.
- Proximity switch,
- Pressure switch,
Smoke Extraction

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

HELIONE Accessories
propeller side.
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione
connection for the flexible sleeve.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a
wall mounting configuration.
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione
to the floor.
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet
supports.
• Backdraft damper: circular, with 2 galvanised steel Mating flange + sleeve Backdraft damper
blades.

emergency stop button see ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORIES .
ACCESSORIES
Code Code Code Code
Flexible sleeve 11090400 11090401 11090402 11090403
Mating flange 11090408 11090409 11090410 11090411
Propeller mesh 11090416 11090417 11090418 11090419
set of 2 feet 11090480 11090481 11090482 11090483
Smoke Extraction

Description 0900 1000 1120 1250

Code Code Code Code
Flexible sleeve 11090404 11090405 11090406 11090407
Mating flange 11090412 11090413 11090414 11090415
Propeller mesh 11090420 11090421 11090422 11090423
set of 2 feet 11090484 11090485 11090486 11090487
Description Code

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE
Short shell Long shell APPROVED

• Ventilation and smoke extraction for covered car The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more Q (m3/h) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
5400 299 299
- 1 SPEED 9000
10800
300
302
300
302
Description Code
11400 302 302 306 306 304 308 308
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 0,66 kW 11090299
12000 302 302 306 306 304 308 309
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 1,15 kW 11090300
12600 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,4 kW 11090302
13200 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,6 kW 11090303
13800 302 303 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/25/4/9 2,7 kW 11090304
14400 303 306 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/6 -3,2 kW 11090306
15000 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 314
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/3 - 3,2 kW 11090307
15600 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 3,2 kW 11090308
16200 306 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090309
16800 306 306 306 306 308 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090310
17400 306 306 306 306 309 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090311
18000 306 306 306 308 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 4,4 kW 11090312
21000 306 307 307 309 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 6,6 kW 11090313
24000 307 307 309 309 309 310 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090314
27000 307 312 312 310 310 310 311 295
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 9 kW 11090315
30000 312 312 312 310 310 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090316
33000 312 312 313 310 315 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090295
36000 312 312 313 315 315 315 315 316
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090296
Smoke Extraction
39000 312 313 315 315 315 315 316 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 18 kW 11090317
42000 313 313 315 315 315 316 316 296
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 22,2 kW 11090318
45000 313 315 315 316 316 316 296 317
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090319
48000 315 315 316 316 316 317 317 317
54000
316
316
316
317
316
317
316
317
317
318
317
318
317
318
318
319
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 72000 319 319
0,66 1,9 6,4
1,15 3,2 11
6,6 12,6 84
9 17 114
13,2 25,4 127
18 34,8 171
22,2 41 242
27 49,8 284

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED

5400 20 20
- 2 SPEEDS 9000
10800
20
21
22
22
Description Code
11400 21 22 24 24
HELIONE F200-560/20/4-8/6 -0,92/0,23 kW 11090320
12000 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-630/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090321
12600 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090322
13200 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-800/20/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090323
13800 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090324
14400 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090325
15000 22 22 24 24 26 27 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090326
15600 22 23 24 24 26 27 27 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090327
16200 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090328
16800 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090329
17400 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090330
18000 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090331
21000 23 23 25 27 27 27 32 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090332
24000 23 25 27 27 27 28 32 33
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -7,2/1,8 kW 11090333
27000 25 27 27 28 28 32 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -12,7/3,45 kW 11090334
30000 27 27 29 28 32 33 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/9 -16,1/4,03 kW 11090335
33000 29 29 32 33 33 33 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -19,6/4,95 kW 11090336
36000 29 29 30 33 33 33 34 34
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -23/5,75 kW 11090337
39000 29 30 33 34 34 34 34 35
Smoke Extraction
42000
30
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 54000 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 60000 35 35 36 36 36 36 37 37
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 66000 36 36 37 37 37
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 72000 37 37
• See page 106.
0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 55,4/10,8
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,2/1,8 13,8/4,24 89,7/22
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED

• Smoke exhaust in public assembly and high rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
parks.
5400 40 41 45 45
• Selection tables define the standard range, for more
9000 42 42 45 48
RANGE - F400 (120) - 1 SPEED 10800 42 43 45 48
HELIONE F400-560/16/4/5 - 0,9 kW 11090340 12000 43 43 48 48 51 51 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 0,9 kW 11090341 12600 43 45 48 48 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,27 kW 11090342 13200 43 46 48 51 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090343 13800 45 46 48 51 51 52 55 56
HELIONE F400-710/25/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090345 14400 46 47 48 48 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 1,8 kW 11090346 15000 46 47 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 2,64 kW 11090347 15600 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 2,64 kW 11090348 16200 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090349 16800 46 48 48 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/3 - 3,6 kW 11090350 17400 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090351 18000 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 59
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 4,8 kW 11090352 21000 47 49 49 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090353 24000 49 50 52 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 4,8 kW 11090355 27000 50 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090356 30000 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090357 33000 53 53 53 57 57 57 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 11 kW 11090358 36000 53 53 59 57 57 58 63 64
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090359 39000 59 57 57 58 58 61 64 64
Smoke Extraction
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 9 kW 11090360 42000 57 58 58 58 51 64 64 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 11 kW 11090361 45000 58 58 61 61 62 64 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090362 48000 60 61 61 62 62 65 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 11 kW 11090363 54000 61 62 62 65 65 65 66 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090364 60000 62 65 65 66 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 18 kW 11090365 66000 66 67 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 20,4 kW 11090366 72000 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090367
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 0,66 1,56 8,2
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 0,9 2 9,4
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 1,27 3,08 14,2
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 1,8 3,75 19,8
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 2,64 5,42 30,9
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 3,6 7,03 38,6
4,8 9,23 57,2
20,4 41,4 242
27 49,8 284

Fire Protection
Smoke Exhaust Fans

installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE

• Smoke exhaust in Public Assembly and High Rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
parks.
5400 70 71 73 73
9000 72 72 73 76
RANGE - F400 (120) -2 SPEEDS 10800 72 72 73 76
HELIONE F400-560/16/4-8/5 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090370 12000 72 72 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090371 12600 72 73 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090372 13200 72 74 76 79 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-710/25/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090373 13800 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/3 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090374 14400 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 2,53/0,63 KW 11090376 15000 74 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090377 15600 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/3 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090378 16200 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090379 16800 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090380 17400 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090381 18000 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090382 21000 77 77 79 79 83 83 83 297
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090383 24000 78 79 79 79 83 84 83 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090384 27000 78 79 80 80 84 84 84 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,47 KW 11090385 30000 79 80 80 81 84 85 85
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090387 33000 80 81 81 81 85 85 298
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090388 36000 81 81 81 87 87 85 298 298
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090297 39000 81 87 87 87 85 85 298 89
Smoke Extraction
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090298 42000 87 87 85 85 85 88 89 89

HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 16,1/4,03 KW 11090389 45000 87 85 85 85 88 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 19,6/4,95 KW 11090390 48000 88 88 88 88 89 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 23/5,75 KW 11090391 54000 88 88 89 89 90 90 90 91
60000 89 90 90 90 91 91
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
2,53/0,63 5,46/2,07 33,4/7
RECOMMENDATION 3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
• See page 106. 4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 57,8/11
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,92/1,98 16,3/4,83 117/28,5
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Fire Protection
Motorised Smoke Dampers
With spring return actuator
CIVIL Advantages
DEFENCE Compliance Advantages
APPROVED • UL 555S Classified. • Leakage: Class II - 250°F.
• Constructed and tested as per • Dynamic rating: 2000 fpm at 4” w.g.
latest version of
UL 555S standard. • Fire resistance: 1.5h.
• Installation: Upstream or downstream;
Vertical or Horizontal.
SD 125

• Motorised smoke dampers are designed to be
installed vertically or horizontally, in accordance with 1
NFPA90A, at or adjacent to the point where the
ductwork passes through the smoke barrier. 13 8
2
• It either prevents smoke distribution through HVAC 11
duct work (normally open) or assists in smoke
extractionthrough smoke extraction duct work H-6
(normally close) in residential, commercial and
industrial buildings. 7
10
DESCRIPTION
• Normally close, but can be opened through remote
W-6 400
signal from smoke management system to facilitate Front view Side view
smoke extraction from the fire zone.
12
CONSTRUCTION 5
1 8
• Casing: 140mm deep, hat-shaped casing
manufactured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanised steel. 9 2 9
• Blade: 3V-groove shaped, single skin blades 6 10
manufactured from 16 ga. (1.5mm) galvanized steel. 3
3
11
Parallel blade operation. 4
• TRD: No TRD installed. 5
12
• Blade tip seal: Silicon rubber seals permanently 4
13
bonded to blade edge through self-forming silicon 6
sealant. 7
• External linkages concealed in hat - shape frame.
• Jamb seal: Stainless steel, spring action type.
• Actuator: UL listed, Spring return, Electric 24VAC /
230VAC, quick opening & closing.
INSTALLATION DETAILS
• Jackshaft: 12mm x 12mm square jackshaft to
ensure tight grip at the actuator. Retaining angles or retaining angle frame
• Brass bush: round for spindles and square for
Smoke Extraction
(40 X 40 X 2.3 mm)
jackshaft. Sleeve and retaining angle frame connection by
• Sleeve: 400mm long factory installed sleeve Expansion gap 4.8 X 16 mm rivets or M6 X 16 mm bolts or
(standard supply) manufactured from 16ga (1.5mm) 12 mm long welds spaced @ 152 mm centres(max)
galvanised steel.
• Minimum size: 203mm x 203mm (for ** 150mm x
150mm, see note under Available Sizes table).
• Maximum size: 914mm x 914mm (single section). Blade stopper
* Larger sizes manufactured in multiple sections.
Spring return
INSTALLATION actuator
Casing
• Vertical in wall / partitions or horizontal in floors. Sleeve
RANGE
Description Code
SD 125 - MSD with G.I. casing & blades
*SD 125-1 - MSD with G.I. casing & SS
(grade 304) blades
*SD 125-2 - MSD with SS (grade 304) 16” max 6” max
casing & blades Breakaway joint Duct
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Retaining angles lose – 40 x 40 x 2.3 mm
W 150** 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900
Duct transitions: rectangular, circular or oval
Access doors (see page 62) H 150** 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900
*, ** Not available for UL Classified dampers ** 200W or 200H damper with factory installed sleeve will have rectangular/round/oval
duct transition on both sides of sleeve.
• Any combination of W x H. For non-standard sizes, please consult us.

Fire Protection
Motorised Smoke Dampers

Motorised smoke dampers
Compliance Advantages
• Constructed in accordance with • No smoke leakage.
UL 555S. • Suitable for static and dynamic
systems.
CIVIL • Duct installation.
DEFENCE
APPROVED
SD 125 A

• Motorised smoke dampers are designed to be
installed vertically or horizontally, in accordance with 1
2
NFPA90A, at or adjacent to the point where the
ductwork passes through the smoke barrier.
3
• It either prevents smoke distribution through HVAC
duct work (normally open) or assists in smoke
extractionthrough smoke extraction duct work
(normally close) in residential, commercial and
industrial buildings. H
DESCRIPTION
• Normally close, but can be opened through remote
signal from smoke management system to facilitate
smoke extraction from the fire zone.
CONSTRUCTION W
• Casing manufactured from 18 ga. galvanized sheet.
Other gauges available upon request. 10
• Single skin blades manufactured from 18 ga. 30

galvanized steel. Aerofoil blades available upon
request. Blades are parallel operated. Oposed blade 4
operation available upon request.
• Stainless steel side seal. Silicon rubber blade tip
seal.
• Standard external linkages. Internal linkages
HxW
available upon request.

• Standard brass bushes. Bronze bushes available DESCRIPTION
upon request. 1 Casing
• Spring return actuator 24V/230V available as 2 Blade
5 3 Actuator
requested.
• Minimum size: 150 x 150 mm. 4 External linkages
5 Blade stopper
• Maximum size: 800 x 800 mm as single section.
Larger sizes can be manufactured in multiple
Smoke Extraction
sections for assembly on site.
INSTALLATION INSTALLATION DETAILS

• Vertical / horizontal installation.
ACCESSORIES
• Circular, rectangular and oval spigot for mounting: Fastener Duct or sleeve
please, see page 59.
• Access doors: please, see page 62.
RANGE
Type Description Code Damper
SD 125 A Motorised smoke damper with
casing and blades manufactured
Actuator
from GI
SD 125 A1 Motorised smoke damper with
Caulking material
casing made from GI and blades
from SS (grade 304)
SD 125 A2 Motorised smoke damper with 24”
(610) Sealant
casing and blades manufactured
from SS (grade 304) Duct air outlet, inlet or branch Max.
Smoke barrier

W 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900
H 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900

Fire Protection
Project Reference List
Below are some of our prestigious project references.
S. No. Project Consultant/Client Contractor Location

1 Al Wahada Cinema Line Investment Property Weathertech Abu Dhabi
2 Bahya & Nadia Substation Lahmeyer AL Inayah Abu Dhabi
3 Ministry of Interior Bayaty Architect Trans Emirates Abu Dhabi
4 Premiere Inn Hotel Dewan Update Group Abu Dhabi
5 Qasr Al Sarab Halcrow Yolles ALEC Abu Dhabi
6 Sub-Station at Delma & Shuweihat Mott McDonald York's A/C Abu Dhabi
7 UAE University Campus AECOM Universal Voltas Al Ain
8 Oasis Hospital Peddle Thorp Arch. RNC Update Al Ain / Dubai
9 220KV Substation, Marsa H Bahrain MEW Almoayyed Bahrain
6 BANAGAS Compressor Station (CS9) IKA Consulting Engineers Airmech WLL Bahrain
11 GCT Tower @ Juffair MSCEB Star Technical Co. WLL Bahrain
12 LBOP Barco Alkomed Bahrain
13 Moda Mall MSCEB Trust Electromechanical Bahrain
14 Sakis Palace Majilis MSCEB Yateem Bahrain
15 Salmaniya Medical Center MOH Mercury Engineering Bahrain
16 Sofitel Zallaq Resort Halcron Awal Products Bahrain
17 Armade Tower Adnan Saffarini Fawaz A/C Dubai
18 Concorde Tower Arif & Bintoak Drake & Scull Dubai
19 DAMAC Executive Heights IBA Omega Dubai
20 DEWA Substations DEWA TTE Dubai
21 Dubai Concourse 3 Dar Al Handasah Al Tamimi Dubai
22 Dubai Library @ Al Twar Dubai Municipalty (Gulf Eng.) Condor Dubai
23 Dubai Modern School AEIB MAG Int'l Dubai
24 Emirates Headquarters Arch Group / Archon Int'l Electro-mechanical Dubai
25 Emirates Park Hotel IBA Bilt ME Dubai
26 Iranian Hospital Extension Schuster Pechtold & Partners Bilt ME Dubai
27 JAFZA Twin Towers WSP Watson Saifco Dubai
28 Life Line Hospital @ Jebel Ali Hosmac Multiline Dubai
29 Marina View Towers Adnan Saffarini Transgulf Dubai
31 Masfout Hospital UPA by MOPW RNC Update Dubai
31 Reef Tower KEO GECO Dubai
32 Sidra Tower APG Consultants Omega Dubai
33 Fujairah Secondary School MOPW GIBCA Fujairah
34 Fujairah Tower Al Qalaa Engg ETA Fujairah
Smoke Extraction
35 Oman Arab Bank Khatib & Alami Bahwan Engineering Oman
36 Oman National Museum COWI Drake & Scull Oman
37 Akis Primary School QEA Consultant Diplomat Group Qatar
38 Al Ghanem Appartment KEO RAMCO Qatar
39 Al Udeid Project Qatar Armed forces Voltas Qatar
40 Arab Museum of Modern Art ASTAD / QP Midmac Qatar
41 Business Park & Hotel Facilities AEB QEMG Qatar
42 Dukhan Hospital HDP Overseas Diplomat Qatar
43 Khalifa stadium Midmac Qatari Engg Qatar
44 Lusail Car Park ACE Arabian AC Qatar
45 Malul dept QP Krantz Engg Qatar
46 New Doha International Airport - Duty Free Warehouse GDH / MACE / Kling Consult Mercury Engineering Qatar
47 Pearl Qatar VB-29 KEO Arabian AC Qatar
48 Regent Hotel KEO Samko Qatar
49 Texas A & M College QP/KEO Midmac Qatar
50 WOQOD Tower Romatre Diplomat Qatar
51 Al Naeem Mall Dynamic Engg. Strabag Ras Al Khaimah
52 Sheik Khalifa Hospital Bayaty Architect ETA Ras Al Khaimah
53 Al Mana General Hospital Al Mana Al Mana Saudi Arabia
54 King Saud University (ENDOWMENT) Saudi Diyar Consultant Al Sharqawi Electromech. Co. Saudi Arabia
55 Al Qassimi Hospital UPA by MOPW Ali Moosa & Sons Sharjah
56 Research Laboratory Cansult GECO Sharjah
57 Umm Al Quwain Hospital HDP Bpower Umm Al Quwain

Airflow control
Air Distribution Green Green
Pressure Independent
Product Product
Selection Guides p.120 - 121
VAV Boxes
p.146
p.156 - 157
Selection Tables from p.241 Basic unit
VA 110
Extended casing
VA 120
p. 122 p. 122
Volume Control Dampers

Pressure Independent VAV boxes:
• Volume flow rate controlled by:
- duct static pressure,
- zone temperature control signal.
Rectangular VCD, Rectangular VCD,
• Lower system energy consumption cost. aerofoil blades - SU 651 Q aerofoil blades - SP 651 Q
• Lower set-up and installation cost. p. 133 p. 134
Constant Airflow Regulators (CAR): Volume Control Dampers
Non Return Dampers

• Airflow automatically balanced at pre-set
constant levels.
• Air exhaust and air supply.
• Horizontal or vertical.
Motorised Plastic Duct mounted
Sound Attenuators: Damper: RPM SG 661
p. 139 p. 141
• Provide technical assistance for selection.
• Large size adopted to project needs. Sound Attenuation
Green
Product
Bend Type Attenuators
A complete range of grilles and diffusers for
Rectangular Sound
commercial and residential buildings designed:

Attenuators
- for full control of air diffusion,

- to fulfill thermal, airflow and acoustical comfort.
Vertical and horizontal

SA 20 SA 20V
p. 150 p. 151
Cross Talk Attenuators
Acoustic Louvres
SCS SU 631
p. 153 p. 154

Constant Airflow Regulators
Green
Product
Bypass VAV Boxes
Fixed single airflow Manually adjustable Motorised dual airflow

VA 200 MR MONO airflow - MR MODULO RMA
p. 126 p. 127 p. 130 p. 131
Rectangular VCD, Rectangular VCD, Circular VCD Airtight circular

3V groove blades - SU 650 Q 3V groove blades - SP 650 Q SR 653 Q VCD - RGE Iris damper
p. 135 p. 136 p. 137 p. 138 p. 139
Pressure Relief Dampers
Wall mounted Wall mounted

SG 663 SG 662
p. 141 p. 141
Circular Sound Attenuators
Standard
SAR 100
p. 152

Air Distribution
Air Diffusion
Green
Product
Swirl Diffusers
Aesthetic swirl diffusers for Adjustable circular Adjustable square Adjustable square Fixed square
ceiling tiles swirl diffusers swirl diffusers swirl diffusers swirl diffusers
p. 161 p. 163 p. 165 p. 166 p. 167
Fixed circular swirl Fixed circular

diffusers for ceiling tiles swirl diffusers
p. 168 p. 169
Green Green
Product Product
Special Diffusers
Standard Multi-slot Adjustable diffusers with High induction

Combined Solution Combined Solution rotating nozzles Jet diffusers textile ducts
p. 170 p. 171 p. 172 p. 173 p. 178
Slot Diffusers
Adjustable aluminium Adjustable aluminium Fixed high airflow level Diffusers compatible with
slot diffusers slot diffusers aluminium slot diffusers Armstrong® Tech Zone
p. 179 p. 181 p. 183 p. 184
Ceiling Diffusers
Multi-slot square Fixed square diffusers Fixed square Fixed circular diffusers
diffusers for ceiling tiles diffusers for ceiling tiles Fixed circular diffusers
p. 186 p. 187 p. 188 p. 190 p. 191
Adjustable circular Adjustable circular Adjustable square Square diffusers

diffusers for ceiling tiles diffusers diffusers for ceiling tiles with perforated sheet
p. 192 p. 193 p. 194 p. 195
118
Green
Product
Small & Constant
Exhaust Grilles
Self-balanced grilles Humidity controled griilles Adjustable core grilles Small plastic grilles Small fixed metal grilles
p. 196 p. 202 p. 211 p. 212 p. 213
Indoor Grilles
Single & double Grilles with fixed

deflection grilles Opposed blade damper Fixed blade grilles Fixed mesh grilles aluminium linear bars
p. 215 p. 217 p. 218 p. 219 p. 220
Fixed blade Fixed blades air Grilles with fixed linear Fixed blade grilles
grilles with filter transfer grilles bars for floor mounting Pressed grilles for ceiling tiles
p. 222 p. 223 p. 224 p. 226 p. 227
Air displacement diffusers
Fixed blade grilles Grilles for

with filter for ceiling tiles circular ducts Air displacement diffusers
p. 228 p. 229 p. 230
Louvres
Fresh air louvres Fresh air louvres Fresh air louvres Small outdoor grilles Fresh air louvers
AG 638A Robust construction - AG 639A AR 637 AWA 251 Movable blades - AG 645
p. 234 p. 235 p. 236 p. 237 p. 238
Sand trap louvres Acoustic louvres

AG 644 SU 631
p. 239 p. 240
119
Air Distribution
Selection Guide
Sound Comfort Energy AHU
Model Description
attenuation saving
Category
Pressure independent VA 110 / VA 120

VAV boxes Green
Product
• Lower system energy consumption cost
• Lower set-up and installation cost
• Greater flexibility with regulation resulting in
occupancy controlled comfort
• Volume flow rate controlled by:
Variable - duct static pressure
Air - zone temperature control signal
Volume Bypass VAV boxes
Boxes Green VA 200
Product
• Controls volume flow rate in response to zone
temperature control signal
• Excess air inside the VAV diverted through by-
pass damper into ceiling plenum or return duct
Airflow Control
Comfort Energy Ventilation AHU
Model Description
saving
Category
Fixed single airflow

Green
MR MONO
Product • Airflow automatically balanced at pre-set
constant level.
• Operating range of standard range : 50-250 Pa
• Operating range of high pressure range :
150-600 Pa
Manually adjustable
airflow
MR MODULO
• Tool free manual adjustment of airflow
• Operating range : 50-250 Pa
Constant
Airflow
Regulators
Motorised dual
airflow
RMA
• Manages two airflow rates
- Basic airflow
- Maximum airflow (fully open via motor)
• Basic airflow regulated at 50-200Pa

Air Distribution
Selection Guide
Control Comfort Ventilation AHU
Category Model Description

Rectangular volume SU 650 / SU 651 / SU 651A
control damper • U-Channel frame for flanged
connection with duct Manual
• Single skin blade (SU 650) or GI or
aerofoil blade (SU 651) or Aluminium Motorised
aerofoil blade (SU 651A)
• With manual quadrant (Q) or motor (M)
Rectangular volume SP 650 / SP 651 / SP 651A

control damper • Plain casing suitable for drive & slip
connection with duct. Manual
• Single skin blade (SP 650) or GI
or
aerofoil blade (SP 651) or Aluminium
aerofoil blade (SP 651A) Motorised
Volume • With manual quadrant (Q) or motor (M)
Control
Airflow Control
Dampers Circular volume SR 653 / SR 653T
control damper • Single skin blade (standard construction) Manual
• Double skin blade with sandwich or
gasket (airtight construction)
Motorised
• With manual quadrant (Q) or motor (M)
Circular airtight volume

control dampers RGE / RGEM
• Insulated blade Manual
• Manual (RGE) or motorised (RGEM) or
• Class 3 airtightness, upstream Motorised
& downstream, as per EN 1751 upto
1500 Pa.
Iris damper
Iris damper
• Adjustable diaphragm
• Integrated airflow / pressure plugs Manual
for measurement
Control Comfort Ventilation AHU

Category Model Description
Duct/wall mounted
non-return damper SG 661 / SG 663
• Air intake or exhaust
Non-Return • Blades remain closed to prevent
Dampers reverse airflow
• Duct mounted (SG 661); wall mounted
(SG 663)
Wall mounted
Pressure pressure relief damper SG 662 Motorised
• Air exhaust
Relief • Blades open to relieve excess pressure
version
Dampers available
• Counter weight

Air Distribution
Pressure Independent VAV Boxes

Presentation of pressure independent VAV boxes
Advantages
Green • Volume flow rate controlled by:
Product - zone temperature control signal,
- duct static pressure.
• Lower system energy consumption
cost.
VA 110 VA 120 • Lower set up and installation cost.
Basic unit Extended box
APPLICATION OPERATION PRINCIPLE

• The extensive range of VAV terminals manufactured • Model type VA100 features a unique cross flow sensor located in the upstream section
by Aldes Euroregister have been designed specifi- of the valve chamber. The sensing points collectively average the primary air velocity
cally to accommodate the rigrous criteria of today's pressure across the entire inlet area.
modern buildings. • Requirement is achieved through a differential pressure sensing system which
• The equipment selection offers outstanding advan- regulates the damper independent of static pressure developed in the supply duct. Air
tages in terms of service, flexibility reliability and volume is achieved in the limit to Vmin to Vmax by directing required volume of air in
product performance which are equally recognised direct response to temprature signals for modulating thermostat installed in the room.
by the energy conscious designer and provides a This grid measures the differential pressure at the inlet and transfer to the actuator
tangible system which is capable of meeting the most through a controller to adjust the damper in order to meet required air flow within the
demanding design applications. set values.
• Aldes Euroregister averaging differential cross flow sensor integrates and monitors the
DESCRIPTION
Airflow Control
pressure difference and allows precise volume flow control, regardless of adverse
• Aldes Euroregister VAV boxes are designed to control upstream conditions and ductworks configuration. The accuracy of the sensor is
the volume flow rate of the conditioned air in an however subject to the upstream condition of the ductwork.
occupied zone in response to a duct static pressure or
zone temperature control signal. • Ideally the inlet condition to the sensor should be in the region of 4 x diameter of
straight ductwork, to achieve accurate flow readings. The terminal housing is
• These VAV deliver variable / constant air volume (CAV) constructed from high quality heavy gauge galvanized mild steel which is cladded
as designed by providing excellent performance and internally with 25 mm thick high density insulation. The face of the insulation is lined to
temperature control for central air distribution with prevent degradation and air erosion. The complete assembly is secured to the
unlimited zoning. structure by means of hanger brackets for drop rod fixing by others.
Extensive range of 10 sizes, covering volume flow range
• from 374-6524 m³/h. Accurate control with low leakage
damper achieving proportional control between volume
flow range 20 to 100% depending on controller used.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Extended terminal box construction for additional attenuation.
• Ancillary connecting flange.
• Direct digital controllers.
• Perforated sheet over acoustic lining.
• Electric duct heaters.
VAV boxes + Twisted

Green
Product
VA 110 Twisted
Basic unit
DESCRIPTION
• The association of a Twisted swirl diffuser with a wide
airflow capacity (150 to 650 m3/h) and a pressure
independant VAV box is the best solution to ensure
comfort in any variable airflow system.
• For more details, please consult us.

Air Distribution
Basic units and extended casings
Advantages
Green
Product • Volume flow rate controlled by:
- zone temperature control signal
- duct static pressure.
• Lower system energy consumption
cost.
VA 110 VA 120
• Lower set up and installation cost.
Basic unit Extended box comprising of
basic unit with attenuator section
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) - WEIGHT (kg)

• Please, see page xxx
70 B L 90
CONSTRUCTION 30
• VA 110 and VA 120 units manufactured from 22 ga.

galvanized sheet steel casing.
• The blade assembly comprised of double skin 24 ga.
ØD
A
galvanized sheet steel with a flexible gasket
sandwiched between the two layers to assure low
leakage.
• All VA units are lined by 13mm thick 32kg/m3 acoustic Front view Side view (Standard supply)
insulation
L 90
Airflow Control
• All VA units are equipped with actuator which accepts 30
25
as standard 0-10 or 2-10 V signals from thermostat
units.
• All units can be supplied with secondary attenuators
ØD
to achieve required noise levels.
• Cross-flow sensor having multiple averaging points
located as per ISO 10780 for an accurate measure-
ment of the whole cross-section of the VAV inlet. VA 110 25 Side view (Optional supply)
RANGE
Description Code
70 B H 90
Pressure independent VAV: VA 110 30
VA 110 - 04
VA 110 - 05
VA 110 - 06
ØD
A
VA 110 - 07
VA 110 - 08
VA 110 - 09 Front view Side view (Standard supply)
VA 110 - 10
VA 110 - 12 H 90
VA 110 - 14 30
25
VA 110 - 16
Pressure independent VAV: VA 120
ØD
VA 120 - 04
VA 120 - 05
VA 120 - 06
VA 120 - 07
25
Side view (Optional supply)

VA 120 - 08 VA 120
VA 120 - 09
VA 110 & Inlet Outlet Length Qnom
VA 120 - 10
VA 120 - 12 VA 120 ØD B A L H l/s m3/h cfm
VA 120 - 14 04 102 254 254 343 1000 104 374 220
VA 120 - 16
05 127 254 254 343 1000 160 578 340
06 152 254 254 343 1000 231 833 490
07 178 279 254 356 1000 316 1138 670
08 203 305 279 368 1000 411 1478 870
09 229 330 305 381 1000 519 1869 1100
10 254 356 330 394 1000 642 2311 1360
12 305 406 381 419 1000 1019 3670 2160
14 356 457 432 457 1000 1388 4995 2940
16 406 508 483 508 1000 1812 6524 3840
• Q nom is the nominal airflow rating of the VAV box.

Air Distribution

Electric Heater - Modulating control
Advantages
• Delivered to site as a single
assembly fitted with VAV / CAV.
• Pre-wired in the factory.
• Zero clearance construction.
Flange type heater Slip-in type heater

• Electric heater is installed at the downstream of a
VAV / CAV box to reheat the cold air entering in a Modulating electric heater only
particular zone within a centralized air-conditioning
25 25
system, as per the demand of the occupant of that
zone.
• Heating capacity (kW) of electric heater is dependent
B H
on the required �T (ºC or ºF) and required minimum
C
airflow rate (m3/h or cfm).
DESCRIPTION 25
D
• Modulating control (0-10VDC or 2-10VDC).

Airflow Control
• Frame and control panel manufactured from A W

25
galvanised steel as standard. SS (grade 304)
construction available upon request. Flange type heater
• For open coil heating elements:
- Electronic airflow sensor to turn off the heater if Modulating electric heater only
there is no airflow detected.
- Minimum air velocity of 100 fpm (0.5 m/s) for proper 25
operation of heater.
• For tubular or finned tubular heating elements:
- Fixed airflow switch to turn off the heater if there is
no airflow detected. B H-6
C
- Minimum air velocity of 300 fpm (1.5 m/s) for proper
operation of heater. D
• Automatic reset thermal cut-out to avoid overheating.
• Nema 1 control panel, right extension. For other A W-6
Nema ratings or left extension, please consult us.
• Disconnecting switch. Slip-in type heater
INSTALLATION Note : For dimensions, please consult us.

• 1” flange connection with VAV/CAV or duct. Slip-in
type available upon request. FORMULA FOR CALCULATING HEATING CAPACITY
• Horizontal or vertical airflow. Imperial Metric
RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS Q x (T2 - T1) x 1.08 Q x (T2 - T1) x 1.3
Description Code P= P=
3413 3600
Certification:
CSA & ETL P = Power in kW P = Power in kW
UL Q = Air volume in CFM Q = Air volume in m3/hr
Heating elements: T1 = Temparature of air entering heater (˚F) T1 = Temparature of air entering heater (˚C)
T2 = Temparature of air leaving heater (˚F) T2 = Temparature of air leaving heater (˚C)
Open coil (NiCr 60 – grade C)
Open coil (NiCr *0 – grade A)
Tubular (Incoloy 800 with magnesium oxide) PRESSURE DROP
Finned Tubular (Incoloy 800 with magnesium
oxide & aluminium fins)
Protective screen: Optional
One side of heating elements
Both sides of heating elements
Indication lights on control panel: Optional
Power ON
Heating
Overheating
No airflow
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Control voltage: 24VAC
• Heating capacity : min. 0.5 kW ; max. 1000 kW
• Single phase, 220/240VAC (≤ 3kW)
• Three phase, 380/400VAC (> 3kW)
• Frequency : 50Hz. / 60Hz.

Air Distribution
Electric Heater - ON / OFF control
Advantages
• Delivered to site as a single
assembly fitted with VAV / CAV.
• Pre-wired in the factory.
• Zero clearance construction.
Flange type heater Slip-in type heater

• Electric heater is installed at the downstream of a
VAV / CAV box to reheat the cold air entering in a Modulating electric heater only
particular zone within a centralized air-conditioning
25 25
system, as per the demand of the occupant of that
zone.
• Heating capacity (kW) of electric heater is dependent
B H
on the required �T (ºC or ºF) and required minimum
C
airflow rate (m3/h or cfm).
DESCRIPTION 25
D
• ON/OFF type control (1 stage, 2 stage, 3 stage).
Airflow Control
A W
• Frame and control panel manufactured from 25
galvanised steel as standard. SS (grade 304)
construction available upon request. Flange type heater
• Fixed airflow switch to turn off the heater if there is no
airflow detected. Modulating electric heater only
• Minimum air velocity of 300 fpm (1.5 m/s) for proper
operation of heater. 25
• Automatic reset thermal cut-out to avoid overheating.
• Nema 1 control panel, right extension. For other
Nema ratings or left extension, please consult us.
• Disconnecting switch. B H-6
C
INSTALLATION D
• 1” flange connection with VAV/CAV or duct. Slip-in
type available upon request. A W-6
• Horizontal or vertical airflow.
Slip-in type heater
RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS Note : For dimensions, please consult us.
Description Code
Certification: FORMULA FOR CALCULATING HEATING CAPACITY
CSA & ETL Imperial Metric
UL
Heating elements: Q x (T2 - T1) x 1.08 Q x (T2 - T1) x 1.3
P= P=
Open coil (NiCr 60 – grade C) 3413 3600
Open coil (NiCr *0 – grade A)
Tubular (Incoloy 800 with magnesium oxide) P = Power in kW P = Power in kW
Q = Air volume in CFM Q = Air volume in m3/hr
Finned Tubular (Incoloy 800 with magnesium T1 = Temparature of air entering heater (˚F) T1 = Temparature of air entering heater (˚C)
oxide & aluminium fins) T2 = Temparature of air leaving heater (˚F) T2 = Temparature of air leaving heater (˚C)
Protective screen: Optional
One side of heating elements PRESSURE DROP
Both sides of heating elements
Indication lights on control panel: Optional
Power ON
Heating
Overheating
No airflow
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Control voltage: 24VAC
• Heating capacity : min. 0.5 kW ; max. 1000 kW
• Single phase, 220/240VAC (≤ 3kW)
• Three phase, 380/400VAC (> 3kW)
• Frequency : 50Hz. / 60Hz.

Air Distribution
Bypass VAV Boxes

Bypass VAV boxes
Advantages
• Provides airflow to individual
zone while Bypassing the
unneeded air to ceiling plenum
for recirculation.
• Delivers relatively constant
airflow over the full range of
Bypass damper positions.
VA 200

• Combination of the advantages of proven air
handling concepts to give complete flexibility from a
single zone source.
• Provides excellent temperature control and central
air distribution with unlimited zoning.
• Simple solution to distribute and control airflow from
constant speed FCUs or AHVs
• Multi-zone systems: supplying centralized air
distribution from unwanted zones to demand related
zones.
• Extensive range of 8 sizes covering volume flow
range from up to 5440 m³/h.
Airflow Control
CONSTRUCTION
• Manufactured from 20 ga. galvanized steel casing.
• Incorporate a 13mm thick, 32kg/m3 acoustic insulation.
• Blades composed of 20 ga. galvanized mild steel with
a flexible gasket to assure low leakage. Unit Bypass
Discharge Basic assembly Qnom
• Equipped with modulating actuator, which accepts size opening
0-10 or 2-10 V signals from thermostats. A B C D E G H l/s m3/h cfm
• Electronic thermostat provides accurate modulating - 02 254 203 400 127 60 111 178 94 340 200
ON/OFF. Standard supply is modulating 0-10 V.
04 305 254 400 203 60 137 229 189 680 400
• In case lower noise levels are required, VAV units can
be provided with integral sound attenuators to achieve 06 356 305 552 254 60 238 279 283 1020 600
lower noise level. 08 406 356 552 305 60 238 330 378 1360 800
12 457 406 603 356 60 264 381 567 2040 1200
OPERATION PRINCIPLE
• A variable air volume, Bypass system consists of • Q max is the nominal airflow rating of the VAV box.
VAV units connected to the supply air duct of a
constant air volume source. A constant air volume of
conditioned air is supplied to each VAV unit. The
primary damper modulates in response to a zone
thermostat demand, to vary the amount of combined
air delivered to the occupied to the zone. Damper
modulation will range from full shut off to full open
position by supplying variable air volume or to a
minimum air volume to the conditioned zone.
• As the primary damper modulates in response to
room thermostat demand and once it is satisfied to
reduce the air to occupied zone, the excess air is
diverted through the secondary Bypass damper into
ceiling plenum or ducted return.
RANGE
Description Code
Bypass VAV Unit Bypass Qnom
size Discharge Basic assembly opening
VA 200 - 02
VA 200 - 04 A B C D E G H l/s m3/h cfm
VA 200 - 06 16 508 254 622 406 67 165 432 708 2550 1500
VA 200 - 08 24 610 254 622 406 x 457 86 165 533 1133 4080 2400
VA 200 - 12 32 813 254 622 406 x 610 92 165 737 1571 5440 3200
VA 200 - 16 • Q nom is the nominal airflow rating of the VAV box.
VA 200 - 24
VA 200 - 32

Air Distribution
General information
Advantages
Green
Product • Automatically adjusts airflow at
pre-set constant levels.
• Maintenance free.
MR MONO
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS
• Airflow is controlled at a pre-set value in HVAC
circular ductwork.
• Installation of CMEV and air conditioning.
• Air exhaust and supply.
• Operating temperature range: -10°C / +60°C.
DESCRIPTION
• Plastic body (M1 fire resistance classification) housing
the silicone regulating membrane in a calibrated air
passage.
• Peripheral seal for air tight connection with duct.
• Outdoor diameter calibrated for standard duct
diameters up to 250 mm.
Airflow Control
ØN F E
• Operating range of standard range: 50-250 Pa. ØB A
• Operating range of high pressure range: 150-600 Pa.
• Airflow tolerances:
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 5 m3/hr for MR ≤ 50 m3/hr,
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 10% for MR > 50 m3/hr.
Ø Duct ØN ØB A E F
INSTALLATION (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
• Inserts directly into a circular duct near a connection 80 76 85 53 14 2
or a terminal. 100 92 105 61 14 2
• In air exhaust mode: distance equivalent to 1 diameters 125 116 132 61 14 2
between the MR and the terminal. 125 116 132 97 14 2
• In air supply mode: distance equivalent to 3 diameters 150 147 153 103 14 2
between the MR and the terminal. 160 153 167 103 14 2
• Direction of assembly indicated on the component. 200 190 210 130 20 2
• Horizontal / vertical. 250 238 262 159 20 2
MR MONO 50 - 250 Pa
RANGE
Diameter Description Code
D80 MR MONO D80/3IN 15CMH/10CFM 11016226
MR MONO D80/3IN 20CMH/12.5CFM 11016227
MR MONO D80/3IN 25CMH/15CFM 11016228

Air Distribution

MR MONO 50 - 250 Pa
Advantages
Green
RANGE
D100 MR MONO D100/4IN 90CMH/52.5CFM 11016250
Airflow Control


Air Distribution
MR MONO 150 - 600 Pa
Advantages
Green
RANGE
D125 MR MONO D125/5IN 110CMH/65CFM HP 11016071
MR MONO D125/5IN 150CMH/90CFM HP 11016072
Airflow Control
Sleeve with inspection door for MR
DESCRIPTION RANGE
• Enables the MR to be extracted for maintenance.
Description Code
Sleeve with inspection window Ø 100 mm 11013121

Air Distribution

General information
Advantages
• Tool free adjustment.
• Wide range of air flow.
MR MODULO
• Airflow is controlled at a pre-set value in HVAC
circular ductwork.
• Installation of CMEV and air conditioning.
• Air exhaust and supply.
• Operating temperature range: -10°C / +60°C.
• Operating range of standard range: 50-250 Pa.
DESCRIPTION
ØN
• Plastic body (M1 fire resistance classification) housing
the silicone regulating membrane in a calibrated air
passage.
• Peripheral seal for air tight connection with duct.
• Outdoor diameter calibrated for standard duct
Airflow Control
F E
diameters up to 250 mm. ØB A
• Airflow tolerances:
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 5 m3/hr for MR ≤ 50 m3/hr,
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 10% for MR > 50 m3/hr.
Ø Duct ØN ØB A E F Airflow
INSTALLATION (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
• Tool free manual adjustment of air flow. 80 76 85 65 13 15 15 - 65
• Inserts directly into a circular duct near a connection 100 92 105 70 13 13 20 - 90
or a terminal. 125 116 133 70 13 17 20 - 90
• In air exhaust mode: distance equivalent to 1 diameters
between the MR and the terminal. 125 116 133 110 13 17 100 - 180
• In air supply mode: distance equivalent to 3 diameters 150 153 166 118 13 19 100 - 240
between the MR and the terminal. 160 153 166 118 13 19 100 - 240
• Direction of assembly indicated on the component. 200 190 210 145 19 23 200 - 400
• Horizontal / vertical. 250 238 258 180 19 23 300 - 650
RANGE
Ø (mm) Description Code
80 MR MODULO D80/3IN 15-65CMH/10-37.5CFM 11016307
100 MR MODULO D100/4IN 20-90CMH/12.5-52.5CFM 11016308
125 MR MODULO D125/5IN 20-90CMH/12.5-52.5CFM 11016309
125 MR MODULO D125/5IN 100-180CMH/60-105CFM 11016310

Air Distribution
Motorised constant airflow regulator
Advantages
• Basic airflow ensured by silicone
regulating membrane while
maximum airflow is achieved by
fully open damper via motor.
• Possibility of regulating high
airflow by adding MR.
RMA Ø125 mm

• Air supply and air exhaust.
• Manages two airflow rates (basic-max.). 145
• Electric control. 170 65
• Operating temperature: 0°C / +50°C.
DESCRIPTION
• Body made entirely of non-flammable (M1) classified
plastic.
• Silicone regulating membrane.
180
• Peak airflow is activated via the thermally-controlled

piston.
• Basic airflow rate regulated at 50-200 Pa.
• Connection Ø125 mm.
Airflow Control
• Airflow tolerances:
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 5 m3/h for MR ≤ 50 m3/h,
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 10 % for MR > 50 m3/h.
• High airflow not regulated.
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Possibility of regulating it, by adding an MR. Supply voltage Supply frequency Power Protection
CAUTION: consumption
• The RMA should not be energized continuously for 230 VAC. 50-60 Hz 6W 2A
more than 12 hours. 12 - 24V AC/DC 50-60 Hz 3W 2A
• They should be plugged into a timer switch.
• RMA 2 pistons: RMA Ø 125 mm that can be AIRFLOW DETAILS
continuously supplied for more than 12 hours for the Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with Standard NF-X 10.231.
Dee Fly system with bypass.
INSTALLATION
• Inserted directly between two circular ducts.
• Airflow direction indicated on the component.
RANGE Ø 125
Description Code
RMA Ø 125 - 15 m3/h 230 V 11016057
RMA Ø 125 - 20 m3/h 230 V 11016474
RMA Ø 125 - 25 m3/h 230 V 11016472
RMA Ø 125 - 30 m3/h 230 V 11016471
RMA Ø 125 - 45 m3/h 230 V 11016475
RMA Ø 125 - 50 m3/h 230 V 11016470
RMA Ø 125 - 60 m3/h 230 V 11016469
RMA Ø 125 - 75 m3/h 230 V 11016468
RMA Ø 125 - 90 m3/h 230 V 11016467
RMA Ø 125 - 15m3/h 12-24 V 11016058

RMA Ø 125 - 25 m3/h 12/24 V 11016492
RMA Ø 125 - 30 m3/h 12/24 V 11016491
RMA Ø 125 - 50 m3/h 12/24 V 11016490
RMA Ø 125 - 60 m3/h 12/24 V 11016489
RMA Ø 125 - 75 m3/h 12/24 V 11016488
RMA Ø 125 - 90 m3/h 12/24 V 11016487
RANGE Ø 125
Description Code
RMA 125 mm Ø 2 pistons 12-24 V 11016069
RMA 125 mm Ø 2 pistons 230 V 11016070
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
1H timer 11022008
2H timer 11029010

Air Distribution

Motorised constant airflow regulators
Advantages
• Basic airflow ensured by silicone
regulating membrane while
maximum airflow is achieved by
fully open damper via motor.
• Possibility of regulating high
airflow by adding MR.
RMA Ø200 mm

• Range with a choice of options. Option available:
Basic airflow: 65 170
- 15 - 25 - 30 or 50 m3/h with the airflow regulation
sub-assembly Ø 100 mm.
- 60 - 75 - 90 - 100 or 130 m3/h with the airflow
146
regulation sub-assembly Ø 125 mm.
- 160 - 170 - 190 - 210 or 250 m3/h with the airflow
254
regulation sub-assembly Ø 160 mm.
216
200
• Airflow tolerances:
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 5 m3/h for MR ≤ 50 m3/h,
- Q medium = Q nominal +/- 10 % for MR > 50 m3/h.
Airflow Control
• High airflow not regulated.

• Possibility of regulating it, by adding an MR. 210
CAUTION:
• The RMA should not be energized continuously for
more than 12 hours.
AIRFLOW DETAILS
1600
• They should be plugged into a timer switch.
• RMA Air supply: RMA Ø 200 mm delivered
with 2 RCC for duct connection of Ø 160 mm
or Ø 125 mm for the Dee Fly collective housing 1400
without bypass. MR
r
• RMA 2 pistons: RMA Ø200 mm that can be continu- ul ato 00
Reg Ø1
ously supplied for more than 12 jours, supplied with 2 1200
RCC for duct connection of Ø160 mm or Ø125 Fully open
mm for the Dee Fly system with bypass.
RANGE 1000
Regu
l ato
r MR
Ø 125
Description Code
RMA Ø 200 - 12-24 V 11016059 R
lator M60
RMA Ø 200 - 230 V 11016060 800 Regu Ø1
RMA Ø 200 + RCC air supply - 12-24 V 11016063
RMA Ø 200 + RCC air supply - 230 V 11016064
RMA Ø 200 mm + RCC 2 pistons - 12-24 V 11016067 600
RMA Ø 200 mm + RCC 2 pistons - 230 V 11016068
ACCESSORIES 400
Description Code Basic airflow

250 m3/h
1H timer 11022008 190 m3/h
2H timer 11029010 200
130 m3/h
75 m3/h
50 m33/h
0 30 m /h
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210
INSTALLATION
≥ 0,
2 m
≥ 1,
5 m

Air Distribution
Rectangular VCD - aerofoil blades
Advantages
• Manual or motorised control.
• Low pressure loss resulting from
aerofoil blades.
• Flanged duct connection.
SU 651 Q SU 651 M

• Volume control dampers with manual quadrant are
W+60
generally installed in branches / ducts to manually
127
adjust the airflow in that particular branch / duct or to 30 W 30
10 10
isolate any particular area of the building.
Ø8
• Volume control dampers with motorization are
30
30
generally installed at the inlet and outlet of the AHU
22
to facilitate the airflow or to protect the AHU or
ductwork against any unwanted ingress.
DESCRIPTION
• Motorised VCD or manual VCD that are used to
H + 60
H + 60
H
H
isolate any particular zone / duct of the building are
Airflow Control
generally air tight. But air tight construction is gener-
ally not required for VCD that are only used for
balancing the airflow in a branch / duct because
blades are always open.
CONSTRUCTION
30
30
• Casing: 127mm deep, U-channel casing manufac-
Side view Front view
tured from 20ga. galvanised steel with 30mm flange
for duct connection.
• Blade: Aerofoil, double skin blades manufactured
from 24 ga. galvanised steel (SU 651) and aluminium
PRESSURE DROP
aerofoil blade with extruded profile of 20 ga.
(SU 651A).
• Blade Operation: Opposed blade standard. Parallel
blade available upon request.
• Blade spindles: � Ø12mm round zinc plated steel
joined with blades by bolts & nuts (standard) or
welding (optional). 10 x 10mm square spindle
• Bush: Nylon bush standard. Brass, Bronze available
upon request.
• Linkage: Zinc plated steel external linkage,
concealed in frame.
• Control: Manual quadrant (Code Q);
Motorization (Code M)
Extra items for air tight VCDs:
• Blade tip seal: Closed celled foam with an acrylic
pressure sensitive adhesive coated on one side. Fire
retardant silicon rubber tip seal available upon
request.
• Side seal: Stainless steel, spring action (Code J).
Dimensions:
• Minimum single section size: 100mm x 100mm
• Maximum single section size:
1000mm x 1000mm (without partition)
2000mm x 1000mm (with partition in width)
Note: Larger sizes are manufactured in multiple
sections for assembly at site.
RANGE
SU 651 Aerofoil blade VCD with
casing and blades made of
galvanised steel
SU 651A Aerofoil blade VCD with
casing made of galvanised
steel and blades from
extruded aluminium
EU 651 Aerofoil blade VCD with
SS (grade 304)
Note: For non-standard materials or thickness, please
consult us.

Air Distribution

Rectangular VCD - aerofoil blades
Advantages
• Low pressure loss resulting from
aerofoil blades.
• Drive & slip duct connection.
SP 651 Q SP 651 M

30
adjust the airflow in that particular branch / duct or to 210 W 15
isolate any particular area of the building. 127

DESCRIPTION
Airflow Control
H
H

CONSTRUCTION
• Casing: 210mm deep casing manufactured from Side view Front view
20ga. galvanised steel suitable for drive & slip type
duct connection.
• Blade: Aerofoil, double skin blades manufactured
from 24 ga. galvanised steel (SP 651) and aluminium
PRESSURE DROP
aerofoil blade with extruded profile of 20 ga.
(SP 651A).
upon request.
concealed in frame.
request.
Dimensions:
• Maximum single section size: 450mm x 450mm
Note: No multiple sections due to limitation of drive &
slip type duct connection in standard.
RANGE
SP 651 Aerofoil blade VCD with
galvanised steel
SP 651A Aerofoil blade VCD with
casing made of galvanised
steel and blades from
extruded aluminium
EP 651 Aerofoil blade VCD with
SS (grade 304)
consult us.

Air Distribution
Rectangular VCD - single skin blades
Advantages
• Flanged duct connection.
SU 650 Q SU 650 M

generally installed in branches / ducts to manually W + 60
adjust the airflow in that particular branch / duct or 30 W 30
127
to isolate any particular area of the building. 10 10
30
• Volume control dampers with motorization are Ø8
30

to facilitate the airflow or to protect the AHU or 22
DESCRIPTION
H + 60
H + 60
Airflow Control
H
H

CONSTRUCTION
30
• Casing: 127mm deep, U-channel casing manufac- Side View Front View
30
tured from 20ga. galvanised steel with 30mm flange
for duct connection.
• Blade: 3V groove type, single skin blades manufac- PRESSURE DROP
tured from 20 ga. galvanised steel.
upon request.
concealed in frame.
request.
Dimensions:
• Maximum single section size:
1000mm x 1000mm (without partition)
2000mm x 1000mm (with partition in width)
Note: Larger sizes are manufactured in multiple
sections for assembly at site.
RANGE
SU 650 Single skin blade VCD with
galvanised steel
EU 651 Single skin blade VCD with
SS (grade 304)
consult us.

Air Distribution

Rectangular VCD - single skin blades
Advantages
• Drive & slip duct connection.
SP 650 Q SP 650 M

adjust the airflow in that particular branch / duct or 210 30 W 15
to isolate any particular area of the building. 127
DESCRIPTION
Airflow Control

H

CONSTRUCTION
• Casing: 210mm deep casing manufactured from
20ga. galvanised steel suitable for drive & slip type Side view Front view
duct connection.
• Blade: 3V groove type, single skin blades manufac- PRESSURE DROP
tured from 20 ga. galvanised steel.
upon request.
concealed in frame.
request.
Dimensions:
• Maximum single section size: 450mm x 450mm
Note: No multiple sections due to limitation of drive &
slip type duct connection in standards.
RANGE
SP 650 Single skin blade VCD with
galvanised steel
EP 650 Single skin blade VCD with
SS (grade 304)

consult us.

Air Distribution
Circular VCD
Advantages
SR 653 Q

generally installed in branches / ducts to manually L
ØD
adjust the airflow in that particular branch / duct or to
isolate any particular area of the building.
DESCRIPTION
ØD
Airflow Control
blades are always open. 25 25
CONSTRUCTION Side View Front View
• Casing: Manufactured from 20ga. galvanised steel.

• Criteria for length of casing: L = 170mm (up to � PRESSURE DROP
Ø150mm); L = 260mm (up to�Ø300mm); L = 360mm
(up to Ø600mm)
• Blade: Single skin blade with 1V groove manufac-
tured from 20 ga. galvanised steel for normal VCD.
Double skin blade with sandwiched gasket manufac-
tured from 24 ga. galvanised steel for air tight VCD.
• Blade spindles: Ø12mm round zinc plated steel
joined with blade by bolts & nuts (standard) or
upon request.
Dimensions:
• Minimum single section size: Ø 100mm
• Maximum single section size: Ø 600mm
Note : For larger diameters, please consult us.
RANGE
SR 653 Circular VCD with casing
and blades made of
galvanised steel
SR 653T Circular VCD with double
skin blades -
GI construction
ER 653 Circular VCD with casing
and blades made of
SS (grade 304)
ER 653T Circular VCD with double
skin blades -
SS (grade 304) construction

Air Distribution

Circular airtight VCD
Advantages
• Class 3 airtightness from
upstream/downstream as per
EN 1751 at 1500Pa.
RGE - RGEM
APPLICATION FITTING OF THE MOTOR ADAPTER PLATE

• Complete partitioning of a circular ductwork branch.
• Class 3 upstream-downstream airtightness in
accordance with EN 1751 up to 1500 Pa.
• Manual or motor driven adjustment. Ø 12
• Operating range: 0°C / +120°C.
For CM model only
DESCRIPTION
• Volume damper with airtight sealing disk.
8
• RGE: Adjustable handle can be locked by screws.
Shafts in zamak (zinc/ aluminium alloy).
Airflow Control
• Upper jumper allowing an external insulation without

removing the handle.
• Motorization: Adapter plate allowing for a universal
assembly of the various motors.
• Motorization: 2N/m for the RGE Ø 125 to 200, 4-
5N/m for the RGE Ø 250 to 500.
• Beyond Ø 500 mm, for mechanical strength reasons,
provide for a CRGE type volume control damper
with connecting plates to the Ø of the ductwork.
• Compatible with Belimo actuators.
• Remove the plastic handle by unscrewing the adjusting screw. Then fix the motor
plate using the screws supplied. Fit the plastic adapter component of Ø 12 mm on the
square 8mm outgoing shaft. The motor, except for the CM models, is mounted on to
the shaft and fixes itself on to the rear part of the plate. In the case of a CM motor, add
the spacer to the plate and fix it with the aid of the clip supplied with the motor.
RANGE
ØA Code
100 11055110
125 11055111
160 11055112
200 11055113
250 11055114
315 11055115
355 11055116
400 11055117
450 11055118
500 11055119
Motor adapter plate kit 11055122

Air Distribution
IRIS dampers
A A Advantages
Ø6
• Integrated airflow/pressure
plugs for measurement.
Ød
ØD L
IRIS
APPLICATION RANGE
• Allows fine adjustment of the airflow in a branch of ØA Code
the ductwork.
100 11055090
• Integrated airflow/ pressure plugs (Ø 6 mm):
125 11055091
measurement devices.
• Operating range: -20°C / +80°C. 160 11055092
200 11055093
DESCRIPTION 250 11055094
• Iris damper with highly accurate adjustment of the 315 11055095
diaphragm by hexagonal nut. 400 11055096
• Lip seals on the connection sleeves. 500 11055097
Airflow Control
• Adjustment tolerance 7 % on the airflow rate. 630 11055098
800 11055099
Motorised Plastic Damper: RPM
Caution
The RPM should not be energized
continuously for more than
12 hours. They should be plugged
into a timer switch.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Isolation of a branch using a motorised damper. Description Code
• Operating temperature: 0°C / +50°C. RPM Ø 125 - 230V 11093017
RPM Ø 125 - 12-24 V 11093018
DESCRIPTION RPM Ø 200 - 230 V 11016061
• Body made entirely of non-flammable (M1) classified
plastic. RPM Ø 200 12-24V 11016062
• Damper airflow is activated via the thermally- ACCESSORIES
controlled piston. RCC F/M Ø 200/ Ø 160 11041935
1H timer 11022008
INSTALLATION 2H timer 11029010
• Inserted directly between two circular ducts.
• Airflow direction indicated on the RPM.
• Operating pressure P < 200 Pa.
• To be connected to a timer switch type 22008 (1h)
or 29010 (2h).

Air Distribution

Motorisation and accessories
APPLICATION DETAILS
• Motorisation and adjustment of SU650, SU651 and Circular Square
Damper Max. area Torque
SR653 dampers. Type of actuators shaft Shaft
type (m2) (Nm) Ø (mm) (mm)
• Choice of actuators depending on torque, modulated
or total open / close functions, safety functions and Non-spring return actuators
data feedback. LM 24 A-S & LM 230 A-S
SU 650 M up to 1 m2 5 6-20 6-20
DESCRIPTION SU 651 M
LM 24 A-SR & LM 230 A-SR
NM 24 A-S & NM 230 A-S
• Actuators covering torque levels of 2 to 20 Nm. SR 653 M from 1 to 2 m 2 10 8-20 8-20
• Open / close type or modulating type. NM 24 A-SR & NM 230 A-SR
• Safety functions: re-arming spring. Spring return actuators
Airflow Control
• Data feedback: actuators with contacts. up to 0.4 m2 TF 24-S & TF 230-S

2 6-12 6-12
• All the F type actuators have a reversible sprocket TF 24-SR & TF 230-SR
SU 650 M
wheel in the event that the shaft is too short. LF 24-S & LF 230-S
SU 651 M from 0.4 to 0.8 m2 4 8-16 8-16
• Actuators type 24: 24 V AC / DC. LF 24-SR & LF 230-SR
• Actuators type 230: 230 V AC. SR 653 M AF 24-S & AF 230-S
from 0.8 to 3 m 2 15 10-20 10-16
AF 24-SR & AF 230-SR
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Contacts (for LM and NM models only)
S1 A
S2 A
NON-SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS SPRING RETURN ACTUATORS

Description Code Description Code
Open / close type Open / close type
LM 230 A - S TF 230 - S
LM 24 A - S TF 24 - S
NM 230 A - S LF 230 - S
NM 24 A - S LF 24 - S
Modulating type AF 230 - S
LM 230A - SR AF 24 - S
LM 24A - SR Modulating type
NM 230A - SR TF 230 - SR
NM 24A - SR TF 24 - SR
LF 230 - SR
LF 24 SR
AF 230 - SR
AF 24 SR

Air Distribution
Non Return Dampers/Pressure Relief Dampers
Non return / pressure relief dampers
Advantages
• NRD prevents reverse airflow.
• PRD releases excess pressure
inside pressure controlled rooms.
SG 661 SG 663 SG 662

Non return damper Non return damper Pressure relief damper
(duct mounted) (wall mounted) (wall mounted)
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (mm) - PRESSURE DROP

Non return dampers are designed for use in intake Wall
and discharge opening in commercial and residen-
tial air conditioning systems.
30
When the ventilation system is on, the blades of the
non-return damper are held in the open position by
50
the airflow.
If the system is switched off, the damper blades
close automatically, thus preventing reverse airflow
and giving protection against the ingress of untem-
W+55 x H+100
Fresh Air
W-5 x H-5
pered air, rain and birds into the air conditioning
WxH
system.
Airflow Control
CONSTRUCTION
SG 661
Duct mounted, non return damper.
Frame & blades made from 20 ga. galvanized steel.
50
30
Round spindles Ø 12 mm linked together by means

of external linkages. 180
Gasket provided on blade tips for low leakage. 50
AG 661 Non return dampers SG 661 SG 663
AG 661 Non return dampers AG 663
Same as SG 661 but frame and blades manufactured (duct mounted) (wall mounted) EG 663
EG 661
from mill finish aluminium.
EG 661
Wall
Same as SG 661 but frame and blades manufactured
from SS (grade 304).
SG 663
Wall mounted, non return damper.
50
Frame and blades manufactured from 20 ga.

galvanized steel. Other gauges available upon
request. Blades are fixed on Ø 12 mm round spindle
W+55 x H+100
and are linked together by external linkages.

W-5 x H-5
Exhaust Air
AG 663
EG 663
from SS (grade 304).
50
SG 662
Wall mounted, pressure relief damper.
Casing manufactured from 18 ga.
Blades manufactured from 20 ga. galvanized steel sheet. SG 662
AG 662
EG 662 Pressure relief dampers
AG 662 (wall mounted)
EG 662 RANGE
Same as SG 662 but frame and blades manufactured Type Description Code
from SS (grade 304). SG 661 Duct mounted NRD, casing and blades made from GI
AVAILABLE OPTIONS AG 661 Duct mounted NRD, casing and blades made from aluminium
• Actuator, code M. EG 661 Duct mounted NRD, casing and blades made from SS
• Brass / Nylon bushes, code B1/B2. (grade 304)
• Counter weight, code K. SG 663 Wall mounted NRD, casing and blades made from GI
• Natural anodized aluminium, code A. AG 663 Wall mounted NRD, casing and blades made from aluminium
• Power coated to RAL colour, code Z. EG 663 Wall mounted NRD, casing and blades made from SS
(grade 304)
SG 662 Wall mounted PRD, casing and blades made from GI
AG 662 Wall mounted PRD, casing and blades made from aluminium
EG 662 Wall mounted PRD, casing and blades made from SS
(grade 304)

Air Distribution
Measurement devices
High precision electronic micro-manometer
Advantages
• Ideal for expert reports and
precision adjustments.
• Very easy to use for on-site
measurements and adjustments.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Precise pressure measurements for HVAC ventilation Description Code
and air conditioning installations.
High precision electronic micro-manometer + carrying case 11090027
DESCRIPTION Supplied in a carrying case, ready to use with a 9V battery and two pressure sensor tubes.
• Digital display of the pressure level in Pa.
• Precision: 1 Pa on a measurement range of 0-
1000 Pa. COFRAC French Certificate of calibration
attached.
• Can be used to measure negative pressure, over-
pressure or pressure difference.
• Auto-zero, manual, hold, min./max. values, auto-
stop functions.
Airflow Control
Electronic manometer
Advantages
• Ideal for measurements
connected with the annual
verifications of CMEV/CMEV
gas.
• Practical and easy to use.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Pressure measurements for HVAC ventilation and air Description Code
conditioning installations.
Electronic manometer 11090007
DESCRIPTION Supplied ready to use with a 9V battery and two pressure sensor tubes.
• Digital display of the pressure level in Pa.
• Precision: 5 Pa on a measurement range of 0-1,000 Pa.
• Auto-zero, manual, hold, min./max. values, auto-
stop functions.
• Delivered with a pitot tube, 2 x 1m of tube, stainless
steel tip and travel bag.
Fixed position liquid column manometer.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Continuous measurement and control of pressure on Description Code
the fixed part (ductwork accessory, filter, fan).
0-40 mm WG liquid column manometer 11090033
• To be installed sheltered from bad weather.
Supplied with 2 m of tube, 2 quick connections, bottle of coloured liquid.
DESCRIPTION
• Pressure readings in mm WG.
• Range: 0 to 40 mm WG.
• Can be used to measure negative pressure, over-
pressure or pressure difference.

Air Distribution
Permeascope
Leakage tester for buildings
Advantages
• Compact and easy to transport
device.
• Simple to use with the software
supplied.
• Start up and measurements in
1 hour.
Permeascope
APPLICATION WHY THE PERMEASCOPE ?

• Individual and collective housing A building enclosure that is too permeable to air has negative impacts on the quality of
• New and renovation. the building:
- excessive energy losses,
DESCRIPTION - deteriorated air quality and comfort for the occupants,
Permeascope: - risks of the appearance of condensation.
• Fan + frequency converter. The development of building techniques passes via the control of a minimum performance
• Temperature and pressure sensor. for permeability of air in housing, A Standards project proposes recommendations for
• Data acquisition card and PC connections. on-site verifications. The permeascope is a new measuring instrument which, by
• Software - I4 master. facilitating measurements in comparison with existing techniques, should lead to the
democratization of this test.
Airflow Control
• Automatic control of the measurement.
• Production of test report.
TECHNICAL DETAILS
INSTALLATION Permeascope
Preparing the building: • Length x Width x Height: 750 mm x 530 mm x 460 mm.
• Calculation of the surface areas on cold walls. • Weight: 20 kg.
• Blocking off openings on the exterior (CMEV system • Supply: 230 V - 50 Hz.
grilles and air inlets, open spots, water traps etc.). • Max. current: 4 A.
• Opening doors inside the building. Software - I4 master
Installation of the permeascope: • Minimum configuration: 64 Mb RAM.
• Connection of air exhaust outdoors. • Windows 95, 98, NT, 2000, XP.
• Pressure trap outdoors. • Minimum display: 800 x 600.
• 230 V mains power supply. • USB port available.
• Connection to a laptop PC by USB port.
RANGE
Description Code
Permeascope 11023249
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED
• PVC Algaine Ø160 mm: 2.5 metres.
• Honeycomb aluminium duct Ø160 mm: approx. 1 m.
• Silicone hose for outdoor pressure readings: 15 m.
• Diaphragm adjustment key.
• Accessories carrying case containing:
- 3 plugs Ø 125 mm,
- 1 roll of cotton fabric adhesive tape,
- 1 roll of aluminium adhesive tape,
- 1 mains plug,
- 1 CD-ROM disk for installation + instructions,
- 1 USB cable.

Air Distribution


1 ADCB Head Quarter APG ETA Abu Dhabi
2 ADNOC Head Quarter Atkins ETA Abu Dhabi
3 Ajman University Adnan Saffarini ETTS Abu Dhabi
4 Bab & Buhasa Substation Lahmeyer York's A/C Abu Dhabi
5 Emirates Pearl Arkan Voltas Limited Abu Dhabi
6 Etihad Airways Complex ACG Verger Abu Dhabi
7 Habshan 5 - Industrial Facilities AECOM Gulf Star Cooling Abu Dhabi
9 Sheikh Khalifa Medical Centre Ministry of health Al Sabah Company Abu Dhabi
6 Bahrain International Circuit Tilke Almoayed-Bhn Bahrain
11 Isa Sport City Gemac Almoayyed Bahrain
12 Sheikh Isa Library EMDEG Al Komed Bahrain
13 Sofitel Zallaq Resort Halcron Awal Products/Awdco Bahrain
14 Al Jalila Children Speciality Hospital Adnan Saffarini Sensaire Dubai
15 Al Mas Tower W. S. Atkins ETA Dubai
16 American School RMJM Drake & Scull Dubai
17 Aviation Club Hotel COWI / Larsen Sensaire Dubai
18 College of Media & Communication Louis Berger BK Gulf Qatar
19 Emirates Sports Centre Spec/Emirates Airlines Bilt ME Dubai
Airflow Control
20 Harvard Medical School Arif & Bintoak Transgulf Dubai

21 Latifa Tower Arkiplan ETA Dubai
22 Madina Jumeirah Resort III RPW Transgulf Dubai
23 Mall of the Emirates WSP watson Khansaheb/Voltas Dubai
24 Masdar Institute of Science & Technology WSP Thermo Dubai
25 Police Station Arenco Mechwatt Dubai
26 Renaissance Hotel at Motor City Burt Hill Thermo Dubai
27 Zulekha Hospital Electrowatt Jamaheer Dubai
28 Fujairah Beach Resort Archon Bilt ME Fujairah
29 Jebel Al Akdar Resort Atkins Drake & Scull Oman
31 Ministry of Defense MOD Airmech Oman
31 Ministry of Higher Education Gulf Engineering Consultancy Al Adrak Oman
32 Nizwa Appeal Court RCA Drake & Scull Oman
33 Palm Garden @ Sohar Kadri Consultant Larsen & Toubro Oman
34 Qasr Al Alam RCA IRACO Oman
35 Sohar Court Complex National Engineering Office Drake & Scull Oman
36 Al Ghanem Appartment KEO RAMCO Qatar
38 Khalifa stadium Qatari Engg Midmac Qatar
39 New Doha International Airport - Duty Free Warehouse GDH / MACE / Kling Consult Mercury Engineering Qatar
40 Pearl Qatar Parcel 1C, 2A, 7A KEO Arabian AC Qatar
41 Qatar Foundation Central Library ASTAD / QP Mercury Engineering Qatar
43 Sidra Medical Research Centre KEO Voltas Limited Qatar
44 Texas A & M College QP/KEO Midmac Qatar
45 UB 400 Kahrama Butec Qatar
46 Woqod Tower Romatre Diplomat Qatar
47 Sheikh Khalifa Specialist Hospital Bayaty Architect ETA RAK
48 Al Mana General Hospital Al Mana Al Mana Saudi Arabia
49 Bay La Sun Water Front Mall & Hotel V3 International Specialized Contracting Co. Saudi Arabia
50 King Saud University (ENDOWMENT) Saudi Diyar Consultant Al Sharqawi Electromech. Co. Saudi Arabia
51 Udhailiyah Laboratory Renovation Saudi ARAMCO Saudi Aircon Saudi Arabia
52 Al Qassimi Hospital UPA by MOPW Ali Moosa & Sons Sharjah
53 American University AECOM AMBB Sharjah
54 Palm Tower Consultair ETA Sharjah
55 Petrofac Tower Consultair/Al Turath/Arenco ETA Sharjah
56 Sharjah Expo Centre WSP AMBB Sharjah
57 UAE Model School - Khorfakan MOPW GIBCA Sharjah

Air Distribution
Notes
Airflow Control

Air Distribution
Selection Guide
Sound attenuation Pressure AHU

loss
Category
Model Description Low High
∆P
frequency frequency
Rectangular sound
SA20
attenuators Product
Green
• Highly effective at medium & high frequencies
• SA or SAL type baffles
• Available with air gaps from 75 mm - 200 mm
• Easy installation
Circular sound
SAR100
attenuators
Sound • Passive circular sound attenuator
• Acoustic infill 100 mm thick
Attenua- • Available in spigot or flange connection
tors • Circular sound attenuator with pod
(SARP 100) available upon request
Cross talk sound

SCS
attenuators • Designed for inline duct mounting in
system where rooms are served by
branches of common duct
• Reduce noise transfer in adjacent rooms
Sound Comfort Ventilation AHU
Model Description
attenuation
Category
Sound Attenuation
Acoustic louvres
SU 631 / SU 632
Louvres • Air intake or air exhaust
• Acoustic infill for reduced noise
• SU 632: combination of two back-to-
back SU 631 acoustic louvres

Air Distribution
Terminology
General Information
DEFINITIONS SOURCES OF NOISE Radiated noise

4
The following terms are commonly used in the field of acoustic and
understanding of their practical (rather than academic) meaning and Breakout Breakout
5noise noise5
import might be of use to the ventilation engineer. (as a high tone) or
slowly (a low tone) or somewhere in the middle, and we hear these
pressure changes as sound.
1. Attenuation
The reduction of sound level per unit distance by divergence,
diffusion, absorption or scattering. Vibration
3
noise
Ductborne
6noise Outdoor
Indoor 1
noise
transmited2
Pressure (Lp) - Power (Lw) noise
2. Sound power level (LW) 10. Direct sound power level

A level which depends only on the source and is independent of the Noise, which is transmitted directly from a source (i.e. a grille or
environment or location. The sound power level of a fan is therefore diffuser) without reflection.
very useful information since any level quoted can be compared
directly with data from any other manufacturer. 11. Reverberant sound power level
3. Sound pressure level (LP) Noise, which is transmitted by reflection from room surfaces.
A measured sound level which is an indication only of the noise
produced at source since environmental factors such as reverberation 12. Reverberation time
and distance from the source shall affect the measurement. The A measurement of a room acoustic "reflectiveness".
sound pressure level of a fan is not very useful since environmental
factors apparent when the unit was measured may or may not be 13. Background noise
present in the actual location of the plant. It is the constant noise level measured in the absence of any building
occupants when all of known sound sources have been turned off.
4. Decibel (DB)
Commonly, the unit used to measure sound. It is a logarithmic ratio of 14. Insertion loss
two sound pressures or sound powers where one is a reference level. A measure of the noise reduction capability of an attenuator
Care must be exercised when mathematically manipulating decibels. (sometimes of a partition) so named after the method of testing where
a section of ductwork is replaced by an attenuator between two test
5. A-weighting rooms. One room contains the noise source and the other sound
Sound Attenuation
The A- weighting is a collection of coefficients to be added to the level measuring equipment. The difference in recorded noise level is
acoustic pressure levels or acoustic power levels for each octave said to be the insertion loss due to the insertion of the attenuator in
band. The overall acoustic pressure level is therefore closer to the system.
sensorial perception by the human ear.
15. Regenerated noise
6. Criteria Noise in addition to that produced by the fan, caused by air passing
Noise levels which are subjectively or objectively acceptable in over fixed duct elements such as blades on grilles, dampers, air
a given environment.The most commonly used criteria are Noise turns, splitters in attenuators, etc. Not normally a problem on low
Criteria Curves (NC Levels). Noise Rating Curves (NR Levels) and velocity systems and is not dealt with in this booklet.
dB (A).
16. Frequency (Hz.)
7. Ductborne noise The pitch of sound. The number of sound pressure waves arriving at
Noise which is transmitted along ductwork, both upstream and a fixed point per second.
downstream of a fan.
17. Octave bands
8. Flanking noise (breakout) Subdivisions of the frequency range each identified by its mid (or
Noise transmitted through a barrier, often a fan casing or ductwork. centre) frequency. By international agreements these comprise 63,
Any indirect noise path which tends to devalue noise control 125, 250, 500, 1k, 2k, 4k and 8k Hz, and sometimes 31.5 Hz.
measures used to reduce the transmission along the more obvious
paths.
9. Noise outlet
Usually a grille or a diffuser. Any opening acting as a terminal element
on either an extract or supply system.

Air Distribution
Acoustic Design
Definition & basic principles
NOISE CONTROL PRINCIPLES 6. Reverberation time (RT)
There are three distinct stages to the noise control process: The reverberation time can dramatically change overall sound pressure
1. Source measured in a room from the same sound source. The lower the
2. Transmission reverberation time the lower the contribution to the overall sound level,
3. Reception and vice versa with a higher RT.
Noise control problem involves examining the noise sources (fan However, as it is affected by the amount of total absorption in a room
noise, duct noise, diffuser noise and building noise), the sound (the great number of soft furnishings, i.e chairs, curtains, carpets etc.,
transmission paths and the receivers. the greater the absorption and the lower the reverberation time and
hence overall sound level in the room, from a given noise source), it is
For most HVAC system, the sound sources are associated with the often difficult to assess at design stage. Opposite is a basic guide for
building mechanical and electrical equipment. Noise travels from the different applications where the RT is unknown.
source to the receiver through many possible sound transmission
paths, (structure- borne path through floor, airborne path through
supply air system, duct breakout from supply airduct, airborne path
7. Sound power to outlet
through return air system, and airborne path through mechanical This is effectively the outlet for the sound power, which in the case of
equipment room wall). Sound sources are the components that either an induct silencer is often an air inlet or outlet grill, diffuser, stub duct
generate noise, like electric motors, or produce noise when air passes or other termination, such as an atmospheric louvre.
by them, like dampers or diffusers. Sound receivers are generally the
occupant of the building. The noise control engineers are most often 8. Distance to listener
constrained to modify the sound transmission paths as a means of The distance from the sound source (for instance the grille) to the
achieving the desired sound levels in occupied areas of a building. receiver (the human ear). Generally for a ceiling mounted grille with
a standard room height of 2.8m - this is usually calculated as 1.0m
HOW TO CONTROL THE NOISE (average human height is 1.8m). In the case of an atmospheric
calculation this will change from site to site and will be dependent
Efforts to controls noise and vibration in a wide range of mechanisms upon the proximity of other noise sensitive areas on the site, i.e. office
and devices inevitably require the use of passive acoustical materials. or bedroom windows and / or the site legal boundary, i.e. industrial
To achieve the greatest performance per dollar requires not only the location or close to residential properties.
correct choice of materials, but also an understanding of how they
work, and of how and where to install them. All passive noise control The above is a basic guide only with regards to the minimum of
systems use at least one of the following material types: information required to a carryout an induct silencer selection.
- Barrier… Enclosures, weighted materials Please, note this system is a guide only and not a substitute for
- Walls Absorption materials... Acoustical foams, fibrous batts or accurate calculations.
blankets acoustical tiles.
- Vibration isolators... Equipment mounts plastic or rubber-based
bushing and grommets, steel spring equipment supports...
- Damping materials... Plastic sheets, mastic solutions, adhesive films.
To carry out an accurate acoustic assessment of a ductwork run for
the selection of a silencer, the following information will be required:
1. Ductwork losses
This is assessed from ductwork layout drawing provided by the design
team. However site co-ordination can often result in some ductwork
runs being altered. Ductwork losses should always be checked with
the mechanical contractor prior to final schedule selection of the
silencers.
2. Grille size and location

Sound Attenuation
Required to assess end reflection. 'The End Reflection - the energy

loss and subsequent attenuation of sound change in cross section
from one area to another and directivity' without the need for detailed
drawing, air volumes and approximate pressure and fan type.
3. Number of noise sources in a room

For instance one extract and one supply grille would be two noise
sources. This would add 10 (Log2) to the overall sound pressure, i.e
3dB. Hence if one calculated NR30 independently for each noise
sources, without taking into account the two noise sources within the
calculation, the overall result could be NR30 + 3dB, an excess. The
greater the number of noise sources, the worse the potential problem.
4. Sound power to room

Sound is measured in decibels, a logarithmic scale, and this changes
in proportion to the amount of air entering a room from the total being
handled by the fan.
5. Room size (volume)

In reality, it is really the room volume that one requires. However, most
room tend to be a standard Length x Width x Heigth, hence 'Room
Size'.

Air Distribution
Design Guidelines
Recommended design criteria for various area functions
Situation NC
Section 1 - Studios and Auditoria

Sound Broadcasting (drama) 15
Sound Broadcasting (general), TV (general), Recording Studio 20
TV (audience studio) 25
Concert Hall, Theatre 20 - 25
Lecture Theatre, Cinema 25 - 30
Section 2 - Hospital
Audiometric Room 20 - 25
Operating Theatre, Single Bed Ward 30 - 35
Multi-bed Ward, Waiting Room 35
Corridor, Laboratory 35 - 40
Wash Room, Toilet, Kitchen 35 - 45
Staff Room, Recreation Room 30 - 40
Section 3 - Hotels
Individual Room, Suite 20 - 30
Ballroom, Banquet Room 30 - 35
Corridor, Lobby 35 - 40
Kitchen, Laundry 40 - 45
Section - 4 Restaurants, Shops and Stores

Restaurant, Department Store (Upper floor) 35 - 40
Club, Public House, Cafeteria, Canteen, Retail Store (main floor) 40 - 45
Section 5 - Offices
Boardroom, Large Conference Room 25 - 30
Small Conference Room, Executive Office, Reception Room 30 - 35
Open Plan Office 35
Drawing Office, Computer Suite 35 - 45
Section 6- Public Building

Court Room 25 - 30
Assembly Hall 25 - 35
Library, Bank, Museum 30 - 35
Sound Attenuation
Wash Room, Toilet 35 - 45
Swimming Pool, Sports Arena 40 - 50
Garage, Car Park 55
Section 7 - Ecclesiastical and Academic Building

Church, Mosque 25 - 30
Classroom, Lecture Theatre 25 - 35
Laboratory, Workshop 35 - 40
Corridor, Gymnasium 35 - 45
Section 8 - Industrial
Warehouse, Garage 45 - 50
Workshop (light engineering) 45 - 55
Workshop (heavy engineering) 50 - 65
Section 9 - Private Dwelling (Urban)

Bedroom 25
Living Room 30

Air Distribution
Rectangular Sound Attenuators

Rectangular sound attenuators
Advantages
Green • Efficient at medium and high
Product frequencies.
• Easy installation.
SA 20 SA 20
SA type baffle SAL type baffle

• Attenuation of fan / AHU noises propagated through
air ducting.
• Highly effective at medium and high frequencies.
H + 70mm
Height
DESCRIPTION
• Sound attenuators and sound baffles are heavy duty
type, galvanized mild steel construction for air con- D S D/2
ditioning and industrial applications.
Module
CONSTRUCTION Width
Length
• Casing and baffles manufactured from galvanised
sheets metal of 20 ga. thickneses are formed with Width + 70 mm
lock formed seams. The construction complies with
DW 144 code, slide on flanges are fitted as standard.
50 50 50 150
• The baffle contains acoustic infill which complies
with Class O building regulation. The infill cloth has a
black glass tissue facing and is contained behind
perforated sheet of 0.7 mm thickness on both sides.
D = Width of baffles (200 mm) L - 10 L - 10
S = Air gap (75 to 200 mm)
S+D = 1 module
SA BAFFLE TYPE SAL BAFFLE TYPE
• Minimum size: W = 275 mm; H = 300 mm; L= 600 mm.
• Maximum size: W=2100 mm; H=1800 mm; L=2400 mm.
NOTE: bigger sizes available upon request and will be INSERTION LOSS (dB)
supplied in sections. Octave centre frequency in Hz
Model Length L
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k
INSTALLATION SA20 - 75 600 7 11 19 31 45 36 29 20
• Install directly on a duct section. SA20 - 75 900 9 14 26 49 50 50 37 29
• Horizontal / vertical Installation.
Sound Attenuation
SA20 - 75 1200 10 18 33 50 50 50 47 38
• Indoor / outdoor.
SA20 - 75 1500 12 21 40 50 50 50 50 45
AVAILABLE OPTIONS SA20 - 75 1800 13 24 47 50 50 50 50 50
• Melinex is an impervious thin membrane used SA20 - 75 2100 15 28 50 50 50 50 50 50
totally enclosed sound absorbent material where SA20 - 75 2400 17 31 50 50 50 50 50 50
clinical conditions are required. This is used for the SA20 - 100 600 6 9 14 22 28 28 21 15
hospitals food factories and also where humidifiers SA20 - 100 900 8 11 19 31 37 37 28 21
are used. SA20 - 100 1200 9 14 25 41 48 48 34 27
• Melinex film on both sides reducing contamination
SA20 - 100 1500 11 17 30 50 50 50 42 33
risk, code P.
SA20 - 100 1800 12 20 34 50 50 50 49 39
RANGE with a choice of options SA20 - 100 2100 14 23 39 50 50 50 50 45
Description Code SA20 - 100 2400 15 26 44 50 50 50 50 50
SA 20 - 75 SA20 - 150 600 5 7 11 17 24 20 13 11
SA 20 - 100 SA20 - 150 900 6 9 14 24 33 25 18 15
SA 20 - 125 SA20 - 150 1200 7 11 18 31 42 33 23 19
SA 20 - 150 SA20 - 150 1500 8 12 22 39 50 40 28 23
SA 20 - 175 SA20 - 150 1800 9 14 25 45 50 47 34 27
SA 20 - 200 SA20 - 150 2100 10 16 29 50 50 50 39 31
SA20 - 150 2400 11 19 32 50 50 50 44 35
SA20 - 200 600 5 6 9 13 18 14 10 9
SA20 - 200 900 6 7 12 20 25 20 14 12
SA20 - 200 1200 6 9 14 25 33 25 18 15
SA20 - 200 1500 7 10 18 30 40 31 22 18
SA20 - 200 1800 8 11 20 35 48 37 26 21
SA20 - 200 2100 8 13 24 40 50 42 30 24
SA20 - 200 2400 9 15 26 45 50 48 34 27

Air Distribution
Bend Type Sound Attentuators
Vertical and horizontal bend type sound attenuators
SA 20 V
SA 20 H

• Bend attenuators can be designed for vertical or
horizontal installation to suit the ductwork layout.
12 mm Ø corner holes typical
DESCRIPTION
• Vertical / horizontal mounting.
• Rectangular cased bend attenuator is mainly used
to reduce fan noise to meet the required NC levels.
CONSTRUCTION
• Casing and baffles are manufactured from
galvanised sheets metal of 20 ga. thickness. The
construction complies with DW 144 code, slide on
flanges are fitted as standard.
• Generally as for the straight version. To minimise
resistance to airflow, turning vanes are incorporated
into the design.
• The vertical and horizontal mounting cased bend
rectangular attenuator mainly used to reduce fan &
machine noise to meet the required or allowed noise
levels.
• The SA sound attenuators offer many advanced
features including standard aerodynamic splitters.
• Erosion protected acoustic infills covered by SA 20 V
galvanised perforated sheet.
INSTALLATION
• Directly installed on a duct section.
• SA 20 V for vertical installation.
• SA 20 H for horizontal installation.
12 mm Ø corner holes typical
RANGE
Sound Attenuation
Vertical bend type
SA 20 V sound attenuator
Horizontal bend type
SA 20 H sound attenuator
SA 20 H

Air Distribution
Circular Sound Attenuators

Circular passive attenuators
Advantages
• Low pressure loss.
SAR 100
Spigot connection
SAR 100
Flange connection
SARP 100 *
• Attenuation of fan / AHU noises propagated through
air ducting. Baffles
DESCRIPTION
100
• Prefabricated sections of double walled round duct OD (ID+200)
with solid outer shell and perforated inner shell with
ID
acoustic infill in between both shells.
• Designed to reduce fan noise meeting required noise
100
levels such as NC and NR levels.
CONSTRUCTION L
ID
OD
• Standard type SAR and podded type SARP available
in different size range. Standard attenuator casing is
manufactured from galvanized sheet metal of 20ga.
thickness casing is constrcuted with full seam SAR 100 (spigot connection)
welding, construction complies with DW 144 code.
• Contains acoustic infill which complies with Class O OD
building regulation. The infill has black glass tissue L ID
coating contained behind perforated sheet of 0.7mm
thickness. This dual protection prevent damage and
fibre erosion up to 30 m/s air way velocity.
Pitch circle diameter

• Available in diameter from 100 to 630 mm and
incorporating absorbing partitions available in two No.
holes
densities.
OD
ID
• SAR 100: 100 mm thickness.
INSTALLATION
• Directly installed on a duct section.
• Horizontal / vertical installation. Pitch circle diameter
SAR 100 (flange connection)
RANGE
Description Code INSERTION LOSS (dB)
Sound Attenuation
SAR 100 - Ø 100 mm Octave centre frequency in Hz

SAR 100 - Ø 125 mm Model Length L
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k
SAR 100 - Ø 160 mm 100 300 6 8 13 20 26 30 30 24
SAR 100 - Ø 200 mm 125 300 6 7 12 19 24 29 28 21
SAR 100 - Ø 250 mm 160 300 5 6 9 14 20 22 22 16
SAR 100 - Ø 315 mm 200 600 6 9 13 22 27 32 21 18
SAR 100 - Ø 400 mm 250 600 6 7 12 21 26 29 19 17
SAR 100 - Ø 500 mm 315 600 5 7 10 16 20 22 16 15
SAR 100 - Ø 630 mm 400 900 3 5 9 19 26 20 13 10
500 900 3 4 9 15 23 17 12 8
* available
SARP 100 and other sizes of SAR 100 are also
upon request. 630 1200 5 7 12 16 16 16 12 8

Air Distribution
Cross Talk Sound Attenuators
Cross talk sound attenuators
Advantages
• Reduce noise transfer in
adjacent room.
SCS series

• SCS type is designed for in-line duct mounting in a
ventilation system where rooms are served by
branches of common duct in order to stop transfer
of noise from one space to other adjacent space.
DESCRIPTION SECTIONAL VIEW

• The splitters are radiussed at both ends to minimize
air pressure loss and regenerated noise. 50 Acoustic infill Galvanized perforated
L
sheet metal
W
CONSTRUCTION
300
H
• Casing and side splitters manufactured from 20 ga.
galvanised sheet metal. Casing formed with 50
pittsburgh lock formed seams with mastic sealant.
The construction complies with SMACNA & DW
FRONT VIEW
144 standards. Plain ends for duct connection as
standard.
100 100 100

• The side baffles contain acoustic infill which
300
H
complies with class O building regulations.
PRESSURE DROP
Air velocity, v, in m/s at
QUICK SELECTION Attenuator duct size B x H 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
Design noise Attenuator Total noise Type Self noise guide against
criterion in length reduction at NC 25 NC 30 NC 35 NC 40
velocity
noise critical required 500 Hz, dB
area (mm) Width B Height H Volume flow V litters / seconds
(mm) (mm)
NC45 500 30
NC40 750 35 SCS -1 100 100 20 30 40 50
150 100 30 45 60 75
Sound Attenuation
NC35 1000 40
200 100 40 60 80 100
NC30 1250 45
Pressure loss, ∆p in Pa <5 <5 <5 <5
NC25 1500 50
SCS - 2 150 150 45 70 90 115
INSERTION LOSS, D. IN dB 200 150 60 90 120 150
Attenuator Octave band central frequency (Hz) 250 150 75 115 150 190
length L 300 150 90 135 180 225
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k
(mm) Pressure loss, ∆p in Pa <5 <5 <5 <5
500 5 7 10 15 23 17 13 11
750 6 9 14 23 37 29 22 16 SCS - 3 200 200 80 120 160 200
250 200 100 150 200 250
1000 8 11 19 31 48 37 28 21
300 200 120 180 240 300
1250 9 14 23 38 50 44 32 26 350 200 140 210 280 350
1500 10 16 27 45 50 50 39 31 400 200 160 240 320 400
Pressure loss, ∆p in Pa <5 10 15 25
SCS - 4 250 250 125 190 250 315
300 250 150 225 300 375
350 250 175 265 350 440
400 250 200 300 400 500
450 250 225 340 450 565
500 250 250 375 500 625
Pressure loss, ∆p in Pa 10 20 35 50
SCS - 5 300 300 180 270 360 450
350 300 210 315 420 525
400 300 240 360 480 600
450 300 270 405 540 675
500 300 300 450 600 750
550 300 330 495 660 825
600 300 360 540 720 900
Pressure loss, ∆p in Pa 15 30 55 85

Air Distribution
Acoustic Louvres
Acoustic Louvres
Advantages
• Noise reduction with minimal
airflow restrictions.
• AMCA Certified air performance.
SU 631 - Galvanized steel

AU 631 - Aluminium

• Mostly used for air exhaust but can also be used for
air intake
• Acoustic louvers are well-adapted to commercial 305 305 305
and industrial applications
• It can also be installed in a generator room.
DESCRIPTION
150
150
• Acoustic louvres designed to provide optimal acous-
150
150
tic performance (noise reduction) with minimal
airflow restrictions (low pressure drop).
150
150
CONSTRUCTION
L - 10 x H - 10
L - 10 x H - 10
• SU 631: blades with 300 mm pitch centers provide a
LxH
resistence to water ingress with acoustic properties.

Infill material is inert, incombustible,
non-hygroscopic and vermin proof. Enclosed and
covered on the under side with a perforated sheet
suitable for velocities up to 20 m/s.
• SU 632: combination of two SU 631 back to back to
achieve 610 mm depth.
• Minimum single section size : 300 x 600 mm
• Maximum single section size : 2450 x 2450 mm
• Larger sizes manufactured in multiple sections for
assembly at site.
SU 631 SU 632
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Natural anodized aluminium, code A.
• Insect mesh in galvanized steel (6 x 6 x Ø 0.8 mm).
• Bird mesh in galvanized steel as standard (12 x 12 x
Ø 1 mm).
Sound Attenuation
RANGE
SU 631 Construction in galvanized steel
AU 631 Construction in aluminium
EU 631 Construction in stainless
steel (grade 304)
SU 632 Combination of two SU 631
back to back
AU 632 Combination of two AU 631
back to back
EU 632 Combination of two EU 631
back to back

Air Distribution

1 7 Substations PB Power Ltd. York's A/C Abu Dhabi
2 Abu Dhabi Exhibition Center RMJM ETA Abu Dhabi
3 ADDC Head Quarters APG York’s A/C Abu Dhabi
4 ADWEA Head Quarters APG Verger et Delporte Abu Dhabi
5 ADWEA Substation ADWEA / ESBI Hyundai Abu Dhabi
6 Al Hamed Residential Compound Khatib & Alami Emirates – EMI Abu Dhabi
7 Al Wahda Mall Khatib Alami/EC Harris Aster Abu Dhabi
8 Citibank Proleed Al Reyami E/M Abu Dhabi
9 Conference Palace Hotel Mott McDonald Al Inayah Abu Dhabi
6 K - Race Track Tilke & Partner Voltas Limited Abu Dhabi
12 Qusaiwera Airbase UAE Armed Forces Cummins Abu Dhabi
13 Sheraton Hotel Extension Khatib & Alami Airmech Abu Dhabi
14 Tweelah 400 Kv Substation Lahmeyer International Aceco Abu Dhabi
15 Al Ain Airport Extension Mein-Hardt Nael E/m Al Ain
16 Celebration Hall Parc International /CRSS Al Sabbah E/M Al Ain
17 I.T. College KEO Emirates – EMI Al Ain
18 Soldier’s Club Military Works Al Sabbah Al Ain
19 City Center AAA Bukamal Bahrain
20 Riffa Views MSCEB Al Moayyed Bahrain
21 SPM Project MSCEB Yateem A/c Bahrain
22 Al Mas Tower Atkins ETA Dubai
23 DIFC - District Cooling North Plant Ellerbe Beckets/Tebodin Voltas Limited Dubai
24 Dubai Festival City Mario & Associates Transgulf Dubai
25 Dubai Marina Roberts & Partners Yateem A/c Dubai
26 Dubai Marina Phase - 1 Mott McDonald Danway Dubai
27 Dubai Municpality Dubai Municpality MACAir Dubai
28 Dubai Public Library @ Al Twar Gulf Engineering Condor Dubai
29 Indoor sports Hall Archon / Jain & Partners ETA Dubai
31 Infinity Tower Khatib & Al Alami Drake & Scull Dubai
31 Jebel Ali Airport Dar al Handasah Kharafi Dubai
32 Laboratory Building at Dubiotech Kling MACAir Dubai
33 Madinat Jumeirah RPW Transgulf Dubai
Sound Attenuation
34 Marina View Towers @ Dubai Marina Engg. Adnan Safrini Transgulf Dubai
35 Masfout Hospital UPA by MOPW RNC Update Dubai
36 Nilona Tower / Marriot Hotel & Aptmnt @DHCC Arif & Bintoak Transgulf Dubai
37 Petrofac Tower Consultair / Arenco ETA Dubai
38 Zabeel Sports Club Engineer’s Office Engineer’s Office Dubai
39 Palm Garden @ Sohar Kadri Consultant Larsen & Toubro Oman
40 QLNG Headquarter @ Gala Atkins Al Ansari Oman
41 Al Ghanem Appartments KEO RAMCO Qatar
42 Al Nakheel Tower at West Bay Diwan Al Emara Al Moayyed Qatar
43 Al Saad Development Complex AEB Samko Qatar
44 Anti Dope Laboratory Qatar Design Diplomat Qatar
46 Dental Clinics QEA Satco Qatar
47 Kinder Garden School QEA Al Malki Qatar
48 Preparatory Schools QEA Al Moayyed Qatar
49 Ras Gas Project Qatar Petroleum Al Moayyed Qatar
51 Two Oil Platform for Maersk Oil Maersk Oil Qatar S.A./GPMC Specialist Services Qatar
52 GCC Secretary Building Extension ADA Masar Almoheet Saudi Arabia
53 Al Nahda residence QHC/TNQ Al Hamad Sharjah
54 Emirates Banking Institute Gambert Al Hamad Sharjah
55 Etisalat - Thuraya Extension Arif & Bintoak Al Rehan Sharjah
56 Youth Center At Malyha CAB Consultant IECO Sharjah
57 Umm Al Quwain Hospital HDP Bpower Umm Al Quwain

Air Distribution
Selection Guide
++ Optimal comfort and system efficiency
Suitable for ceiling heights of less than 3 metres + Correct comfort level, acceptable system performance
- Prior to use an in-depth diffusion study must be carried out.
System upstream of the diffuser
Applications Range Model Ventilation AHU Fan coil unit
BIM 320
++ + -
Small fixed metal grilles
Air circulation levels 1 - 6 Page 213
SR 149
++ - -
Adjustable core grilles
++ ++ +
Single / double deflection grilles AC 101
Wall-
++ ++ ++
mounted Fixed linear bar grilles AC 440
air supply Air circulation levels 4 - 10 Page 220
++ + +
Floor-mounted fixed linear bar grilles AG 450
≥ grilles (L/H ≥10)

Fixed linear bar
Air circulation levels 4 - 15
AC 440
Page 220 + ++ ++
AC 181
Fixed blades air transfer grilles
Page 223 ++ ++ ++
BIM 320
++ + -
Fixed circular diffusers SC 832 TP

for ceiling tiles
Air circulation levels 6 - 10 Page 190 ++ + -
Ceiling- Adjustable circular diffusers AT 842
mounted
air supply
for ceiling tiles
Air circulation levels 6 - 25 Page 192 + ++ ++
Fixed square diffusers SF 704 TP
for ceiling tiles
Air circulation levels 6 - 20 Page 187 + ++ ++
Combined multi-slots square diffusers
Green
Product ALD 610 K
for ceiling tiles (air supply and return)
COMBINED
Page 171
+ ++ ++
Adjustable square diffusers
+ + ++
Air Diffusion
SC 360 R
- perforated sheet - for ceiling tiles
Swirl square diffusers

+ ++ ++
SF 785
for ceiling tiles

Air Distribution
Selection Guide
System upstream of the diffuser
Applications Range Model Ventilation AHU Fan coil unit
+ ++ ++
Swirl diffusers Green
Product
Twisted 850
for ceiling tiles
Ceiling-
mounted
air supply
Adjustable aluminium slot diffusers
AG 280
Page 179
+ ++ ++
++ + ++
Adjustable aluminium slot diffusers AN 285 DTP
++ + -
BIM 300
Page 213
Wall-
++ + +
AC 121
mounted Fixed blades grilles
Page 218
air return
++ + +
AC 163 W
Fixed blades grilles with filter
Page 222
BIM 300
Page 213
++ + -
Ceiling-
+ ++ ++
AU 124
mounted Frameless grilles for ceiling tiles
Page 227
air return
AG 637 WZ
+ ++ ++
Fixed blade grilles with fitted filter -
for ceiling tiles Page 228
Sound Comfort Ventilation AHU
Model Description
attenuation
Category
Fresh air louvres AG 638A / AG 639A

• Air intake or air exhaust
• Rectangular fixed blade louvres
AG 645
• Rectangular movable blade louvres
AR 637
• Circular fixed blade louvres
Sand trap louvres AG 644 / AG 644A
• Air intake
Louvres • Separates sand and dust particles
• Self cleaning & maintenance free
Air Diffusion
Acoustic louvres SU 631 / SU 632

• Air intake or air exhaust
• Acoustic infill for reduced noise
• SU 632: combination of two
back-to-back SU 631 acoustic
louvres

Air Distribution
Technical Datas
Air diffusion and comfort
DIMENSIONS ZONE OF OCCUPATION
• All grille dimensions are in nominal values L x H (in mm). • The occupied zone is defined as being that volume contained within two horizontal planes
L x H is the opening required in either the duct or the at 0.15 and 1.8 metres from the ground and by vertical planes 0.15 metres from the walls.
partition.
L Lt Lt
H
Vt Vt
SYMBOLS
• Qv (m3/h) = Airflow.
2,70 m
• Vk (m/s) = Airspeed in the diffuser.
• Vt (m/s) = Final velocity (at the end of the airstream
throw).
• Ak (m2) = Free surface.
• Lw (NR) = Sound power level. 1
• ∆Pt (Pa) = Total pressure drop.
• Lt (m) = Air jet throw. Zone of occupation
SELECTION TABLES Wall-mounted grilles face-to-face
• The selection tables at the end of the section comprise
the following information:
Lh
- Nominal dimensions L x H (or D) and free surface
area Ak.
- The airfllow Qv.
- The four data items below.
Lv
Lw (NR) Lt (m) Vt
18 3,9
3m
2,5 25
1
Vk (m/s) DPt (Pa)

AIR JET THROW (Lt) Zone of occupation
• In most cases, for high wall grilles or ceiling grilles Wall mounted grille
with ceiling heights of about 2.7 m (± 0.3 m) the
throw is considered as being the distance of the AIR JET REPRESENTATION
grille as far as the opposite wall or the middle
distance between two opposite grilles with air jets L L
t t
that meet in the middle. For even higher ceilings,
one could add, to this distance, the difference
between 3 m and the actual room height. In such a
way that this vertical throw Lv is less than or equal
to the half of the horizontal part Lh of the air throw. Vt V
t
Thus Lt = Lh + Lv < 1.5 x Lh.
• The airthrow depends on the accepted final velocity
(Vt) in order to guarantee comfort (see below).
FINAL VELOCITY (Vt )

• The published ranges are for final, optimum velocity in
1,80 m
the direction of the air jet axis. This optimum velocity

is a value found by experimentation, giving the best 1
criteria of comfort for each type of air grille. Final throw
levels for other terminal velocities are given in the form
of correction factors. Extreme values represent the
practical limitations for use.
0,15
Zone of occupation
Ceiling diffuser
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Technical Data
Recommended design criteria for various area functions
Situation NC
Section 1 - Studios and Auditoria

Sound Broadcasting (drama) 15
Sound Broadcasting (general), TV (general), Recording Studio 20
TV (audience studio) 25
Concert Hall, Theatre 20 - 25
Lecture Theatre, Cinema 25 - 30
Section 2 - Hospital
Audiometric Room 20 - 25
Operating Theatre, Single Bed Ward 30 - 35
Multi-bed Ward, Waiting Room 35
Corridor, Laboratory 35 - 40
Wash Room, Toilet, Kitchen 35 - 45
Staff Room, Recreation Room 30 - 40
Section 3 - Hotels
Individual Room, Suite 20 - 30
Ballroom, Banquet Room 30 - 35
Corridor, Lobby 35 - 40
Kitchen, Laundry 40 - 45
Section - 4 Restaurants, Shops and Stores

Restaurant, Department Store (Upper floor) 35 - 40
Club, Public House, Cafeteria, Canteen, Retail Store (main floor) 40 - 45
Section 5 - Offices
Boardroom, Large Conference Room 25 - 30
Small Conference Room, Executive Office, Reception Room 30 - 35
Open Plan Office 35
Drawing Office, Computer Suite 35 - 45
Section 6- Public Building

Court Room 25 - 30
Assembly Hall 25 - 35
Library, Bank, Museum 30 - 35
Wash Room, Toilet 35 - 45
Swimming Pool, Sports Arena 40 - 50
Garage, Car Park 55
Section 7 - Ecclesiastical and Academic Building

Church, Mosque 25 - 30
Classroom, Lecture Theatre 25 - 35
Laboratory, Workshop 35 - 40
Corridor, Gymnasium 35 - 45
Section 8 - Industrial
Warehouse, Garage 45 - 50
Workshop (light engineering) 45 - 55
Workshop (heavy engineering) 50 - 65
Section 9 - Private Dwelling (Urban)

Bedroom 25
Living Room 30
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Technical Datas
Grille fixing systems
OTHER FIXING AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
Fixing type F1 Fixing type F3

Visible screw fixing. Concealed spring clip.
Fixing holes location see above. (Not recommended for ceiling mounting)
L x H L x H
Standard fixing (flange screw fixing)
All grilles supplied with visible screw fixing pre-punched holes, code F1. A
Screw hole location chart. C

B
A D
B
D
E
C E
A
B C
E Recommended
self tapping screw
cross recess
DIN 7983
3,5 x 38 mm
(not supplied)
A
B
80
C E
10
4 27
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Aesthetic swirl diffusers for ceiling tiles
Green Advantages
Product • Can be installed to replace a
suspended ceiling tile 600 x 600
or 675 x 675mm.
• Adapted version for staff/BA13
plasterboards.
• Blends perfectly with the
majority of ambience fittings in
commercial premises.
Twisted 850 air supply diffuser • Ideal for variable airflow systems.
for ceiling tiles • Excellent high level air circulation.
• Supports large temperature
differences.
• Models of supply and return are
identical.
• Easy access to the filter on the
exhaust model.
• Ceiling mounted diffuser designed to replace a 600 x W
W
600 or 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling tile.
• Adapted version for staff/BA13 plasterboards.
• Air supply or exhaust, fixed high induction diffusion
ØD
ØD
by swirl diffusers.
P
• Large airflow range on a single dimension of diffuser. P
• Heating and air-conditioning installations requiring
high air circulation levels. (A-5) x (B-5) A
• Ideal for the supply of cold or hot air (air conditioning) AxB B
with large temperature gaps and low ceiling heights.
• Ideal for variable airflow installations (duct-mounted Twisted 850 diffuser for ceiling tiles Twisted 850 diffuser for staff or BA13
fan coil units type or VAV). plasterboards
DESCRIPTION
Design
• Diffusion of high induction air by the rotation of an air
jet inside the plenum.
The diffusion cone, by maintaining a sufficient speed
of ejection, ensures a perfect Coanda effect (ceiling
effect) and a helicoid air pattern. It is this swirl effect
(or helicoid air pattern) that will induce the movement
of the ambient air, and thus mix it with the supply air
to guarantee great homogeneity of temperatures in the Flexible duct connection
occupied area. Diffusers for suspended ceilings
Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions
Mounting A x B* Réservation B ØW ØD P Airflow
(mm) A (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
Suspended 600 x 600 - - 366 200 298 150 to 600
ceilings
675 x 675 - - 366 200 298 150 to 600
Staff / BA13 - 600 x 600 630 x 630 366 200 298 150 to 600
* Nominal ceiling tile dimensions. See selection table on page 241.
STANDARD RANGE - Diffusers for suspended ceilings

Dimensions Air exhaust diffuser Air supply diffuser Spare filter
with filter Twisted 850
Twisted 850 W 600 x 600 W 850
600 x 600
Code Code Code
Ø 200 11051162 11051161 11053949
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Aesthetic swirl diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Can be installed to replace a
suspended ceiling tile 600 x 600
or 675 x 675mm.
• Adapted version for staff/BA13
plasterboards.
• Blends perfectly with the
majority of ambience fittings in
• Ideal for variable airflow systems.
• Excellent high level air circulation.
Twisted 850 air supply diffuser Twisted 850 diffuser with filter • Supports large temperature
for staff / BA13 plasterboards for air exhaust differences.
• Models of supply and return are
identical.
• Easy access to the filter on the
exhaust model.
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
• Diffusion cone and central disk made of painted steel.
• Steel compensation plate adapted to 600x600 mm
or 675x675 mm ceiling panels, with "Tbar" or "Fine-
ØD
Line" frames.
• Mounting frame aesthetic (white aluminum) for staff
60
version.
P
• Air supply model fitted with a fixed central plate,
serving as a deflector.
NB: On staff version, the central plate is opening for
A xB
easy installation in plasterboard ceilings.
• Return air model fitted with a removable central plate
and an elliptical filter. Access to the filter by quick
and easy opening of the central disk. Implementation of the Twisted, staff with Twisted 850 direct return air diffuser.
• Galvanized steel cylindrical plenum for direct the F7 bridge
connection to a 200 mm-diameter circular duct.
• Version without plenum available for direct return Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions.
air or direct connection to D200 or D250 circular Dimensions ØD P Airflow
connection. Non-opening diffuser only. A x B* (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
Warning: this model can not be used for air supply. 600 x 600 200 or 250 170 150 to 600
• Powder coated RAL9010 matt 30%. 675 x 675 200 or 250 170 150 to 600
* Nominal ceiling panel dimensions. See selection table on page 241.
ACCESSORIES
• G2 efficiency elliptical flat filter in compliance with
the HQE label supplied with the return air diffuser.
M1 fire protection rating
• Mounting frame aesthetic (white aluminum) for staff
version.
• Bridge system to facilitate the implementation of
non-removable ceilings (F7 fixing).
• Acoustic insulation (15mm-thick M1 melamine foam
inside the plenum).
• Thermal insulation (5mm M1 polyurethane foam
outside the plenum).

Dimensions Reported aesthetic Direct return Air return Air supply Air supply
framework for air diffuser diffuser with filter diffusers diffusers
Twisted 850 Twisted 850 Twisted 850 W Twisted 850 Twisted 850
Code Code Code Code Code
600x600 tiles 11003366 11003362 11003361
675x675 tiles 11003368 11003364 11003363
600x600 staff 11003379 11003372 11003371
Air Diffusion
OPTIONS
Option Option
For Tbar or Fine Line type ceilings (for supended Acoustic insulation
ceiling models only)
F7 bridge system (staff version only) Acoustic + thermal insulation
Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart. D200 or D250 connection on direct air return

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Adjustable circular swirl diffusers
Advantages
• Adjustable air diffusion.
• Ideally suited for high-ceiling
installations or those requiring
a good mix rate.
• Motorised adjustment of
diffuser size according to
needs, for excellent comfort
management.
AR 883 diffuser - Aluminium
• Air supply: adjustable high-induction diffusion by
swirl jet C G
• Ideal for high temperature difference air conditioning
installations in high-ceiling rooms.
• Adjustable, motorised diffusion for optimum supply
in both winter and summer.
• High level of air mixing.
• Ceiling mounted.
H1
DESCRIPTION
• Aluminium body and diffusion vanes.
• White epoxy painted aluminium finish, RAL 9010
colour.
• Concealed attachment to plenum using a screw on
the neck of the diffuser. The plenum is fitted with
lugs for attachment to the concrete beam. Use the
suspension cables.
ACCESSORIES
H2
• Connection plenum, "side connection".

• On/Off 230V motor included.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Proportional motors.
• Manual version.
AR 883 diffuser with RE plenum
• Insulated plenums on 2 or 5 sides.
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 40 and dimensions
(please consult us). ØD C ØA G H1 H2 Airflow Airflow in
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h) cooling position
(m3/h)
RANGE 250 310 425 50 300 225 500 450
Dimensions AR 883 M1 Plenum LRE 315 375 500 50 365 240 1000 750
Motorised Side connector
400 460 615 60 450 280 1600 900
Code Code
500 560 850 70 550 320 2500 1400
Ø 250 11051095 11053313
630 690 1070 70 680 410 6000 1600
Ø 315 11051096 11053314
Ø 400 11051097 11053316 Selection Table page 242.
Ø 500 11051098 11053318
Ø 630 11051099
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Thermostatic circular swirl diffusers
Advantages
• Ideally suited for high-ceiling
installations or those requiring a
good mix rate.
• Automatic adjustment of diffuser
size according to needs,
for excellent comfort management
in all seasons.
• No electrical connections required.
AR 883 Thermo diffuser - Aluminium
• Air supply: adjustable high-induction diffusion by
swirl jet ØC G
• Ideal for high temperature-difference air conditioning
installations in high-ceiling rooms.
• Automatic diffusion orientation according to the
temperature of the air supply for optimum operation
both in winter and summer.
• No electrical connections required.
• High mixing rate.
ØD
• Ceiling mounted
H1
DESCRIPTION Ø D
• Aluminium body and diffusion vanes.
• Heat-sensitive spring made of nickel-titanium alloy
to automatically toggle the diffusion angle according
to the temperature of the blown air: 2
- "winter" position (heating) for de-stratification of 1
hot air.
- "summer" position (cooling) for perfect management
H2
of air speeds in the occupied areas.

• "Winter" and "summer" diffusion angles adjustable
on site using screws.
• White epoxy painted aluminium finish, RAL 9010
colour.
• Concealed attachment to plenum using a screw on ØA
the neck of the diffuser. The plenum is fitted with
lugs for attachment to a concrete ceiling. Use AR 883 Thermo diffuser with RE plenum
suspension cables. 1- Manual adjustment of "winter" and "summer" angles.
2- Heat-sensitive spring
ACCESSORIES
• Connection plenum, "side connection". Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 40 and dimensions
ØD C ØA G H1 H2 Airflow Airflow in
ADDITIONAL RANGE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h) cooling position
• Motorised version (AR 883 M1) : see previous page. (m3/h)
• Manual version (AR 883) : contact us. 250 310 425 50 300 225 500 450
• Insulated plenums on 2 or 5 sides. 315 375 500 50 365 240 1000 750
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 400 460 615 60 450 280 1600 900
(please consult us). 500 560 850 70 550 320 2500 1400
630 690 1070 70 680 410 6000 1600
RANGE Selection Table page 242.
Dimensions Thermostatic Plenum
diffuser LRE
AR 883 Thermo Side connector
Code Code
Ø 250 11051031 11053313
Ø 315 11051032 11053314
Ø 400 11051033 11053316
Ø 500 11051034 11053318
Ø 630 11051035
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Adjustable square swirl diffusers with helical air pattern
Advantages
• Adjustable diffusion.
• Ideally suited for installations
requiring a high-volume air
displacement.
SF 785 - Steel
• Air supply: adjustable diffusion.
• Heating and air conditioning installations with high C 50
and modulated airflows.
• Very high air circulation levels.
DESCRIPTION
• Finish - white epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint.
• Black polypropylene adjustable blades.
• Fixing to the plenum by means of a central screw
(F7). This fixing is well adapted to staff or BA13 non
removable fixed ceilings.
• Fixing to the concrete tile using the lugs located on
the connection plenum. Use the suspension cables
(L - 5) x (H - 5)
ACCESSORIES
• RE connection plenum (side connection). SF 785 diffuser with RE plenum
NB: The plenums are fitted, as standard, with an
airflow distributor.
L x H (mm) No of slots C (mm) Ø D (mm) H2 (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 x 400 16 360 200 290 300
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 500 x 500 24 460 200 290 450
(please consult us). 600 x 600* 32 560 250 340 600
• Insulated plenum (please consult us). 825 x 825 64 785 315 405 800
• Top connection plenum (please consult us). * Dimension adapted to standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling tiles. See Selection table page 242.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser SF 785 F7 Plenum RE
Code Code
400 x 400 11051130 11002950
500 x 500 11051131 11002950
600 x 600 11051132 11002950
825 x 825 11002947 11002950
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Adjustable square swirl diffusers with helical air pattern
Advantages
displacement.
SF 783 series - Steel

• SF 781: air exhaust.
• SF 783: air supply.
• Heating installations ( T max= -30°C) and air-conditioning
( Tmax = -16°C) with adjustable, important airflow rates.
• Very high levels of air circulation.
DESCRIPTION
• Flush mounted square ceiling diffuser designed
specifically for T-bar lay-in application (tile replace-
ment) for standard modular ceiling grid sizes, also
available for surface mounted applications.
• Creative helical airstream discharge of supply air
resulting in a high induction ratio and a rapid consoli-
dation of supply air and room air temperature. Ability ØW
to handle high air change rates with draught free
mixing. SF 783 diffuser
• Galvanised mild steel pressed fascia having
transverse supply apertures. Located within the ØC
supply apertures are acute angled deflectorals, ØC 65
ØD
adjustable for directional flow and painted stove
enamelled black.
65
ACCESSORIES
H2
• Connection arrangements for plenum boxes, manu-
H1
3
H
factured from galvanised mild steel and available in 4
options as indicated below:
- ST: top entry inlet spigot complete with perforated
L-4xH-4
equalising grid and air deflectors (SF 783 ST). L-4xH-4
- RT: top entry inlet spigot without perforated
equalising grid and air deflectors for return air
application (SF 781 RT). ST and RT type RS and RE type
- RS: side entry inlet spigot complete with perforated LXH Option ØC ØD H1 H2 H3
equalising grid and air deflectors (SF 783 RS). 400 x 400 44.4 360 198 200 300 175
- RE: side entry inlet spigot without perforated 500 x 500 55.4 460 198 200 300 175
equalising grid and air deflectors for return air
application (SF 781 RE). 500 x 500 55.5 460 198 200 300 175
600 x 600 66.4 545 198 200 300 175
ADDITIONAL RANGE 600 x 600 66.5 545 198 200 300 175
• Version without plenum. 600 x 600 66.6 545 248 250 350 200
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart. 625 x 625 662.4 545 198 200 300 175
• Damper with control dial, supplied with the diffuser 625 x625 662.5 545 198 200 300 175
(delivered already fitted to the plenum connection). 625 x 625 662.6 545 248 250 350 200
• Lever operated quadrant damper located in the plenum 825 x 825 882.8 745 313 300 415 234
inlet spigot, code Q.
LXH ØW
RANGE with choice of options 345 445 525 725
Description Code 400 x 400 44.4 - - -
SF 783 - 400 x 400 mm (option: 44.4) 500 x 500 55.4 55.5 - -
Air Diffusion
SF 783 - 500 x 500 mm (option: 55.4, 55.5) 600 x 600 66.4 66.5 66.6 -
SF 783 - 600 x 600 mm (option: 66.4, 625 x 625 662.4 662.5 662.6 -
66.5, 66.6) 825 x 825 - - - 882.8
SF 783 - 625 x 625 mm (option: 662.4,
662.5, 662.6)
SF 783 - 825 x 825 mm (option: 882.8)

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Fixed square swirl diffusers
Advantages
displacement.
SF 786 series - Steel
• Air supply fixed diffusion pattern.
• Heating and air-conditioning installations where the ØC 50
airflows are high and modulated.
DESCRIPTION
ØD
2
• Fixing (F7) by means of a central screw under the
H
plenum. This fixing is well adapted to staff or BA13
non removable fixed ceilings.
• Front face adjustable blades in black
polypropylene.
• Fixing to the plenum by means of a central screw
(F7). This fixing is well adapted to staff or BA13 non (L - 5) x (H - 5)
removable fixed ceilings.
• Fixing to all of the concrete tile using the lugs located SF 786 diffuser with RE plenum
on the connecting plenum. Use the suspension
cables. Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
L x H (mm) Ø C (mm) Ø D (mm) H2 (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
ACCESSORIES 600 x 600 560 250 340 550
• RE connecting plenum (side connection).
• Dimension adapted to standard 600 x 600 mm ceiling tiles.
NOTE: the plenums are fitted, as standard, with an
airflow diffuser. • See selection table on page 243.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart
(please, consult us).
• Insulated plenum (please, consult us).
• Top connection plenum (please, consult us).
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser SF 786 F7 Plenum RE
Code Code
600 x 600 11051133 11002950
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Fixed circular swirl diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Designed for 600 x 600 mm
ceiling tiles.
• Efficient diffusion and easy to fit.
• Excellent high level air
circulation.
SF 861T series - Steel BR damper
• Ceiling mounted diffuser designed to replace a D
600 x 600 mm suspended ceiling tile.
• Heating and air-conditioning installations requiring
high levels of air circulation.
54
• Ideal for the cold air supply (air-conditioning).
84
DESCRIPTION
• Body and diffusion vanes in steel.
• Based on the design of the SF 861 diffuser as ØB
standard, integrated into a steel plate.
AxB
• Connection to circular ducts or the LRE plenum.
• White steel epoxy painted, RAL 9010 tint. SF 861T diffuser
ACCESSORIES
• BR damper: butterfly type with either 2 or 4 V-shaped
blades (depending on diameter). Manufactured in
steel. Adjustment through the diffuser uses a screw.
ØD
• LRE side connector plenum in galvanised steel.

P
ADDITIONAL RANGE
70

ØD
L
H ØD
LRE plenum BR damper

ØD A x B* ØB Ø Connections P Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) Plenum (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
160 600 x 600 200 160 210 130
200 600 x 600 250 200 250 200
250 600 x 600 300 250 300 280
315 600 x 600 360 315 365 420
* Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.
• See selection table on page 243.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Damper Plenum LRE
SF 861 T BR Side connector
Code Code Code
Ø 160 11051081 11053220 11053311
Ø 200 11051082 11053221 11053312
Ø 250 11051083 11053222 11053313
Ø 315 11051084 11053223 11053314
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Swirl Diffusers
Fixed circular swirl diffusers
Advantages
SF 861 series - Steel SR 861 series - Steel
• Air supply and air exhaust: high inductance fixed airflow.
• Heating and air-conditioning installations requiring ØB
high levels of air circulation.
• Ideal for the cold air supply (air-conditioning).
ØD
DESCRIPTION
• Body and diffusion vanes in steel.
54
84
• Invisible fixing, using a screw in the diffuser neck.
ACCESSORIES
• LRE: side connector plenum in galvanised steel.
blades (depending on diameter). Manufactured in ØA
steel. Adjustment through the diffuser uses a screw.
ADDITIONAL RANGE SR 861 & SF 861 diffusers

• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions SR 861
Ø D (mm) Ø A (mm) Ø B (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
• Models available to replace suspended ceiling tiles,
see page 168. 125 225 175 80
160 250 210 130
200 300 250 200
250 350 300 280
315 415 360 420
Comfort airflow for Lw < NR 30 and connector diameters SF 861

Ø D (mm) A (mm) Ø B (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
125 225 175 80
160 250 210 130
200 300 250 200
250 350 300 280
315 415 360 420
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Diffuser Plenum LRE Damper
SF 861 SR 861 Side connector BR
Code Code Code Code
Ø 125 11051121 11051105
Ø 160 11051122 11051106 11053311 11053220
Ø 200 11051123 11051107 11053312 11053221
Ø 250 11051124 11051108 11053313 11053222
Ø 315 11051125 11051109 11053314 11053223
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Square diffusers air supply + air exhaust
Advantages
air
diffuser.
Standard Combined Solution (optional).

SF/SN 704S RREI Combined series - Steel
AF/AN 704S RREI Combined series - Aluminium
• Simultaneous air supply (on the periphery) and LxH
air exhaust (at the centre) for all ventilation and air-
15
conditioning applications.
• Ceiling mounted diffuser designed to replace a
600 x 600 or 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling tile
(T-shaped framework). D1 D1
• Fixed air diffusion in four directions.
• Heating and air-conditioning installations.
DESCRIPTION
H
• Double plenum and air diffuser assembly ensuring the

functions of air supply and exhaust simultaneously.
H
lxh
• SF and SN types: white epoxy painted steel RAL
9010 tint. L - 2 x H -2
• AF and AN types: diffuser in anodised aluminium,
natural satin finish. N Frame
6
• Double plenum in galvanised steel with two branches A - 4 x B -4
at 90°. A x B = L + 75 x H + 75
• Invisible fixing, using a screw in the neck of the diffuser.
L - 2 x H -2
The plenum is fitted with lugs for fixing to the concrete
tile. Use the suspension cables. F Frame
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the
frame of the suspended ceiling. 32 37,5
A - 4 x B -4
ACCESSORIES A x B = L + 125 x H + 125
• Folded 35 mm filter – G3 efficiency – M1 fire-
resistance rating for air exhaust. 704 S R REI diffuser
ADDITIONAL RANGE Comfort airflow levels for LW < NR 35 (air supply + exhaust) and dimensions
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart Model A x B* LxH lxh H Ø D1 Airflow
(please, consult us). (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
• Other connection diameters for the various airflow AF/SF 704S R REI 600 x 600 472 x 472* 323 x 323 355 250 500
rates (please, consult us). AN/SN 704S R REI 600 x 600 525 x 525* 375 x 375 420 315 650
AN/SN 704S R REI 675 x 675 600 x 600** 375 x 375 420 315 850
* Dimensions for 600 x 600 mm suspended ceiling tiles.
** Dimensions for 675 x 675 mm suspended ceiling tiles.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Double plenum Filter (L1 x H1)
SF 704 S R-REI W
Code Code Code
472 x 472* 11051051
525 x 525 + 600 x 600
PRODUCT RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS

Dimensions Diffuser Diffuser Diffuser Diffuser Double plenum
AF 704 S AN 704 S SF 704 S SN 704 S R-REI
Air Diffusion
472 x 472* 11002804

525 x 525* 11002807 11002805
600 x 600** 11002808 11002806

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Multi-slot square diffusers air supply + air exhaust
Advantages
• Integrated air supply + air
exhaust diffuser.
• Saves time during installation
• Suitable for both centralised air
conditioning and convector fans
using ducts.
• Access to the air return filter
(optional).
Multi-slot Combined Solution

ALD 610 K - Aluminium
• Simultaneous air supply (on the periphery) and
40 V xV 40
air exhaust (at the centre) for all ventilation and air-
10
• Four direction horizontal fixed diffusion with 1, 2, 3
or 4 slots.
ØD
ØD
H
(T-shaped framework).
DESCRIPTION
• Diffuser équipped with a double plenum for
simultaneous air supply and air exhaust functions.
• Body and deflectors of air supply in aluminium
extrusions.
• Central plate (for exhaust) comprising are perforated
steel sheet. This plate can have a filter, and in that G P xP
case the central core opens for easy access. A xB
• Double plenum in galvanised steel with two facing
branches. Combined ALD 610 K diffuser
• White epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint.
• Diffuser fixed discreetly to plenum using non- Comfort airflow levels for LW < NR 35 (air supply + exhaust) and dimensions
removable clips. A x B* Number PxP VxV H G ØD Airflow
• Fixing to all of the concrete tile using the lugs (mm) of slots (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
located on the plenum. 600 x 600 1 508 x 508 560 x 560 365 25 250 300
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the 600 x 600 2 474 x 474 560 x 560 365 42 250 500
frame of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension 600 x 600 3 440 x 440 560 x 560 365 59 250 750
cables. 600 x 600 4 406 x 406 560 x 560 365 76 250 900
ACCESSORIES 675 x 675
675 x 675
1
2
583 x 583
549 x 549
635 x 635
635 x 635
365
365
25
42
250
250
350
550
• G2 or G3 flat filter delivered mounted in the plenum
for air exhaust (M1). 675 x 675 3 515 x 515 635 x 635 365 59 250 850
• 5 sided plenum insulation (M1 polyurethane foam). 675 x 675 4 481 x 481 635 x 635 365 76 250 1000
ADDITIONAL RANGE • See selection table on page 246.
RANGE
Dimensions N°. slots Fixed diffuser with Opening core with filter Double plenum Filter holder
perforated sheet metal included option R-RE on plenum
Combined ALD610K option
Code Code Code Code
600 x 600 1 11002881 - 11003341 -
600 x 600 2 11002882 - 11003342 -
600 x 600 3 11002883 - 11003343 -
600 x 600 4 11002884 - 11003344 -
675 x 675 1 11002886 - 11003346 -
675 x 675 2 11002887 - 11003347 -
Air Diffusion
675 x 675 3 11002888 - 11003348 -

675 x 675 4 11002889 - 11003349 -
NB: the diffuser and plenum cannot be sold separately
OPTIONS
Diffuser Plenum
Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart. Connections positioned at 90°
5 sides insulation

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Adjustable diffusers with rotating nozzles
Advantages

displacement.
600 x 600 mm.

.
Easy installation.
SC 984 diffuser - Steel
• Air supply: adjustable diffusion. B
W A
DESCRIPTION
H3
• Front face in steel plate with RAL9010 tint.
• White plastic rotating nozzles.
Ø d
H2
• Invisible fixing, using a screw in the neck of the diffuser.

• "T" models adapted to 600 x 600 mm suspended
ceiling tiles.
ACCESSORIES 40
C
Ø D
• LREI (5) plenum insulated on 5 sides (side connection).
• Damper with control dial delivered fitted to the
plenum connection (supplied as standard). Lx H
RANGE L1 x H1

SC 984 diffuser with plenum
ØD L x H L1 x H1 Ø d H2 H3 B W A C Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
125 333 389 100 185 155 250 320 81 30 130
125 333 595* 100 185 155 250 320 81 30 130
160 333 389 125 210 180 300 380 91 40 210
160 333 595* 125 210 180 300 380 91 40 210
200 415 472 160 260 215 370 440 103 35 300
200 415 595* 160 260 215 370 440 103 35 300
250 554 595 200 315 255 465 520 123 30 480
315 554 595 250 360 300 550 580 144 25 600
* Models adapted to 600 x 600 mm suspended ceiling tiles.
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Jet diffusers
Advantages
• Ideal for destratifying air layers
in high ceiling premises.
• Adjustable air-jet throw.
DGH series - Aluminium
• Air supply for premises with high ceilings of the
airport type.
• Long-range diffusion to provide an airflow to the
occupied zone, ideal for avoiding stratification of air
in heating systems.
• Adjustable diffusion direction – angles of up to 30°.
• Wall or ceiling mounted.
DESCRIPTION
G1
G
G
• White epoxy painted aluminium finish, RAL 9010 tint.

• DGH and DGHB: fixing by visible screws against the
wall, rectangular frame.
• DGH-C and DGHB-C: fixing directly on to the
circular air supply duct.
ACCESSORIES
• DGH-C: supplied with circular connector sleeve. DGH jet diffuser DGH-C ejector
• DGHB: supplied with an integrated damper which
can be adjusted.
• DGHB-C: supplied with circular connector sleeve
and integrated damper.
ADDITIONAL RANGE

Model Ø Réservation Ø A Ø B ØC ØD ØE G G1 Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
100 105 95 120 140 45 98 90 98 125
150 165 155 180 200 70 148 140 150 250
200 215 205 240 260 95 198 180 188 450
315 325 315 350 370 160 313 265 305 1000
400 425 415 455 480 225 398 355 395 2000
RANGE
Dimensions DGH DGHB DGHB-C DGH-C
(with damper) (damper + sleeve) (with sleeve)
Code Code Code Code
Air Diffusion
Ø 100 11051681 11051225 11051230 11051220

Ø 150 11051682 11051226 11051231 11051221
Ø 200 11051683 11051227 11051232 11051222
Ø 315 11051684 11051228 11051233 11051223
Ø 400 11051685 11051229 11051234 11051224

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Jet diffusers
Advantages
in high ceilinged premises.
• Adjustable air-jet throw.
• Aesthetic design.
DGH2 series - Aluminium
• Air supply for premises with high ceilings of the
airport type.
in heating systems. ØG
• Adjustable diffusion direction – angles of up to 30°.
DESCRIPTION ØA
H
L
• DGH2: fixing by visible screws against the wall, ØB
rectangular frame.
• DGH2-C: fixing directly on to the circular air supply
duct.
C
NOTE: no damper available for this range.
ACCESSORIES DGH2 jet diffuser DGH2 jet diffuser

• DGH2-C supplied with circular connector sleeve.
ADDITIONAL RANGE ØG

HT
ØF
DGH2-C jet diffuser Connection flange

Model Ø G Ø A Ø B Ø C Ø D Ø E Ø F H HT L Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
100 105 45 95 25 120 140 98 75 85 50 125
150 165 70 155 25 180 200 148 120 130 80 250
200 215 95 205 30 240 260 198 150 155 100 450
315 325 160 315 35 350 370 313 215 230 145 1000
RANGE
Dimensions DGH2 DGH2-C
(with sleeve)
Code Code
Ø 100 11051281 11051271
Air Diffusion
Ø 160 11051282 11051272

Ø 200 11051283 11051273
Ø 315 11051284 11051274

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Thermostatic jet diffusers
Advantages
• Ideal for de-stratification of air
layers in high-ceiling areas
• Adjustable air jet direction.
AR 190 Thermo series - Aluminium
• Air supply for high-ceiling premises such as airports.
• Long-throw diffusion to provide airflow to the
in heating systems. 1
• Automatic diffusion orientation according to the
30°
temperature of the blown air for optimum operation
both in winter and summer.
Ød
Ø G
Ø D
ØC
• Can be inclined to 30°.

30°
DESCRIPTION
• Aluminium finish with natural anodised colour or
epoxy white paint - RAL 9010.
• Heat-sensitive spring made of nickel-titanium alloy
to automatically toggle the diffusion angle according
to the temperature of the blown air: L1 L
- "winter" position (heating) for de-stratification of 1 Heat-sensitive spring
hot air.
- "summer" position (cooling) for perfect management AR 190 Thermo diffuser
of air speeds in the occupied areas.
• "Winter" and "summer" diffusion angles adjustable Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 40 and dimensions.
on installation using screws (max. +/- 30°) Model Ød ØD ØG ØC L1 L Airflow
• Fixed in place using invisible screws on rectangular (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
duct (or plenum), or direct connection to circular 150 150 300 362 380 130 285 750
supply duct. 200 200 400 462 480 167 290 1300
Note: no damper available for this range. 230 230 400 462 480 167 290 1700
See selection table on page 247.
ACCESSORIES
• Face plate to cover screws (supplied).
• Connection sleeve for rectangular duct (contact us).
• Connection sleeve for rigid circular duct (contact us).
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Manual adjustment versions: DGH and DGH2 (see
previous pages).
RANGE
Dimensions Anodised aluminium jet diffuser White aluminium jet diffuser
AR 190 Thermo AR 190 Thermo
Code Code
150 11051264 11051267
200 11051265 11051268
230 11051266 11051269
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Jet diffusers
Advantages
in high ceilinged premises.
SR 151 S series - Steel

• Air supply for premises with high ceilings of the industrial
type. LxH
occupied zone, ideal for avoiding stratification of air in
heating systems.
• Adjustable diffusion direction - angles of up to 30°.
20
E
• Wall or ceiling mounted. 27

F
6
DESCRIPTION ØC
• White epoxy painted steel finish, RAL9010 tint. Other ØB
colours on request.
• Fixing directly on to the circular air supply duct. ØA
• Standard sizes: Ø 200, 250, 300, 350 mm.
• Adujstable core may be rotated through 360°and titled SR 151 diffuser
up to a maximum of 30° from mid position to produce a
wide variation in air jet angles. L (4 Element maximum)
• Available with one, two, three or four elements per panel.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Painted to RAL, code Z.
ADDITIONAL RANGE H
• Air diffusers are mounted in batteries.

RANGE ØA 360˚ rotation

Dimensions Code
SR 151 S (1 elements) SR 154 (4 elements) diffuser
Ø 200
No. of L H ØA ØB ØC E F
Ø 250 Size elements
Ø 300 1 300
Ø 350 2 600
Ø 400 11051679 Ø 200 300 200 150 100 60 70
3 900
SR 152 (2 elements) 4 1200
Ø 200 1 350
Ø 250 2 700
Ø 250 350 250 175 100 60 70
Ø 300 3 1050
Ø 350 4 1400
SR 153 (3 elements) 1 400
Ø 200 2 800
Ø 300 400 300 200 100 70 90
Ø 250 3 1200
Ø 300 4 1600
Ø 350 1 450
SR 154 (4 elements) 2 900
Ø 350 450 350 225 100 70 90
Ø 200 3 1350
Ø 250 4 1800
Air Diffusion
Ø 300
Ø 350 Ø 400 1 500 500 400 250 100 70 100

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
Square diffuesers for risers
Advantages
• Individual air diffusion per seat.
• High induction swirl jet.
• Floor mounting
Diffuser Mini - AWT 4 x 8 - Steel Diffuser Mini - AWT 8
• Diffuser suitable for amphitheatre or auditorium. A
• For installation in the stair risers behind chairs or in
the floor.
• Swirl diffusion ensuring homogeneous temperature
distribution.
B
DESCRIPTION
• Steel construction.
• Black epoxy painted steel finish, RAL 9005 tint. P
• Fitting by visible screws.
ACCESSORY A AM
• Semi-cylindrical distribution steel sheet supplied as
standard model.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Linear version.
BM
B

(please consult us).
• Connection plenum (please consult us).
Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 20 and dimensions.

AM x BM (mm) Number of slots A x B (mm) P (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
105 x 95 8 130 x 130 50 20
130 x 120 12 155 x 155 50 30
150 x 140 16 175 x 175 50 40
185 x 175 24 210 x 210 50 60
475 x 95 4x8 498 x 130 50 80
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Mini - AWT
Code
105 x 95 11051190
130 x 120 11051191
150 x 140 11051192
185 x 175 11051193
475 x 95 11051194
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Special Diffusers
High Induction textile ducts
Advantages
• Ideal for air destratification in
high ceiling premises.
• High rate of air induction.
CSI series - textile
APPLICATION
• Air diffusion for large volume premises with high
ceilings.
• Ventilation, heating and/or air-conditioning installations.
• Suitable for atmospheres charged with salt, acid, etc.
DESCRIPTION
• The operating principle of the CSI is based on the
induction phenomenon. This effect is obtained by
means of appropriate piercing holes throughout the
whole length of a CSI textile duct.
• Each hole acts as an air supply nozzle. The air is
ejected at high speed, creating a depression zone
around the duct, causing the movement of a mass
of air throughout the room.
• This system ensures uniform temperatures throughout
the room, without causing annoying draughts.
• To respect fire protection regulation, the fabric exists
in two versions:
- M0: incombustible (fibreglass). Available in three
colours: aluminium grey, black or white.
- M1: non-flammable (PVC). Several colours available
• The fabric will not degrade with time (treated
against the effects of dust, UV radiation and acidic
atmospheres). RANGE
• Numerous fixing systems are available for use in Nominal diameter Comfort airflow for Max. weight per Height of the duct
suspending ducts (cables, rails with or without (mm) Lw < NR 40 metre (M0 fabric) Installation at rest
moving truck(s). (m3/h) (g/m) (mm)
• Zip fastenings every 15 m for ease of installation. 200 1000 450 400
250 1500 550 500
ADDITIONAL RANGE 315 2500 650 600
• Flexible ducts in porous material, exclusively for 355 2800 750 650
cooling installations (diffusion at very low speed -
please consult us). 400 3500 850 750
• Flexible ducts in fabric with slots for hot/cold 450 4500 950 800
installations and low ceiling heights (contact us for 500 5500 1050 900
details). 560 6800 1150 1000
630 8800 1300 1050
710 11500 1500 1200
800 14500 1600 1350
900 19200 1800 1500
1000 25000 2000 1700
1120 31000 2200 1850
1250 40000 2500 2100
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Advantages
• Possible exhaust filtration.
• Integrated damper.
AG 280 BDE - Extruded aluminium

• Supply or exhaust systems.
• Adjustable diffusion using two directional deflectors on
each slot.
• Heating installations ( Tmax = + 30° C) and air-condi-
tioning ( Tmax = - 16° C) installations.
DESCRIPTION
• AG 200 series: available in slots of 20 mm, 25 mm
and 12.5 mm, from 1 to 8 slots.
• For continuous length assembly, the maximum
length per section will be 3000 mm complete with
alignment strips.
• Two air pattern deflectors per slot provide an adjust-
able air pattern of 180°fully. The hit-and-miss
damper does not affect the air pattern and can be
used as an equalizing grid.
AG 270 S = 12.5 mm AG 280 S = 20 mm AG 290 S = 25 mm
ACCESSORIES
• Connector plenum and lever in simple galvanised steel No. of No. of No. of
B D B D B D
(P/S3) or insulated on two sides (PI/S3). Slots Slots Slots
1 69 33 1 77 40 1 82 45
RANGE 2 100 63 2 115 78 2 125 88
AG 270 - No of slots 1 to 8 4 162 125 4 192 155 4 212 175
AG 280 - No of slots 1 to 8 5 193 156 5 231 193 5 256 218
AG 290 - No of slots 1 to 8 6 224 187 6 269 232 6 299 262
7 255 218 7 308 270 7 343 305
ADDITIONAL RANGE 8 286 249 8 346 309 8 386 349
• Version with between 5 and 8 slots (please, consult us).
• For the linear strips version (please, consult us).
• Corner pieces (please, consult us).
• For the expansion and insulated connection on 5 faces
• Version without deflector or damper (please, consult us).
AG 270 S = 12.5 mm AG 280 S = 20 mm AG 290 S = 25 mm

No. of No. of No. of
H ØD V H ØD V H ØD V
Slots Slots Slots
1 250 123 53 1 250 123 60 1 250 158 65
Air Diffusion
2 250 158 83 2 250 158 98 2 250 198 108

3 300 198 117 3 300 198 137 3 300 198 152
4 300 198 145 4 300 248 175 4 300 248 219
5 300 198 176 5 300 248 213 5 300 248 238
6 300 248 207 6 300 248 252 6 365 313 282
7 300 248 238 7 365 313 290 7 365 313 325
8 300 248 268 8 365 313 328 8 365 313 368
• See selection table on page 244 - 245.

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Assembly options
End Caps Corner Section
Installation Details
Concealed bracket mounting
Code S3
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Advantages
• Replaces a standard suspended
ceiling tile.
• Adapted to T frames or
Fine-line frames.
AN 285 D TP AN 294 TP
• Slot length adjustable
1200 x 300 mm 600 x 600 mm
independently of ceiling panel.
• Supply or exhaust systems – adjustable diffusion
using two directional deflectors on each slot. W
L-10
Ø D 20
• Designed to replace a standard type T or Fine-line D
suspended ceiling tile. Ø
H2
H2
• Inlet air supply models with filter replacing filter in 65

duct-mounted convector fans.
DESCRIPTION
55
70
55
8
• Extruded aluminium body with RAL9010 tint.
8
• Ceiling-mounted compensation plate in RAL9010 15
(A-17) (B-17)
18,5 S
tinted steel.
(A-5) (B-5) AxB
• Aluminium deflectors with RAL9005 black.
• Type 280 D: slot width 20 mm. AxB
• Type 290 D: slot width 25 mm. Ceiling mounted with T profiles Ceiling mounted with Fine-line profiles
• Standard slot length (L) is the maximum available
length in the selected ceiling panel. This length AN 280 D TP : S = 20 mm
(L) can be reduced on request depending on the Comfort airflow levels in m3/h for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
installation airflow. No. of slots W (mm) H2* (mm) Ø D (mm) Air supply airflow (m3/h)
NOTE: types 280 and 290: diffusers without deflectors 1 34 175 125 125
to be used for air exhaust only. Come in air inlet
2 72 210 160 225
filter holder models with core mounted on hinges and
push-push opening. 3 110 250 200 300
• Concealed fixing, using screws in the plenum (type S2). 4 149 300 250 400
The plenum is fitted with lugs for fixing to the concrete 5 187 300 250 480
tile. Use the suspension cables. 6 225 300 250 550
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the 7 263 365 315 610
frame of the suspended ceiling. 8 302 365 315 700
ACCESSORIES • See selection tables on page 282.
• B: slide damper, in galvanised black sheet steel.
AN 290 D TP : S = 25 mm
Adjustable from the front panel of the diffuser.
Delivered mounted on the diffuser. Comfort airflow levels in m3/h for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
• 1/2 B: attractive cover in black coloured sheet No. of slots W (mm) H2* (mm) Ø D (mm) Air supply airflow (m3/h)
steel allowing for reducing the "openwork" effect 1 39 210 160 150
of the slots (pointless with D deflectors). Delivered 2 82 250 200 270
mounted on the diffuser. 3 125 250 200 400
• White deflectors (type D only). 4 169 300 250 500
• Connecting and expansion plenum in simple or 5 212 300 250 600
insulated galvanised steel (models P280 and P290).
6 255 365 315 710
ADDITIONAL RANGE 7 298 365 315 810
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 8 342 365 315 900
(please, consult us). • See selection table on page 244 - 245.
• Available in up to 8 slots if the ceiling width allows * Add 10 mm for the fitter holder version.
• Slot length (L) can be adjusted depending on airflow
and / or desired attractiveness (please, consult us).
• Linear range without compensation plate (see
preceding pages).
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Advantages
• Replaces a standard suspended
ceiling tile.
• Adapted to T frames or
AN 285 D TP AN 294 TP Fine-line frames.
1200 x 300 mm 600 x 600 mm • Slot length adjustable
independently of ceiling panel.
280D TP and 290D TP air supply diffusers and exhaust diffusers

AN280DTP code 11002174 - AN290DTP code 11002176
AN280TP code 11002173 - AN290TP code 11002175
AxB 600x300 900x300 1200x300 1350x300 600x600 675x675 1200x600 1350x675
H/L 570 870 1170 1320 570 645 1170 1320
1 • • • • • • • •
2 • • • • • • • •
3 • • • • • • • •
4 • • • • • • • •
5 • • • • • • • •
6 • • • • • • • •
280 TP and 290 TP air exhaust diffusers filter holder

AN280TP+O code 11002177 - AN290TP+O code 11002178
AxB 600x300 900x300 1200x300 1350x300 600x600 675x675 1200x600 1350x675
H/L 570 870 1170 1320 570 645 1170 1320
4 • • • • • • • •
5 • • • • • • • •
6 • • • • • • • •
P280 and P290 air supply or air exhaust plenums

P280 code 11002122 - P290 code 11002123
H/L 570 645 870 1170 1320
1 • • • • •
2 • • • • •
3 • • • • •
4 • • • • •
5 • • • • •
6 • • • • •
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Diffuser Options on plenum
White deflectors (type D only) Special depth
Slide damper B Special diameter on connectors
Attractive cover 1/2 B Additional connectors
For T-bar or Fine-line type ceilings Fresh air connector
Protective film 2 sides insulation
Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart 5 sides insulation
G3 filter included
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Fixed high airflow level aluminium slot diffusers
Advantages
• Capable of handling large
volumes of airflow.
• Easy installation in all types of
suspended ceilings with a length
of 675 mm.
AF 792 F0 - (AF791 - AF792 series - aluminium)
• Horizontal air supply diffusion, fixed by 2 or 4 slots.
• Heating installations ( Tmax = + 30° C) and air condi- L + 64 x H + 64
tioning ( Tmax = - 16° C) installations. L-2xH-2
• To be mounted in a suspended ceiling.
94,5
44,5
DESCRIPTION
6
• Body and deflectors in extruded aluminium.

37,5 32
• Fixed central core.
L + 124 x H + 124
• Fixing by screw into the neck of the diffuser.
• The plenum is fitted with lugs for fixing to the concrete AF 791R diffuser alone Diffuser + B700 damper
tile.
L + 64 x H + 64
frame of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension
L-2xH-2
cables.
ACCESSORIES
44,5
• Damper B 700 in aluminium. Counter-rotating dampers.
6
Adjustment via the front panel of the diffuser. Mounted 37,5 32

on the diffuser using the clips supplied.
L + 124 x H + 124
• Connector plenum and lever in galvanised steel - side
connector (type RE).
AF 792R diffuser alone
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
(please, consult us). Modèle LxH Tile H plenum Ø Airflow
• F7 fixings for non-removable fixed ceiling tiles (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
(please, consult us). AF 791 Z F0 472 x 75 600 235 125 190
• For the linear strips version (please, consult us). AF 791 Z F0 472 x 150 600 270 160 290
• Insulated connector plenum (please, consult us). AF 791 Z F0 547 x 75 675 235 125 220
AF 791 Z F0 1072 x 75 1200 310 200 430
AF 791 Z F0 1072 x 150 1200 425 315 660
AF 792 Z F0 1072 x 150 1200 425 315 660
AF 792-1 Z F0 1072 x 150 1200 425 315 660
• For dimensions of the plenums, please contact us.
Directions of the air supply and number of slots

Model AF 791 Z F0 AF 792 Z F0 AF 792-1 Z F0
Width 75 150 150 150
No. of slots 2 4 4 4
Directions of
air supply
RANGE
Dimensions 1 direction diffuser 2 directions 2 directions Damper Plenum side
AF 791 Z F0 diffuser diffuser B 700 connection
AF 792 Z F0 AF 792-1 Z F0 RE
Air Diffusion
472 x 75 11051241 11051331 11053541

472 x 150 11051242 11051334 11053544
547 x 75 11051243 11051332 11053542
1072 x 75 11051244 11051333 11053543
1072 x 150 11051245 11051246 11051247 11051335 11053545

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Diffusers compatible with Armstrong® Tech Zone
Advantages
• Perfect integration into
Armstrong Tech Zone
suspended ceilings.
• Diffusion can be oriented
independently on each slot.
• Finish is identical to Armstrong
Tech Zone tiles and frames.
TechLined 280 - TechLined 290 series - Aluminium
• Difusers specially developed for perfect integration
into Armstrong Tech Zone suspended ceilings. W
• Installation by replacing the Armstrong ceiling tile in L-10
the "technical area" of the ceiling, by realigning with
Ø D 20
the other items of equipment such as luminaires or
sprinklers for instance. Ø
D
H2
H2
• Air supply or exhaust for all ventilation and air- 65

55
DESCRIPTION 70
55
8
8
• Body and deflectors in extruded aluminium. 15
• Exhaust models not fitted with deflectors. Also 18,5 S (A-17) (B-17)
available in opening filter panel models with core (A-5) (B-5) AxB
mounted on hinges and push-push opening. AxB
• Ceiling-mounted compensation plate in RAL9010
galvanised steel. Ceiling-mounted BOARD Ceiling-mounted MICROLOOK
• "Global White" epoxy white paint mat 20 % finish, with T24 with SILHOUETTE
identical to the finish on Armstrong Tech Zone tiles Comfort airflow levels in m3/h for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
and frames.
Number TechLined 280 TechLined 290
• Aluminium deflectors with RAL9005 black paint. of slots
• S2: concealed fixing of the diffuser to the plenum W H2* Ø D Air supply W H2* Ø D Air supply
(mm) (mm) (mm) airflow (m3/h) (mm) (mm) (mm) airflow (m3/h)
by screws.
1 34 175 125 125 39 210 160 150
• Fixing to the concrete tile using the lugs located on
the plenum. 2 72 210 160 225 82 250 200 270
NB: the weight of the diffuser must not be borne 3 110 250 200 300 125 250 200 400
by the frame of the suspended ceiling. Use the 4 149 300 250 400 169 300 250 500
suspension cables page 534. 5 187 300 250 480 212 300 250 600
• Adapted to TechZone ceilings with a width of 6 225 300 250 550 255 365 315 710
150 mm and 300 mm.
*Add 10 mm for the filter retainer version. See selection table on page 244 and 245.
• Possibility of 1 to 6 slots depending on the width of
the ceiling.
Maximum number of slots and nominal length (L) per type of
ADDITIONAL RANGE ceiling
• Epoxy paint finish in RAL9010 mat 20 % on request Ceiling Maximum number of slots Ceiling tile Ceiling tile
(no other tints available). 1200 1350
TechLined 280 TechLined 290
ACCESSORIES Width Width Width Width
150 300 150 300
L
(mm)
L
(mm)
• B: slide damper, in galvanised black sheet steel.
Adjustable from the front panel of the diffuser. BOARD T24 3 6 2 6 1170 1320
Delivered mounted on the diffuser. VECTOR T24 2 6 2 5 1150 1300
• 1/2 B: aesthetic cover in black coloured sheet steel TEGULAR or SL2 with T24 2 6 2 5 1150 1300
allowing the reduction of the "openwork" effect of MICROLOOK T15 3 6 2 6 1159 1309
the slots (pointless with D deflectors). Delivered MICROLOOK INTERLUDE 3 6 2 5 1159 1309
mounted on the diffuser.
MICROLOOK SILHOUETTE 3 6 2 5 1159 1309
• White deflectors (type D only).
• Connection and expansion plenum in simple or
insulated galvanised steel (models P280 and P290).
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Slot Diffusers
Diffusers compatible with Armstrong® Tech Zone
TechLined 280 - TechLined 290 series - Aluminium
TechLined 280 D and TechLined 290 D air supply diffusers and exhaust diffusers
TechLined280D code 11002305 - TechLined290D code 11002306
TechLined280 code 11002301 - TechLined290 code 11002302
AxB 1200x150 1350x150 1200x300 1350x300
H/L 1170 1320 1170 1320
1 • • • •
2 • • • •
3 • • • •
4 • • • •
5 • • • •
6 • • • •
TechLined 280 D and TechLined 290 D exhaust diffusers filter retainer

TechLined280+O code 11002303 - TechLined290+O code 11002304
AxB 1200x300 1350x300
H/L 1170 1320
4 • •
5 • •
6 • •
P280 et P290 air supply or exhaust plenums

P280 code 11002122 - P290 code 11002123
H/L 1170 1320
1 • •
2 • •
3 • •
4 • •
5 • •
6 • •
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Diffuser Plénum
White deflectors (type D only) Special depth
Slide damper B Special diameter on connections
Aesthetic cover 1/2 B Additional connections
For Tbar or Fine Line type ceilings Fresh air connection
Protective film 2 sides insulation
RAL9010 mat 20 % epoxy paint 5 sides insulation
G3 filter included
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Multi-slot square diffusers
Advantages
• Diffuser adapted to standard
600 x 600 and 675 x 675 mm
ceiling tiles.
• Access to the air return filter.
• Accepts variable flow system.
ALD 610 K with central plate ALD 610 K with suspended ceiling tile
• Air supply or exhaust. Four direction horizontal fixed V xV 40
diffusion with 1, 2, 3 or 4 slots.
15
VxV
• Filter holder version with opening core for easy ØD
access to the interior filter.
40
ØD
H1
H2
(T-shaped framework).
DESCRIPTION G PxP
• Body and deflectors in epoxy painted aluminium G PxP AxB
extrusions, RAL 9010 white tint. AxB
• White epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint.
ALD 610 K diffuser ALD 610 K diffuser
NOTE: the central plate may be replaced by a suspended with plenum with side connection with plenum with bottom connection
ceiling tile cut in the same format as the plate for a
more attractive integration. Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions
• Filter holder model with opening central core. A x B* No of PxP VxV H1 H2 G Ø D H1** Ø D** Airflow
• Side (RE type) or top (RT type) connection plenum in (mm) slots (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
galvanised steel, simple or insulated. 600 x 600 1 508 x 508 560 x 560 265 125 25 200 325 250 300
• Diffuser fixed to plenum using non-removable 600 x 600 2 474 x 474 560 x 560 325 125 42 250 325 250 500
clips. Fixing to all of the concrete tile using the lugs 600 x 600 3 440 x 440 560 x 560 325 125 59 250 325 250 750
located on the plenum.
600 x 600 4 406 x 406 560 x 560 325 125 76 250 325 900
structure of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension 675 x 675 1 583 x 583 635 x 635 265 125 25 200 325 250 350
cables. 675 x 675 2 549 x 549 635 x 635 325 125 42 250 250325 250 550
675 x 675 3 515 x 515 635 x 635 325 125 59 250 325 250 850
ACCESSORIES 675 x 675 4 481 x 481 635 x 635 325 125 76 250 325 250 1000
• G2 or G3 flat filter for exhaust (M1).
• Adjustment damper mounted on the plenum with
access via the diffuser. **Air inlet diffuser version with filter only.
• 2 or 5 sided plenum insulation (M1 polyurethane foam). • See selection tables on page 248.
NOTE: the diffuser and its plenum cannot be sold separately.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
RANGE
Dimensions N°. Fixed diffuser Full central Opening core Plenum side Filter holder Damper on Plenum with top
slots without central plate plate with filter connection on RE610 RE610* plenum connection
ALD610K option included option RE610 plenum option (option) RT610
Code Code Code Code Code Code Code
600 x 600 1 11002861 - - 11003321 - - 11003331
600 x 600 2 11002862 - - 11003324 - - 11003334
600 x 600 3 11002863 - - 11003324 - - 11003334
600 x 600 4 11002864 - - 11003324 - - 11003334
675 x 675 1 11002866 - - 11003326 - - 11003336
675 x 675 2 11002867 - - 11003329 - - 11003339
675 x 675 3 11002868 - - 11003329 - - 11003339
675 x 675 4 11002869 - - 11003329 - - 11003339
NB: the diffuser and plenum cannot be sold separately
Air Diffusion
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Diffuser Plenum
Epoxy paint according to RAL colour chart 1 additional connector
2 sides insulation
5 sides insulation

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Fixed square diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
suspended ceiling tiles.
• Air exhaust filter.
• The filter is accessible by a
quick and simple dismantling of
the central core.
AN 704 TP - SF 704 TP series AF 704 Damper B 700
Aluminium or steel with filter for air exhaust
• Ceiling mounted diffuser designed to replace a 600 x
600 mm suspended ceiling tile (T-shaped framework). L-2xH-2
• Air supply or exhaust, fixed diffusion pattern.
• Posibility of adding a filter for air exhaust use.
DESCRIPTION L + 72 x H + 7 Z2
• External frame and core assembly of extruded
aluminium sections (AN type) or in sheet steel AxB
section (SF type).
• Based on the design of the type 704 diffuser as AN 704 TP - SF 704 TP diffusers
standard, integrated into an aluminium or steel plate.
• White epoxy painted, RAL 9010 tint.
• Invisible fixing, using a screw in the neck of the
diffuser. The plenum is fitted with lugs for fixing to
ØD
the concrete tile.

frame of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension ØD
P1
cables.
P
ACCESSORIES
L+
• B700 aluminium damper. Counter-rotating dampers. 30
H + 1,5
Adjustment via the front panel of the diffuser.
Mounted on the diffuser using the clips supplied. RE type plenum RT type plenum
• W4 folded filter (50 mm in height) G3, M1 fire rating,
for air exhaust use. Access to the filter is made by a Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
simple and rapid central core. LxH A x B* P1 P ØD Air supply Air exhaust airflow
NOTE: the use of a W4 filter is incompatible with the (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) airflow (m3/h) with filter (m3/h)
B700 damper. 150 x 150 600 x 600 115 215 125 180 130
• RT connection plenums (top connection) and RE (side 225 x 225 600 x 600 115 250 160 320 230
connection) in galvanised steel. 300 x 300 600 x 600 165 340 250 500 350
• REI (5) side connection plenums in galvanised steel, 375 x 375 600 x 600 165 405 315 650 440
thermally insulated on five face (to avoid any risk of
condensation in air-conditioning.) * Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Models adapted to 675 x 675 mm suspended ceilings
or with Fine-line frameworks (please, consult us).
• Various connection diameters for connection on RT
and RE plenums.
• For exhaust air filtration (please, consult us).
RANGE
Dimensions Steel diffuser White aluminium diffuser Damper Insulated side Side plenum Rear plenum
SF 704 TP AN 704 Z TP B 700 plenum REIF (5) RE RT
Code Code Code Code Code Code
150 x 150 11051076 11051746 11051321 11053610 11053580
225 x 225 11051077 11051747 11051322 11053594 11053613 11053583
300 x 300 11051078 11051748 11051323 11053595 11053615 11053585
Air Diffusion
375 x 375 11051079 11051749 11051324 11053596 11053618 11053588
Dimensions Filter cassette (G3 filter included) CW4 G3 filter alone (for spare) W4
Code Code
150 x 150 11053431 11053371
225 x 225 11053432 11053372
300 x 300 11053433 11053373
375 x 375 11053434 11053374

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Square, removable core diffusers
Advantages
• 1, 2, 3 or 4 way diffusion.
• Air exhaust filter.
• The filter is accessible by a quick
and simple dismantling of the
central core.
AF 704 - Extruded aluminium profiles AF 704 DamperBB700
Damper 700
AF 704A - Readymade cores with filter for air exhaust

• Fixed horizontal air supply diffusion.
• Simple heating installations ( Tmax = +30° C) and air- A
conditioning ( Tmax = -14°C) installations. N
DESCRIPTION
77
44,5
• External frame and inner core in extruded aluminium
40
assembled profile (AF 704, AF 703, AF 702, AF 701)
6
• External frame in extruded profiles and inner

B
readymade cores (AF 704A)
• Removable core using a system of clips for access to
the interior. Diffuser + B 700 damper
• Finish : white epoxy painted matte finish - RAL9010 tint.
• Concealed fixing, by lateral screws in the neck.
• Connection to circular ducts.
ØD
ACCESSORIES
• Damper B 700 in aluminium. Counter-rotating shutters.
P1
P
Adjustment via the front panel of the diffuser. Mounted

on the diffuser using the clips supplied.
• RT (top connection) and RE (side connection) plenums L+
30
H + 1,5
in galvanised steel.
• REI (5) side connection plenum in galvanised steel - RE connecting plenum RT connecting plenum
thermal insulation on 5 faces.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS Dimensions N A B P1 P Ø D Air supply Air exhaust
• Visible flange screw, code F1 (for AF flange only). L x H (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) airflow airflow with
• Concealed bracket fixing, code F7. (m3/h) filter (m3/h)
• Optional frame, code AS. 150 x 150 148 214 274 115 215 125 180 130
• All above types are available with opposed blade damper, 225 x 225 223 289 349 115 250 160 320 230
adjustable from diffuser front face. eg. AF 704 B. 300 x 300 298 364 424 165 340 250 500 350
375 x 375 373 439 499 165 405 315 630 440
ADDITIONAL RANGE 472 x 472* 470 536 596 215 445 355 950 670
• Thin framed versions. Rectangular versions. 525 x 525 523 589 649 215 445 355 1100 770
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 600 x 600 598 664 724 215 490 400 1400 980
* Designed for suspended ceiling tiles.
RANGE
Dimensions 1-way diffuser 2-way diffuser 3-way diffuser 4-way diffuser 4-way diffuser
AF 701 AF 702 AF 703 AF 704 AF 704 A
150 x 150
225 x 225
300 x 300
375 x 375
450 x 450
472 x 472*
525 x 525
600 x 600
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Square diffusers accessories
B 700 Damper
OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (OBD) DIMENSIONS (mm)

Code B
• The specially designed blades have an overlapping lip,
which assures a tight closure.
• Blades are under spring wire tension to prevent rattling.
• Adjustment by lever through the front face of diffuser.
• Extruded aluminium construction / black matt finish.
EQUALIZING GRID OBD Equalizing grid

Code D
• Individually adjustable blades, to provide precise
directional control of air throught the diffuser. Nylon 50
tension bushes. ØD
• Extruded aluminium construction/ black matt finish.
50
CIRCULAR DUCT CONNECTION
ØD
ADAPTORS
H3
H1
H4
• Suitable for supply and exhaust ceiling diffusers.
90
• Round inlet.
• Galvanized steel construction. ØW
• Special construction available on request. ØW
RANGE
Dimensions Damper B 700 RT RE
Code Square to round adaptor without Square to round adaptor without
150 x 150 perforated plate. Top inlet. perforated plate. Side inlet.
225 x 225
300 x 300
50 50
375 x 375
450 x 450
472 x 472*
ØD
ØD
525 x 525
H2
H1
600 x 600
H1
90
90
ØW
RS RSI
Square to round adaptor without Insulated square to round adaptor with
perforated plate. Side inlet. perforated plate. Side inlet.
Dim. ØD ØW Type RS Type RT

H1 H2 H3 H4
150 123 148 245 263 115 133
225 198 223 320 338 115 133
300 248 298 368 388 165 183
375 313 373 435 453 165 183
Air Diffusion
450 398 448 520 538 215 233

472 398 470 520 538 215 233
525 398 523 520 538 215 233
600 498 598 620 638 215 233

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Fixed circular diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
SC 832 TP series - Steel BR damper
ØB
600 mm suspended ceiling tile (T-shaped framework).
• Horizontal air supply, fixed diffusion pattern. ØD
• Simple heating and air-conditioning installations.
DESCRIPTION
F
• Fixed circular cones in pressed steel.
6
• Compensation plate in steel to replace a suspended

ceiling tile.
• Concealed fixing to the concrete tile, using a screw AxB
in the neck of the diffuser.
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the SC 832 TP diffuser
frame of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension
cables.
• Direct connection to circular ducts or the LRE plenum.
ØD
ACCESSORIES
• Butterfly type BR damper with 2 V-shaped blades.
P
• LRE side connection plenum in galvanised steel.
70
ADDITIONAL RANGE ØD
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart ØD

BR damper LRE plenum
Ø D (mm) A x B* (mm) Ø B (mm) E (mm) F (mm) P (mm) Airflow from (m3/h)
160 600 x 600 188 60 104 210 250
200 600 x 600 235 60 104 250 450
250 600 x 600 294 60 104 300 600
315 600 x 600 370 60 104 365 900
• For plenum sizes see page 193.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Damper Plenum LRE
SC 832 TP BR Side connection
Code Code Code
Ø 160 11051015 11053220 11053311
Ø 200 11051016 11053221 11053312
Ø 250 11051017 11053222 11053313
Ø 315 11051018 11053223 11053314
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Fixed circular diffusers
Advantages
SC 831 series - Steel Damper BY
• Horizontal air supply, fixed air diffusion pattern. ØD
• Simple heating ( Tmax = + 30° C) and air-conditioning ØB
( Tmax = - 14° C) installations.
• Ceiling mounted or on exposed ductwork.
DESCRIPTION
22
24
• Protruding pressed steel circular cones.
• Finish - white epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint. 32
• Visible fixing to ceiling, using screws in the external ØA
cone and FR mounting ring or BY damper.
• Connection to circular ducts. SC 831 diffuser
ACCESSORIES
• FR mounting ring in steel.
• BY damper in steel, also used as a mounting ring.
25
Adjusted through the centre of the diffuser.
Adjustment key supplied with the damper.
10,5
ADDITIONAL RANGE 21
(please, consult us). FR mounting ring
ØN
C
P
6
ØF L+
30
H + 1.5
BY damper LRE plenum
Accessories: Dimensions
Ø N (mm) Ø A (mm) C (mm)
160 190 110
200 240 110
250 290 140
315 340 165
355 390 180
Diffusers: Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions

Ø N (mm) Ø A (mm) Ø B (mm) E (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
160 230 134 24 250
200 282 186 30 450
250 334 238 35 600
315 386 290 40 900
355 440 340 45 1200
• For plenum sizes, see page 193.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser Mounting ring Damper Plenum LRE
Air Diffusion
SC 831 FR BY Side connection

Code Code Code Code
Ø 160 11051020 11053440 11053180 11053311
Ø 200 11051021 11053441 11053181 11053312
Ø 250 11051022 11053442 11053182 11053313
Ø 315 11051023 11053443 11053183 11053314
Ø 355 11051024 11053444 11053184 11053315
The LRE plenum does not dispense with the need of using an FR mounting ring.

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Adjustable circular diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Replaces a 600 x 600 mm
suspended ceiling tile.
• Wide airflow level range.
• Highly simplified adjustment
AT 842 series - Aluminium BR damper (patented system).
• Easy ceiling fixing using the
F16 lugs.
600 mm suspended ceiling tile (T-shaped framework).
• Adjustable horizontal or vertical air supply diffusion.
• Heating installations ( Tmax = + 30° C) and air -condi-
DESCRIPTION
• Outer cone in aluminium and core in pressed steel.
• Adjustable air diffusion by a quick and easy worm
screw system (patented). AxB
• Designed from a standard AF 842 diffuser whose
outer cone is extended from a compensation plate AT 842 diffuser
for 600 x 600 mm ceiling tiles (pressed into one part).
• Fixing to the concealed concrete tile using lugs
mounted on the diffuser (F16 fixing).
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the frame
of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension cables.
ØD
• Connection to circular ducts or the LRE plenum.
P
ACCESSORIES
70
ØD
blades (depending on diameter). Manufactured in steel. ØD
Adjusted through the diffuser by direct movement of
the blade BR damper LRE plenum
• BY damper: butterfly type with either 2 or 4 V-shaped Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 and dimensions
ØD A x B* ØB E F P Airflow
steel. Adjusted through the diffuser by direct (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
movement of the blades.
160 600 x 600 295 110 55 210 250
200 600 x 600 370 120 60 250 400
ADDITIONAL RANGE 250 600 x 600 465 135 60 300 650
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 315 600 x 600 555 150 60 365 900
(please, consult us). * Nominal ceiling tile dimensions.
• LRE insulated connection plenums or with different • For plenum sizes see page 193.
connection diameters (please, consult us). • See selection table on page 249.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser AT 842 F16 Damper Plenum LRE
RAL9010 BR Side connection
Code Code Code
Ø 160 11051071 11053220 11053311
Ø 200 11051072 11053221 11053312
Ø 250 11051073 11053222 11053313
Ø 315 11051509 11053223 11053314
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Adjustable circular diffusers
Advantages
• Available in two standard
finishes.
• Wide airflow level range.
• Highly simplified adjustment
(patented system).
• Easy ceiling fixing using the
AF 842 series - Aluminium BR damper F16 lugs.
• Adjustable horizontal or vertical air supply diffusion.
• Heating ( Tmax = + 30° C) and air-conditioning
( Tmax = - 16° C) installations.
• Ceiling mounted or on exposed ductwork.
F
DESCRIPTION
E
• External cone in aluminium and core in pressed steel.
• Adjustable air diffusion by a quick and easy worm
screw system (patented).
6
• Painted in epoxy, white RAL 9010 or coloured alu.
RAL 9006.
• Fixing to the concealed concrete tile using lugs AF 842 diffuser
• Direct connection on a circular duct or using the
LRE plenum.
ACCESSORIES
ØD
P
steel. Adjusted through the diffuser by direct
movement of the blades.
70
• BY damper: butterfly type with either 2 or 4 V-shaped ØD

blades (depending on diameter). Manufactured in steel.
Adjusted through the diffuser by direct movement of
the blade.
BR damper LRE plenum
ADDITIONAL RANGE ØD ØA ØB E F P LxH Airflow
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
160 354 295 110 55 210 220 x 220 250
• LRE insulated connection plenums or with different
connection diameters (please, consult us). 200 428 370 120 50 250 265 x 265 400
250 532 465 135 50 300 315 x 315 650
315 623 555 150 50 365 375 x 375 850
355 730 645 187 75 405 420 x 420 1100
400 776 690 185 78 450 460 x 460 1300
500 909 807 195 79 550 560 x 560 1800
630 1045 950 184 75 680 690 x 690 2500
• See selection table page 249.
RANGE
Dimensions Diffuser AF 842 F16 Diffuser AF 842 F16 Damper Plenum LRE
RAL9010 RAL9006 BR Side connection
Code Code Code Code
Ø 160 11051060 11051521 11053220 11053311
Ø 200 11051061 11051522 11053221 11053312
Ø 250 11051062 11051523 11053222 11053313
Ø 315 11051063 11051524 11053223 11053314
Ø 355 11051064 11051525 11053224 11053315
Ø 400 11051065 11051526 11053225 11053316
Ø 500 11051067 11051528 11053227 11053318
Air Diffusion
Ø 630 11051068 11051529 11053228

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Adjustable square diffusers for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Circular connection to gain
installation time.
• Diffusion 1, 2, 3 or 4 ways
adjustable on-site.
SC 360 R - Steel SC 360 R - Rear

SC 369 series
600 mm suspended ceiling tile (T-shaped framework). ØD
• Air supply (SC 360 R model) or air exhaust (SC 369 R
model).
• Adjustable diffusion in one to four directions by means
F
of individually adjustable deflectors.
C
( Tmax = - 16° C) installations where airflow levels are
large and modulated.
• Possible exhaust filtration.
DESCRIPTION W
• Removable perforated sheet metal. AxB

• Based on the design of a SC 310 R or SC 319 R
diffuser as standard, integrated into a steel compen- SC 360 R air supply diffuser
sation plate.
• Fixing to the concealed concrete tile using lugs ØD
NOTE: the diffuser weight must not be borne by the frame
of the suspended ceiling. Use the suspension cables.
F
• Direct connection to circular ducts.
C
• Thermally insulated version to avoid any risk of
condensation under air conditioning.
ACCESSORIES W
• Dampers and plenums used for standard diffusers.
• W flat filter, attached to the T-stop ring M1 fire rating, Ax B
G3, for exhaust diffusers SC 369 R.
ADDITIONAL RANGE SC 369 R air exhaust diffuser
• Models adapted to 675 x 675 mm suspended ceilings
or with Fine-line frameworks (please, consult us). Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart ØD A x B* W C F Air supply Air exhaust airflow
(please, consult us). (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) airflow (m3/h) with filter (m3/h)
• SC 350 R range with the compensation plate 160 600 x 600 280 98 55 250 250
completely perforated for a different aesthetic design 200 600 x 600 380 108 60 400 450
250 600 x 600 480 122 60 600 650
315 600 x 600 542 135 60 900 900
RANGE
Dimensions Insulated air supply diffuser Air supply diffuser Exhaust diffuser Spare filter Damper
SC360 RIF (5) F16 SC 360 R F16 SC 369 R F16 W BR
Ø 160 11051145 11051135 11053220
Ø 200 11051159 11051146 11051136 11053519 11053221
Ø 250 11051160 11051147 11051137 11053520 11053222
Ø 315 11051144 11051143 11051173 11053521 11053223
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Ceiling Diffusers
Square diffusers with perforated sheet
Advantages
• Circular connection and plenum
integrated in to the diffuser
to gain installation time.
• Diffusion from one to four ways
adjustable on site.
SC 310 R series - Steel BR damper SC 319 R series - Steel
• Air supply (SC 310 R model) or air exhaust (SC 319 R
model).
• Adjustable diffusion (in one to four directions) by means
of individually adjustable deflectors.
( Tmax = - 14° C) installations with adjustable important
F
airflow rates.
C
• Possible air exhaust filtration.
6
DESCRIPTION
• Removable perforated sheet metal. 27 W
• Fixing to the concealed concrete tile using lugs
mounted on the diffuser (F16 fixing). SC 310 R air supply diffuser
• Direct connection to circular ducts.
ACCESSORIES
• BR dampers: type butterfly damper with 2-V shaped
blades. The damper is fitted into the supply duct.
F
• Connecting plenum integrated into the diffuser.

Circular connection (on the top).
C
• W flat filter attached to T-stop ring. M1 fire rating. G3
6
for exhaust diffusers SC 319 R.
ADDITIONAL RANGE 27 W
• Fixed diffusion version.
SC 319 R air exhaust diffuser
ØD W LxH C F Air supply Air exhaust airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) airflow (m3/h) with filter (m3/h)
160 280 300 x 300 98 55 250 250
200 380 400 x 400 108 60 400 450
250 480 500 x 500 122 60 600 650
315* 542 562 x 562 135 60 900 900
* Designed for 600 x 600 mm suspended ceiling tiles.
RANGE
Dimensions Insulated air Air supply diffuser Exhaust diffuser Spare filter Damper
supply diffuser SC 310 R F16 SC 319 R F16 W BR
SC310 RIF (5) F16
Ø 160 11051140 11051170 11053220
Ø 200 11051141 11051171 11053519 11053221
Ø 250 11051142 11051172 11053520 11053222
Air Diffusion
Ø 315 11051144 11051143 11051173 11053521 11053223

Air Distribution
Small & Constant Exhaust Grilles

Self-balanced systems : General information
Green
Product
Bap'SI twin
DESCRIPTION AIRFLOW REQUIREMENTS (according to French building regulation)

• In a self-balancing Extract Ventilation system, the Apartment Total Kitchen Kitchen Bathroom Other WC
grilles and air inlets are self-balancing, guaranteeing a type min. min. max. shower single multiple
constant airflow whatever the atmospheric conditions
or the occupation of the rooms. Studio 35 20 75 15 15 15 15
• The grilles are installed in wet rooms (kitchen, bath/ 1-bed 60 30 90 15 15 15 15
shower). 2 bed. 75 45 105 30 15 15 15
3 bed. 90 45 120 30 15 30 15
AIRFLOW REQUIREMENTS 4-bed. 105 45 135 30 15 30 15
• The ventilation system must enable the airflow levels 5 bed. 120 45 135 30 15 30 15
indicated in the table opposite at the grilles. 6 bed. 135 45 135 30 15 30 15
ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS (according to French building regulation)
• Acoustic regulations stipulate results to respect: a level
of noise perceived at a given location in a room (LnAT,
DnT,A). These values depend on the grille, but also on Residential
the room parameters (volume and shape, wall coverings, Requirement Obligation of result Requirement concerning
distance between measurement and product). concerning grilles (examples)
- For Residential use, the acoustic requirements are Equipment noise. LnAT < 35 dB(A) Lw < 38 dB (A) if surface area
stipulated by the administrative decision of 30 June 1999. in the kitchen. >10 m2 for the kitchen.
- For Commercial use, no such requirements exist. LnAT < 30 dB(A) Lw < 38 dB (A) if surface area
• Using typical examples of room configurations, we in a main room. >30 m2 for kitchen opening on
can deduce the requirements concerning the grille to the living room.
itself, independently of the environment (Lw, Dnew). Insulation between DnT, A>50 dB in kitchen The requirement concerning the
- Lw: acoustic pressure = perception of noise dwellings. and bathroom. Dnew (C) of the grille depends
generated by airflow through the grille DnT,A>53 dB on the surface area of the room
in a main room. and the diameter of the
- Dnew (C): acoustic insulation level: aptitude of a grille manifold.
to prevent the progression of noise from one room to
another.
Aeraulic Sizing
APPLICATION AIRFLOW REQUIREMENTS (according to French building regulation)
• Self-balancing Mechanical Extract Ventilation
• Residential housing and Commercial premises.
Self-balanced
• New buildings and retrofits. Type of dwelling Kitchen Bathroom Single WC Multiple WC
Studio BAP 20/75 BAP 15 BAP 15 BAP 15
DESCRIPTION 1-bed. BAP 30/90 BAP 15 BAP 15 BAP 15
Self-balanced CMEV 2-bed. BAP 45/105 BAP 30 BAP 15 BAP 15
• Type of heating: electricity, gas (vented boiler) 3-bed. BAP 45/120 BAP 30 BAP 30 BAP 15
or other device independent from the Extract 4-bed and more BAP 45/135 BAP 30 BAP 30 BAP 15
Ventilation system.
Self-balanced CMEV with compensation valve
• Type of heating: electricity, gas (vented boiler)
or other device independent from the Extract
Ventilation system.
Dimensioning of the air inlets to min. airflow.
Self-balanced CMEV for gas applications
Air Diffusion
• Type of heating - boiler connected to the Extract

Ventilation system.

Air Distribution
Self-balanced grilles : General information
Green
Product
Bap'SI single airflow Bap'SI dual airflow Bap'SI twin
APPLICATION CONTROL OF BOOST AIRFLOW

• Self-balanced Mechanical Extract Ventilation
PUSH SWITCH PULL CORD
• New buildings and retrofits.
DESCRIPTION
• Self-balanced exhaust grille.
- Self-balance minimum airflow.
- Self-balanced boost airflow, activated on demand,
see table opposite.
• Innovative design for perfect integration.
• Accessories that meet all installation needs .
• Pressure range: 50-160 Pa.
• Tolerance on airflow (-0 ; +30 %).
• Various models:
- Bap'SI single airflow for airflow needs ≤ 60 m3/h:
self-balanced minimum airflow (constant airflow
whatever the conditions)
- Bap'SI dual airflow: self-balanced minimum airflow, Activated using a push- Activated / deactivated Activated / deactivated by
controlled boost airflow. button (not supplied) using an ON/OFF switch pulling on the pull cord.
- Bap'SI twin single airflow for airflows from 15 to Timer-controlled up to 30 (not supplied)
150 m3/h: self-balanced minimum airflow. minutes. ON = peak airflow; OFF =
minimum airflow.
• Bap'SI grilles also exist in modulo versions: the same
grille can be used for several airflows (adjustment on Powered by batteries or Powered by batteries or No electrical power supply.
mains (with accessories*). mains (with accessories*).
site).
* 9 V alkaline battery 6LR61 type (not supplied).
INSTALLATION Optional 12V AC power supply via CAL (see electrical accessories) p. 210
• Version with Ø 125 mm shaft
- Connection by slotting into: sleeves, RT Flex, rigid ACOUSTIC DETAILS
ducts. Type of grille Lw in dB(A) at 160Pa Dnew (C) in dB
- A Roll-In seal (or foam seal for the Bap'SI twin 100 Bap'SI 15 32 59
to 150 m3/h) ensures aan airtight and flush mounting Bap'SI 30 31 57
onto the wall/ceiling.
Bap'SI 30/90 32 56
• Versions with Ø 80 mm shaft
Bap'SI 20/75 32 56
- Connection by slotting into: sleeves, rigid ducts.
Bap'SI 30/90 31 56
• Versions without shaft.
Bap'SI 45/105 38 53
- Connected with a clip on a Ø 125 mm shaft (Roll-In
seal), Ø 116 mm (Roll-In seal) or Ø 100 mm (foam Bap'SI 45/120 38 53
seal). Bap'SI 45/135 38 53
- Screwed directly on to the wall. Lw in dB(A) at 160Pa
- Fixed by clip to the retrofit plate. Bap'SI twin 15 34
Bap'SI twin 30 38
Bap'SI twin 45 41
Bap'SI twin 60 43
Bap'SI twin 75 47
Bap'SI twin 90 49
Bap'SI twin 100 48
Bap'SI twin 120 50
Air Diffusion
Bap'SI twin 150 51

* +4 dB minimum with acoustic ring (see accessories).

Air Distribution

Self-balanced grilles
• Ø125 mm • Innovative design.
(see range table). • Roll-In seal.
• www.marque-nf.com • Simple to clean and maintain.
• Modulo versions: limits
product stocks.
Bap'SI single airflow

• Self-balanced Mechanical Extract Ventilation 51
• Residential housing and Commercial premises
(baths, showers, etc.)
DESCRIPTION 162
• Single-airflow self-balanced exhaust terminal

• Innovative design, without grille.
• Versions and accessories that meet all installation
needs.
• Comprises 3 parts: A technical fitting plate, a
regulator, a removable front panel. 154 94
• Easy to clean: regulation sub-assembly clipped and
unclipped rapidly.
• Modulo: same grille for several different adjustable AIRFLOW DETAILS
airflows (see range table). 90
- modulo S1: for WC and bathrooms in multi-family 80

housing BAP'S
I 60
- modulo S2: for WC/bath in single-family housing and 70
small commercial premises 60

• Pressure range: 50-160 Pa. BAP'SI 45
50
Q (m3/h)
40 BAP'SI 30
30
20 BAP'SI 15
10
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
P (Pa)
STANDARD RANGE
Mounting Description Brand Airflow (m3/h) Code Pack.
Ø 125 Bap'SI 15 15 11019003 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI 30 30 11019004 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI 45 - 45 11019005 10

Ø 125 Bap'SI 60 - 60 11019006 10
Without shaft Bap'SI 15 - 15 11019007 10
Modulo RANGE
Mounting Description Brand Factory setting Other adjustable Code Pack.
Air Diffusion
airflow airflows
Ø 125 Bap'SI modulo S1 30 20* 15* 11019090 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI modulo S2 - 45 60* 30* 11019091 10

Without shaft Bap'SI modulo S1 - 30 20* 15* 11019094 10
Without shaft Bap'SI modulo S2 - 45 60* 30* 11019095 10
* Easy on-site adjustment: adjustable flap (see product notice).

Air Distribution
• Ø125 mm • Innovative design.
(see range table). • Roll-In seal.
• www.marque-nf.com • Simple to clean and maintain.
• Modulo versions: limits
product stocks.
• Electrical versions.
Bap'SI dual airflow

• Multi-family housing (kitchens) or Commercial 54
premises.
DESCRIPTION
79
• Dual-flow self-balanced exhaust grille
225
needs.
regulator, a removable front panel.
144
unclipped rapidly.
• Modulo: same grille for several different adjustable
airflows (see range table).
- modulo D1: for kitchens in Studios and 1-bed
apartments,
- modulo D2: for kitchen in 2bed+ apartments.
• Electric versions with (PUSH) or without timer
(SWITCH) for multiple uses in multi-family housing 168 101
and commercial premises.
AIRFLOW DETAILS
180
160 BAP'SI 45/135

BAP'SI 45/120
05
140 I 45/1
BAP'S
90
'S I 30/
BAP
120
/75
BAP'SI 20
100
Q (m3/h)
80
60
BAP'SI 45/13
5
BAP'SI 15/30
40 BAP'SI 30
/90
BAP'SI 20/75
20
BAP'SI 15/30
0
0 50 100 150 200
Air Diffusion
P (Pa)

Air Distribution

Bap'SI dual airflow
STANDARD RANGE
Control Mounting Description Brand Airflow (m3/h) Code Pack.
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 15/30 - 15/30 11019011 10
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 20/75 20/75 11019012 10
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 30/90 30/90 11019013 10
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 45/105 45/105 11019014 10
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 45/120 45/120 11019015 10
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI 45/135 45/135 11019016 10
PULL CORD Without shaft Bap'SI 15/30 - 15/30 11019017 10

Modulo RANGE
Control Mounting Description Brand Factory Other adjustable airflows Code Pack.
setting airflow
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI modulo D1 30/90 20/75 * - 11019092 5
PULL CORD Ø 125 Bap'SI modulo D2 45/105 45/120 * 45/135 * 11019093 5
PULL CORD without shaft Bap'SI modulo D1 - 30/90 20/75 * - 11019096 5

PULL CORD without shaft Bap'SI modulo D2 - 45/105 45/120 * 45/135 * 11019097 5
* Easy on-site adjustment: position a flap or divisible parts (see product notice).
Bap'SI electric dual airflow
DESCRIPTION ELECTRIC RANGE

• Electric versions with (PUSH) or without timer Control Mounting Description Factory Other adjustable Code Pack.
(SWITCH) for multiple uses in multi-family housing setting airflows
and commercial premises. airflow
PUSH Without Bap'SI 15/30 15/30 - - 11019112 5
PUSH version shaft
• The boost airflow is activated electronically, by PUSH Without Bap'SI modulo 30/90 20/75 * - 11019113 5
pressing a push-button (not supplied). The Bap'SI shaft D1
unit automatically returns to minimum airflow after PUSH Without Bap'SI modulo 45/105 45/120 * 45/135 * 11019114 5
30 minutes. shaft D2
SWITCH version SWITCH Without Bap'SI 15/30 15/30 - - 11019115 5
shaft
Air Diffusion
• The boost airflow is activated electronically, by

pressing a switch (not supplied). Pressing the switch SWITCH Without Bap'SI modulo 30/90 20/75 * 30/90 * 11019116 5
toggles the unit from minimum airflow to peak shaft D1
airflow and vice-versa. SWITCH Without Bap'SI modulo 45/105 45/120 * 45/135 * 11019117 5
shaft D2
• Powered by a 9 V alkaline LR6 battery (not supplied)
or mains (see electrical accessories) * Easy on-site adjustment: detachable parts (see product notice).

Air Distribution
Advantages
Green
Product • Airflow between 15 and 150
m3/h.
• Innovative design.
• Roll-In seal.
• Simple to clean and maintain.
• Modulo versions: airflow
adjustment possible.
• Air supply version (associated
Bap'SI twin Bap'SI twin air supply + MR with an MR).

DESCRIPTION
119,5
200
• Single-airflow self-balanced exhaust terminal
• Airflow range between 15 and 150 m3/h.
regulator, a removable front panel. 158 48 42,5 48 33,5
• Accessories that meet all installation needs .
13 1 175
• Easy to clean: front cover clipped and unclipped
rapidly. Front cover for all versions; versions 15 to 90 and air supply; versions 100 to 150.
• Modulo: same grille for several different adjustable
airflows (see range table). AIRFLOW DETAILS
180
• Tolerance on airflow: (-0 +30 %).
160 150 m /h
3
• Bap'SI twin air supply: grille without regulator, to be 120 m3/h
coupled with an MR. 140

100 m3/h
120 90 m3 /h
100 75 m3/h
Q (m3/h)
80
60 m3/h
60 45 m3/h
40 30 m3/h
20 15 m3/h
0
02 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
P (Pa)
Standard and Modulo RANGE

Mounting Desccription Factory setting Other adjustable airflows Code Pack.
airflow
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 15 15 - - 11019185 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 30 30 - - 11019186 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 45 45 - - 11019187 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 60 modulo 60 75* 90* 11019188 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 75 75 - - 11019189 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 90 90 - - 11019190 10
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 100 modulo 100 120* 150* 11019191 5
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 120 120 - - 11019192 5
Ø 125 Bap'SI twin 150 150 - - 11019193 5
Without shaft Bap'SI twin 15 15 - - 11019194 10
Without shaft Bap'SI twin 60 modulo 60 11019197 10
Air Diffusion

* Easy on-site adjustment: adjustable flap or detachable parts (see product notice).
Bap'SI twin Air supply RANGE

Mounting Desccription Code Pack.
Without shaft Bap'SI twin air supply 11019200 10

Air Distribution

Bahia humidity-controlled grilles and system
Bahia Curve range
DESCRIPTION ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS (according to French building regulation)

• In a humidity-controlled extract ventilation system, • Acoustic regulations stipulate results to respect: a level of noise perceived at a given
the airflow is automatically regulated according to location in a room (LnAT, DnT,A). These values depend on the grille, but also on the
the humidity in the rooms and therefore according to room parameters (volume and shape, wall coverings, distance between measurement
the actual ventilation needs of the building. and product).
• The grilles are installed in wet rooms (kitchen, bath/ - For Residential use, the acoustic requirements are stipulated by the administrative
shower). decision of 30 June 1999.
- For Commercial use, no such requirements exist.
AIRFLOW REQUIREMENTS • Using typical examples of room configurations, we can deduce the requirements
• These optimised systems are not covered by concerning the grille itself, independently of the environment (Lw, Dnew).
article 4 of the administrative decision of 4 March
1982 amended by that of 28 October 1983, but - Lw: acoustic pressure = perception of noise generated by airflow through the grille
are authorised for sale through specific Technical - Dnew (C): acoustic insulation level: aptitude of a grille to prevent the progression of
Approvals for given systems and brands. noise from one room to another.
• Aldes holds Technical Approvals for its Residential
systems (N° 14/07-1193) and Hospitality systems Residential
(N°14/10 - 1580). The grilles should be installed in Requirement Obligation of result Requirement concerning grilles
observance of the following dimensioning tables. concerning (examples)
Equipment LnAT < 35 dB(A) Lw < 38 dB (A) if surface area
noise. in the kitchen. >10 m2 for the kitchen.
LnAT < 30 dB(A) Lw < 38 dB (A) if surface area
in a main room. >30 m2 for kitchen opening on to the living
room.
Insulation DnT, A>50 dB The requirement concerning the Dnew (C)
between in kitchen and bathroom. of the grille depends
dwellings. DnT,A>53 dB on the surface area of the room and the
in a main room. diameter of the manifold.
Aeraulic Dimensioning Hygro A in Hotels

APPLICATION AIRFLOW REQUIREMENTS (according to French building regulation)
• Technical Approval N° 14/10 1580. Type of Config. Mini. Air inlet Exhaust grille Crbdnr
• Hotel rooms. bedroom Bedroom Bathroom WC
• New buildings and retrofits. 2 persons 1 Bathroom EF 34 or EA 30 C5 - 0.74
with WC
DESCRIPTION 2 persons 1 bathroom + EF 47 or 2 x EF 23 C5 W13 0.92
• Humidity-controlled air exhaust grilles equipped with 1 WC or EA 45
a humidity sensor and fixed air inlets. or 2 x EA 22
3 persons 1 Bathroom EF 47 or 2 x EF 23 C6 - 0.51
with WC or EA 45
or 2 x EA 22
3 persons 1 bathroom + 2 x EF 34 C6 W13 0.6
1 WC or 2 x EA 30
4 persons 1 Bathroom 2 x EF 34 C7 - 0.54
with WC or 2 x EA 30
Air Diffusion
4 persons 1 bathroom + 2 x EF 47 C7 W13 0.62

1 WC or 2 x EA 45
* EF = EFB or EFT or EFL ; EA = EA or EAI or ELLIA
Crbdnr: Coefficient of airflow reduction to integrate
during project thermal calculations.

Air Distribution
Aeraulic Dimensioning Hygro A in Residential
APPLICATION Apartment Config. Mini. Kitchen Bathroom* Single WC
Hygro A: BAHIA. type
• Technical Approval N° 14/07 -1193. Studio 1 bath with WC C11 B13 -
• Dwellings equipped with ducted air conditioning, 1 Bath + 1 WC B11 W13
electric or gas central heating (other than Gas MEV). 1-bed. 1 bath with WC C12 B14 -
• Residential. 1 Bath + 1 WC B13 W13
• New buildings and retrofits. 2-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC C13 B14 W13
3-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC
DESCRIPTION 4-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC W14 or W11 **
• Humidity-controlled air exhaust grilles equipped with 5-bed. 2 Bath + 1 WC
a humidity sensor and fixed air inlets.
• For a 2-bed dwelling, the "optimal" dimensioning is
used to minimise the extract airflow and therefore 2-bed 1 Bath + 1 WC C14 B14 W13
the thermal losses. It is often used in multi-family optimised
housing and less in single-family housing, with a * BW15 grilles can be installed instead of bathroom grilles when the WC is in the
view to simplifying the range (avoid multiplication of Bathroom.
number of grille references). ** W14 in the case of a single WC, W11 in cases of multiple WC.
Aeraulic Dimensioning Hygro B in Residential

APPLICATION Apartment Config. Mini. Kitchen Bathroom* WC
Hygro B: BAHIA. type
• Technical Approval N°14/07-1193. Studio 1 Bath with WC C11 B13 -
• Humidity-Controlled Mechanical Extract Ventilation Studio 1 Bath + 1 WC B11 W13
System. 1-bed. 1 Bath with WC C12 B14 -
• Housing equipped with an electrical heating system, 1-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC B13 W13
a gas system (boiler electromagnet) or other system 2-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC C13 B13 W13
independent from the Extract ventilation, except 3-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC
ducted air conditioning.
• Residential.
DESCRIPTION 2-bed
optimised
1 Bath + 1 WC C14 B13 W13
• Humidity-controlled air exhaust and inlet grilles
equipped with a humidity sensor. 3-bed 1 Bath + 1 WC C15 B13 W13
• For a 2-bed or 3-bed dwelling, the "optimal" optimised
dimensioning is used to minimise the extract airflow * BW15 grilles can be installed instead of bathroom grilles when the WC is in the
and therefore the thermal losses. It is often used Bathroom.
in multi-family housing and less in single-family
housing, with a view to simplifying the range (avoid
multiplication of number of grille references).
Aeraulic Dimensioning Hygro Gas in Residential

APPLICATION Apartment Config. Min. Kitchen Bathroom* WC
BAHIA Hygro Gas type
• Technical Approval N° 14/07 -1193. Studio 1 Bath with WC BAZ 20/75 B11 -
• Humidity-controlled Mechanical Extract Ventilation Studio 1 Bath + 1 WC W13
with boiler connected to the ventilation system in 1-bed. 1 Bath with WC BAZ 30/90 -
the kitchen. 1-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC W13
• Dwellings equipped with Mechanical Extract 2-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC BAZ 45/105 W13
Ventilation for Gas installations. 3-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC BAZ 45/120
• Residential. 4-bed. 1 Bath + 1 WC BAZ 45/135
• New buildings and retrofits. 5-bed. 2 Bath + 1 WC
• Hygro A system: Studio to 2-bed.
• Hygro B system: 3-bed to 5-bed+.
DESCRIPTION
• Exhaust grilles in bathrooms and humidity-controlled
Air Diffusion
air inlets equipped with a humidity sensor in

3-bedroom apartments and larger, or fixed air inlets
in 1-bed to 2-bed apartments.
• Thermo-adjustable kitchen exhaust grilles
(connected to the boiler).

Air Distribution

Bahia curve range table
NEW RANGE BAHIA CURVE

Destination Shaft Controls Codes Descriptions
11015430 C11 BAHIA CURVE L 5-45/75 D125 PUSH
BUTTON 11015432 C13 BAHIA CURVE L 20-60/135 D125 PUSH
11015435 C11 BAHIA CURVE L 5-45/75 D125 CORD
Ø 125 mm PULL CORD 11015437 C13 BAHIA CURVE L 20-60/135 D125 CORD
11015445 C11 BAHIA CURVE L 5-45/75 D125 IR
KITCHEN INFRARED 11015447 C13 BAHIA CURVE L 20-60/135 D125 IR
PULL CORD 11015442 C13 BAHIA CURVE L 20-60/135 D0 CORD
SHAFTLESS
INFRARED 11015452 C13 BAHIA CURVE L 20-60/135 D0 IR
PULL CORD 11015476 BW15 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45/30 D125 CORD
Ø 125 mm
BATH / WC PRESENCE 11015477 BW15 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45/30 D125 PRES
Ø 80 mm PRESENCE 11015478 BW15 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45/30 D80 PRES
11015460 B11 BAHIA CURVE S 6-45 D125
Ø 125 mm - 11015461 B13 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D125
11015462 B14 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D125
11015463 B11 BAHIA CURVE S 6-45 D80
BATH-
Ø 80 mm - 11015464 B13 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D80
ROOM
11015465 B14 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D80
11015483 B11 BAHIA CURVE S 6-45 D0
SHAFTLESS - 11015484 B13 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D0
11015485 B14 BAHIA CURVE S 5-45 D0
11015466 W11 BAHIA CURVE S 15 D125
-
11015467 W14 BAHIA CURVE S 30 D125
Ø 125 mm BUTTON 11015470 W13 BAHIA CURVE S 5/30 D125 PUSH
PULL CORD 11015472 W13 BAHIA CURVE S 5/30 D125 CORD
PRESENCE 11015474 W13 BAHIA CURVE S 5/30 D125 PRES
11015468 W11 BAHIA CURVE S 15 D80
-
11015469 W14 BAHIA CURVE S 30 D80
WC
Ø 80 mm BUTTON 11015471 W13 BAHIA CURVE S 5/30 D80 PUSH
11015486 W11 BAHIA CURVE S 15 D0
-
11015487 W14 BAHIA CURVE S 30 D0
SHAFTLESS
11017393 C5 BAHIA CURVE S 15-40 D125
Ø 125 mm - 11017394 C6 BAHIA CURVE L 15-56 D125
HOTELS 11017395 C7 BAHIA CURVE L 15-65 D125
BATHROOMS 11017396 C5 BAHIA CURVE S 15-40 D0
SHAFTLESS - 11017397 C6 BAHIA CURVE L 15-56 D0
11017398 C7 BAHIA CURVE L 15-65 D0
Air Diffusion
11015480 W1 BAHIA CURVE L 12/70 D125 PRES

PRESENCE
11015481 BW11 BAHIA CURVE L 12-70/70 D125 PRES
11015479 B1 BAHIA CURVE L 12-70 D125
OTHER Ø 125 mm 11015455 C1 BAHIA CURVE L 20-80 D125
11015456 C2 BAHIA CURVE L 40-100 D125
11015457 C3 BAHIA CURVE L 60-120 D125
11015458 C4 BAHIA CURVE L 80-140 D125

Air Distribution
Humidity-controlled grilles : General information
Bahia Curve S
Bahia Curve L
APPLICATION CONTROL OF BOOST AIRFLOW

• Humidity-Controlled Mechanical Extract Ventilation
IR PRES PUSH PULL CORD
DESCRIPTION
• Humidity-controlled exhaust grille.
- Basic constant airflow level or depending on the
relative humidity.
- Boost airflow activated on demand: see table opposite.
• Innovative design for perfect integration.
needs.
• Pressure range: 80-160Pa.
• Various models:
- Bahia Curve L for airflows > 50 m3/h (kitchen).
- Bahia Curve S for airflows < 50 m3/h (bath/shower).
- Bahia Curve S and L for commercial premises. Activated by Automatically Activated using Activated
an infra-red remote activated a push-button (not by pulling on
INSTALLATION control (supplied)
Timed airflow**
according to room
occupation.
supplied)
Timer ** or ON/
the pull cord.
Timed airflow**
• Versions with Ø 125 mm shaft (Roll-in seal) Timed airflow** OFF ***
- Connection by slotting into: sleeves, RT Flex, rigid ducts. Powered by Powered by Powered by No electrical power
- The Roll-in seal ensures airtightness and flush fitting mains supply batteries or mains batteries or mains supply.
against the wall. with accessories*. with accessories*. with accessories*.
• Versions with Ø 80 mm shaft * Battery: * 9 V alkaline battery 6LR61 type (not supplied).
- Connection by slotting into: sleeves, rigid ducts. Mains: 12V AC power supply via CAL (see electrical accessories)
• Versions without shaft. ** Boost airflow for 20 minutes (Bahia Curve S)
- Connected with a clip on a Ø 125 mm shaft (Roll-In or 30 minutes (Bahia Curve L) after detection / activation.
seal), Ø 116 mm (Roll-In seal) or Ø 100 mm (foam seal). *** Use an ON/OFF switch, ON = peak airflow;
- Screwed directly on to the wall. OFF = minimum airflow. Powered by mains supply with accessories.
- Fixed by clip to the retrofit plate.
ACOUSTIC DETAILS
Type of grille Lw in dB(A) Dnew (C) Dnew(C) in dB with
at 160Pa in dB acoustic ring
C13 33 55 61
B14** 33 56 63
*The other type C grilles offer performance that is at least equivalent.
*The other type B, W, and BW grilles offer performance that is at least equivalent.
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution

Humidity-controlled grilles
• French Technical Approval for • Innovative design.
“Bahia” Humidity-Controlled • Easy installation.
ventilation (Residential) : • Roll-In seal.
N°14/07-1193. • Simple to clean and maintain.
• Hygro A, Hygro B and Hygro • Infra-Red version.
Gas.
• Pending CSTBat certification.
Bahia Curve L

163 90,8 84,5
• Residential: kitchens.
• New buildings and retrofits. 48,8 48,8
DESCRIPTION
• Large-size humidity-controlled terminal (airflow >
50 m3/h).
• Peak airflow control: see page 205.
118,5
127
230
needs.
unclipped easily.
• Infra-Red version with remote control for a practical,
modern design and simple installation without push
button control.
RESIDENTIAL - KITCHEN RANGE

Control Mounting Description Apart. Type Apart. Type Min. airflow % RH Peak airflow Code Pack.
Hygro A Hygro B m3/h m3/h
IR Ø 125 C11 Bahia Curve L Studio Studio 5-45 45 -85 %, 75 11015445 30
IR Ø 125 C12 Bahia Curve L 1-bed. 1-bed. 10-45 50 -85 %, 90 11015446 30
IR Ø 125 C13 Bahia Curve L 2-bed+. 2-bed+. 20-60 36 -76 %, 135 11015447 30
IR Ø 125 C14 Bahia Curve L 2-bed. opt. 2-bed. opt. 10-50 36 -76 %, 105 11015448 30
IR Ø 125 C15 Bahia Curve L - 3-bed. opt. 10-50 31 -71 %, 120 11015449 30
IR Shaftless C11 Bahia Curve L Studio Studio 5-45 45 -85 %, 75 11015450 30
IR Shaftless C12 Bahia Curve L 1-bed. 1-bed. 10-45 50 -85 %, 90 11015451 30
IR Shaftless C13 Bahia Curve L 2-bed+. 2-bed+. 20-60 36 -76 %, 135 11015452 30
IR Shaftless C14 Bahia Curve L 2-bed. opt. 2-bed. opt. 10-50 36 -76 %, 105 11015453 30
IR Shaftless C15 Bahia Curve L - 3-bed. opt. 10-50 31 -71 %, 120 11015454 30
PUSH Ø 125 C11 Bahia Curve L Studio Studio 5-45 45 -85 %, 75 11015430 30
PUSH Ø 125 C12 Bahia Curve L 1-bed. 1-bed. 10-45 50 -85 %, 90 11015431 30
PUSH Ø 125 C13 Bahia Curve L 2-bed+. 2-bed+. 20-60 36 -76 %, 135 11015432 30
PUSH Ø 125 C14 Bahia Curve L 2-bed. opt. 2-bed. opt. 10-50 36 -76 %, 105 11015433 30
PUSH Ø 125 C15 Bahia Curve L - 3-bed. opt. 10-50 31 -71 %, 120 11015434 30
PULL CORD Ø 125 C11 Bahia Curve L Studio Studio 5-45 45 -85 %, 75 11015435 30
PULL CORD Ø 125 C12 Bahia Curve L 1-bed. 1-bed. 10-45 50 -85 %, 90 11015436 30
PULL CORD Ø 125 C13 Bahia Curve L 2-bed+. 2-bed+. 20-60 36 -76 %, 135 11015437 30
PULL CORD Ø 125 C14 Bahia Curve L 2-bed. opt. 2-bed. opt. 10-50 36 -76 %, 105 11015438 30
PULL CORD Ø 125 C15 Bahia Curve L - 3-bed. opt. 10-50 31 -71 %, 120 11015439 30
PULL CORD Shaftless C11 Bahia Curve L Studio Studio 5-45 45 -85 %, 75 11015440 30
PULL CORD Shaftless C12 Bahia Curve L 1-bed. 1-bed. 10-45 50 -85 %, 90 11015441 30
PULL CORD Shaftless C13 Bahia Curve L 2-bed+. 2-bed+. 20-60 36 -76 %, 135 11015442 30
PULL CORD Shaftless C14 Bahia Curve L 2-bed. opt. 2-bed. opt. 10-50 36 -76 %, 105 11015443 30
PULL CORD Shaftless C15 Bahia Curve L - 3-bed. opt. 10-50 31 -71 %, 120 11015444 30
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
• French Technical Approval for • Innovative design.
“Bahia” Humidity-Controlled • Easy installation.
ventilation (Residential) : • Roll-In seal.
N°14/07-1193. • Simple to clean and maintain.
• Hygro A, Hygro B and Hygro
Gas.
• Pending CSTBat certification.
Bahia Curve S

155 86 66 66
• Residential: bathroom/shower/WC
• New buildings and retrofits. 44 44 48
DESCRIPTION
• Small-size humidity-controlled terminal for airflow
< 50 m3/h.
75,6
• Peak airflow control: see page 205.
117,8
127
155

needs.
unclipped easily.
RESIDENTIAL - BATH/SHOWER RANGE

Mounting Description Apart. Type Apart. Type Apart. Type Min. airflow % RH Code Pack.
Hygro A Hygro B Hygro Gas m3/h
Ø 125 B11 Bahia Curve S Studio Studio Studio + 6-45 46 -85 %, 11015460 48
Ø 125 B13 Bahia Curve S Studio *, 1-bed. Studio *, 1-bed+ - 5-45 29 -69 %, 11015461 48
Ø 125 B14 Bahia Curve S 1-bed *, 2 bed+ 1-bed.* - 5-45 20 -60 %, 11015462 48
Ø 80 B11 Bahia Curve S Studio Studio Studio + 6-45 46 -85 %, 11015463 46
Ø 80 B13 Bahia Curve S Studio *, 1-bed. Studio *, 1-bed+ - 5-45 29 -69 %, 11015464 56
Ø 80 B14 Bahia Curve S 1-bed *, 2 bed+ 1-bed.* - 5-45 20 -60 %, 11015465 56
Shaftless B11 Bahia Curve S Studio Studio Studio + 6-45 46 -85 %, 11015483 56
Shaftless B13 Bahia Curve S Studio *, 1-bed. Studio *, 1-bed+ - 5-45 29 -69 %, 11015484 56
Shaftless B14 Bahia Curve S 1-bed *, 2 bed+ 1-bed.* - 5-45 20 -60 %, 11015485 56
*WC in bathroom,
RESIDENTIAL - WC RANGE
Control Mounting Description Apart. Type Apart. Type Apart. Type Min. airflow Peak airflow Code Pack.
Hygro A Hygro B Hygro Gas m3/h m3/h
PRES Ø 125 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015474 48
PRES Ø 80 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015475 56
PRES Shaftless W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015488 56
PUSH Ø 125 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015470 48
PUSH Ø 80 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015471 56
PULL CORD Ø 125 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015472 48
PULL CORD Ø 80 W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015473 56
PULL CORD Shaftless W13 Bahia Curve S Studio to 3 bedroom Studio + Studio + 5 30 11015482 56
- Ø 125 W11 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ ** - - 15 - 11015466 48
- Ø 125 W14 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ * - - 30 - 11015467 48
- Ø 80 W11 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ ** - - 15 - 11015468 56
- Ø 80 W14 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ * - - 30 - 11015469 56
- Shaftless W11 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ ** - - 15 - 11015486 56
- Shaftless W14 Bahia Curve S 4-bed+ * - - 30 - 11015487 56
* If just one WC in dwelling. ** If several WC in dwelling.
Air Diffusion
RESIDENTIAL - BATHROOM WITH WC RANGE

Control Mounting Description Apart. Type Apart. Type Apart. Type Min. airflow % RH Peak airflow Code Pack.
Hygro A Hygro B Hygro Gas m3/h m3/h
PRES Ø 125 BW15 Bahia Curve S Studio + Studio + Studio + 5-45 20 -60%, 30 11015477 48
PRES Ø 80 BW15 Bahia Curve S Studio + Studio + Studio + 5-45 20 -60%, 30 11015478 56
PULL CORD Ø 125 BW15 Bahia Curve S Studio + Studio + Studio + 5-45 20 -60%, 30 11015476 48

Air Distribution

Advantages
• Innovative design.
• Simple to clean and maintain.
• French Humidity-Controlled
Technical Approval for Hotels.
Bahia Curve Commercial

163 90,8 84,5
• Commercial: restaurants, offices, hotels (with
Technical Approvals). 48,8 48,8
DESCRIPTION
• Humidity-controlled ventilation terminal.
118,5
127
• Peak airflow control.
230
needs.
unclipped easily.
C6 and C7 Bahia Curve L
155 86 66 66
44 44 48
75,6
117,8
127
155
C5 Bahia Curve S
COMMERCIAL RANGE: HOTEL

Mounting Description Min. airflow m3/h % RH Code Pack.
Ø 125 C5 Bahia Curve S 15-40 26 -51 %, 11017393 48
Ø 125 C6 Bahia Curve L 15-56 25 -45 %, 11017394 48
Ø 125 C7 Bahia Curve L 15-65 18 -43 %, 11017395 48
Shaftless C5 Bahia Curve S 15-40 26 -51 %, 11017396 56
Shaftless C6 Bahia Curve L 15-56 25 -45 %, 11017397 56
Shaftless C7 Bahia Curve L 15-65 18 -43 %, 11017398 56
COMMERCIAL RANGE: OTHER

Control Mounting Description Min. airflow m3/h % RH Peak airflow m3/h Code Pack.
PRES Ø 125 W1 BAHIA CURVE L 12 - 70 11015480 48
Air Diffusion
PRES Ø 125 BW11 BAHIA CURVE L 12-70 12-70 % 70 11015481 30

- Ø 125 B1 BAHIA CURVE L 12-70 12-70 % - 11015479 48
- Ø 125 C1 BAHIA CURVE L 20-80 20-80 % - 11015455 48
- Ø 125 C2 BAHIA CURVE L 40-100 20-80 % - 11015456 48
- Ø 125 C3 BAHIA CURVE L 60-120 20-80 % - 11015457 48
- Ø 125 C4 BAHIA CURVE L 80-140 20-80 % - 11015458 48

Air Distribution
Accessories for Bap'SI, Bap'SI Twin, Bahia Curve
Advantages
• Enable the installation of grilles
in all configurations, whether in
new or or retrofit work.
Shaft
Retrofit plate

Shafts 180 22
180
Ø 125 and Ø 116 (Roll-In seal), Ø 100 (foam seal) 147 15
160 4
• Clips on to the shaftless grille, for connection to
existing Ø 125, Ø 116, Ø 100 mm. ducts
• Compatible with Bap'SI, Bap'SI twin, Bahia Curve
Foam airtight seal.
• Ensure an airtight seal when the shaftless grille is Ø
12
0, 1
screwed directly on to the wall Positioned on the
rear of the grille in the dedicated slot.
300
270
280
260
• Compatible with Bap'SI, Bap'SI twin, Bahia Curve.
Retrofit plate
• Used to install the shaftless grille on a distorted
sleeve, shunt duct or another shaft diameter. 2 types
of connection:
- Screw-fit for Bap'SI, Bap'SI twin, Bahia Curve.
- Claw-fit for Bap'SI, Bap'SI twin, Bahia Curve. Retrofit plate Blanking Plate
Blanking Plate
• To be screwed on in place of an old grille that is not
replaced, to cover the hole left behind.
Adapter plate 150/125
25
Ø 145
Ø1
174
• Used to fit a Ø 125 single airflow grille in a Ø 150 hole

• compatible with Bap'SI, Bahia Curve.
Acoustic ring
• Placed in the Ø 125 duct just behind the grille,
used to improve the sound insulation between 2
174 30 8
dwellings. It is recommended for use in Kitchens
opening onto living rooms.
Adapter plate 150/125
• Compatible with Bap'SI, Bap'SI twin, Bahia Curve
Pull cord return
• Enables to guide the pull cord onto the wall when the
grille is ceiling-mounted.
• Compatible with Bap'SI, Bahia Curve.
RANGE
Description Code Shaft - Ø125 Shaft - Ø116 Shaft - Ø100 Airtight seal
Shaft - Ø125 11019023
Shaft - Ø116 11019024
Shaft - Ø100 11019025
Airtight seals (set of 5) 11019049
Claw-fit retrofit plate 11019050
Screw-fit retrofit plate 11019054
180 x 280 mm blanking plate 11034108
Adapter plate 150/125 11018056
Acoustic ring 11019429 Claw-fit panel Screw-fit panel Blanking Plate Adapter plate
150/125
Air Diffusion
Pull cord return for ceiling mounted unit 11015001
Acoustic ring Pull cord return

Air Distribution

Accessories for Bap'SI, Bap'SI Twin, Bahia Curve
Advantages
• Interface 9VDC/230VAC :
Power board enabling replacement
of battery by 230VAC mains supply.
Push button Interface 9VDC/230VAC
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS - INSTALLATION

• Push button: Simply press to start the 30-minute
period of peak airflow.
• Interface 9VDC/230VAC : used to connect the
electrical Bap’SI / Bahia Curve to the mains supply
instead of a battery
- It can be easily inserted in to the Bap’SI / Bahia
Curve and provide the connection to the 230VAC
mains supply.
• Caution: ensure compliance with the applicable
installation standards.
RANGE
Description Code
Push button 11026011
Interface 9VDC/230VAC 11015280
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Adjustable core grilles
Advantages
• Adjustable.
• Connection sleeve supplied.
SR 149 - Plastic SR143 - Steel SR 143 with sleeve for plasterboard
• Air exhaust for all ventilation applications in small P2
commercial premises. P1
L
• For wall or ceiling mounting. L
DESCRIPTION
E
E
• Adjustable core.
Ø D1
• SR 143: white epoxy painted steel RAL 9010.
ØD
ØA
L1 Ø D1
Ød
ØD
ØA
Ød
• SR 149: white polypropylene.
• Fitted by clipping into the duct.
ACCESSORIES
• Connection sleeve supplied. S- S+
S- S+
L2
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Air supply version (on request). SR 143 with standard sleeve SR 143 with sleeve for plasterboard
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart.
P1
Ø D1
ØD
ØA
L1
SR 149 with standard sleeve

Model SR 143
ØA Ø D1 Ød ØD L L1 P1 L2 P2 Débit
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m 3/h)
Ø 100 125 74 140 38 50 62 130 142 80
Ø 125 150 100 168 45 50 62 130 142 100
Ø 160 185 128 210 55 50 62 130 142 150
Ø 200 225 157 246 63 50 62 130 142 190
Model SR 149
Ø A (mm) D (mm) Ø D1 (mm) L1 (mm) P1 (mm) Débit (m3/h)
Ø 100 Ø 150 122 52 63 80
Ø 125 Ø 170 155 52 63 100
Ø 150 Ø 190 168 52 63 150
Ø 200 Ø 240 220 52 63 190
RANGE
Air Diffusion
Dimensions SR 143 plasterboard mounting SR 143 standard mounting SR 149

Code Code Code
Ø 100 11052256 11052226 11001996
Ø 125 11052257 11052227 11001997
Ø 150 11001998
Ø 160 11052258 11052228
Ø 200 11052259 11052229 11001999

Air Distribution

Small plastic grilles
Advantages
• New BIO Design aesthetic and
completly adjustable direction
grille.
• White plastic material RAL 9010
tint.
BIP Ø 80 and 125 grille BIO grille BIP Ø 100 grille BSP grille
• BSP: Exhaust for all ventilation applications in small,
commercial premises. For wall or ceiling mounting.
• BIP: air supply or exhaust for all ventilation
applications in small, commercial premises. For wall
mounting in air supply and wall or ceiling mounting
in air exhaust.
C
• BIO: air supply for all ventilation applications in small
D
commercial premises and residential premises. For wall
or ceiling mounting depending on the configuration.
DESCRIPTION
• Shock-proof injected polystyrene material, white
BSP or BIP Grilles alone BSP or BIP with sleeve
RAL 9010 tint.
• BSP and BIP monobloc construction
• BIO made of two clipped on parts allowing for two
operating configurations: "straight" air supply for wall
mounted use, or "90°" air supply for ceiling use.
• BIO Design with adjustable direction vanes, ceiling
D
or wall mounting.
C
• Fixing by clipping on to the sheet metal sleeve.
ACCESSORIES
• Sheet metal connection sleeve.
• BIO Design Ø 125 mm: has to be combined with the
shaft Ø 125 mm for its fitting in a sleeve. BIO grille alone BIO with sleeve
RANGE
Description Dimensions Code
BSP Ø 80 11022717
BIP Ø 80 mm Ø 80 11022073
Ø 80
Ø 105
120
162
BIP Ø 100 11085064

BIP Ø 125 mm Ø 125 11022078
BIO Ø 80 mm Ø 80 11012402
Rectangular BIO Design Ø 80 11022064 16
Ø 80 mm 120 31
162
Square BIO Design Ø 80 11022065
Ø 80 mm Square BIO Design Ø 125 mm Square BIO Design Ø 80 mm
Square BIO Design Ø 125 11022061
Ø 125 mm
Metal sleeve Ø 80 11012490
Shaft - Ø 125 mm Ø 125 11019023
Ø 80
115
16
162 31
Rectangular BIO Design Ø 80 mm

Model BIP Airflow
ØN ØA ØB C D (m3/h)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Air supply or exhaust
Air Diffusion
80 75,6 116,5 18,75 100 60

100 100 148 16 - 90
125 125 185 23,7 - 110
Model BSP
80 75 115 10 100 60
Model BIO
80 75 113 50 100 45

Air Distribution
Advantages
• Available in white painted RAL
9010 tint or anodised aluminium.
• Easy to install.
BIM 300 white grille BIM 320 white grille
• Air supply and exhaust for all ventilation applications
in air exhaust or heat recovery ventilation, for small
commercial premises. ØA
• BIM 300: exhaust air wall or ceiling mounting. Ceiling
mounting only for air supply.
E
• BIM 320: Ceiling mounted.
D
DESCRIPTION
C
• Central core in extruded aluminium sections, inclined
at 0°, for BIM 300 and at 90° for BIM 320.
• Detachable cheek system to modify the terminal's ØB
F
air throw.
• Framing in M1 polycarbonate.
• Anodised aluminium, natural gloss tint or epoxy BIM 300 and BIM 320 BIM 300 and BIM 320
white painted aluminium - RAL 9010.
• Wall fixing by slotting into the duct (can be screwed
in if required) or into the ceiling by the use of fixing
lugs supplied as accessories.
ACCESSORIES
• Mounting claws.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
Wall mounting. For ceiling mounting (use the mounting lugs).

ØN ØA ØB C D E F Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
100 99 151 28 73 68 172 80
125 124 172 28 78 82 194 100
160 159 213 28 93 105 247 150
RANGE
Dimensions BIM 300 anodised BIM 300 white BIM 320 anodised BIM 320 white
Code Code Code Code
Ø 100 11052216 11052231 11052221 11052236
Ø 125 11052217 11052232 11052222 11052237
Ø 160 11052218 11052233 11052223 11052238
ACCESSORIES
Dimensions Fixing lugs for BEM and BIM
Code
Ø 100 - Ø 125 - Ø 160 11053493
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution

Advantages
• Available in white painted RAL
9010 tint or anodised aluminium.
• Easy to install.
• Also comes in Ø200 mm.
BIM 400 white grille BEM 780 white grille
• Air supply and exhaust for all ventilation applications
in air exhaust or heat recovery ventilation, for small
• BIM 400: exhaust air wall or ceiling mounting. Wall
mounting only for air supply.
• BEM 780: for wall or ceiling mounting. exhaust air
applications only
D
DESCRIPTION
C
C
• Pressed aluminium frame
E
• BIM 400: core made of extruded aluminium bars,
inclined at 15°.
• BEM 780: core made of a 12.5 x 12.5 mesh.
• Anodised aluminium, natural gloss tint or epoxy BIM 400 BEM 780
white painted aluminium - RAL 9010.
• Wall fixing by slotting into the duct (can be screwed
in if required) or into the ceiling by the use of fixing Model ØN ØA ØB C D E Airflow
lugs supplied as accessories. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
BIM 400 100 98 160 20 55 15 75
ACCESSORIES BIM 400 125 123 160 20 55 15 120
• Mounting claws. BIM 400 160 158 200 20 55 15 170
BIM 400 200 198 248 20 55 15 250
ADDITIONAL RANGE BEM 780 100 98 160 14 55 15 80
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart BEM 780 125 123 160 14 55 15 160
BEM 780 160 158 200 14 55 15 250
BEM 780 200 198 248 14 55 15 380
RANGE
Dimensions BIM 400 anodised BIM 400 white BEM 780 anodised BEM 780 white grille
Code Code Code Code
Ø 100 11052211 11052208 11052201 11052245
Ø 125 11052212 11052209 11052202 11052246
Ø 160 11052213 11052210 11052203 11052247
Ø 200 11052214 11052215 11052249 11052248
ACCESSORIES
Dimensions Fixing lugs for BEM and BIM
Code
Ø 100 - Ø 125 - Ø 160 11053493
Grille + Regulation
Green
Product
Air Diffusion
BIM 400 MR
DESCRIPTION
• The combination of a BIM and a MR also enables
the grille to obtain a properly adjusted solution.
• BIM 400: see above.
• MR: see page 127.

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Single & double deflection grilles
Advantages
• Adjustable blades.
AC 101 - SC 101
Extruded aluminium or steel

• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and
air-conditioning applications.
L + 32 x H + 32
• Wall mounted.
DESCRIPTION
• AC 101: single deflection grille with horizontal,
mobile and individually adjustable blades, with a 20
mm spacing.
• AC 101 D: double deflection grille with front horizon-
tal and rear vertical, mobile & individually adjustable
blades, with a 20 mm spacing.
• AC 101 B: grille AC 101 with opposed blade damper AC 101 grille
(OBD).
• AC 101 BD: grille AC 101 D with opposed blade
damper (OBD).
STANDARD SUPPLY
• RAL 9010. Other RAL colours available upon request.
• Fixing F3 clips.
AC 101 D AC 101 B AC 101 BD
ACCESSORIES Comfort airflow in m3/hr for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
• Opposed blade damper (OBD) - aluminum profiles.
Fitted to the grille using clips. L (mm) H (mm)
• MT and ME connection plenum, aluminium or 100 150 200 300
galvanized sheet, with rear or side mounted connec- 200 200 - - -
tion. See plenum dimensions on page 217. 250 250 370 - -
300 300 450 - -
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 400 700 800 -
• Other sizes available upon request. 500 500 800 1000 -
600 - 900 1200 1700
800 - - 1500 2300
1000 - - - 2700
• See selection tables on pages 251 and 254.
RANGE
Dimensions SD Grille SD Grille DD Grille
AC 101 F3 SC 101 F3 AC 101 D F3
Code Code Code
200 x 100 11050020
250 x 100 11050021
300 x 100 11050022
400 x 100 11050023
500 x 100 11050024
250 x 150 11050025
300 x 150 11050026
400 x 150 11050027
500 x 150 11050028
600 x 150 11050029
400 x 200 11050030
500 x 200 11050031
600 x 200 11050032
Air Diffusion
800 x 200 11050033

600 x 300 11050034
800 x 300 11050035
1000 x 300 11050036

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Single & double deflection grilles
Advantages
• Adjustable blades.
AC 102 D - SC 102 D
Extruded aluminium or steel

• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation an
air-conditioning applications. L + 32 x H + 32
• Wall mounted. 27 27
DESCRIPTION
6
• AC 102: single deflection grille with vertical, mobile
26
and individually adjustable blades, with a 20 mm
spacing. 20
• AC 102 D: double deflection grille with front vertical LxH
and rear horizontal, mobile and individually adjust-
able blades, with a 20 mm spacing.
• AC 102 B: grille AC 102 with opposed blade damper AC 102 grille
(OBD).
• AC 102 BD: grille AC 102 D with opposed blade
damper (OBD).
46
63
83
STANDARD SUPPLY
AC 102 D AC 102 B AC 102 BD
ACCESSORIES Comfort airflow in m /hr for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
3

L (mm) H (mm)
Fitted to the grille using clips.
100 150 200 300
• MT and ME connection plenum, aluminium or
galvanized sheet steal, with rear or side mounted 200 200 - - -
connection. See plenum dimensions on page 217. 250 250 370 - -
300 300 450 - -
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 400 700 800 -
• Other sizes available upon request. 500 500 800 1000 -
600 - 900 1200 1700
800 - - 1500 2300
1000 - - - 2700
RANGE
Dimensions SD Grille DD Grille DD Grille
AC 102 F3 AC 102 D F3 SC 102 D F3
Code Code Code
200 x 100 11050060
250 x 100 11050061
300 x 100 11050062
400 x 100 11050063
500 x 100 11050064
250 x 150 11050065
300 x 150 11050066
400 x 150 11050067
500 x 150 11050068
600 x 150 11050069
400 x 200 11050070
500 x 200 11050071
600 x 200 11050072
800 x 200 11050073
600 x 300 11050074
Air Diffusion
800 x 300 11050075

1000 x 300 11050076

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Indoor grilles accessories
Advantages
• Facilitates installation of the
indoor grilles.
• OBD to adjust airflow.
Opposed Blade Damper (OBD)

MT F3 - ME F3 series - Aluminium

• Range of accessories suitable for indoor grilles
• CAUTION: these accessories are not compatible H + 10 H+1
0
with grilles intended for circular ducts. 0
10 +1
L+ L
DESCRIPTION
160
160
• OBD: counter-rotating adjusting damper-in aluminium
or galvanised sheet steel. Attaches to the grille with
'S' clips.
• MT F3: connection plenum with back duct connection.
H+
Construction - Aluminium or galvanised sheet steel. 55
Two models are available - depending on the conn-
ection branch diameter -
- "90°" model if the connection diameter < nominal MT F3 plenum with 90° rear connection MT F3 plenum with 83° rear connection
height of the grille.
- "83°" model if the connection diameter > nominal H+ 1
0
height of the grille. 10
L+
• ME F3: connection plenum with side-mounted conn-
140
ector. Construction - aluminium or glavanised sheet

steel.
P
Ø D
83
• MEI (5) F3: connection plenum with side-mounted
connector. Construction - aluminium or galvanised
sheet steel. Insulated on 5 faces.
20
• Plenums MT F3 and ME F3 are suitable for use with

F3 fixings (clips) designed for standard grilles and
require no F4 fixing frame.
ME F3 plenum with 90° side connection AC or SC 102 D grille with damper
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Other sizes available upon request. Dimensions
L H = 100 H = 150 H = 200 H = 300
(mm) ME / MT ME F3 ME / MT ME F3 ME / MT ME F3 ME / MT
F3 A/C. F3 A/C. F3 A/C. F3
200 Ø 80* Ø 125 - - - - -
250 Ø 100 - Ø 125* - - - -
300 Ø 125 Ø 160 Ø 160 Ø 200 - - -
400 Ø 125 - Ø 160 - Ø 200 Ø 200 -
500 Ø 125 - Ø 160 - Ø 200 - -
600 - - Ø 160 Ø 200 - Ø 250*
800 - - - - 2 x Ø 200 - 2 x Ø 250*
1000 - - - - - - 2 x Ø 250*
• All MT plenums are 83° models except those marked (*).
RANGE
Dimensions Opposed blade ME F3 plenum MT F3 plenum ME F3 plenum MEI (5) plenum
damper side connection back connection connection A/C F3 conn. A/C.
200 x 100
250 x 100
250 x 150
300 x 100
300 x 150
400 x 100
400 x 150
400 x 200
500 x 100
Air Diffusion
500 x 150
500 x 200
600 x 150
600 x 200
600 x 300
800 x 200
800 x 300
1000 x 300
260 General Catalogue 2013/14 217

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed blade grilles
Advantages
• Low noise level.
• Fixed blades for air exhaust.
AC 121 - Aluminium Opposed Blade Damper

SC 121 - Steel

• Air exhaust for all ventilation and air-conditioning
applications.
• Wall mounted. L + 32 x H + 32
27 20
DESCRIPTION 40º
6
• AC 121: single deflection grille with fixed horizontal
26
20
blades, inclined at 40° and with a spacing of 20 mm.

• AC 121 B: AC 121 grille with opposed blade damper
(OBD).
LxH
STANDARD SUPPLY
• Fixing F3 clips. AC or SC 121
ACCESSORIES
Fitted to the grille using clips.
• MT and ME connection plenums in galvanised sheet
63
steel with rear or side mounted connection. See

plenum dimensions on page 217.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Other sizes available upon request.
• Single deflection grille with horizontal vanes, inclined AC or SC 121 B
at 40˚ and with a spacing of 20 mm.
• AC models: finish - anodised aluminium, natural Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
satin finish. L H Ø plenum Airflow
• SC models: finish - white epoxy painted steel RAL (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/hr)
9010 tint. 200 100 80* 180
• Hidden fixing using friction clips. 300 150 160 350
400 200 200 600
600 200 200 1200
300 300 250 700
500 300 315 1200
600 300 250* 1400
800 300 2 x 250* 1800
600 600 355 2000
1000 600 2 x 315 3000
RANGE
Dimensions Aluminium grille Steel grille Opposed blade ME F3 plenum MT F3 plenum
AC 121 F3 SC 121 F3 damper side connection back connection
200 x 100 11050200
300 x 150 11050204
400 x 200 11050208
600 x 200 11050210
300 x 300 11050211
500 x 300 11050212
Air Diffusion
600 x 300 11050213

800 x 300 11050214
600 x 600 11050218
1000 x 600

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed mesh grilles
Advantages
• Aesthetic, "mesh" type design
for air exhaust.
AC 123 - Aluminium SC 125 - Steel

• Air exhaust for all ventilation and air- conditioning L + 32 x H + 32
applications. 12.5
27
• Wall mounted.
20 6
DESCRIPTION
26
63
• Meshed grille with 12 x 12 x 0.4 mm squares (AC
123) or perforated sheet with 45 % free surface area LxH
(SC 125).
• AC models: finish - aluminium, desired RAL colour. AC 123 AC 123 B
• SC models: white epoxy painted steel finish, RAL L + 32 x H + 32
9010 tint.
27
• Hidden fixings using friction clips.
20 6
STANDARD SUPPLY
26
63
• Fixing F3 clips. LxH
ACCESSORIES SC 125 SC 125 B

Fitted to the grille using clips. Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
• MT and ME connection plenums in galvanised sheet L H Ø plenum Airflow (m3/hr) Airflow (m3/hr)
steel with rear or side mounted connection. See (mm) (mm) (mm) for AC 123 for SC 125
plenium dimensions on page 217. 200 100 80* 160 140
300 150 160 400 350
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 200 200 700 600
• Other sizes available upon request. 600 200 200 1200 900
300 300 250 700 600
500 300 315 1300 1100
600 300 250* 1500 1200
800 300 2 x 250* 1900 1600
600 600 355 2200 1800
1000 600 2 x 315 4000
RANGE
Dimensions Aluminium grille Opposed blade ME F3 plenum MT F3 plenum Steel grille
AC 123 F3 damper side connection back connection SC 125 F3
200 x 100 11050011
300 x 150 11050012
400 x 200 11050013
600 x 200 11050014
300 x 300 11050015
500 x 300 11050016
600 x 300 11050017
800 x 300 11050018
600 x 600 11050019
1000 x 600
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Grilles with fixed aluminium linear bars
Advantages
• Linear effect.
AC 440 - Aluminium Opposed blade damper

• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and air
conditioning applications. L + 32 x H + 32
5 13
• Wall or breast wall mounting. 6 27
DESCRIPTION
26
63
20
• AC 440: fixed horizontal linear bars with a 13 mm

spacing and 0°deflection. LxH
(OBD).
AC 440 AC 440 B
• AC 440 D: fixed horizontal lineart bars with a 13 mm
spacing and 0°deflection, rear individually adjust- Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
able blades, perpendicular to frontal bars. LxH Ø connections Airflow LxH Ø connections Airflow
• AC 440 BD: AC 440 D grille with opposed blade (mm) (mm) (m3/hr) (mm) (mm) (m3/hr)
damper (OBD). 200 x 100 80 160 600 x 150 160 650
250 x 100 100 180 600 x 200 200 800
STANDARD SUPPLY 300 x 100 125 250 800 x 100 2 x 125 550
• RAL 9010. Other RAL colours available upon request. 400 x 100 125 330 800 x 200 2 x 200 1000
• Fixing F3 clips. 500 x 100 125 380 1000 x 150 2 x 160 1000
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 600 x 100
250 x 150
2 x 100
125
500
280
1500 x 200
800 x 75
3 x 200
2 x 100
1800
400
• Corner piece 90° or 45°; code K.
300 x 150 160 350 800 x 150 2 x 160 800
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 x 150 160 450 1000 x 75 2 x 100 550
• Other sizes available upon request. 500 x 150 160 550 1000 x 200 2 x 200 1200
400 x 200 200 550 1000 x 100 2 x 125 650
500 x 200 200 680 1500 x 150 3 x 160 1350
• All MT plenums are 83° models, except 250 x 150 and 200 x 100 mm.
RANGE
Dimensions Grille Opposed blade ME F3 plenum MT F3 plenum
AC 440 F3 damper side connection back connection
Code Code Code Code
800 x 75
1000 x 75
200 x 100
250 x 100
300 x 100
400 x 100
500 x 100
600 x 100
800 x 100
1000 x 100
250 x 150
300 x 150
400 x 150
500 x 150
600 x 150
800 x 150
1000 x 150
Air Diffusion
1500 x 150
400 x 200
500 x 200
600 x 200
800 x 200
1000 x 200
1500 x 200

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Grilles with fixed aluminium linear bars
Advantages
• Linear effect.
AC 441 - Aluminium Opposed blade damper

• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and
air-conditioning applications. L + 32 x H + 30
27 5 15
• Wall or breast wall mounting.
20 6
DESCRIPTION
26
63
• AC 441: fixed horizontal linear bars with a 15 mm
spacing and 15° deflection. LxH
(OBD).
AC 441 AC 441 B
• AC 441 D: fixed horizontal lineart bars with a 15 mm
spacing and 15° deflection, rear individually adjust- Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
able blades, perpendicular to frontal bars. LxH Ø connections Airflow LxH Ø connections Airflow
• AC 441 BD: AC 441 D grille with opposed blade (mm) (mm) (m3/hr) (mm) (mm) (m3/hr)
damper (OBD). 200 x 100 80 160 600 x 150 160 650
250 x 100 100 180 600 x 200 200 800
STANDARD SUPPLY 300 x 100 125 250 800 x 100 2 x 125 550
• RAL 9010. Other RAL colours available upon request. 400 x 100 125 330 800 x 200 2 x 200 1000
500 x 100 125 380 1000 x 150 2 x 160 1000
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 600 x 100 2 x 100 500 1500 x 200 3 x 200 1800
• Corner piece 90° or 45°; code K. 250 x 150 125 280 800 x 75 2 x 100 400
300 x 150 160 350 800 x 150 2 x 160 800
ADDITIONAL RANGE 400 x 150 160 450 1000 x 75 2 x 100 550
• Other sizes available upon request. 500 x 150 160 550 1000 x 200 2 x 200 1200
400 x 200 200 550 1000 x 100 2 x 125 650
500 x 200 200 680 1500 x 150 3 x 160 1350
• All MT plenums are 83° models, except 250 x 150 and 200 x 100 mm.
RANGE
Dimensions Grille Opposed blade ME F3 plenum MT F3 plenum
AC 441 F3 damper side connection back connection
Code Code Code Code
800 x 75
1000 x 75
200 x 100
250 x 100
300 x 100
400 x 100
500 x 100
600 x 100
800 x 100
1000 x 100
250 x 150
300 x 150
400 x 150
500 x 150
600 x 150
800 x 150
Air Diffusion
1000 x 150
1500 x 150
400 x 200
500 x 200
600 x 200
800 x 200
1000 x 200
1500 x 200

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed blade grilles with filter
Advantages
• Front face opening on hinges
for easy access to filter.
• RAL 9010 white finish.
AC 161 W - Aluminium AC 163 W - Aluminium

applications.
• Wall mounted. LxH
DESCRIPTION L - 10 x H - 10
• AC 161: single deflection grille with horizontal fixed

blades inclined at 40° with a 20 mm spacing.
25
Housing for 25 mm thick filter. Front of the grille
46
hinged - locked into position with a button screw.

• AC 163: square mesh 12 x 12 mm grille. Housing for
25 mm thick filter. Front of the grille hinged and
6
locked into position with a button screw. 27

• Models AC 161 & AC 163: finish - extruded L + 42 x H + 42
aluminium, natural satin finish.
• Hinges in stainless steel.
• Concealed fixing, using screws in the filter housing
acting as a mounting frame. AC 161 grille with filter
STANDARD SUPPLY
• RAL 9010. Other RAL colours available upon request LxH
L - 10 x H - 10
ACCESSORIES
• Washable filter, code W.
25
ADDITIONAL RANGE
46

6
27
L + 42 x H + 42
AC 163 grille with filter

LxH Standard filter ØD Plenum H Plenum Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/hr)
622 x 322 596 x 296 250 215 800
522 x 422 496 x 396 355 215 1600
622 x 422 596 x 396 355 215 1600
522 x 522 496 x 496 400 215 1800
622 x 522 596 x 496 450 215 2400
RANGE
Dimensions Vane grille Mesh grille Filters RT plenum
AC 161 W F1 AC 163 W F1 W back connection
Code Code Code Code
622 x 322
522 x 422
Air Diffusion
622 x 422
522 x 522
622 x 522

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed blades air transfer grilles
Advantages
• Mounting frame supplied.
• No see-through from one room
to another.
AC 181 - Aluminium
• Air transfer from one room to another. 35 min.25 max. 55
• Normally used as a door grille.
DESCRIPTION
• Single deflection grille with horizontal fixed vanes,
spaced at 20 mm. Herringbone vane arrangement.
• Finish – anodised aluminium, natural satin finish.
• Visible fixing, by screwing into the frame.
• AC 180: non-vision door or partition transfer grille with
fixed frame on one side. For dark rooms, we suggest
L + 39 x H + 39
two grilles (painted black), fitted to both sides of the
L + 39 x H + 39
door.
L + 32 x H + 32
LxH
LxH
• AC 181: non-vision door or partition grille with fixed
frame on one side, complete with sliding frame on the
opposite side.
STANDARD SUPPLY
ACCESSORIES
31
31
• Mounting frame supplied.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• All sizes up to 1200 x 600 mm.
• Paint finishes as for RAL card (please, consult us). AC 180 grille AC 181 grille
L (mm) H (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
200 100 60
300 150 150
400 200 250
600 200 350
500 300 410
600 300 600
600 400 650
RANGE
Dimensions Air transfer grille Air transfer grille
AC 180 AC 181
Code Code
200 x 100
300 x 150
400 x 200
600 x 200
500 x 300
600 x 300
600 x 400
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Grilles with fixed linear bars for floor mounting
Advantages
• Version suitable for designed
floor assemblies.
AG 450 - AG 470 series - Aluminium
• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and air-
L + 32 x H + 32
13 6 5
• Suitable for floor mounting.
DESCRIPTION
215 20
415
93
• Fixed horizontal linear bars with a 13 mm spacing.
• Special version for designed floor assemblies with
reinforced use (model AG 470). L - 14 x H - 14
LxH
For this version, it is necessary to stipulate the floor
height as the grille will be adapted in the factory up to
this height (modification of dimension C). AG 450 grille alone AG 450 grille with damper
CAUTION: the minimum value of dimension C is 35
mm. LxH
• Finish – anodised aluminium, natural satin finish. 6 31 5
• Embedded into the floor.
ACCESSORIES
C
57
• Counter-rotating movement AGB damper, in
aluminium. Fitted to the grille using clips (please,
consult us).
ADDITIONAL RANGE L - 72 x H - 72
• All sizes of up to 1200 x 400 mm. Finished with paint

in accordance with RAL colour chart (please, consult us). AG 470 grille alone
• C: variable depending on flooring type, specify when ordering.
• All aluminium version for swimming pool applications
(please, consult us). Comfort airflow in m3/h for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
L (mm) H (mm)
100 150 200 300 600
200 160 - - - -
300 250 350 - - -
400 - 450 550 - -
500 - - - 1200 -
600 - - 800 1400 2000
RANGE
Dimensions Floor grille Floor grille
AG 450 F0 AG 470 F0
Code Code
200 x 100 11050881
300 x 100 11050882
300 x 150 11050883
400 x 150 11050884
400 x 200 11050885
600 x 200 11050886
500 x 300 11050887
600 x 300 11050888
600 x 600 11050889 11002061
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Grilles with fixed linear bars for floor mounting
Advantages
• Version suitable for designed
floor assemblies.
AG 450A - Aluminium Opposed Blade Damper

• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and air- L + 32 x H + 32
5 16
• Floor mounted.
DESCRIPTION
30
• Fixed horizontal linear bars with a 16 mm spacing.
• Aluminium finish or desired RAL colour, natural satin
20
finish.
• Embedded into the floor. L - 14 x H - 14 25
ACCESSORIES L xH
• Opposed blade damper - in aluminium profiles, fitted

to the grille using clips. AG 450A grille alone
• All aluminium version for swimming pool applications
ADDITIONAL RANGE
95
45
AG 450A with damper

Comfort airflow in m3/hr for Lw < NR 25 and dimensions
L H (mm)
(mm) 100 150 200 300 600
200 160 - - - -
300 250 350 - - -
400 - 450 550 - -
500 - - - 1200 -
600 - - 800 1400 2000
• Special grille for designed floor assemblies (600 x 600 mm tiles).
• State the type of flooring when ordering.
RANGE
Dimensions Grille
AG 450 F0
Code
200 x 100
300 x 100
300 x 150
400 x 150
400 x 200
600 x 200
500 x 300
600 x 300
Air Diffusion
600 x 600

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Pressed metal grilles
Advantages
• Wall mounted installation.
Grille SR 377 - Steel Grille SR 378 - Steel
• Air exhaust for simple air conditioning or heating
installations.
• Wall mounted.
DESCRIPTION
• Single deflection grille with horizontal vanes, inclined
at 20° and with a spacing of 8.5 mm.
• Pressed steel design.
8,5
6
• Visible fixing, by screwing into the frame.
(L + 50) x (H + 50)
L1 x H1
RANGE
H
Lx H
Lx
Dimensions Grille Grille
SR 377 SR 378
Code Code
100 x 100 11050272
200 x 100 11050260
250 x 100 11050261
300 x 100 11050262
100 x 150 11050273
150 x 150 11050274
250 x 150 11050275
350 x 150 11050263 Grille SR 377 Grille SR 378
400 x 150 11050264
100 x 200 11050276 Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 30 and dimensions
200 x 200 11050277 L (mm) H (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
300 x 300 11050265 100 100 60
600 x 300 11050266 200 100 120
400 x 400 11050267 250 100 150
500 x 500 11050268 300 100 180
600 x 600 11050269 100 150 90
750 x 750 11050270 150 150 100
900 x 900 11050271 250 150 150
350 150 300
400 150 350
100 200 120
200 200 240
300 300 600
600 300 1200
400 400 1000
500 500 1800
600 600 2500
750 750 3000
900 900 3500
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed blade grilles for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Adapted for standard 600 x 600
mm suspended ceiling tiles.
• AU 123 and AU 124 series with
a thin frame for even greater
rigidity.
AO 123 Z - AU 123 - AU 124 AO 129 SC 370

Aluminium or steel
applications.
• Ceiling mounted, replacing a 600 x 600 mm suspended
ceiling tile.
DESCRIPTION AxB
• AO 123 Z: frameless straight square mesh grille (15
x 15 mm). AO 123 grille
• AU 123 Z: straight square mesh grille (15 x 15 mm)
with thin 5 mm frame.
• AU 124 Z: square mesh grille (15 x 15 mm) – inclined
at 45° with thin 5 mm frame. White epoxy painted
aluminium finish, RAL 9010 tint.
• AO 129: grille with blades inclinded at 45°. A xB
Anodized aluminium, natural tint or white epoxy
painted aluminium, RAL 9010 tint (AO 129 Z model). AO 129 grille
• SC 370: perforated sheet covering 45 % of free
surface area without frame.
• Gravity fixing using the T-branches of the
suspended ceiling.
ACCESSORIES Ax B
• Connection plenum supplied (side connection) in

galvanised steel. AU124 grille
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• Other dimensions available by request.
A xB
SC 370 grille
A (mm) B (mm) Ø D plenum (mm) H plenum (mm) airflow(m 3/h)
600 600 250 300 1000
1200 600 - - 2000
RANGE
Dimensions Grille anodised Grille white vanes Grille with white Grille with white Plenum side
vanes AO 129 Z mesh mesh connection
AO 129 AO 123 Z AU 124 Z RE 123
600 x 600 11050663 11050665 11050661 11050727 11053694
1200 x 600 11050664 11050666 11050662 11053700
Dimensions Grille with white Plenum side Spare filter White perforated White perforated
mesh connection W sheet + filter sheet
Air Diffusion
AU 123 Z RE 123 SC 370 W SC 370

600 x 600 11050725 11053694 11053499 11050670 11050669

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Fixed blade grilles with filter for ceiling tiles
Advantages
• Front face opening on hinges.
• Adapted for standard
• Dimensions available for 675 x
675 mm tiles.
• Efficient and robust closing system.
AG 637 WZ - Aluminium AC174 WZ • Can be fitted into fixed
suspended ceilings.
• Air exhaust for all ventilation and air-conditioning LxH
applications. L - 22 x H - 22
• Fitted into suspended ceiling tiles or wall-mounted.
• Special model for fixed suspended ceilings.
41
DESCRIPTION
• Front face opening on hinges.
• Aluminium construction.
• White epoxy painted, RAL 9010 tint. 32
• Gravity fixing using the ‘T’ pieces of the suspended L + 42 x H + 42
ceiling (F0) or by visible screws (F1 - Designed for AxB
Staff ceilings).
• AG 637 WZ: front grille with fixed vanes inclined at AG 637 WZ grille (for removable suspended ceilings with T-piece)
45° - with filter. LxH
• AC 174 WZ: square mesh grille (15 x 15 mm) at 45°
- with filter. (L-20) x (H-20)
ACCESSORIES
• W filter 15 mm thick, M1 fire rating, G3 (supplied).
• Connection plenum in galvanised steel.
30
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• For other sizes, please consult us.
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart 27
(please, consult us). L+32 x H+32
• Other fitting methods (please, consult us). Ax B
AC 174 WZ grille (for removable suspended ceilings with T-piece)

Model A x B* L H Plenum Ø Plenum Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) height (mm) connection (mm) (m3/h)
AG 637 WZ 600 x 300 554* 254 360 250 800
600 x 600 554* 554 360 250 1000
675 x 675 628** 628 360 250 1000
AC 174 WZ - 400 200 350 200 450
- 500*** 500 360 250 1000
600 x 300 563* 263 360 250 1000
600 x 600 563* 563 360 250 1000
* Special dimensions for suspended ceiling tiles 600 mm in length.
** Special dimmensions for suspended ceiling tiles 675 mm in length.
*** Dimensions and fittings for non-removable (fixed) suspended ceilings.
RANGE for removable suspended ceilings

Dimensions 45° mesh grille Grille white vanes Side plenum Side plenum Spare filter
AC 174 WZ F0 AG 637 WZ F0 RE 174 RE 637 W
600 x 300 11050742 11050682 11053572 11053575 11053515
600 x 600 11050743 11050681 11053570 11053577 11053514
675 x 675 11050683 11053576 11053516
RANGE for rigid suspended ceilings or walls

Air Diffusion
Dimensions 45° mesh grille Rear plenum Side plenum Side plenum Spare filter
AC 174 WZ F1 MT F3 ME F3 RE174 W
500 x 500 11050741 11053578 11053518
400 x 200 11050740 11053648 11053678 11053517

Air Distribution
Indoor Grilles
Grilles for circular ducts
Advantages
• Suitable for circular and oblong
ducts – all standard diameters.
GD 102 - GD 102 D series N damper

Steel
• Air supply and air exhaust for all ventilation and air-
• Can be mounted on cylindrical or oblong ductwork.
DESCRIPTION L - 10 x H - 10
• GD 102 F1: single deflection grille (air return)
horizontal vanes, mobile, individually adjustable with
a 20 mm spacing.
• GD 102 D F1: double deflection grille (air supply)
horizontal vanes behind and vertical vanes in
front, mobile, individually adjustable with a 20 mm
spacing.
• Galvanised steel with natural tint.
10 27
ACCESSORIES
• ‘N’ damper with inclined sliding rail, in black sheet L + 27 x H + 27
steel with locking screws. Fitted to the grille using
clips. Used for air supply. GD 102 grille alone
• ‘H’ damper with straight sliding rail and in black
sheet steel. Fitted to the grille using clips, with
locking screws. Used for air exhaust.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• All sizes of up to 1225 x 225 mm.
B
C
• Finished with paint in accordance with RAL colour
chart (please, consult us).
1
1 Airflow direction
GD 102 with H damper GD 102 D with N damper
Comfort airflow levels for Lw < NR 35 (air supply with N damper 100 % open)
and dimensions
L H A B C Min. duct Max. duct Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ø D (mm) Ø D (mm) (m3/h)
325 75 42 86 124 160 400 190
425 75 42 86 137 160 400 230
525 75 42 86 150 160 400 300
625 75 42 86 163 160 400 360
425 125 46 90 141 315 900 460
525 125 46 90 154 315 900 560
625 125 46 90 167 315 900 680
525 225 56 100 164 630 1600 1000
625 225 56 100 177 630 1600 1300
825 225 56 100 204 630 1600 1500
• See selection tables pages 253 and 254.
RANGE
Dimensions Double deflection grille Inclined slide damper Single deflection grille Straight slide damper
GD 102 D F1 N GD 102 F1 H
Code Code Code Code
325 x 75 11050148 11053969 11050108 11053959
425 x 75 11050140 11053960 11050100 11053950
525 x 75 11050141 11053961 11050101 11053951
Air Diffusion
625 x 75 11050142 11053962 11050102 11053952

425 x 125 11050143 11053963 11050103 11053953
525 x 125 11050144 11053964 11050104 11053954
625 x 125 11050145 11053965 11050105 11053955
525 x 225 11050146 11053966 11050106 11053956
625 x 225 11050147 11053967 11050107 11053957
825 x 225 11050154 11053968 11050114 11053958

Air Distribution
Air Displacement Diffusers

SP 391 series
Advantages
• Perfect for cooling installations.
• Low velocity air supply.
Diffuser SP 391 - Steel
Ø D A
• Cooling or air-conditioning in industrial or commercial
premises.
• Air supply covering 180°.
40
• Wall mounted or fitted centrally within the zone of
occupation.
E
• Air distribution by means of integrated deflectors.
DESCRIPTION
• Diffusion surface – galvanised perforated sheet steel.
H
• Floor mounting. Diffuser SP 391 R
ACCESSORIES
• Floor base plate.
• Silencer.
• Duct fittings. A
• Regulator and air-flow measurement device.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
C
E

F
B
Diffuser SP 391
Model A B C ØD E F H L** Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
100 200 100 70 98 80 155 400 300 175
125 250 125 75 123 93 185 500 300 275
160 300 150 80 168 110 250 700 400 400
200 380 190 90 198 130 260 800 400 600
250 480 240 102 248 155 315 900 500 900
315 600 300 125 313 198 390 1000 600 1500
400 760 380 151 398 230 480 1250 700 2400
500 950 475 179 498 280 600 1500 800 4000
630 950 475 309 628 345 730 1800 900 6000
**L = height of the sound attenuator
RANGE
Dimensions SP 391 R SP 391 Fixings Regulator Silencer Socket
Ø 100 11003141 11003121 • • • •
Ø 125 11003142 11003122 • • • •
Ø 160 11003143 11003123 • • • •
Air Diffusion
Ø 200 11003144 11003124 • • • •

Ø 250 11003145 11003125 • • • •
Ø 315 11003146 11003126 • • • •
Ø 400 11003147 11003127 • • • •
Ø 500 11003148 11003128 • • • •
Ø 630 11003149 11003129 • • • •

Air Distribution
SP 392 series
Advantages
Diffuser SP 392 - Steel
• Cooling or air-conditioning in industrial or commercial E
premises.
• Air supply covering 90°. F Ø D

occupation.
40
DESCRIPTION
C
• Finish - white epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint. B
• Floor mounting.
ACCESSORIES Diffuser SP 392

H
• Silencer. A
• Duct fittings.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
F
Diffuser SP 392 R
Dimension A B C ØD E F H L** Airflow
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (m3/h)
100 240 126 81 98 70 170 400 300 100
125 286 151 96 123 85 203 500 300 175
160 341 181 114 158 100 242 700 400 350
200 406 216 135 198 120 288 800 400 450
250 480 252 162 248 145 340 900 500 700
315 609 320 206 313 185 432 1000 600 1100
400 740 389 250 398 230 525 1250 700 1700
500 902 474 305 498 280 640 1500 800 2500
RANGE
Ø 100 11003151 11003131 • • • •
Ø 125 11003152 11003132 • • • •
Ø 160 11003153 11003133 • • • •
Ø 200 11003154 11003134 • • • •
Air Diffusion
Ø 250 11003155 11003135 • • • •

Ø 315 11003156 11003136 • • • •
Ø 400 11003157 11003137 • • • •
Ø 500 11003158 11003138 • • • •
Ø 630 11003159 11003139 • • • •

Air Distribution

SP 393 series
Advantages
Diffusers SP 393 - Steel
• Cooling or air-conditioning in industrial or commercial ØD
premises.
40
• Wall mounting.
DESCRIPTION
H
• Floor mounting.
ACCESSORIES
• Silencer.
• Duct fittings.
ADDITIONAL RANGE A
E
Diffuser SP 393
Dimensions (mm) A (mm) B (mm) Ø D (mm) H (mm) L** (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
100 350 155 98 400 300 100
125 400 180 123 500 300 160
160 500 250 158 700 400 240
200 600 300 198 800 400 400
250 700 350 248 900 500 700
315 850 425 313 1000 600 1000
400 1000 500 398 1250 700 1500
500 1200 600 498 1500 800 2400
RANGE
Dimensions SP 393 Fixings Regulator Silencer Socket
Code
Ø 100 11003161 • • • •
Ø 125 11003162 • • • •
Ø 160 11003163 • • • •
Ø 200 11003164 • • • •
Air Diffusion
Ø 250 11003165 • • • •
Ø 315 11003166 • • • •
Ø 400 11003167 • • • •
Ø 500 11003168 • • • •

Air Distribution
SP 394 series
Advantages
Diffusers SP 394 - Steel
• Cooling or air-conditioning in industrial or commercial ØD A
premises.
40
occupation.
DESCRIPTION
• Finish - white epoxy painted steel RAL 9010 tint. H
• Floor mounting. Diffuser SP 394 R
ACCESSORIES
• Silencer.
• Duct fittings.
• Regulator and air-flow measurement device. A
ADDITIONAL RANGE
B
Diffuser SP 394
Dimensions (mm) A (mm) B (mm) Ø D (mm) H (mm) L** (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
315 600 300 313 1000 600 1500
400 760 380 398 1250 700 2900
500 950 475 498 1500 800 4000
630 950 475 628 1800 900 6000
RANGE
Code Code
Ø 315 11003186 11003181 • • • •
Ø 400 11003187 11003177 • • • •
Ø 500 11003188 11003178 • • • •
Ø 630 11003189 11003179 • • • •
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Louvres
Fresh air rectangular louvres - fixed blades
Advantages
• Protection against rain water and
weather.
• AMCA Certified performances.
AG 638A - Aluminium

• Designed for both intake and exhaust air service in
commercial and industrial application.
• Total structure is weather proof and blades inclined
downwards to protect against rain water.
CONSTRUCTION
• Casing / frame manufactured from 1.2 mm extruded
aluminium as standard.
• Blades manufactured from 1.2 mm extruded
aluminium and are inclined at 60º on 60 mm blade
pitch centre to minimize water ingress.
• Minimum single section size : 300 x 300 mm mm
• Larger sizes manufactured in multiple section for
assembly at site.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Insect mesh in galvanized steel, code I.
• Insect mesh in stainless steel code IS.
• Bird mesh in galvanized steel, code T.
• Bird mesh in stainless steel, code TS.
• Powder coated to RAL colour, code Z.
• PVC coated bird mesh - PT.
• Filter - FT.
AG 638A louvre
RANGE
AG 638A Fresh air louvre, casing and blades made from aluminium
SG 638A Fresh air louvre, casing and blades made from GI
EG 638A Fresh air louvre, casing and blades made from SS (grade 304)
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Louvres
Fresh air rectangular louvres - fixed blades - robust construction
Advantages
• Protection against rain water and
weather.
• Robust construction.
AG 639A - Aluminium

• Designed for both intake and exhaust air service in
commercial and industrial application.
• Total structure is weather proof and blades inclined
downwards to protect against rain water.
CONSTRUCTION
• Casing manufactured from 3.0 mm heavy duty
extruded aluminium. Other gauges available upon
request.
• Blades manufactured from 1.2 mm inclined at 60º on
60 mm blade pitch centre to minimize water ingress.
• Minimum single section size : 300 x 300 mm
assembly at site.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Insect mesh in stainless steel, code IS.
• Bird mesh in galvanised steel, code T
• Filter - FT.
RANGE
AG 639A Robust construction FAL,
casing and blades made from
aluminium
EG 639A Robust construction FAL,
casing and blades made from AG 639A louvre
SS (grade 304)
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Louvres
Fresh air circular louvres - fixed blades
Advantages
• Circular connection.
• Ideal for ventilation type airflows.
Louvre AR 637 - up to Ø 315 - Aluminium Louvre AR 637 - from Ø 400 - Aluminium
• Circular external louvres designed for fresh air intake
and air exhaust in commercial and industrial application. 50
DESCRIPTION
Diameters from 125 to 315 mm:
• "Rain hood" type vanes, with a spacing of 20mm.
40
• Manufactured in aluminium.
• Invisible fixings – screws through the inner collar.
Diameters from 400 to 630 mm:
• "Rain hood" type vanes, with a spacing of 50 mm.
Ø N - 10
Ø A
• Manufactured in aluminium.
• Raw aluminium finish.
• Internally fitted with a protection grille (anti-bird
mesh) 12 x 12, Ø 1.2 mm in galvanised steel. 40
50
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• All diameters up to 1250 mm (consult us).
• On request: anti-insect mesh in galvanised steel.
(please consult us). Louvre AR 637 - from Ø 125 to Ø 315 Louvre AR 637 - from Ø 400
to Ø 630
Comfort airflow for Lw < NR 35 and DP < 45 Pa.
Ø N (mm) Ø A (mm) Airflow (m3/h)
125 160 150
160 200 200
200 250 300
250 315 500
315 385 800
400 450 1400
450 500 1750
500 550 2280
630 680 3560
RANGE
Dimensions Circular louvre
AR 637
Code
Ø 125 11052240
Ø 160 11052241
Ø 200 11052242
Ø 250 11052243
Ø 315 11052244
Ø 400 11052260
Air Diffusion
Ø 450 11052261
Ø 500 11052262
Ø 560 11052263
Ø 630 11052264

Air Distribution
Louvres
Small outdoor grilles
Advantages
• Lightweight grille suitable for
ventilation airflows.
AWA 251 - Aluminium
• Fresh air supply or rejected polluted air. 30
• Wall mounted.
DESCRIPTION
• Frame in extruded aluminium, horizontal rain-hood
vanes in extruded aluminium.
27
• Centre distance of 25 mm between the vanes.

• Internally fitted with a protection grille (diamond
shaped) 10 x 30, diameter 0.8 mm.
(H + 32) x (L + 32)
ACCESSORIES
(H - 20) x (L - 20)
• F4 fitting frame in galvanised sheet steel. Hx L

• Rear connection plenum up to 600 x 600 mm.
ADDITIONAL RANGE
• All sizes available up to 1200 x 1200 mm (please
consult us).
AWA 251 grille with mounting frame

RANGE
H L 200 L 250 L 300 L 350 L 400 L 450
100 11152023 11052069 11052024 11052070 11152025 11052071
150 11052027 11052077 11052028 11052078 11052029 11052079
200 11052032 11052084 11052033 11052085 11052034 11052086
250 11052089 11052090 11052091 11052092 11052093 11052094
300 11052126 11052127 11052039 11052128 11052040 11052129
350 11052132 11052133 11052134 11052135 11052136 11052137
400 11052144 11052145 11052146 11052147 11052045 11052148
450 11052149 11052150 11052151 11052152 11052153 11052154
H L 500 L 600 L 700 L 800 L 900 L 1000

100 11152026 11052072 11052073 11052074 11052075 11052076
150 11052030 11052031 11052080 11052081 11052082 11052083
200 11052035 11052036 11052037 11052038 11052087 11052088
250 11052095 11052096 11052097 11052098 11052099 11052125
300 11052041 11052042 11052043 11052044 11052130 11052131
350 11052138 11052139 11052140 11052141 11052142 11052143
Air Diffusion
400 11052046 11052047 11052048 11052049 11052050 11052051

450 11052155 11052156 11052157 11052158 11052159 11052160
500 11052052 11052064 11052065 11052066 11052067 11052068
600 11052167 11052168 11052169 11052170 11052171
700 11052172 11052173 11052174 11052175 11052176
800 11052177 11052178 11052179 11052180 11052181

Air Distribution
Louvres
Fresh air rectangular louvres - movable blades
Advantages
• Movable blades allowing the
louvre to close completely.
AG 645 - Aluminium
• Fresh air supply or rejected polluted air.
• Closing possibility.
• Wall mounted.
50
DESCRIPTION
• Frame in extruded aluminium, horizontal rain-hood
blades in extruded aluminium.
• Blades spaced out 100 mm apart, movable and coupled
by an exterior linkage allowing the louvre to close
100
completely.
L + 50 x H + 50
L - 50 x H - 50
• Manual control with a handle or motorised.
LxH
• Internally fitted with a square mesh shape protection

grille 12 x 12, Ø 1.2 mm in galvanised steel.
• Raw aluminium finish.
• Fixing with a F11-645 mounting frame. Pre-drilling of
the frame by request (F1 fixing).
ACCESSORIES
• F11-645 fitting frame in galvanised sheet steel,
supplied with grouting lugs (code 11002520)
• Operating handle.
• On/off motor 24 V or 230 V.
10
ADDITIONAL RANGE 80
• Lengths from 200 mm to 1600 mm in 25 mm steps.
• Heights from 200 to 2000 mm in 100 mm steps. AG 645 louvre with manual control
• Paint finish in accordance with the RAL colour chart Selection Table see page 256.
• Version with frame in "U" shape width 38 mm.
RANGE
H Grille AG 645 code 11002483
400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
400 • • • • • • • • • •
500 • • • • • • • • • •
600 • • • • • • • • • •
800 • • • • • • • • • •
1000 • • • • • • • • • •
1200 • • • • • • • • • •
1400 • • • • • • • • • •
1600 • • • • • • • • • •
1800 • • • • • • • • • •
2000 • • • • • • • • • •
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Fixing Screen Closing control
F1 fixing by visible screws Bird mesh in stainless steel Manual control
Insect mesh in galvanised steel or stainless steel AF230* single speed motor
Air Diffusion
AF24* single speed motor

*Motor delivered fitted: specify the position (on the right or left facing the grille).

Air Distribution
Louvres
Sand trap louvres
Advantages
• Separates dust and sand
from air.
AG 644 - Aluminium

• Used as prefilter for the protection of
air-conditioning plants in areas exposed to extreme
levels of industrial pollution.
• High degree of separation of sand and large dust L - 10 x H - 10 L - 10 x H - 10
30
concentrations. 30
25
• The vertically arranged sections and holes for sand
25
drainage ensure that the sand trap louver is self
76
cleaning and maintenance free. 100 50
76
CONSTRUCTION 100 50
• Sand trap louvres with vertical slots designed to

separate dust and sand from air stream. 76 76
• Extruded aluminium frame (16 ga. or 14 ga.) and blade 25
(16 ga.), code AG 644. 25
30
• Minimum single section size: 300 x 300 mm
30
• Maximum single section size: 2450 x 2000 mm
assembly at site.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Flush mounted sand trap louvre, code AG 644A.
L - 10 x H - 10
L - 10 x H - 10
L + 60 x H + 60
• Frame and baffles are made from 18 ga. galvanized

LxH
LxH
steel, code SG 644

• Insect mesh in stainless steel, code IS.
• Bird mesh in galvanised steel, code T
• Filter - FT.
RANGE
Type Description Code AG 644 AG 644 A
AG 644 Sand trap louvre with frame and
baffles made from aluminium
SG 644 Sand trap louvre with frame
and baffles made from GI
EG 644 Sand trap louvre with frame
and baffles made from SS
(grade 304)
AG 644A Sand trap louvre with sand chute
- aluminium construction
SG 644A Sand trap louvre with sand chute
- GI construction
EG 644A Sand trap louvre with sand chute
- SS (grade 304) construction
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Louvres
Acoustic Louvres
Advantages
• Noise reduction with minimal
airflow restrictions.
SU 631 - Galvanized steel

AU 631 - Aluminium

• Mostly used for air exhaust but can also be used for
air intake
• Acoustic louvers are well-adapted to commercial 305 305 305
and industrial applications
• It can also be installed in a generator room.
DESCRIPTION
150
150
• Acoustic louvres designed to provide optimal acous-
150
150
tic performance (noise reduction) with minimal
airflow restrictions (low pressure drop).
150
150
CONSTRUCTION
L - 10 x H - 10
L - 10 x H - 10
• SU 631: blades with 300 mm pitch centers provide a
LxH
resistence to water ingress with acoustic properties.

Infill material is inert, incombustible,
non-hygroscopic and vermin proof. Enclosed and
covered on the under side with a perforated sheet
suitable for velocities up to 20 m/s.
• SU 632: combination of two SU 631 back to back to
achieve 610 mm depth.
• Minimum single section size : 300 x 600mm
• Maximum single section size : 2450 x 2450mm
• Larger sizes manufactured in multiple sections for
assembly at site.
SU 631 SU 632
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Natural anodized aluminium, code A.
• Insect mesh in galvanized steel (6 x 6 x Ø 0.8 mm).
• Bird mesh in galvanized steel as standard (12 x 12 x
Ø 1 mm).
RANGE
SU 631 Construction in galvanized steel
AU 631 Construction in aluminium
EU 631 Construction in stainless
steel (grade 304)
SU 632 Combination of two SU 631
back to back
AU 632 Combination of two AU 631
back to back
EU 632 Combination of two EU 631
back to back
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
Twisted 850 series
Air supply with ceiling effect
Ak Dimensions qv (m3/h)
(m2) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
0.022 Ø 200 19 0.30 20 0.39 21 0.52 23 0.59 24 0.65 26 0.71 30 0.85 32 0.91 34 0.96 35 1.02 38 1.10
2.0 2 2.6 3 3.3 4 3.9 6 4.6 8 5.2 11 5.9 13 6.5 17 7.2 20 7.8 24 8.5 28
Lw Lt Lw Lt
Vk Pa Vk Pa
The values Lw (NR) do not take any account of the attenuation in the premises. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Vt = 0.37 m/s.
Mixing rate (TM)

0.15
Lt (m) Throw in m
Difference between the temperature at the end
∆TL (°C) of throw and room temperature (in °C)
0.10
Difference between the air supply temperature
∆TS (°C) and room temperature (in °C)
0.08
Temperature quotient.
TM = ∆TL / ∆TS This value is significant capacity to mixing "fast"
0.06 air supply to the room temperature.
0.05
Example
TM
0.04 Example
with 15°C
Air jet temperature at 1 m (Lt = 1m)
supply
0.03 of the diffuser = [25 - 10 x 0.04] (°C)
and 25°C
= 24.6° C
in the room
Ø
20 Corrections for other terminal velocities
0.02 0
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 Lt x 1.5 x1 x 0.75

LT (m)
Twisted 850 series

Exhaust without filter
(m2) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
0.029 Ø 200 19 - 19 - 20 - 21 - 22 - 25 - 28 - 31 - 33 - 35 - 37 -
1.4 2 1.9 3 2.4 5 2.9 7 4.6 10 3.8 13 4.3 16 4.8 20 5.3 24 5.7 29 6.2 34
- Pa2 - 4 - 7 - 11 - 16 - 21 - 28 - 35 - 44 - 53 - 63 - 74
Lw - Lw -
Vk Pa Vk Pa
The values Lw (NR) do not take any account of the attenuation in the premises. Tests carried out without plenum and with a standard plenum (Pa2).
Exhaust G2 filter only

(m2) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Ø 200 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 6 - 8 - 10 - 12 - 14 - 17 - 20
Pa Pa
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AR 883 Series - AR883 Thermo series
Air supply with ceiling effect - Heating Position - ∆T +10° C - α 90°
Ak ØD qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 500 750 1000 1200 1600 2000 3000 4000 5000 6500 8000
0.03665 250 38 5.9 48 9.0 Lw Lt
3.8 27 5.8 63 Vk Pa
0.07355 315 27 4.5 37 6.5 41 7.6 49 10.3
2.7 14 3.8 27 4.4 35 6.4 76
0.10970 400 29 5.2 37 7.3 43 9.0
2.9 15.8 4.0 29 5.2 47
0.16293 500 25 5.1 31 6.3 42 10 50 14
2.5 11.4 3.3 19.5 5 45 6.9 86
0.30157 630 Lw Lt 25 5.8 37 7.8 37 10 44 12.7 52 16
Vk Pa 2.5 11.4 3.5 23 4.6 37 5.8 64 7.3 99
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. Vt = 0.25 m/s.
Corrections for other angles of air diffusion
α LtM Vk ∆Pt Lw Ak
45° x 0.35 x 1.59 x 1.42 + 10 x 0.63
60° x 0.66 x 1.13 x 1.12 +3 x 0.88
α = angle of the blades. LtM = vertical reach.
AR 883 Series - AR883 Thermo series

Air supply with ceiling effect - Cooling Position - ∆T –10° C - α 30°
Ak ØD qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1400 1800 2000 2500
0.01705 250 20 0.62 30 0.9 37 1.25 42 1.5 Lw Lt
3.4 8.1 5.0 16.5 70 30 8.7 44 Vk Pa
0.03090 315 18 0.7 25 0.87 30 1.15 35 1.35 42 1.8 47 2.3
2.7 5.3 8.5 3.5 4.6 15 5.8 21 7.2 33 9.5 53
0.03810 400 26 1.0 31 1.25 38 1.65 43 2 52 2.8
3.6 8.7 4.5 14 6 23 7.5 35 10.5 65
0.06700 500 26 1.2 32 1.5 38 2.1 46 2.8 48 3.1
3.2 7.4 4.0 11 5.7 20 7.5 35 8.1 40
0.07720 630 Lw Lt 28 1.4 37 1.9 43 2.5 45 2.7 51 3.5
Vk Pa 3.4 8.0 4.8 16 6.3 25 7.0 35 9.0 48
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. α = angle of the blades. Vt = 0.25 m/s.
Corrections for other terminal velocities
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt x1 x 0.67 x 0.5 x 0.4
SF 785 series
Supply air with ceiling effect
Ak LxH 150 200 300 400 500 600 800
(m2) (mm) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h)
0,0248 400 x 400 - 1,2 - 1,5 26 2,4 35 3,2 Lw Lt
1,6 2,5 2,1 4,5 3,2 10,0 4,5 20,0 Vk Pa
0,0392 500 x 500 - 1,3 - 2,0 25 2,5 30 3,2
1,4 1,9 2 4,0 2,8 8,0 3,5 13,0
0,0565 600 x 600 - 1,6 - 2,3 25 2,8 28 3,2
1,6 2,2 2 4,0 2,7 7,0 3,1 10,0
0,0938 825 x 825 Lw Lt - 2,3 20 2,8 28 3,6
Vk Pa 1,7 3,0 2 4,0 3 8,0
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises. Speed = 0,37 m/s.
Air Diffusion
Vt (m/s) 0,25 0,37 0,5
Lt x 1,5 x1 x 0,75

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
SF 786 series
Supply air with ceiling effect
Ak LxH 150 200 300 400 500 600 800
(m2) (mm) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h)
0,0478 600 x 600 Lw Lt - 1,8 23 2,4 28 3,0 33 3,5
Vk Pa 1,8 9,0 2,5 18,0 3 26,0 3,9 40,0
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises. Speed = 0,37 m/s.
Vt (m/s) 0,25 0,37 0,5
Lt x 1,5 x1 x 0,75
AF 792 series
Air supply for a length of 1 m with ceiling effect Page 268
Ak Height No. of qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) slots 300 350 400 500 600 800 1100 1300
0.025 75 2 25.0 3.7 28.0 4.7 32.0 5.1 35.0 6.1 40.0 7.2 Lw Lt
3.3 6.0 4.0 9.6 4.5 12.0 5.5 19.0 6.5 26.0 Vk Pa
0.05 150 4 28.0 6.0 35.0 7.0 42.0 10.0 45.0 12.0
3.4 7.2 4.5 12.0 6.5 25.0 7.5 38.0
28.0 4.7 35.0 6 42.0 7.7 45.0 9.3
3
0.05 3.4 7.2 4.5 12.0 6.5 25.0 7.5 4.2
150 4
0.037 + 0.013 – 1.6 – 3.5 – 4.9 – 5.3
1
3.4 – 4.5 – 6.5 – 7.5 –
28.0 3.7 35.0 5.1 42.0 6.4 45.0 7.4
2
0.05 3.4 7.2 4.5 12.0 6.5 25.0 7.5 4.2
150 4
0.025 + 0.025 Lw Lt – 3.7 – 5.1 – 6.4 – 7.4
2
Vk Pa 3.4 – 4.5 – 6.5 – 7.5 –
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. Speed = 0.37 m/s.
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt x 1.5 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6
SN
SR 260
861 Series
- SF 861 - SF 861 T series
AAiirr ssuuppppllyy fwoirtha cleenilgintgh oefffe1cm
t with ceiling effect Page 269
Ak
Ak No. of qv (m3/hr)
qv (m3/hr)
(m 2 Ø D (mm) 150
(m2)) slots 200
50 250
70 300
400
100
150 550
250 700
350 800
500 600
0.00389
0 . 0 1 12 5 2 15 2.9 2–1 31 .6 2276 41..98 3323 53
3 7 .9
6.4 Lw Lt Lw Lt
2.4 5 23.5 48.5 45 1147 85.5 2425
6 32 Vk Pa Vk Pa
00..0003761 4 16 0 2333 53..32
– 1.4 24 2.3 3412 74..30 3.7 9.3 41 10.6
2.6 5 4.5 13 3
6.5 8
26 4
8.5 17
45 5 30 6 32
0.0124 2030 23
24 5.2
– 192.9 31
35 6.0
3.6 37
42 8.0
5.0 41 9.3
0.018 3
3.6 9
5.1 8
17 4
6.8 17
28 5
9.0 30
48 6 32
4
0.009 + 0.027
0.0199 2510 –– 2.7 2 2–7 4.0
2.7 3–5 4.9
3.6 4–2 5.3
5.0 46 6.0
3
2.7 –5 4
3.5 –9 5
4.9 –
16 6
6.5 26– 8.5 45
0.0358 315 Lw Lt 23 3.6 31– 5.3
2.5 37
26 6.7
3.2 41
33 7.7 4.5 37 5.5
2
0.036 Vk Pa 3 8 4
3.0 17
7.0 5
4.0 30
11 6 32
5.5 20 7.0 30
4
0.018 + 0.018 Lw Lt – 3.6 – 5.3 – 6.7 – 7.7
2
The values Lw (NR) do not take thV
e katteP
nauation in the premises into account. 3 S p e e–d = 0.25 m/s.
– 4 – 5 – 6
The values Lwfor

Corrections (NR) do not
other take any
terminal account of the attenuation in the premises.
velocities Speed = 0.37 m/s.
Corrections for other terminal

Vt (m/s) 0.25 velocities
0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt
Vt (m/s) x1
0.25 x0.37
0.67 x0.5
0.5 x0.63
0.4
Air Diffusion
Lt x 1.5 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6
DGH - DGH2 Series

Air supply without ceiling effect Page 281
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 300 400
0.002 100 – 3.2 – 6.1 24 8.9 33 11.7 40 14.5 45 17.3 Lw Lt
4.1 11 8.3 43 12.4 96 16.5 170 20.6 266 24.8 383 Vk Pa
0.004 150 – 1.9 – 3.5 – 5.0 20 6.5 17 8.0 22 9.5 31 12.5 43 18.6
General Catalogue 2013/14 1.8 2 3.6 8 5.4 18 7.2 33 9.0 51 10.8 73 14.4 130 21.6 293 243
0.007 200 – 2.3 – 3.3 – 4.2 20 5.1 20 6.1 – 8.0 27 11.8 36 15.5
Air Distribution
Selection Tables
Combined series
Air supply in 4 directions with ceiling effect - air supply + air exhaust
Air supply selection (at the periphery of the diffuser)
Type Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 450 550 650 750 850 950 1100
SF/AF 0.05 472 x 472 29 2.1 33 2.6 36 3.1 39 3.5 Lw Lt
2.5 21 3.1 32 3.61 45 4.2 60 Vk Pa*
SN/AN 0.06 525 x 525 30 2.4 33 2.8 36 3.2 38 3.7
2.6 22 3 31 3.5 42 3.9 53
SN/AN 0.09 600 x 600 Lw Lt 31 3 33 3.4 36 4
Vk Pa* 2.6 24 3 29 3.4 40
* Pressure loss for the Combined assembly in air supply.
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account
and concern the Combined assembly in both air supply and air exhaust. Speed = 0.5 m/s.
Air exhaust selection (at the centre of the diffuser)

Type Ak LxH L1 x H1 qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) (mm) 450 550 650 750 850 950 1100
SF/AF 0.07 472 x 472 323 x 323 1.8 16 2.2 24 2.6 34 3 45 Vk Pa*
SN/AN 0.094 525 x 525 375 x 375 1.6 14 1.9 19 2.2 25 2.5 32
SN/AN 0.094 600 x 600 375 x 375 Vk Pa* 2.5 32 2.8 40 3.2 53
* Pressure loss for the Combined assembly in air exhaust.
Air exhaust filter selection

Type Ak LxH L1 x H1 qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) (mm) 450 550 650 750 850 950 1100
SF/AF 0.07 472 x 472 323 x 323 21 25 29 33 Pa
SN/AN 0.094 525 x 525 375 x 375 19 22 25 29
SN/AN 0.094 600 x 600 375 x 375 Pa 29 34 42
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 0.75
Lt x2 x 1.33 x1 x 0.8 x 0.67
AG / AN 280 D and Techlined 280 D series

Air supply for a length of 1 m with ceiling effect
Ak Number qv (m3/hr)
(m2) of slots 60 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
0.007 1 – 1.9 24 3.1 35 4.7 Lw Lt
2.4 5.1 4.0 14 6.0 32 V k Pa
0.014 2 – 2.2 20 3.3 27 4.4 33 5.5 38 6.6
2.0 3.5 3.0 8.0 4.0 14 5.0 22 6.0 32
0.021 3 – 2.7 18 3.6 24 4.5 29 5.4 37 7.2
2.0 3.5 2.6 6.3 3.3 10 4.0 14 5.3 25
0.028 4 Lw Lt – 3.1 18 3.9 23 4.7 30 6.2 36 7.8 41 9.3
Vk Pa 2.0 3.5 2.5 5.5 3.0 8.0 4.0 14 5.0 22 6.0 32
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt x2 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6
Air Diffusion
Corrections for the vertical through with ceiling effects.
∆T (°C) - 10 0 + 15 Vk ∆P Lw
Lt x 0.8 x 0.5 x 0.3 x 0.45 x 0.8 -3

0.039 400 Lw Lt – 3.6 < 20 4.6 throw multiplication (Lt)
by 1.4.
Vk Pa 2.1 3 2.8 5
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
Air Distribution
Selection Tables
(m2) (mm) 500 600 700 800 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.007 200 43 19.3 Lw Lt
19.2 230 Vk Pa
0.020 300 – 9.2 21 11 26 12.7 30 14.5 37 18
AG / AN 290 D and Techlined 290 D series

6.9 30 8.3 43 9.7 58 11.1 76 13.8 119
0.039 400 – 5.7 – 6.7 – 7.8 – 8.8 – 10.9 31 16.2 40 21.5 48 27.5 52 34.1
3.5 8 4.2 11 4.9 15 5.6 20 7.0 31 10.5 69 14 122 17.8 200 21.4 265
Supply for a 1 m length with ceiling effect
The values Lw (NR) do not take any account of the attenuation in the premises. Speed = 0.5 m/s.
Ak LxH qv (m3/h)
Corrections
(m 2) for other terminal
(mm) velocities 60 100 Corrections
150 to 200
the vertical throw depending
250 300 on
400the air supply
500 temperature
600
0.009 1 – 1,6 0 2,7 30 4 L w Lt
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 0.75 ∆T (° C) -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
1,9 4 3 8 4,9 20 Vk Pa
0.018
Lt x2 x 1.33 2 x 1 x 0.8 x 0.67 –Lt 3 x 2.5
21 3,7x 2 28 x4,7 1.7 33 x 1.3
6 x1 x 0.7 x 0.5 x 0.4 x 0.33
2,4 5 3,1 9 4 14 4,8 20
0.027 3 – 3 – 4 23 4,7 30 6 35 7,7
2 4 2,5 6 3 8 4 14 5 22
0.036 4 Lw Lt – 3,4 – 4 24 5,4 30 6,7 33 8
Vk Pa 1,8 3 2,3 6 3 8 3,9 14 4,5 20
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises. Vt = 0,37 m/s.
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt x2 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6
Corrections for the vertical through with ceiling effects.
∆T (°C) - 10 0 + 15 Vk ∆P Lw
Lt x 0.8 x 0.5 x 0.3 x 0.45 x 0.8 -3
AG / AN 280 and Techlined 280 series

Exhaust for a 1 m length
3
Ak L x H qv (m /h)
(m2) (mm) 60 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
0,016 1 - - - - 25 - Lw Pa2
1,1 3,3 1,8 9,1 2,7 20,8 Vk Pa
0,031 2 - - - - - - 23 - 28 -
0,9 2,3 1,4 5,2 1,8 9,1 2,3 14,3 2,7 20,8
0,047 3 - - - - - - - - 27 -
0,9 2,3 1,2 4,1 1,5 6,5 1,8 9,1 2,4 16,3
0,062 4 - 3,0 - 4,7 - 6,8 20 12,0 26 18,8 31 27,3
0,9 2,3 1,1 3,6 1,4 5,2 1,8 9,1 2,3 14,3 2,7 20,8
0,078 5 - 3,7 5,2 8,2 22 13,6 27 19,5
0,9 2,6 1,1 3,6 1,40 5,3 1,8 9,1 2,2 13,0
0,093 6 Lw Pa2 - 4,2 - 7,1 - 11,7 - 15,6
Vk Pa 0,9 2,6 1,2 4,2 1,5 7,2 1,8 9,1
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises. Pa2 = with G3 filter included.
AG/ AN 290 and Techlined 290 series

Exhaust for a 1 m length with ceiling effect
Ak LxH qv (m3/h)
(m2) (mm) 60 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600
0,02 1 - - - - 20 - Lw Pa2
0,9 2,6 1,4 5,2 2,2 13,0 Vk Pa
0,04 2 - - - - 20 - 23 -
1,1 3,3 1,40 5,9 1,8 9,1 2,2 13,0
0,06 3 - - - - - - 20 - 25 -
0,9 2,6 1,1 3,9 1,4 5,2 1,8 9,1 2,3 14,3
0,08 4
Series SR 861 - SF 861 - SF 861 T - 3,1 - 5,5 8,1 20 13,6 23 19,5
Air Diffusion
0,8 2,0 1 3,9 1,4 5,2 1,8 9,1 2 13,0

0,10 5 Air supply with ceiling effect 3,9 6,7 Pag9,7es 274
20 - 275
14,3
0,8 2,3 1,1 3,8 1,4 5,2 1,7 7,8
Ak qv (m3/hr)
0,12
(m2) 6 Lw Ø D (mm)
Pa2 50 70 100 150 250 - 5,5
350 - 500
8,4 - 60011,7
0.0039 Vk Pa
125 – 1 26 1.8 33 3 0,9 2,6 1,1 3,9 1,4
Lw 5,2
Lt
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account
2.5the4.attenuation
5 5 17 in 8the
.5 premises.
45 Pa2 = with G3 filter included. Vk Pa
0.0071 160 – 1.4 24 2.3 33 3.2 42 4.0
2.6 5 4.5 13 6.5 26 8.5 45
0.0124 200 – 19 24 2.9 35 3.6 42 5.0
0.0199
General Catalogue 2013/14
250
3.6 9 5.1 17 6.8 28 9.0 48
– 2 27 2.7 35 3.6 42 5.0 46 6.0
245
Air Distribution
Selection Tables
ALD 610 K Combined series
(m2) 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0.016 600-1 slot 20 2.3 27 2.7 32 3 34 3.4 41 4 Lw Lt
2.4 5 3.3 9 4 13 4.9 20 6.5 35 Vk Pa*
0.018 675-1 slot 17 2 24 2.6 29 2.9 33 3.3 39 3.9 43 4.6
2.3 4 2.9 7 3.8 12 4.5 17 6 30 7.5 46
0.030 600-2 slots 21 2.5 24 2.9 30 3.4 35 3.9 38 4.5 45 5.4
2.3 4 2.7 6 3.6 11 4.5 17 5.5 25 7.1 42
0.034 675-2 slots 19 2.6 22 2.8 28 3.3 34 3.8 37 4.2 43 5.2
2 3 2.4 5 3.2 8 4 13 4.9 19 6.5 35
0.045 600-3 slots 23 2.9 28 3.4 32 3.8 37 4.6 42 5.4 46 6.3
2.3 4 2.9 7 3.4 9 4.6 17 5.9 29 6.9 39
0.051 675-3 slots 21 2.8 26 3.3 29 3.7 36 4.4 41 5.2 44 6
2 3 2.6 5 3 7 4 13 5.1 22 6.2 33
0.060 600-4 slots 23 3.1 27 3.5 33 4.2 38 5 42 5.7 44 6.6
2.2 4 2.6 5 3.5 10 4.5 16 5.2 22 6.2 31
0.068 675-4 slots Lw Lt 24 3.4 31 4 36 4.7 39 5.4 43 6.2
Vk Pa* 2.4 4 3 7 3.9 12 4.6 17 5.5 25
* Pressure loss of the combined assembly in supply mode. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Vt = 0.37 m/s
Lw (NR) values are based without room absorption and related to the combined assembly in supply and extraction mode.
Selection - Air exhaust without filter

Dimensions qv (m3/h)
150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
600-1 slot 1 1 2 3 5 Pa*
675-1 slot 1 1 1 1 3
600-2 slots 3 4 6 10 14
675-2 slots 2 2 4 6 9 15
600-3 slots 9 14 20 36 56
675-3 slots 4 7 10 18 28 40
600-4 slots 19 27 49
675-4 slots Pa* 13 23 36 52
* Pressure loss of the combined assembly in supply mode. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Dp > 70 Pa
Selection - Air exhaust with G2 filter

Dimensions qv (m3/h)
150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
600-1 slot 2 2 3 5 8 Pa*
675-1 slot 1 1 2 3 5
600-2 slots 4 6 10 16 23
675-2 slots 2 3 6 9 14 24
600-3 slots 15 23 33 58
675-3 slots 7 11 17 30 46 66
600-4 slots 31 45
675-4 slots Pa* 20 46 60
* Pressure loss of the combined assembly in supply mode. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Dp > 70 Pa
Air Diffusion

The values Lw (NR) do not take any account of the attenuation in the premises. Speed = 0.25 m/s.
Air Distribution
Selection Tables
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt x1 x 0.67 x 0.5 x 0.4
DGH - DGH2 series

Air supply without ceiling effect Page 281
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 300 400
0.002 100 – 3.2 – 6.1 24 8.9 33 11.7 40 14.5 45 17.3 Lw Lt
4.1 11 8.3 43 12.4 96 16.5 170 20.6 266 24.8 383 Vk Pa
0.004 150 – 1.9 – 3.5 – 5.0 20 6.5 17 8.0 22 9.5 31 12.5 43 18.6
1.8 2 3.6 8 5.4 18 7.2 33 9.0 51 10.8 73 14.4 130 21.6 293
0.007 200 – 2.3 – 3.3 – 4.2 20 5.1 20 6.1 – 8.0 27 11.8 36 15.5
1.9 2 2.9 5 3.8 9 4.8 14 5.8 21 7.7 37 11.5 83 15.4 147
0.020 300 – 3.1 – 3.9 – 5.7 < 20 7.4
3.1 3 2.8 5 4.1 11 5.5 19 • With ceiling effect :
0.039 400 Lw Lt – 3.6 < 20 4.6 throw multiplication (Lt)
by 1.4.
Vk Pa 2.1 3 2.8 5
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 500 600 700 800 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.007 200 43 19.3 Lw Lt
19.2 230 Vk Pa
0.020 300 – 9.2 21 11 26 12.7 30 14.5 37 18
6.9 30 8.3 43 9.7 58 11.1 76 13.8 119
0.039 400 – 5.7 – 6.7 – 7.8 – 8.8 – 10.9 31 16.2 40 21.5 48 27.5 52 34.1
3.5 8 4.2 11 4.9 15 5.6 20 7.0 31 10.5 69 14 122 17.8 200 21.4 265
Corrections for other terminal velocities Corrections to the vertical throw depending on the air supply temperature
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 0.75 ∆T (° C) -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Lt x2 x 1.33 x1 x 0.8 x 0.67 Lt x 2.5 x2 x 1.7 x 1.3 x1 x 0.7 x 0.5 x 0.4 x 0.33
AR 190 Thermo series

Supply air without ceiling effect
Ak Size qv (m3/h)
(m²) 150 200 300 600 400 800 1100 1500 2000 2500
0,0179 150 - 3 20 3,6 23 5,6
33 9,8 28 7,5 Lw Lt
1,9 2 2,5 4 3,8 8
7,6 32 5 14 Vk Pa
0,0308 200 - 4,2
24 9 20 6,2 30 9,8 35 13,0 45 22,7
2,7 3,75,4 14 3,6 6 7,2 25 10 49 14 99
0,0401 230 Lw Lt 20 6,8 24 9,8 30 13,7 35 17,1 45 23,9 52 30
Vk Pa 4 7 5,5 14 8 29 10 46 14 93 17,4 145
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises. Vt = 0,5 m/s.
Vt (m/s) 0,25 0,37 0,5 0,63 0,75
Lt x2 x 1,33 x1 x 0,8 x 0,67 Lt x 2,5 x2 x 1,7 x 1,3 x1 x 0,7 x 0,5 x 0,4 x 0,33
SR 151 S series
Air supply without ceiling effect
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000
0.031 200 30 7.0 42 10 Lw Lt
4.5 25 7.0 58 Vk Pa
0.049 250 32 8 38 10 51 16 58 21
4.2 23 5.8 40 8.5 40 11.5 150
0.071 315 31 9 43 13 51 17 57 21 63 26
3.9 17 6.0 42 8.0 76 9.8 110 12 167
0.096 350 36 9 45 15 50 17 56 22 61 26 65 30
4.2 23 5.9 41 7.2 60 8.5 90 10.2 130 12 165
0.125 400 Lw Lt 38 12 45 15 50 17 55 20 58 24 65 28
Air Diffusion
Vk Pa 4.5 25 5.5 37 6.8 52 7.8 70 9.3 100 11.3 150

With ceiling effect: multiply the throw (Lt) by 1.4.
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 ∆T (° C) -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Lt x 1.5 x1 x 0.75 Lt x 2.5 x2 x 1.7 x 1.3 x1 x 0.7 x 0.5 x 0.4 x 0.33

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
ALD 610 K series
(m2) 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0.016 600-1 slot 18 2.3 25 2.7 30 3 33 3.4 39 4 Lw Lt
2.4 5 3.3 9 4 13 4.9 20 6.5 35 Vk Pa
0.018 675-1 slot 16 2 23 2.6 28 2.9 32 3.3 38 3.9 43 4.6
2.3 4 2.9 7 3.8 12 4.5 17 6 30 7.5 46
0.030 600-2 slots 20 2.5 24 2.9 29 3.4 35 3.9 38 4.5 44 5.4
2.3 4 2.7 6 3.6 11 4.5 17 5.5 25 7.1 42
0.034 675-2 slots 18 2.6 22 2.8 27 3.3 33 3.8 36 4.2 42 5.2
2 3 2.4 5 3.2 8 4 13 4.9 19 6.5 35
0.045 600-3 slots 22 2.9 27 3.4 30 3.8 36 4.6 41 5.4 45 6.3
2.3 4 2.9 7 3.4 9 4.6 17 5.9 29 6.9 39
0.051 675-3 slots 20 2.8 25 3.3 28 3.7 35 4.4 39 5.2 43 6
2 3 2.6 5 3 7 4 13 5.1 22 6.2 33
0.060 600-4 slots 22 3.1 26 3.5 32 4.2 37 5 41 5.7 44 6.6
2.2 4 2.6 5 3.5 10 4.5 16 5.2 22 6.2 31
0.068 675-4 slots Lw Lt 23 3.4 29 4 35 4.7 38 5.4 42 6.2
Vk Pa 2.4 4 3 7 3.9 12 4.6 17 5.5 25
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Vt = 0.37 m/s
ALD 610 K series

Air exhaust without filter
(m2) 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0.012 600-1 slot 13 20 25 28 34 Lw Lt
3.1 8 4.3 15 5.2 22 6.4 50 8.5 59 Vk Pa
0.014 675-1 slot 11 18 23 27 33
3.0 7 3.8 12 4.9 20 5.9 29 7.8 47
0.023 600-2 slots 15 19 24 30 33
3.0 7 3.5 10 4.7 17 5.9 29 7.2 43
0.026 675-2 slots 13 17 22 28 31 37
2.6 5 3.1 8 4.2 14 5.2 22 6.4 32 8.4 59
0.035 600-3 slots 17 22 25 31 36
3.0 7 3.8 12 4.4 15 6.0 29 7.7 49
0.039 675-3 slots 15 20 23 30 34 38
2.6 5 3.4 8 3.9 12 5.2 22 6.6 37 8.1 56
0.046 600-4 slots 17 21 27 32 36 39
2.9 7 3.4 8 4.6 17 5.9 27 6.8 37 8.1 53
0.052 675-4 slots Lw 18 24 30 33 27
Vk Pa 3.1 7 3.9 12 5.1 20 6.0 29 7.2 43
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. Tests carried out with a standard plenum.
ALD 610 K series

Air exhaust with G2 filter
(m2) 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0.012 600-1 slot 13 20 25 28 34 Lw Lt
3.1 8 4.3 15 5.2 23 6.4 52 8.5 63 Vk Pa
0.014 675-1 slot 11 18 23 27 33
3.0 7 3.8 12 4.9 21 5.9 31 7.8 55
0.023 600-2 slots 15 19 24 30 33
3.0 8 3.5 12 4.7 23 5.9 34 7.2 50
0.026 675-2 slots 13 17 22 28 31 37
2.6 6 3.1 10 4.2 18 5.2 27 6.4 39 8.4
0.035 600-3 slots 17 22 25 31 36
3.0 11 3.8 17 4.4 22 6.0 40 7.7 68
Air Diffusion
0.039 675-3 slots 15 20 23 30 34 38

2.6 9 3.4 13 3.9 19 5.2 33 6.6 56 8.1
0.046 600-4 slots 17 21 27 32 36 39
2.9 12 3.4 15 4.6 28 5.9 46 6.8 62 8.1
0.052 675-4 slots Lw 18 24 30 33 27
Vk Pa 3.1 14 3.9 23 5.1 39 6.0 54 7.2 68
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account. Tests carried out with a standard plenum. Dp > 70 Pa

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AF 842 - AT 842 series
Air supply with ceiling effect Pages *** - ***
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 1600
0.015 160 25 1.4 30 1.7 36 2.1 45 2.8 Lw Lt
3.7 14 4.4 20 5.6 33 7.2 54 Vk Pa
0.027 200 18 1.3 23 1.5 30 2.1 36 2.6 42 3.2
2.5 6.6 3 10 4 17 5 26 6 38
0.040 250 15 1.3 22 1.7 27 2.1 33 2.6 41 3.5 50 4.5
2 4.2 2.7 7.7 3.4 12 4 17 5.6 33 7 52
0.056 315 15 1.5 20 1.8 25 2.2 34 3 40 3.7 47 4.6
2 4.2 2.4 6 3 10 4 17 5 26 6.2 40
0.074 355 20 1.9 25 2.6 34 3.3 42 4.1 47 5
2.3 5 3 9 3.8 16 4.8 23 5.5 32
0.090 400 20 2.3 28 3.0 35 3.8 41 4.5
2.5 6.5 3 9 3.8 16 4.6 22
0.013 500 24 3.0 29 3.6 34 4.3 38 4.9 45 6
2.6 6.9 3.1 10 3.6 14 4.1 19 5 29
0.019 630 Lw Lt 25 3.5 30 4.1 37 5.1
Vk Pa 2.6 6.9 2.9 8 3.6 14
Corrections for other terminal velocities Corrections for vertical air supply
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 Vk Lt (m) ∆Pt Lw

(m/s) ∆T -10° ∆T 0° ∆T +10° ∆T +20° (Pa) (NR)
Lt x1 x 0.87 x 0.65
x 1.15 x2 x 1.15 x 0.8 x 0.5 x 1.3 +4
AF 704 - AN 704 TP - SF 704 TP series

Air supply in 4 directions with ceiling effect Pages ***
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500
0.011 150 x 150 20 0.7 29 1.0 34 1.4 Lw Lt
2.8 4.6 4.2 10 5.6 19 Vk Pa
0.023 225 x 225 17 0.8 23 1.0 28 1.2 32 1.5 37 2.0
2.1 2.6 2.8 4.6 3.5 7.2 4.2 10 5.6 19
0.038 300 x 300 1.8 0.9 22 1.1 28 1.5 32 1.8 36 2.3
1.9 2.2 2.3 3.2 3.1 5.7 3.9 9.0 4.6 13
0.057 375 x 375 21 1.2 25 1.5 29 1.8 35 2.4 40 3.0
1.9 2.4 2.5 3.7 2.9 5.3 3.9 9.4 5.0 15
0.087 472 x 472 23 1.5 29 2.0 33 2.4 37 3.0 42 3.7
2.1 2.5 2.8 4.5 3.4 5.9 4.2 10 5.1 15
0.106 525 x 525 24 1.7 28 2.1 32 2.6 37 3.2
2.0 2.4 2.5 3.8 3.1 5.5 3.8 8.6
0.137 600 x 600 Lw Lt 20 1.5 24 1.8 28 2.2 32 2.7
Vk Pa 1.5 1 2 2.4 2.5 3.8 3 5.4
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 0.75
Lt x2 x 1.33 x1 x 0.8 x 0.67
SC 360 R - SC 310 R series

Air supply in 4 directions with ceiling effect
Ak LxH ØD qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) (mm) 125 150 200 250 300 400 600 800 1000
0.018 300 x 300 160 – 0.8 – 1.0 21 1.3 28 1.7 34 2.0 Lw Lt
1.9 3.2 2.3 4.6 3.1 8.1 3.9 13 4.6 18 Vk Pa
0.034 400 x 400 20 0 – 1.0 – 1.2 19 1.5 27 2.0
1.6 2.7 2.0 4.3 2.5 6.2 3.3 11
0.056 500 x 500 25 0 – 1.2 – 1.5 27 2.3 37 3.8
Air Diffusion
1.5 2.3 2.0 4.0 3.0 9.1 4.0 16

0.080 562 x 562 315 Lw Lt – 1.3 16 1.9 25 2.5 32 3.2
Vk Pa 1.4 1.7 2.1 3.9 2.8 6.9 3.5 11
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 0.75
Lt x 1.63 x 1.33 x1 x 0.8 x 0.67

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
SC 831 - SC 832 TP series
Ak ØN qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 150 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
0.011 160 – 1.8 27 2.3 41 3.4 Lw Lt
3.9 1 5.0 22 7.5 50 Vk Pa
0.020 200 – 1.3 – 1.8 23 2.6 33 3.4 41 4.3
2.1 6.0 2.8 7.8 4.1 15 5.7 28 7.0 45
0.031 250 – 1.4 – 2.1 20 2.7 27 3.5 34 4.1 45 5.5
1.9 – 2.7 7.2 3.6 12 4.5 18 5.5 26 7.5 50
0.046 300 – 1.7 – 2.3 15 2.8 22 3.3 32 4.6 40 5.7 46 6.7
1.9 – 2.5 5.5 3.1 8.0 3.7 14 5.0 22 6.2 35 7.5 50
0.047 355 Lw Lt 7 1.9 10 2 20 2.8 30 3.5 37 4.5 40 5.4 50 7.1 57 7.8
Vk Pa 28 3.2 2.8 4.8 3.5 7 4.8 12 6 20 7 28 10.2 39.2 11.6 50.3
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5
Lt x 1.5 x1 x 0.75
AC 181 series
Transfer
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 50 100 150 200 300 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000
0.016 300 x 100 200 x 150 – – 23 – Lw Lt
0.9 3.5 1.7 14 Vk Pa
0.027 500 x 100 300 x 150 – – 14 – 23 –
200 x 200 0.6 1.6 1.0 4.0 1.5 9.9
0.040 800 x 100 400 x 150 – – 16 – 23 –
300 x 200 0.7 2.3 1.0 4.0 1.3 8.0
0.056 1000 x 100 500 x 150 – – – – 18 – 25 31
400 x 200 0.5 1.1 0.7 2.5 1.0 4.5 1.5 10 2.0 18
0.070 1200 x 100 800 x 150 – – – – – – 22 27
500 x 200 300 x 300 0.3 1.0 0.6 1.6 0.8 3 1.2 6.5 1.6 11
0.081 800 x 150 600 x 200 – – – – 20 – 26 – 35 –
400 x 300 0.5 1.6 0.7 2.3 1.0 4.0 1.3 8.0 2.1 20
0.120 1200 x 150 800 x 200 – – – 20 27 33
500 x 300 400 x 400 0.5 1.4 0.7 2 0.9 4 1.4 9 1.9 15
0.150 1000 x 200 600 x 300 – – – – 24 – 30 – 35 –
500 x 400 0.57 1.6 0.6 2.0 1.1 5.0 1.5 9.8 1.9 15
0.190 1200 x 200 800 x 300 – 20 25 30
600 x 400 500 x 500 0.6 1.5 0.9 3.5 1.1 6.0 1.5 10
0.260 1200 x 300 800 x 400 13 – 21 – 26 – 34 –
600 x 500 0.63 1.8 0.8 3.1 1.0 4.1 1.6 11
0.320 1000 x 400 800 x 500 Lw Lt 18 – 22 – 30 – 36 –
600 x 600 Vk Pa 0.7 2.3 0.8 3.1 1.2 5.9 1.7 13
The values Lw (NR) do not take the attenuation in the premises into account.
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AC 101 D - SC 101 D - AC 102 D - SC 102 D series
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 150 200 300 400 500 700 900 1200 1500 3000 5000
0.0074 200 x 75 22 5.8 27 7.5 Lw Lt
5.9 25 7.5 40 Vk Pa
0.0110 300 x 75 – 4.1 19 5.5 28 8.2
200 x 100 3.8 10 5.0 18 7.6 40
0.0160 400 x 75 200 x 150 – 3.4 – 4.5 21 6.8 28 9.1
300 x 100 2.6 5 3.5 8 5.2 19 6.9 34
0.0240 600 x 75 300 x 150 – 3.7 – 5.6 20 7.4 25 9.3
400 x 100 200 x 200 2.3 4 34.5 8 4.6 15 5.8 23
0.0300 800 x 75 – 5.0 16 6.0 21 8.3 29 12
500 x 100 2.8 5 3.7 10 4.6 15 6.5 29
0.0400 1000 x 75 400 x 150 – 5.7 – 7.2 23 10 29 13
600 x 100 300 x 200 2.8 5 3.5 8 4.9 17 6.2 27
0.0490 1200 x 75 500 x 150 – 5.2 – 6.5 19 9.1 25 12 32 16
800 x 100 400 x 200 2.3 4 2.8 6 4.0 11 5.1 18 6.8 32
0.0600 1000 x 100 500 x 200 – 5.9 15 8.2 21 11 22 14 34 18
600 x 150 300 x 300 2.3 4 3.2 7 4.2 12 5.5 22 6.9 34
0.0780 1200 x 100 600 x 200 – 7.2 16 9.2 23 12 29 15
800 x 500 400 x 300 2.5 4 3.2 7 4.3 13 5.3 20
0.1050 1000 x 150 500 x 300 – 8.0 17 11 23 13
800 x 200 400 x 400 2.4 4 3.2 7.0 4.0 11
0.1320 1200 x 150 600 x 300 – 9.5 18 12 35 27
1000 x 200 500 x 400 2.5 4.0 3.2 7 6.3 30
0.1600 1200 x 200 600 x 400 – 9.5 15 12.5 31 24
800 x 300 500 x 500 2.1 3.0 2.6 5.0 5.1 18
0.2100 1000 x 300 600 x 500 – 11 26 15 38 –
800 x 400 2.0 2.8 4.0 11 6.9 32
0.2800 1200 x 300 800 x 500 – 9.0 20 18 33 30
1000 x 400 – – 3.0 6.0 5.0 17
0.3500 1200 x 400 15 16.5 27 27
1000 x 500 2.4 4.1 4.0 11
0.4200 1200 x 500 Lw Lt – 15 24 25
Vk Pa 2.0 2.8 3.3 7.5
Corrections for other terminal velocities Corrections for deflection
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 α β Lt Vk ∆Pt Lw
Lt A x 1.5 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6 22° 35° x 0.77 x 1.15 x 1.30 +3
Lt B x 1.05 x 0.7 x 0.53 x 0.42 45° 60° x 0.55 x 1.25 x 1.60 +6
α = vanes angle - β = air jet angle

D
~ 10°
0° deflection
A : air supply with ceiling effect. D = 0.30 m maximum.
22° deflection
D
Air Diffusion
~ 20°
B : air supply without ceiling effect. D = 0.90 m minimum. 45° deflection

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AC 440D - AC 441D - AG 450D/ 450 AD - AG 470D series
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
0.008 300 x 75 200 x 100 15 4 25 9 Lw Lt
3.5 8.6 7.0 35 Vk Pa
0.012 400 x 75 300 x 100 – 3 20 8 25 12
200 x 150 2.3 4 4.8 16 7.0 35
0.018 600 x 75 400 x 100 15 6 20 9.0 25 12
300 x 150 200 x 200 3.0 6.3 4.5 15 6.0 25
0.022 800 x 75 500 x 100 15 6.0 20 9.0 25 12 30 17
2.5 4.4 3.7 10 5.0 17 7.5 40
0.029 1000 x 75 600 x 100 16 7.0 20 10 25 15 30 17
400 x 150 300 x 200 2.8 6.0 3.7 10 5.8 23 6.0 25
0.036 1200 x 75 800 x 100 20 9.0 25 13 25 16
500 x 150 400 x 400 3.0 6.3 4.5 15 5.0 17
0.044 1000 x 100 600 x 150 15 8.0 20 12 20 14 30 20
500 x 200 300 x 300 2.5 4.4 3.7 10 3.7 10 6.3 28
0.057 1200 x 100 800 x 150 15 10 15 12 25 18
600 x 200 400 x 300 2.9 6.1 3.0 6.3 4.8 16
0.077 1000 x 150 800 x 200 – 9.0 – 11 20 15 31 17
500 x 300 400 x 400 2.2 3.5 2.3 4.0 3.7 10 5.5 22
0.097 1200 x 150 1000 x 200 15 13 27 16 30 27
600 x 300 500 x 400 2.8 6 4.2 14 5.8 23
0.117 1200 x 200 800 x 200 15 13 23 14 30 19 34 23
600 x 400 2.3 4.0 3.5 8.8 4.8 16 5.9 25
0.154 1000 x 300 800 x 400 18 12 25 16 29 20 30 33
2.7 5.0 3.7 10 4.5 15 5.5 22
0.205 1200 x 300 1000 x 400 Lw Lt 19 14 24 18 27 21
Vk Pa 2.7 5.0 3.4 8.0 4.0 11.3
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63
Lt A x1 x 0.67 x 0.5 x 0.4
Lt B x 0.7 x 0.47 x 0.36 x 0.28

D
~ 10°

D
~ 20°
Air Diffusion
B : air supply without ceiling effect. D = 0.90 m minimum.

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
GD 102 D series
Air supply with ceiling effect - Damper 100% open
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 600 800 1200 1800 2500 3500
0.011 325 x 75 17 2.8 28 4.1 35 5.5 45 8.3 Lw Lt
2.5 16 3.8 35 5.1 62 7.6 140 Vk Pa
0.015 425 x 75 – 2.4 20 3.6 28 4.7 38 7.1 46 9.5
1.9 8.4 2.8 19 3.7 33 5.5 75 7.4 134
0.019 525 x 75 15 3.2 23 4.2 33 6.3 41 8.4 55 15 Corrections for grille
2.2 12 2.9 21 4.4 47 5.8 83 9 200 without damper
0.023 625 x 75 325 x 125 18 3.8 29 5.7 37 7.6 47 11 ∆Pt Lw
2.4 14 3.6 32 4.8 47 7.2 128 x 0.5 –4
0.030 825 x 75 425 x 125 23 5.0 31 6.7 41 10
2.8 19 3.7 33 5.1 75
0.037 1025 x 75 525 x 125 19 4.5 26 6.0 37 9.0 44 12
325 x 175 2.2 15 3.0 22 4.5 49 6.0 88
0.045 1225 x 75 625 x 125 22 5.5 32 8.2 40 11 44 14
4245 x 175 325 x 225 2.5 15 3.7 33 4.9 59 5.5 75
0.060 825 x 125 525 x 175 26 7.1 34 9.5 39 13
425 x 225 2.8 19 3.7 33 4.4 47
0.075 1025 x 125 625 x 175 21 6.4 29 8.5 36 13 50 21
525 x 225 2.2 12 3.0 22 3.7 35 7.0 118
0.090 1225 x 125 825 x 175 26 8.6 29 11 46 20
625 x 225 2.5 15 2.8 20 5.8 80
0.120 1025 x 175 825 x 225 25 10 40 17 55 27
2.3 12.5 4.2 42 7.8 155
0.150 1225 x 175 1025 x 225 35 15 43 21 52 10
3.3 28 4.5 50 6.5 105
0.180 1225 x 225 Lw Lt 32 14 39 17 47 26
Vk Pa 2.8 21 3.8 35 5.5 80
Corrections for other terminal velocities Corrections for deflection
Vt (m/s) 0.25 0.37 0.5 0.63 α β Lt Vk ∆Pt Lw
Lt A x 1.5 x1 x 0.75 x 0.6 22° 35° x 0.77 x 1.15 x 1.30 +3
Lt B x 1.05 x 0.7 x 0.53 x 0.42 45° 60° x 0.55 x 1.25 x 1.60 +6
α = angle of the vanes - β = angle of the air jet
0° deflection
22° deflection
Air Diffusion
B : air supply without ceiling effect. D = 0.90 m minimum. 45° deflection

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
GD 102 series
Air exhaust - Damper 100% open Page ***
Ak LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 600 800 1200 1800 2500 3500
0.014 325 x 75 – – – – 25 – Lw Lt
2 4 3 18 4 31 Vk Pa
0.019 425 x 75 – – – – 28 –
2.3 12 3 18 4.8 40
0.023 525 x 75 – – 25 – 31 – Corrections for grille
2.5 12 3.8 30 5 49 without damper
0.028 625 x 75 325 x 125 – – 20 – 27 – ∆Pt Lw
2 8 3 18 4 32 x 0.45 –6
0.037 825 x 75 425 x 125 – – 22 – 32
2.3 12 3 18 4.9 45
0.046 1025 x 75 525 x 125 – – – – 26 – 34 –
325 x 175 1.8 6 2.5 12 3.6 25 5 49
0.055 1225 x 75 625 x 125 – – 23 – 30 –
4245 x 175 325 x 225 2 8 3 18 4 32
0.074 825 x 125 525 x 175 – – 24 – 34 –
425 x 225 2.3 10 3 18 4.6 42
0.092 1025 x 125 625 x 175 – – 20 – 29 –
525 x 225 1.8 5 2.5 12 3.5 24
0.110 1225 x 125 825 x 175 – – 23 – 36 –
625 x 225 2 8 3 18 4.2 37
0.138 1025 x 175 825 x 225 22 – 32 – 40 –
2.4 10 3.7 27 5 49
0.166 1225 x 175 1025 x 225 27 – 35 –
3 18 4 31
0.220 1225 x 225 Lw Lt 23 – 30 – 37 –
Vk Pa 2.3 10 3.2 20 4.2 37
AC 101 - SC 101 - AC 102 - SC 102 - AC 440 - AC 441 - AG 450 /450 A - AG 470

AC 121 - SC 121 - AC 123 - SC 125 - AC 161 - AC 163 - AO 123 - AO 129 - SC 370 series
Air exhaust
Ak LxH qv (m3/h)
(m2) (mm) 200 300 400 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000
0.013 200 x 100 25 – Lw Lt
4.2 35 Vk Pa
0.020 300 x 100 16 – 27 –
200 x 100 2.8 15 4.2 35 Corrections depending on type of grille
0.030 400 x 100 200 x 200 – – 19 – 26 – TYPE ∆Pt Lw
300 x 150 1.9 7 2.9 16 3.7 27 A 121. S 121 x 1.00 +0
0.045 600 x 100 300 x 200 – – 18 – 23 – A 161. A 129
400 x 150 1.9 7 2.5 12 3.1 20 S 101. 102 / A 101. 102 x 0.35 -8
0.060 800 x 100 400 x 200 17 – 27 – S 125. S 370 x 1.20 +1
500 x 150 2.3 10 3.5 24 A 123. A 163 x 0.30 -9
0.075 1000 x 100 500 x 200 – – 22 – 30 – A 440. 450. 470 x 0.90 -1
600 x 150 300 x 300 1.8 6.5 2.7 15 3.8 28
0.093 1200 x 100 600 x 200 18 – 25 – 35 –
800 x 150 400 x 300 2.2 10 3.0 18 4.5 40
0.125 1000 x 150 500 x 300 – – 19 – 29 –
800 x 200 400 x 400 1.6 5 2.2 10 3.4 22
0.150 1200 x 150 – – 25 – 32 –
800 x 300 1.8 7 2.7 15 3.7 26
0.175 1000 x 200 – – 21 – 29 –
500 x 400 1.6 5 2.4 11 3.2 20
0.200 1200 x 200 600 x 400 19 – 26 – 36 –
1000 x 300 500 x 400 2.1 9 2.8 15 4.1 33
0.260 1000 x 300 600 x 400 – – 21 – 31 – 37 –
Air Diffusion
800 x 400 500 x 500 1.6 5 2.2 10 3.2 20 4.1 33

0.350 1000 x 400 600 x 500 28 – 35 –
800 x 500 2.8 14 3.7 26
0.420 1200 x 400 21 – 28 – 34 –
1000 x 400 2.0 8 2.6 13 3.3 22
0.530 1200 x 400 Lw Lt 15 – 23 – 29 –
Vk Pa 1.6 5 2.1 9 3.3 22

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AWA 251 series
Air intake and discharge
Af LxH qv (m3/hr)
(m2) (mm) 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
0.010 200 x 100 33 88 Lw Pa1
7 68 Vf Pa2
0.015 300 x 100 20 36 44 156
0,017 200 x 150 4,6 30 9,2 120
0.020 400 x 100 – 22 35 80
200 x 200 3,5 17 6,9 60
0.025 500 x 100 – 14 26 51 42 115
300 x 150 2,8 11 5,5 38 8,3 86
0,033 400 x 150 – 10 21 39 37 90
300 x 200 2,4 8 4,6 29 7,1 70
0,040 500 x 150 – 22 26 51 38 91
1
400 x 200 3,5 16 5,3 39 7,1 69
0,050 600 x 150 - 500 x 200 – 13 – 34 33 65 44 120 2
300 x 300 2,7 10 4,3 25 6 50 8,1 90
0,070 600 x 200 – 19 25 37 36 68
400 x 300 3,2 14 4,5 28 6,1 51
0,080 700 x 200 – 13 – 26 33 55 43 118
2,7 18 3,7 20 5,6 43 7,5 89
0,090 800 x 200 - 500 x 300 20 10 – 20 29 42 39 80 46 125 52 160
400 x 400 2,4 8 3,2 15 4,9 33 6,6 60 8,3 94 9,5 130
0,100 600 x 300 – 16 27 33 36 63 45 98 49 126
2,8 12 4,4 26 5,9 47 7,4 73 8,4 102
0,120 500 x 400 – 10 23 27 33 51 39 80 45 102
2,6 8 3,9 21 5,3 38 6,6 59 7,6 83
0,125 700 x 300 22 24 30 46 38 72 44 93
3,7 19 5 35 6,3 55 7,3 76
0,140 600 x 400 – 16 23 29 30 45 37 65 41 89 46 116
800 x 300 3 12 4 22 5 34 5,7 43 6,7 59 7,7 77
0,150 500 x 500 – 15 22 27 29 42 34 60 39 82 44 107
2,9 11 3,8 20 4,8 31 5,5 40 6,4 54 7,3 71
0.160 700 x 400 21 16 25 25 31 48 36 65 39 85
3,4 14 4,3 22 4,9 32 5,7 44 6,5 58
0,180 600 x 500 21 14 24 22 29 42 34 57 38 74 48 116
3,2 12 4 19 4,6 28 5,4 38 6,2 50 7,8 78
0,190 800 x 400 – 12 23 17 27 32 31 44 37 58 44 91
3 11 3,8 15 4,3 21 5 29 5,7 38 7,1 59
0,210 900 x 400 – 11 – 16 24 26 30 35 34 46 42 72
700 x 500 2,8 10 3,5 15 4 19 4,7 26 5,4 34 6,8 53
0,220 600 x 600 – 10 – 15 25 26 27 30 27 33 34 52
2,5 9 3,2 13 3,8 19 4,0 21 4,2 24 5,3 38
0,240 1000 x 400 – 11 – 15 – 23 27 31 33 41 41 70
800 x 500 2,5 9 3,1 12 3,6 17 4,2 23 4,8 30 6,2 50
0,260 700 x 600 – 9 – 14 – 22 25 30 33 40 41 70
600 x 700 2,1 8 2,7 11 3,2 15 3,9 21 4,3 29 5,3 50
0,270 900 x 500 – 12 – 18 – 25 24 25 30 36
2,8 10 3,2 13 3,7 18 3,8 18 4,5 28
0.295 600 x 800 - 800 x 600 – 11 – 16 – 23 25 28 37 44
700 x 700 2,4 10 2,9 11 3,3 16 3,8 20 4,8 31
0,300 1000 x 500 – 14 – 19 35 46 43 72
2,8 10 3,3 14 5,1 34 6,3 53
0,340 700 x 800 - 800 x 700 – 11 – 16 – 20 35 35 39 45 42 60
900 x 600 2,5 8 2,9 11 3,3 15 4,3 25 5 35 5,9 45
0,360 1000 x 600 – 12 – 14 – 18 31 30 35 40 39 56
2,4 9 2,7 10 3,2 14 4 23 4,8 31 5,7 43
0,390 900 x 700 – 15 27 22 33 35 38 45
800 x 800 2,9 8 3,5 17 4,4 27 5 35
0,440 1000 x 700 – 13 23 20 30 30 34 36 37 50
900 x 800 2,6 10 3,4 15 4 23 4,5 28 5,2 39
0,480 1000 x 800 Lw Pa1 – 9 – 15 28 23 31 30 33 39
Vf Pa2 2,3 7 2,9 12 3,5 18 4 23 4,6 30
Air Diffusion
The values Lw (NR) do not take into account the attenuation in the premises.
Pa1 (Pa) = pressure loss on air intake.
Pa2 (Pa) = pressure loss on exhaust discharge.
Af (m2) = front surface.
Vf (m/s) = front velocity.

Air Distribution
Selection Tables
AR 637 series
Air intake and discharge
Af D 50 100 150 200 300 500 800 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
(m²) (mm) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h) (m3/h)
0,007 125 - 8 20 32 27 64 Lw Pa1
2,0 6 4,0 26 5,9 51 Vf Pa2
0,012 160 - 10 - 22 21 40 36 90
2,3 8 3,4 17 4,6 32 6,9 72
0,019 200 - 9 - 16 28 36 44 97
2,2 7 2,9 13 4,4 28 7,3 77
1
0,029 250 - 7 - 16 22 42 44 107
1,9 6 2,9 13 4,7 33 7,5 86 2
0,047 315 - 6 - 18 23 42 38 65
1,8 5 3 14 4,7 33 5,9 53
0,070 400 - 16 22 41 28 64
2 13 3,2 33 4 51
0,090 450 - 25 23 39 35 88
2,5 20 3,1 31 4,6 70
0,120 500 - 21 26 47 38 83
2,3 17 3,5 38 4,6 67
0,150 560 - 31 34 55 40 86
2,8 25 3,7 44 4,6 68
0,200 630 Lw Pa1 20 31 26 48 32 69
Vf Pa2 2,8 25 3,5 38 4,2 55
Pa1 (Pa) = pressure loss on air intake. Af (m2 ) = front surface.
Pa2 (Pa) = pressure loss on exhaust discharge. Vf (m/s) = front velocity.
AG 645 series
Exhaust
Af LxH qv (m3/h)
(m2) (mm) 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 7000 9000 12000 15000
0,10 400 x 400 41 46 Lw Pa1
2,8 35 Vf Pa2
0,16 600 x 400 30 17 42 39
1,7 13 2,6 30
0,27 600 x 600 29 13 37 26
1,5 10 2,1 20
0,37 800 x 600 29 13 41 31
1,5 10 2,3 24
0,46 1000 x 600 36 19
1
1,8 14
0,53 800 x 800 35 15 47 39 2
1,6 11 2,6 30
0,66 1000 x 800 42 26
2,1 20
0,80 1200 x 800 37 17 47 33
1,7 13 2,4 26
0,86 1000 x 1000 35 15 45 31
1,6 11 2,3 24
0,93 1400 x 800 33 11 43 26
1,4 8 2,1 19
1,03 1200 x 1000 40 21 48 33
1,9 16 2,4 26
1,21 1400 x 1000 37 15 44 26
1,6 11 2,1 20
1,27 1200 x 1200 43 23
2,0 18
1,38 1600 x 1000 41 19 50 33
1,8 14 2,4 26
Air Diffusion
1,70 1600 x 1200 Lw Pa1 35 11 44 23 49 42

Vf Pa2 1,4 9 2,0 18 2,7 33
Pa1 (Pa) = pressure loss on air intake. Af (m2 ) = front surface.
Pa2 (Pa) = pressure loss on exhaust discharge. Vf (m/s) = front velocity.

Air Distribution

1 30 Villa compound W S Atkins Verger Abu Dhabi
2 96 Villas Mario ETTS Abu Dhabi
3 Doha Bank Northcorp General Northcorp General Abu Dhabi
4 Emirates Centre for Strategic studies DMW ALGECO Abu Dhabi
5 Indian Embassy Dustoor Universal Voltas Abu Dhabi
6 Marina Mall Meinhardt ETA Abu Dhabi
8 Ruwais Housing Complex ADNOC Square General Abu Dhabi
9 Spinney's Shopping Complex Archon Elemec Abu Dhabi
6 Al Jeemi Mall Extension GHD ACECO Al Ain
11 Al Ghurg Project Al Ghurg Engineering Unicorn E/M Dubai
12 Al Mas Tower W. S. Atkins ETA Dubai
13 Children's Museum GEMAC A & P partners Dubai
14 City Bank Kennedy & Donkin Sensaire Dubai
15 DIFC - District Cooling North Plant Cons. Ellerbe Beckets/Tebodin Voltas Limited Dubai
16 Dubai Airport Dar al Handasah Al Tamanir Dubai
17 Dubai Arch Tower Art Consultants Al Ahmadiah Aktor Dubai
18 Dubai Mall Meinhardt Juma Al Majid Dubai
19 Duboitech Kling Consult Macair Dubai
20 DWTC RMJM Transgulf Dubai
21 IBIS Hotel SEED BK Gulf Dubai
22 Mall of the Emirates WSP watson Khansaheb Dubai
23 Marina Scape Archgroup Trinity Dubai
24 Muraqqabad Police Station Arenco Bilt ME Dubai
25 Novotel Hotel SEED BK Gulf Dubai
26 Pedestrian Link (Metro Station - Dubai Mall) Khatib & Al Alami BK Gulf Dubai
27 Taj Grandeuer Archgroup ETA Dubai
28 Twin Tower at Marina Adnan Saffarini Transgulf Dubai
29 Fujairah Secondary School MOPW GIBCA Fujairah
31 QLNG Headquarters Atkins Al Ansari Oman
31 Al Gharrafa Mall AEB Arabian A/c Qatar
32 Al Nakheel Tower Diwan Al Emara Almoayyed Qatar
33 Al Wosail Tower KEO Man Enterprises Qatar
34 Barzan Camp MZ & Partners QEMG Qatar
35 Businesspark & hotel facilities AEB QEMG Qatar
36 Commercial Bank of Qatar AEB QEMG Qatar
37 Diwan Ameri Building Shaker Consultancy Voltas Limited Qatar
38 Qatar Equestriean Racing & Breeding Club ACE QEMG Qatar
39 Qatar Faculty Islamic Studies ASTAD / QP Trags Qatar
40 Qatar Petroleum Fire Station QP Arabian A/c Qatar
41 Ras Laffan Project TEBODIN / QP Blue Star Qatar
43 SER Building @ NDIA QP Blue Star Qatar
44 Sidra Medical Research Centre KEO Voltas Limited Qatar
45 Texas A & M College KEO Midmac Cont. Qatar
46 The Gate Development Maunsell Consultancy Man Enterprises Qatar
47 Woqod Tower Romatre Diplomat Qatar
48 Al Naeem Mall Dynamic Engg Strabag Ras Al Khaimah
49 Hilton Hotel W. S. Atkins EMI Ras Al Khaimah
50 Sheikh Khalifa Hospital Bayaty Architect ETA Ras Al Khaimah
51 Residential Units @ Diplomatic Quarters Al Raid Co. Specialized Cont. Co. Saudi Arabia
Air Diffusion
52 STC Offices STC Engineering Saudi Aircon Saudi Arabia

53 Centro Hotel, Sharjah G.H.D Al Bonian Sharjah
54 Palm Tower & Beach Tower Consultair ETA Sharjah
55 Petrofac Tower II Khatib & Alami Al Shirawi Sharjah
56 Police Head Quarter Sharjah Police Fawaz A/C Sharjah
57 Umm al Quwain Hospital HDP Bpower Umm Al Quwain

Air Distribution
Notes
Air Diffusion

Air Distribution
Notes
Air Diffusion

Fans - Supply & Exhaust
Ventilation
Selection Guide p.262-263
Exhaust Fans
Small Axial
Window mounted Wall/window mounted
XW 100 A XW 150 A
p. 264 p. 265
• Aldes, leader in manufacturing self-balanced
Axial Fans
CMEV: standard system with minimum space
requirement that provides an excellent indoor air
quality in residential premises.
Wall mounted fans In-line fans
• A complete range of fans designed in HELICA HELIONE
accordance with eco-friendly design p. 272 p. 273
requirements on energy savings,
raw materials choice, recycling management
and life expectancy.
Low Energy Consumption Fans

Supply/exhaust fans with acoustic Supply/exhaust, double skin
• "Micro-watt" range of fans insulation - TVEC SILENCE fans - VEKITA SILENCE
with low energy consumption to meet p. 295 p. 298
green building criteria:
- CVEC micro-watt - p. 283
- inoVEC micro-watt - p. 288
- VIK micro-watt - p. 306
- TVEC GII micro-watt - p.314
• �Up to 60% reduction on energy consumption.
• Minimum maintenance and easy installation.
• Noise reducton on air outlets. Smoke exhaust fans
CYCLONE F400
p. 320
Green
Product
Accessories
Electrical accessories Ductwork accessories

p. 359 - 365 p.366
260
70
•
In-line Duct Fans

•
•
Wall/window mounted Wall/ceiling mounted Wall/ceiling mounted Supply/exhaust fans Supply/exhaust fans
XW 230 A DESIGN DECO IN LINE VC
p. 266 p. 267 p. 268 p. 270 p. 271
Green Green
Product Product
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust fans Exhaust fans Exhaust fans Supply/exhaust fans

MINI-VEC C.VEC VEC VEKITA+
p. 280 p. 281 p. 285 p. 291
Green Green
Product Product
•
• Supply/exhaust, double skin fans Supply/exhaust fans Exhaust fans Supply fans
for kitchens - VEKITA SILENCE-O VIK TVEC GII ALIZONE
p. 301 p. 304 p. 309 p. 318
Roof Fans
Exhaust fans Exhaust fans Smoke exhaust fans

VDA THELIA VELONE
p. 338 p. 341 p. 343
261
Ventilation
Selection Guide
Axial Centrifugal Kitchen High Energy Max
fan temperature saving airflow
Category Model Description Direct
driven
Direct
driven
Belt
driven
(m³/h)
WINDOW Wall/window mounted axial fans

85
• 4" (window mounting only)
• 6" & 8" (wall/window mounting) 220
• Auto shutter version 550
• Timer controlled (optional)
DESIGN Wall/ceiling mounted axial fans

Small Axial • Sizes : 4", 5", 6" 70
• Possible operation modes :
Exhaust - manual, timer (T), humidity (H)
115
Fans presence (P)
235
DECO Wall/ceiling mounted axial fans

• Sizes : 4", 5"
• Removable back-draft damper
70
• Possible operation modes : 115
- manual, timer (T), humidity (H)
IN LINE In-line duct fans - axial

• Air supply and air exhaust
• Silent operation 250
• Material : ABS
In-line
Duct Fans VC In-line duct fans - centrifugal
• High airflow 1500
• Metallic construction
• Thermally protected motor
winding
HELICA Wall mounted axial fans

• Protection grille on motorside
• Variable-speed control 3600
(optional)
Axial Fans HELIONE In-line axial fans

• Staircase pressurisation 200°C (2h)
• Smoke extraction or
• Civil Defence approved 72000
• Car park ventilation 400°C (2h)
• 1 or 2-speed
MINI-VEC Cabinet fans

• Air exhaust
• Perpendicular inlet and outlet 400°C (½h) 650
C.VEC Green
Product
Cabinet fans
• Air exhaust
• Low energy consumption 400°C (½h) 2500
version (optional)
Cabinet
Fans
VEC Green
Product
Cabinet fans
• Air exhaust
• Low energy consumption
version (optional) 400°C (½h) 12000
VEKITA+ In-line cabinet fans

• Acoustically insulated version
(optional)
3200
• 1 or 2-speed

Ventilation
Selection Guide
Axial Centrifugal Kitchen High Energy Max
fan temperature saving airflow
Category Model Description Direct
driven
Direct
driven
Belt
driven
(m³/h)
TVEC SILENCE In-line cabinet fans

• Acoustically insulated 1800
VEKITA In-line cabinet fans

SILENCE • Air supply and air exhaust
• Double skin fan 7400
• 1 or 2-speed
VEKITA In-line cabinet fans for kitchen

SILENCE-O • Air supply and air exhaust
• Double skin fan
• Motor outside air stream 6700
• 1 or 2-speed
VIK Green
Product
In-line cabinet fans

Cabinet • Air supply and air exhaust
12000
Fans • Low energy consumption
version (optional)
• Pre-filter (optional)
TVEC GII Green

Product In-line cabinet fans
• Air exhaust
• Low energy consumption
version (optional) 400°C (½h) 20000
ALIZONE Cabinet fans

• Air supply

• Staircase pressurisation 10000
• Easy access
CYCLONE Cabinet fans

• Civil defence approved
• F400 (2h) 400°C (2h) 32000
• 1 or 2-speed
• Easy access
VDA Roof fans

• Air exhaust
• Vertical air discharge 12000
• 1 or 2-speed
THELIA Roof fans

• Air exhaust 40000
Roof Fans • Vertical or horizontal air
discharge
• 1 or 2-speed
VELONE Roof fans

• Civil defence approved
400°C (2h) 27000
• F400 (2h)
• 1 or 2-speed
• Horizontal or vertical air
discharge (kit optional)

Ventilation
Small Axial Exhaust Fans

Window mounted
• Induction motor with long
• electrical safety. maintenance free life.
• Double insulated.
• Strong, durable with glossy finish.
• Auto shutter.
WINDOW - XW 100 A (4")

• Intermittent ventilation suitable for bathrooms / toilets. B
• Forced and intermittent air exhaust. C
DESCRIPTION
• Automatic model with thermo-activated internal shutters.
• Grille in impact resistant high gloss ABS material.
• 1-phase, 220 - 240V ~ A.C. 50 Hz induction motor,
A
protected by thermal fuse. D
• A double pole isolating switch, having a contact
separation of at least 3 mm in all poles, must be used
with a 3 amp fuse fitted.
• Integrated backdraft damper.
Inside Outside
• Rated to IP 44. 4-10mm glass
INSTALLATION
• Fitting by 4 screws. Model A B C D
• Designed for window mounting through a standard XW100A 163 115 53 163
115 - 155 mm Ø hole.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS TECHNICAL DETAILS

• With pullcord switch. Model Maximum airflow (m 3/h) Power consumption (W)
• Timer model (adjustable electronic timer 1 - 20 mins). XW 100 A 85 20
RANGE ADDITIONAL DATA

Description Code • Maximum pressure: 20 Pa.

WINDOW - XW 100 A • Fan speed: 2400 r.p.m.
• Noise level: 41 dB(A).

Ventilation
Wall / window mounted
• Auto shutter.

• Intermittent ventilation suitable for kitchens, utility
rooms, restaurants, offices and shops.
• Forced and intermittent air exhaust. Cable Entry 1.5m 3A Two Core Cable Inside Outside
• For residential and commercial buildings.
DESCRIPTION
• Automatic model with thermo-activated internal
shutters.
B SIDE ELEVATION
• Grille in impact resistant high gloss ABS material. THROUGH GLASS
• Single phase, 220-240V ~ A.C. 50Hz induction motor,
protected by thermal fuse.
• A double pole isolating switch, having a contact
with a 3 amp fuse fitted. FRONT ELEVATION
INSTALLATION A
C D
• Fitting by 4 screws.
• Designed to be fitted in either a window or wall
through a standard 184 mm (7 ¼") hole. A wall fixing
Model A B C D
kit is available upon request.
XW 150A 203 203 95 23
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• With pullcord switch. TECHNICAL DETAILS

• Timer model complete with pullcord. Model Maximum airflow (m 3/h) Power consumption (W)
• Humidity control complete with pullcord. XW 150 A 220 45
RANGE ADDITIONAL DATA

Description Code • Maximum pressure: 50 Pa.
WINDOW - XW 150 A • Fan speed: 2400 r.p.m.

Ventilation

Wall / window mounted
• Auto shutter.

• Intermittent ventilation suitable for kitchens, utility rooms,
pubs, restaurants, offices, shops and factories. A B Inside Outside
• Forced and intermittent air exhaust.
• For residential and commercial buildings.
DESCRIPTION SIDE ELEVATION

• Automatic model with thermo-activated internal A THROUGH GLASS
shutters.
D
• Grille in impact resistant high gloss ABS material.
• 4 pole, 1-phase, 220 - 240V ~ A.C. 50 Hz induction
motor, protected by thermal fuse. C
• A double pole isolating switch, having a contact D E
with a 3 amp fuse fitted.
• Totally enclosed for protection against dust and dirt.
• Motors are continually rated.
INSTALLATION
G
• Fitting by 4 screws.
• Window mounted through a standard 260 mm Ø hole.
• A wall fixing kit is also available upon request for
through wall mounting.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS F H
• With pullcord switch.

• Timer model complete with pullcord. Model A B C D E F G H
• Humidity control complete with pullcord. XW 230 A 286 286 4-32 112 25 112 286 25
RANGE TECHNICAL DETAILS

Description Code Model Maximum airflow (m 3/h) Power consumption (W)
WINDOW - XW 230 A XW 230 A 550 80
ADDITIONAL DATA
• Maximum pressure: 50 Pa.
• Fan speed: 1250 r.p.m.

Ventilation
Wall / ceiling mounted
• CE electrical safety. • New ultra-flat design.
• WEEE electrical • Silent : starting at 26 dB(A)
recycling capability. • Very low power consumption:
starting at 5.6W.
• Available with occupancy
detection..
• Exists in Ø 100, 125 and
150 mm.
DESIGN
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS (mm) - WEIGHT

• Room by room extract ventilation.
• Intermittent air exhaust. a d e
c
DESCRIPTION
• Materials: Outer grille and body made of ABS.
• Silent motor.
• Removable back-draft damper at the back of the fan
• Possible operating modes:
Ø
a
- manual, timer T, humidity H, presence P.
OPERATION
• Manual operation:
- Instant shut down
• Timer operation T :
- Delayed shut down Model Ø a c d e Weight (g)
- Programmable delay from 2 to 30 minutes
DESIGN 100 100 150 13.5 85 17 560
• Humidity operation H:
- Delayed shut down according to a preset humidity DESIGN 125 125 176 13.5 87 17 730
level. DESIGN 150 150 205 13.5 105 19 900
- Programmable operating time from 2 to 30 minutes
- Programmable humidity level from 60% to 90%.
• Presence operation P :
TECHNICAL DETAILS
• Power Supply: 230 V - 50 Hz single phase.
- Start operated by presence detection and delayed • Device protection rating: IPX4.
shut down
• Electrical insulation: class ll.
- Sensor detection distance: 1 to 4 metres
• Integrated thermal protection.

- Sensor detection angle: 100°
- Programmable operating time from 2 to 30 minutes Model Maximum airflow Power Consumption Sound pressure level
(m3/h) (W) at 3m in dB(A).
INSTALLATION DESIGN 100 70 5.6 26
• Fitted using 4 screws (supplied). DESIGN 125 115 9.3 31
• Wall or ceiling mounted. DESIGN 150 235 20 33
• Provision necessary for fresh air supply grille or
undercut under connecting door.
• Maximum temperature of exhaust air: 40°C
RANGE
Description Code
DESIGN 100 11022300
DESIGN 100 T 11022301
DESIGN 100 H 11022302
DESIGN 100 P 11022303
DESIGN 125 11022304
DESIGN 125 T 11022305
DESIGN 125 H 11022306
DESIGN 125 P 11022307
DESIGN 150 11022308
DESIGN 150 T 11022309
DESIGN 150 H 11022310
DESIGN 150 P 11022311

Ventilation

Wall / ceiling mounted
• CE electrical safety. • Aesthetic and discrete
• WEEE electrical • Silent : starting at 26 dB(A)
recycling capability. • Very low power consumption:
starting at 5.6W.
• White or aluminium finish.
DECO

• Room by room extract ventilation.
• Forced and intermittent air exhaust. a d e
DESCRIPTION c
• Material: ABS body, ABS front cover with aluminium
trim (for aluminium finish).
• Silent motor.
• Removable back-draft damper at the back of the fan.
• White colour or aluminium finish.
b
Ø
• Possible operating modes:
- manual, timer T, humidity H.
OPERATION
• Manual operation:
- Instant shut down
• Timer operation T :
- Delayed shut down Model Ø a b c d e Weight
- Programmable delay from 2 to 30 minutes (g)
• Humidity operation H: DECO 100 100 171 151 13.5 96 32 560
- Delayed shut down according to a preset humidity DECO 125 125 201 178 13.5 101 35 730
level.
- Programmable operating time from 2 to 30 minutes TECHNICAL DETAILS
- Programmable humidity level from 60% to 90%. • Power Supply: 230 V - 50 Hz single phase.
• Device protection rating: IPX4.
INSTALLATION • Electrical insulation: class ll.
• Fitted using 4 screws (supplied). • Integrated thermal protection.

• Provision necessary for fresh air supply grille or Model Maximum airflow Power Sound pressure level at 3m
(m3/h) Consumption (W) in dB(A).
DECO 100 70 5.6 26
• Maximum temperature of exhaust air: 40°C
DECO 120 115 9.3 31
WHITE FINISH RANGE
Description Code
DECO 100 11022312
DESIGN 100 T 11022313
DESIGN 100 H 11022314
DECO 125 11022318
DESIGN 125 T 11022319
DESIGN 125 H 11022320
ALUMINIUM FINISH RANGE

Description Code
DECO ALU 100 11022315
DECO ALU 100 T 11022316
DECO ALU 100 H 11022317
DECO ALU 125 11022321
DECO ALU 125 T 11022322
DECO ALU 125 H 11022323

Notes
269
Fans - Supply & Exhaust Ventilation
Ventilation
In-line Duct Fans

Duct mounted axial fans
• CE electrical safety. • Silent.
• WEEE electrical • Air exhaust or air supply.
recycling capability. • No fan in the room (fitted in the
duct).
IN LINE

• Occasional ventilation in a room.
• Used for exhaust or air supply. Ø a
• Forced and intermittent operation. b
DESCRIPTION
• Material: ABS.
• Low-noise motor.
INSTALLATION
d
• Installation inside a duct.
• Provision necessary for fresh air supply grille or
RANGE
Description Code
IN LINE 100 11022326
IN LINE 125 11022327 Model Ø a b d Weight (g)
IN LINE 150 11022328 INLINE 100 100 113 28 59 410
INLINE 125 125 118 28 59 430
INLINE 150 150 128 28 59 800
TECHNICAL DETAILS
• Power Supply: 230 V - 50 Hz single phase.
• Device protection rating: IPX4.
• Integrated thermal protection.
• Electrical insulation: class ll.

Model Maximum Power Sound pressure level
airflow (m3/h) Consumption (W) at 3m in dB(A).
INLINE 100 75 5.6 27
INLINE 125 135 9.3 32
INLINE 150 250 20 34

Ventilation
In-line Duct Fans
Duct mounted centrifugal fans
Advantages
• “Flat” airflow curves.
• Design.
• Air exhaust or air supply.
• Thermally protected motor
winding.
VC
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS - WEIGHT

• Air exhaust / air supply in circular ductworks.
• Intermittent ventilation suitable for commercial and Direction of airflow
industrial premises.
DESCRIPTION
• 6 models, up to 1500 m3/h in Ø 315 mm.
• Body made of galvanised sheet with in-line
connections.
ØA
• Centrifugal impeller.
ØC
ØA
• Motor with exterior rotor single-phase 230 V - 50
hz - IP 44.
• Thermal protection incorporated in the motor winding.
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal / vertical.
• Suspended ceilings / technical areas. D B D
• Installation recommended with anti-vibration collars
to prevent transmission of vibrations and facilitate
maintenance. Type A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) Weight (Kg)
Ø 100 100 188 288 30 2.1
RANGE Ø 125 125 188 288 30 2.1
Description Code Ø 160 160 170 379 30 2.5
VC 100 11032005 Ø 200 200 198 379 30 4.1
VC 125 11032004 Ø 250 250 195 379 30 4.2
VC 160 11032001 Ø 315 315 218 453 30 4.5

VC 200 11032002
VC 250 11032003 AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with the Standard NF-E 51.705.
VC 315 11032006
• Acoustic pressure levels measured 3 m from the fan with suction and fan outlet
connected (in dB (A) ).
ACCESSORIES
Connection 63
600
Anti-vibration collar Ø 100 mm 11032105
Anti-vibration collar Ø 125 mm 11032104 500
62
Anti-vibration collar Ø 200 mm 11032102 400 60
P (Pa)
Anti-vibration collar Ø 250 mm 11032103 52

300
Electrical 200
51 Ø3
1.5 A voltage regulator 11086572 15
1-phase electronic controller 5 A 11057080 100 50

Ø Ø Ø2
Ø
Ø
12 20 50
16
5 0
10
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Type N° of poles Max. power cons. (W) Max. current cons. (A) Capacitor (F)
Ø 100 2 56 0.24 2
Ø 125 2 59 0.25 2
Ø 160 2 99 0.44 2
Ø 200 2 140 0.60 5
Ø 250 2 193 0.84 5
Ø 315 2 274 1.21 5

Ventilation
Axial Fans
Wall mounted fans
Advantages
• Airflow between 100 and
3000 m3/h.
• Variable speed control is
possible.
• Installation savings.
• Protective grille on motor side
included.
HELICA
• Ventilation for industrial, agricultural, commercial or
residential buildings (car parks), without the necessity
for a fire protection rating, as a complement to the
HELIONE range.
DESCRIPTION
• Axial fan with a galvanised fan blade, painted in black.
• Protective grille on suction side included.
• Ambient temperature: - 20° C at + 50°C.
• IP 44, class F, external rotor with the possibility of
variable speed control.
• Single phase 230 V - 50 Hz supply (60 Hz possible if
capacitor is changed).
• Used for exhaust purposes.
F
ROUND SHELL RANGE
Description Code Description Opening A B C D E F
HELICA 200 - 1.500 rpm VR 11032201 Ø (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
HELICA 200 - 2.800 rpm VR 11032202 HELICA 200 230 280 52 250 312 260 115
HELICA 350 - 1.500 rpm VR 11032207
HELICA 400 - 1.500 rpm VR 11032208 AIRFLOW DETAILS
Description I max P max. Lp at Weight Weight
SQUARE PLATE RANGE
(A) cons. (W) 1 m dB (A) VR (Kg) PC (Kg)

Description Code HELICA 200 - 1.500 rpm 0.14 31 50 2.2 2.6
HELICA 200 - 1.500 rpm PC 11032211 HELICA 200 - 2.800 rpm 0.30 59 63 1.8 2.6
HELICA 400 - 1.500 rpm PC 11032218
AIRFLOW CURVES
ACCESSORIES • P (Pa) = Static pressure, Q = Airflow.
Protective grille - HELICA 200/ 250/ 11032222
300/ 350 220 1500 t/mn
HELICA 400 protection grille 11032223
2800 t/mn
Automatic shutter HELICA 11032231
200/250/300 180
HELICA 350 automatic shutter 11032232

HELICA 400 automatic shutter 11032233 140
P (Pa)
200 300
250
1.5 A voltage regulator 11086572 100
• The protection grille or the automatic shutter are
positioned on the axial fan blade side. 60
20 200 250 300 350 400
0
1000 2000 3000
Q (m 3/h)

Ventilation
Axial Fans
DEFENCE
Helione Short Shell

• With its F200°C/2h and F400°C/2h fire resistance
classifications, the new HELIONE range meets the 137 C
housing (car parks, stairwells), commercial premises E D
E
high airflows with low pressures are required. Protection
grill
exterior flanges
exterior flanges
interior
smoke exhaust.
interior
DESCRIPTION
to Ø 1,000 mm for standard airflows of 5000 to
for numerous other cases, like different airflows
contact us.

630 724 348 225 3
• The motor's fixing arms are hot galvanised for better
20/ 50°C. 445 300 5
445 300 5
box. 560 654 375 368 2,5
630 724 375 403 3
710 804 375 443 3
800 894 520 488 3
900 1006 520 538 3
520 575 5
625 575 5
1000 1106 520 588 3
520 625 5
625 625 5

Ventilation
Axial Fans
DEFENCE
Long shell
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange • Indispensible options: economic square plate, feet and anti-vibration mountings,
and the circular duct. Incombustible fabric (M0). mating flange and flexible sleeves or grille if not connected up.
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione Horizontal on the ground between two ducts:
to be connected to a circular duct. Necessary • Indispensible options: feet and anti-vibration mountings, mating flanges and flexible
connection for the flexible sleeve. sleeves on both sides, long shell for motor access through the inspection hatch.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a Horizontal fixed by wall mounting against a wall:
wall mounting configuration. • Indispensible options: reinforced square plate for wall mounting, mating flange and
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione flexible sleeve or grille if not connected up.
to the floor. AU (MHH), BU (HMH), AD (MHB), BD (HMB) MOUNTING
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet Vertical, suspended under a ceiling tile or duct
supports.
The tubular casing must be bolted using all of the holes in its flange.
- Proximity switch,
- Pressure switch,


Ventilation
Axial Fans
HELIONE Accessories
propeller side.
• Flexible sleeve is fitted between the mating flange
• Mating flange in galvanised steel. It enables Helione
connection for the flexible sleeve.
• Square plate in galvanised steel to fix Helione in a
wall mounting configuration.
• Feet supports (x2) in galvanised steel to fix Helione
to the floor.
• Anti-vibration mountings (x4) are fixed under the feet
supports.
• Backdraft damper: circular, with 2 galvanised steel Mating flange + sleeve Backdraft damper
blades.

emergency stop button => see ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORIES .
ACCESSORIES
Code Code Code Code
Flexible sleeve 11090400 11090401 11090402 11090403
Mating flange 11090408 11090409 11090410 11090411

Propeller mesh 11090416 11090417 11090418 11090419
set of 2 feet 11090480 11090481 11090482 11090483
Description 0900 1000 1120 1250

Code Code Code Code
Flexible sleeve 11090404 11090405 11090406 11090407
Mating flange 11090412 11090413 11090414 11090415
Propeller mesh 11090420 11090421 11090422 11090423
set of 2 feet 11090484 11090485 11090486 11090487
Description Code

Ventilation
Axial Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE

5400 299 299
- 1 SPEED 9000
10800
300
302
300
302
Description Code
11400 302 302 306 306 304 308 308
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 0,66 kW 11090299
12000 302 302 306 306 304 308 309
HELIONE F200-560/20/4/6 - 1,15 kW 11090300
12600 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,4 kW 11090302
13200 302 303 306 306 304 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/3 - 1,6 kW 11090303
13800 302 303 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/25/4/9 2,7 kW 11090304
14400 303 306 306 306 308 308 309 314
HELIONE F200-710/20/4/6 -3,2 kW 11090306
15000 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 314
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/3 - 3,2 kW 11090307
15600 303 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 3,2 kW 11090308
16200 306 306 306 306 308 309 309 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090309
16800 306 306 306 306 308 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090310
17400 306 306 306 306 309 309 314 311
HELIONE F200-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090311
18000 306 306 306 308 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 4,4 kW 11090312
21000 306 307 307 309 309 309 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/3 - 6,6 kW 11090313
24000 307 307 309 309 309 310 311 311
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 4,4 kW 11090314
27000 307 312 312 310 310 310 311 295
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 9 kW 11090315
30000 312 312 312 310 310 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090316

33000 312 312 313 310 315 315 315 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090295
36000 312 312 313 315 315 315 315 316
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090296
39000 312 313 315 315 315 315 316 296
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4/9 - 18 kW 11090317
42000 313 313 315 315 315 316 316 296
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 22,2 kW 11090318
45000 313 315 315 316 316 316 296 317
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090319
48000 315 315 316 316 316 317 317 317
54000
316
316
316
317
316
317
316
317
317
318
317
318
317
318
318
319
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 72000 319 319
0,66 1,9 6,4
1,15 3,2 11
6,6 12,6 84
9 17 114
13,2 25,4 127
18 34,8 171
22,2 41 242
27 49,8 284

Ventilation
Axial Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED

5400 20 20
- 2 SPEEDS 9000
10800
20
21
22
22
Description Code
11400 21 22 24 24
HELIONE F200-560/20/4-8/6 -0,92/0,23 kW 11090320
12000 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-630/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090321
12600 21 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/3 -1,84/0,46 kW 11090322
13200 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-800/20/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090323
13800 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-710/20/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090324
14400 22 22 24 24 26 26 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/3 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090325
15000 22 22 24 24 26 27 27 31
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -3,22/0,8 kW 11090326
15600 22 23 24 24 26 27 27 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090327
16200 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-900/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090328
16800 22 23 24 24 26 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090329
17400 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/3 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090330
18000 23 23 24 24 27 27 31 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -4,37/1,15 kW 11090331
21000 23 23 25 27 27 27 32 32
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -5,75/1,5 kW 11090332
24000 23 25 27 27 27 28 32 33
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -7,2/1,8 kW 11090333
27000 25 27 27 28 28 32 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/6 -12,7/3,45 kW 11090334
30000 27 27 29 28 32 33 33 35

HELIONE F200-1000/25/4-8/9 -16,1/4,03 kW 11090335
33000 29 29 32 33 33 33 33 35
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -19,6/4,95 kW 11090336
36000 29 29 30 33 33 33 34 34
HELIONE F200-1000/31/4-8/9 -23/5,75 kW 11090337
39000 29 30 33 34 34 34 34 35
42000
30
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 54000 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 36
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 60000 35 35 36 36 36 36 37 37
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 66000 36 36 37 37 37
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 72000 37 37
• See page 273
0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 55,4/10,8
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,2/1,8 13,8/4,24 89,7/22
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Ventilation
Axial Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE
APPROVED

• Smoke exhaust in public assembly and high rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
parks.
5400 40 41 45 45
9000 42 42 45 48
RANGE - F400 (120) - 1 SPEED 10800 42 43 45 48
HELIONE F400-560/16/4/5 - 0,9 kW 11090340 12000 43 43 48 48 51 51 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 0,9 kW 11090341 12600 43 45 48 48 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,27 kW 11090342 13200 43 46 48 51 51 52 55 55
HELIONE F400-630/20/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090343 13800 45 46 48 51 51 52 55 56
HELIONE F400-710/25/4/6 - 1,8 kW 11090345 14400 46 47 48 48 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 1,8 kW 11090346 15000 46 47 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/3 - 2,64 kW 11090347 15600 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 2,64 kW 11090348 16200 46 48 48 51 51 55 55 56
HELIONE F400-800/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090349 16800 46 48 48 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/3 - 3,6 kW 11090350 17400 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 56
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 3,6 kW 11090351 18000 47 48 49 51 52 55 56 59
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 4,8 kW 11090352 21000 47 49 49 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090353 24000 49 50 52 52 56 56 63 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 4,8 kW 11090355 27000 50 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 6,6 kW 11090356 30000 52 52 53 53 57 57 63
HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 9 kW 11090357 33000 53 53 53 57 57 57 63 63

HELIONE F400-900/25/4/9 - 11 kW 11090358 36000 53 53 59 57 57 58 63 64
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 6,6 kW 11090359 39000 59 57 57 58 58 61 64 64
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 9 kW 11090360 42000 57 58 58 58 51 64 64 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 11 kW 11090361 45000 58 58 61 61 62 64 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/6 - 13,2 kW 11090362 48000 60 61 61 62 62 65 65 65
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 11 kW 11090363 54000 61 62 62 65 65 65 66 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 13,2 kW 11090364 60000 62 65 65 66 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 18 kW 11090365 66000 66 67 67 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 20,4 kW 11090366 72000 67
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4/9 - 27 kW 11090367
Long shell Ø 560 OPT90392 0,66 1,56 8,2
Long shell Ø 630 OPT90393 0,9 2 9,4
Long shell Ø 710 OPT90394 1,27 3,08 14,2
Long shell Ø 800 OPT90395 1,8 3,75 19,8
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 2,64 5,42 30,9
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 3,6 7,03 38,6
4,8 9,23 57,2
20,4 41,4 242
27 49,8 284

Ventilation
Axial Fans
installation.
CIVIL
DEFENCE

• Smoke exhaust in Public Assembly and High Rise The number of the boxes corresponds to the last figures of the ALDES code.
parks.
5400 70 71 73 73
9000 72 72 73 76
RANGE - F400 (120) -2 SPEEDS 10800 72 72 73 76
HELIONE F400-560/16/4-8/5 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090370 12000 72 72 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 0,92/,23 KW 11090371 12600 72 73 76 76 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-630/20/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090372 13200 72 74 76 79 79 79 82 83
HELIONE F400-710/25/4-8/6 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090373 13800 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/3 - 1,84/0,46 KW 11090374 14400 73 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 2,53/0,63 KW 11090376 15000 74 74 76 79 79 82 83 83
HELIONE F400-800/25/4-8/6 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090377 15600 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/3 - 3,22/0,8 KW 11090378 16200 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090379 16800 74 76 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090380 17400 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090381 18000 74 77 77 79 79 83 83 83
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 4,37/1,15 KW 11090382 21000 77 77 79 79 83 83 83 297
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 5,75/1,5 KW 11090383 24000 78 79 79 79 83 84 83 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090384 27000 78 79 80 80 84 84 84 298
HELIONE F400-900/25/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,47 KW 11090385 30000 79 80 80 81 84 85 85

HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090387 33000 80 81 81 81 85 85 298
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/6 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090388 36000 81 81 81 87 87 85 298 298
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 7,92/1,98 KW 11090297 39000 81 87 87 87 85 85 298 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 12,7/3,45 KW 11090298 42000 87 87 85 85 85 88 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 16,1/4,03 KW 11090389 45000 87 85 85 85 88 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 19,6/4,95 KW 11090390 48000 88 88 88 88 89 89 89 89
HELIONE F400-1000/31/4-8/9 - 23/5,75 KW 11090391 54000 88 88 89 89 90 90 90 91
60000 89 90 90 90 91 91
Long shell Ø 900 OPT90396 0,92/0,23 2,21/0,94 9,3/2,4
Long shell Ø 1000 OPT90397 1,84/0,46 4,23/1,77 21,6/5,5
2,53/0,63 5,46/2,07 33,4/7
RECOMMENDATION 3,22/0,8 6,8/2,54 36/8,6
• See page 273 4,37/1,15 9,23/3,02 57,8/11
5,75/1,5 11,8/3,78 88,5/21,5
7,92/1,98 16,3/4,83 117/28,5
12,7/3,45 24/7,81 146/30,5
16,1/4,03 30,4/9,41 192/35,8
19,6/4,95 37,9/14 269/50,4
23/5,75 43,4/15,1 339/72,5

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust Fans
Advantages
• Easy to install indoor/outdoor.
• Low sound level.
MINI-VEC

• Air exhaust in self-balanced CMEV. Weight: 11 Kg.
• C4 Fire approval rating (400°C for ½ hour) for
60 341 366
housing CMEV systems.
195
• “Flat” airflow curves. 105
INSTALLATION
50
• Horizontal/ vertical.
• Attics/ technical areas.
297
• Indoor/ outdoor.
DESCRIPTION
170
• Casing in galvanised steel with perpendicular

connections. 415 360
• Fan discharge outlet protection grille.

• Direct drive single inlet impeller.
• Two models: 160 and 180 up to 650 m3/h.
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
• Versions available: Type Ø Aspi (mm) Ø Rft (mm)
Mini-VEC 160 - 180 160 160
- Fixed mounted pressure switch (80 Pa),
- 2-speed motor.
STANDARD RANGE Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard NF E 5801-705. Acoustic
pressure level measured 4 m from the casing, in dB (A).
Description Code
= free discharge values - = connected discharge values.
MINI-VEC 160 11056067
P (Pa) = Static pressure - P (W) = Max. power consumption.
MINI-VEC 180 11056068
MINI-VEC 160 + pressure switch 11056069 260
MINI-VEC 180 + pressure switch 11056070

220 47 48 160 A 160-160B

44 180 A 180-180B
MINI-VEC 160 AB 2-speed 11056078
46
180
43 44
MINI-VEC 180 AB 2-speed 11056079 140 38 44 53
P (Pa)
48 55
49
100
ACCESSORIES
35
48
33 35 50
44
60 32 45
39
37
43
Flexible sleeve (exhaust) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
MS Pro M0 Ø 160 mm 11094691 m3/h
250
Flexible sleeve (discharge)
MS REF. Kit M0 Ø 160 mm 11025063 200
Rain hood 11056110 150

P (W)
Anti-vibration mountings (set of 4) 11034385 100

160 180
160A
160B
180A
180B
(see p. 359 - 365) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Description Code Q (m3/h)
Thermal overload relay 0.4 - 0.6 A 11056183

Thermal overload relay 0.63 to 1.0 A
1 Sp. single-phase proximity switch 0.9 kW
11056109
11056196
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
VEC adjustable pressure switch kit 11025009 Type FIRE class Ø impeller N° of Max power Max. current
(mm) poles cons. (W) (A)
Pressure switch timer (highly 11025012 Mini-Vec 160 C4 - 400°C ½ h 160 4 125 0,5
recommended in case of turbulent winds). fire rating
Mini-Vec 180 C4 - 400°C ½ h 180 4 170 0,75
fire rating
Mini-Vec 160AB - 160 4/6 80 / 200 0,42 / 1
Mini-Vec 180 AB - 180 4/6 90 / 240 0,45 / 1,2
• IP 44 asynchronous motor - Class F - 230 V/50 Hz single phase.
• Thermal Protection on Opening built into the motor in parallel with the automatic reset
winding (thermal protection on opening with exposed wires).
• To conserve the fire resistance classification, do not connect the thermo-contact.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust fans
Advantages
• External adjustment of the
exclusive airflow (Aldes patent).
C.VEC

• Exhaust fan for CMEV systems.
Fan Outlet
• New apartment buildings and renovation work.
• C4 Fire resistance approval rating: 400°C - ½ h.
DESCRIPTION
H
• Galvanised steel.
• Activated motorised fan.
• Direct drive*.
• 3 sizes of casing: 750 - 1500 - 2500.
P
• Connection box with switch*. L
(*) Except for C.VEC 240 H, see page 282.
Type L H D Discharge Ø N N° of connections Weight
INSTALLATION (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (suct.) (Kg)
• Attics / technical areas. C.VEC 750 R 505 500 487 128 x 150 250 2 22
• Indoor / outdoor. C.VEC 1500 R 710 610 577 257 x 300 315 2 33
RANGE C.VEC 2500 R 780 685 657 278 x 343 400 2 57
C.VEC 240 H 780 685 657 250 x 300 315 2 51
Description Code
Without pressure switch
C.VEC 750 R 11056071
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
Type Vacuum cleaning Discharge
C.VEC 1500 R 11056072 Ø (mm) Ø (mm)
C.VEC 2500 R 11056073 C.VEC 750 R 250 Ø 260
C.VEC 240 H (3-phase) 11025137 C.VEC 1500 R 315 Ø 400 + frame
With pressure switch C.VEC 2500 R 400 Ø 520 + frame
C.VEC 750 R + pressure 11056074 C.VEC 240 H 315 Ø 400 + frame

C.VEC 1500 R + pressure 11056075
C.VEC 2500 R + pressure 11056076 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
C.VEC 240 H + pressure (3-phase) 11056020 (1) IP 44 motor-Class B.
(1) 1-phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz.
ACCESSORIES (1) Built-in thermal protection on opening (TPO) with exposed wires.
Description Code (2) 230/400 V 3-phase power supply – Belt drive.
Flexible sleeve (exhaust) (2) IP 55 motor - Class F.
MS Pro M0 Ø 250 mm 11094693 BE CAREFUL: in the C4 classification – 400°C - ½ h – the thermo-switch must not be
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694 connected.
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696 Type Fire classification No of Motor power Max. current
Flexible sleeve (discharge) poles (W) (A)
Flexible sleeve M0 Ø 260 mm 11056120 CVEC 750 R (1) C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating 4 210 0.95
Flexible sleeve M0 + frame 11025075 CVEC 1500 R (1) C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating 6 325 2.00
Ø 400 mm CVEC 2500 R (1) C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating 6 460 3.20
Flexible sleeve M0 Ø 500 mm + frame 11025072 CVEC 240 H (2) C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating 4 465 1.50
Anti-vibration mountings (set of 4) 11034385
Description Code
Thermal overload relay 1.0 to 1.6 A 11056184
Thermal overload relay 1.6 - 2.5 A 11057052
Thermal overload relay 2.5 - 4 A 11057053
• For more technical details, please consult us.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C.VEC
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard EN ISO 5801.
• = Lp en dB (A) – Global acoustic pressure levels measured at 4 m from the casing with the air discharge disconnected.
• = Lw in dB (A) – Overall acoustic power levels measured in the duct.
• P (Pa) = Static pressure - P (W) = Maximum power consumption.
C.VEC 750 R C.VEC 1500 R

250 200
180
51 160 51
200
52
67 52 67
140 53
68
150 49 69 120 72 54
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
68 50 100 73
100 69 80
60
50 40
20
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
250 450
400
200
350
300
150
250
P (W)
P (W)
200
100
150
50 100
50
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
C.VEC 2500 R C.VEC 240 H

250 200
53
200 56
57 67 55
69
55 69 68
150 71
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
49
100 49
63
100 64
50
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
700 500
600
400
500
400 300
P (W)
P (W)
300
200
200
100
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Low energy consumption exhaust fans
Advantages
Green • Increased energy savings.
Product • Rising curve (patented system).
• Airflow adjustment.
• Integrated overvoltage (400 V)
and lightning protection.
• Expert level: programmable
curve, casing history, and
parameter change.
C.VEC micro-watt +

• New apartment buildings and renovation (C4 classifi-
cation: 400°C/ ½h).
DESCRIPTION
E
• Galvanised steel casing with airflow separator.
D
• 1 or 2 circular suction connections depending on
the configurations. RV version (vertical discharge)
C
2 suction connections, RH version (horizontal
discharge) 1 suction connection.
• 1 rectangular in-line discharge (RH) or vertical (RV) B
with optional sleeve. F
A
• Electronic switching motor mounted on a solid
galvanised mounting base with a shock absorber G
device.
• Regulation PCB with a class B (residential)
electromagnetic compatibility, pre-programmed
and pre-wired.
H
• Alarm pressure switch and proximity switch mounted.

• Adjustment and intuitive reading console.
INSTALLATION
• Attics / technical areas.

• Interior / exterior. TYPE A D H Discharge Ø E N° of connections Weight
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (inlet) (kg)
RANGE C.VEC 1000 RV 763 534 434 171 X 131 315 2 30
Description Code micro-watt +
C.VEC 1000 RV micro-watt + 11025121 C.VEC 1000 RH 763 534 434 182 X 131 315 1 30
C VEC 1000 RH micro-watt + 11025122 micro-watt +
C.VEC 2500 RV micro-watt + 11025123 C.VEC 2500 RV 901 629 529 196 X 213 400 2 52
micro-watt +
C VEC 2500 RH micro-watt + 11025124
C.VEC 2500 RH 901 629 529 215 X 213 400 1 52
micro-watt +
ACCESSORIES
Description Code M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
Flexible sleeve (suction) Type Suction Ø (mm) Discharge Ø (mm)
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694 C.VEC 1000 micro-watt + 315 315 + frame
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696 C.VEC 2500 micro-watt + 400 400 + frame
Flexible sleeve (discharge)
Flexible sleeve M0 + frame Ø 315 mm 11025131 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Flexible sleeve M0 + frame Ø 400 mm 11025075 • Electronic switching motor 230V, 50/60 Hz, class B, IP 44.
Type Fire Motor speed Rated P P max. cons. Protection
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES Classification (rpm) (HP) (W) current (A)
Description Code C.VEC 1000 C4 - 400°C 1800 1/3 320 2
Thermal overload relay 1.6 - 2.5 A 11057052 micro-watt + ½ h fire rating
Thermal overload relay 4 - 6.3 A 11057054 C.VEC 2500 C4 - 400°C 1500 1 735 5
micro-watt + ½ h fire rating
• For more technical details, please consult us.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C.VEC micro-watt +
• = Lp in dB (A) – Overall acoustic pressure levels measured 4 m from fan casing with free fan discharge.
C.VEC 1000 micro-watt + C.VEC 2500 micro-watt +


Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust fans
Advantages
• Easy maintenance.
• Reliable and robust.
• Padlockable proximity
disconnecting switch is factory
mounted.
• Numerous options for renovation
work.
VEC

FAN OUTLET
• New apartment buildings and renovation (C4: 400°C
- ½ h).
DESCRIPTION
H
• Fan casing in galvanised steel, 2 suction connections
on the sides and 1 discharge connection on the top.
• A forward curved motorised fan unit mounted on
slide rails and separated from the casing by anti-
vibration mountings, Except for C.VEC 240H = motor
P
fan fixed to the lid a pulley-belt drive, with an adjust-
able drive pulley. L
• IP 55 padlockable proximity disconnecting switch
mounted in series.
Type L H D Fan outlet Ø N N° of Weight
INSTALLATION C.VEC 240 H
(mm)
780
(mm)
685
(mm)
657
(mm) (mm) connections
250 x 300 315 2
(Kg)
51
• Attics / technical areas.
• Indoor / outdoor. VEC 271 1180 675 737 270 x 336 400 2 75
VEC 271 H 1180 675 737 270 x 336 500 2 75
AVAILABLE OPTIONS VEC 321 1180 675 737 322 x 400 400 2 80
• NEW: range with choice of options (for details, VEC 321 H 1180 675 737 322 x 400 500 2 80
please, consult us). VEC 382 1411 943 941 455 x 535 500 2 150
• Circuit breaker mounted, casing with screws, 60 Hz VEC 382 H 1411 943 941 455 x 535 630 2 150
motorisation, 2-speed motorisation, etc. please, VEC 452 1411 943 941 455 x 535 500 2 170
consult us.
RANGE M0 INCOMBUSTIBLE FLEXIBLE SLEEVES

Description Code Ø (mm) Ø (mm)

C.VEC 240 H (3-phase) 11025137 CVEC 240 H 315 400 + frame
VEC 271 A 11025103 VEC 271 - 321 400 500
VEC 271 B 11025104 VEC 271 H - 321 H 500 630
VEC 271 H 11025138 VEC 382 - 452 500 630
VEC 321 A 11025105 VEC 382 H 630 800
VEC 321 B 11025106
VEC 321 C 11025107 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
VEC 321 H 11025141 • A 3-phase asynchronous motor, 230/400 V, F class, IP55.
VEC 382 A 11025108 • 50 Hz power supply (60 Hz possible as an option).
VEC 382 B 11025109 Type Fire classification No of Rated motor Max. Max. power
VEC 382 C 11025110 poles power (kW) current (A) cons. (W)
VEC 382 H 11025139 C.VEC C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.37 1.50 425
VEC 452 A 11025111 240 H rating
VEC 452 B 11025112 271 A C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.37 2.00 500
rating
VEC 452 C 11025113
271 B C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.55 2.00 775
C.VEC 240 H + pressure (3-phase) 11056020 rating
VEC 271 A + pressure switch 11056003 271 H C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.37 2.00 500
VEC 271 B + pressure switch 11056004 rating
VEC 271 H + pressure switch 11056021 321 A C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.37 1.80 650
VEC 321 A + pressure switch 11056005 rating
VEC 321 B + pressure switch 11056006 321 B C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.55 2.40 750
VEC 321 H + pressure switch 11056022 rating
VEC 321 C + pressure switch 11056007 321 C C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.75 2.40 1150
rating
VEC 382 A + pressure switch 11056008
321 H C4 - 400°C ½ h fire 4 0.37 1.80 650
VEC 382 B + pressure switch 11056009 rating
VEC 382 C + pressure switch 11056010
VEC 382 H + pressure switch 11056023
VEC 452 A + pressure switch 11056011
VEC 452 B + pressure switch 11056012
VEC 452 C + pressure switch 11056013

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEC
CVEC 240H VEC 271

200 250
53
52
67 55
200
70
68
150 48
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
49
100 49 70
63
64 100 44
63
50 271A
271B
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
500 1000
400
750
271A
271B
300
500
P (W)
P (W)
200
200
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696
Flexible sleeve M0 + frame Ø 400 mm 11025075

Flexible sleeve M0 Ø 500 mm 11025076
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES (see pages 359 - 365)

Description Code
Fixed pressure switch kit - 80 Pa 11025018
VEC adjustable pressure switch kit 11025009
Pressure switch timer (highly recommended in case of turbulent winds) 11025012
Adjustable thermal overload relay in an IP 55 box

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEC
VEC 321 VEC 382

260 300
53
53
53
56 71
71 57
200 72
51 73
200
68 47
160
54 53
51 64
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
53
70 71
120 67
46
48 100
80 63
VEC 321A 67 VEC 382A
40 VEC 321B VEC 382B
VEC 321C VEC 382C
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
3000
1000
2000
VEC 321A VEC 382A
VEC 321B VEC 382B
P (W)
P (W)
VEC 321C VEC 382C
500
1000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
VEC 452 VEC HYGRO

400 200
360 59 VEC 452A
VEC 452B 175 271 H
320 74 321 H
VEC 452C
150 47 382 H
280 50

125 53
240 63
51
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
200 80 100
160 44
54 59 75 48
120 73 74
50 48
80 54
40 70 25
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
4000 2000
3600 1750
3200
1500
2800
2400 VEC 452A 1250 271 H
VEC 452B
321 H
P (W)
P (W)
2000 VEC 452C 1000 382 H

1600 750
1200
500
800
400 250
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Low energy consumption exhaust fan units
Advantages
Green • ALDES patented system.
Product • built-in, pre-wired micro-watt
unit
• Vertical or in-line exhaust
• C4 certification Ø 160.
• Simple to install and adjust
inoVEC micro-watt

• Exhaust fan for Mechanical Extract Ventilation systems.
• Residential housing and Commercial premises. R
• C4 certification Ø 160 (400°C/ 1/2h).
INSTALLATION
• Indoors/ outdoors.
• Attics/ technical rooms.
DESCRIPTION
H
• 7 inoVEC micro-watt models offering up to 12 000 m3/h.
Ø A
• Galvanised metal casing, in versions with vertical
discharges (RV) or horizontal, in-line discharges (RH).
• Single-block casing with built-in micro-watt unit,
pre-wired and pre-programmed.
• Motor fan unit with belt-driven double inlet fans, P
fitted on sliding rails.
• Integrated proximity switch and alarm pressure L
switch.
• Wide, ergonomic doors.
• Anti-vibration mountings. Mounting pads. Type L D H Discharge ØN Weight
• Available in 'screw-fit casing', 'epoxy coated' and (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)
'60 Hz' versions. Please consult us. InoVEC 3000 RV 1280 802 741 280x333 or Ø 500 400 72
InoVEC 4000 RV 1280 802 741 332x396 or Ø 500 400 78
RANGE InoVEC 5000 RV 1280 802 741 332x396 or Ø 500 400 77
Description Code InoVEC 6500 RV 1460 932 859 394x473 or Ø 630 500 103
Vertical discharge version InoVEC 8000 RV 1460 932 859 394x473 or Ø 630 500 97
inoiVEC 3000 micro-watt RV 11059011 InoVEC 10000 RV 1695 1102 936 467x557 or Ø 630 630 138
inoVEC 4000 micro-watt RV 11059012 InoVEC 12000 RV 1695 1102 936 467x557 or Ø 630 630 144
inoVEC 5000 micro-watt RV 11059013
inoVEC 6500 micro-watt RV 11059014 M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
inoVEC 8000 micro-watt RV 11059015
Type Suction Ø (mm) Discharge Ø (mm)
inoVEC 10000 micro-watt RV 11059016 inoVEC 3000 RV - 4000 RV - 5000 RV 400 500
inoVEC 12000 micro-watt RV 11059017 inoVEC 3000 RH - 4000 RH - 5000 RH 500 500
Horizontal discharge version inoVEC 6500 RV - 8000 RV 500 630
inoVEC 3000 micro-watt RH 11059031 inoVEC 6500 RH - 8000 RH 630 630
inoVEC 4000 micro-watt RH 11059032 inoVEC 10000 RV - 12000 RV 630 710
inoVEC 5000 micro-watt RH 11059033 inoVEC 10000 RH - 12000 RH 710 710
inoVEC 6500 micro-watt RH 11059034
inoVEC 8000 micro-watt RH 11059035 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
inoVEC 10000 micro-watt RH 11059036 • Three-phase asynchronous motor 230/400 V, Class F, IP 55 protection.
inoVEC 12000 micro-watt RH 11059037 • Single-phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz, (except InoVEC 12000, three-phase power
supply 230/400 V).
ACCESSORIES Type Fire Max. Airflow Power Nb of Rated motor Max.
Description Code Class. (m3/h) Supply poles power (kW) current (A)
Flexible suction duct sleeve inoVEC 3000 C4 Ø 160 3300 Single 4 0.55 6.7
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696 inoVEC 4000 C4 Ø 160 4500 Single 4 0.75 7.2
MS Pro M0 Ø 500 mm 11094698 inoVEC 5000 C4 Ø 160 5500 Single 4 1.1 9
Flexible air discharge duct sleeve inoVEC 6500 C4 Ø 160 7300 Single 4 1.1 9
MS Inlet/Outlet Kit M0 Ø 500 mm 11025076 inoVEC 8000 C4 Ø 160 8300 Single 4 2.2 16
MS Inlet/Outlet Kit M0 Ø 630 mm 11025077 inoVEC 10000 C4 Ø 160 10000 Single 4 2.2 16
MS Inlet/Outlet Kit M0 Ø 710 mm 11025080 inoVEC 12000 C4 Ø 160 13000 3 ph. 4 3 8.5

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
inoVEC micro-watt
• Airflow curves established in accordance with French Standard EN ISO 5801.
• = Lp in dB(A) – Overall acoustic pressure levels measured 4 m from fan casing with free fan discharge.
• = Lw in dB(A) – Overall acoustic power levels measured in duct.
• P (Pa) = static pressure - P (W) = power consumption.
inoVEC 3000 micro-watt inoVEC 4000 micro-watt

250 300
250
200
200
150
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
150
100
100
110 Pa 180 Pa 110 Pa 230 Pa
50 140 Pa Max. 140 Pa Max.
50
180 Pa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
800 1000
700 900 110 Pa 230 Pa

140 Pa Max.
110 Pa 180 Pa 800 180 Pa
600 140 Pa Max. 700
500 600
P (W)
P (W)
400 500
300 400
300
200
200
100 100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

350 300
300 250
250

200
200
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
150
150
100
100
110 Pa 250 Pa 110 Pa 200 Pa
50 140 Pa Max. 50 140 Pa Max.
180 Pa 165 Pa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1400 1400
1200 110 Pa 250 Pa 1200 110 Pa 200 Pa

140 Pa Max. 140 Pa Max.
1000 180 Pa 165 Pa
1000
800 800
P (W)
P (W)
600 600
400 400
200 200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
inoVEC micro-watt
• = Lw in dB(A) – Overall acoustic power levels measured in duct.
• P (Pa) = static pressure - P (W) = power consumption.

350 350
300 300
250 250
200 200
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
150 150
100 100
110 Pa 200 Pa 110 Pa 200 Pa
50 140 Pa 240 Pa 50 140 Pa 240 Pa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
2500 2500
110 Pa 200 Pa 110 Pa 200 Pa

2000 140 Pa 240 Pa 2000 140 Pa 250 Pa
1500 1500
P (W)
P (W)
1000 1000
500 500
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
inoVEC 12000 micro-watt

400
350
300
250
P (Pa)
200
150
100
110 Pa 250 Pa
50 140 Pa Max.
180 Pa
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Q (m3/h)
4000
3500
3000 110 Pa 250 Pa

140 Pa Max.
2500 180 Pa
P (W)
2000
1500
1000
500
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Supply / exhaust fans
Advantages
• Acoustic insulation version.
• Variable speed control.
• Multi-connector version up to
VEKITA+ 450.
• VEKITA+ 300 ultra-slim model.
VEKITA+ VEKITA+ 450 multi-insulated

• Air exhaust / air supply.
• Small commercial premises. 300 450-700-2000-3000
C
C
DESCRIPTION Ø
N Ø
R
N
R
• Casing in galvanised steel with two in-line circular

connections. Multi-connector exhaust version up to
model 450.
• 2-speed motor with speed control possible on high
speed up to VEKITA+ 700.
Ø
• Offset electrical connection terminal on the outside
Ø
N
N
of the casing
E
D
• Insulated version: interior lining with 25 mm of M1 P
fire resistance rating acoustic insulation.
H
P
NOTE: for acoustic applications, it is highly recommended
to use an auto-transformer.
INSTALLATION Type H D C D E ØN R Weight

• Horizontal / vertical. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Ø N1 (mm) (kg)
• Suspended ceilings / attics / technical areas. (mm)
• Indoor / outdoor. VEKITA+ 300 180 332 338 489 93 125 366 6
VEKITA+ 300 multi 267 332 338 489 149 125 366 6
RANGE VEKITA+ 450 267 360 347 362 165 160 341 8.5

Description Code VEKITA+ 450 multi 267 360 347 362 165 160 341 8.5
Non-insulated version 4 x 125
VEKITA+ 300 single 11056014 VEKITA+ 700 297 360 366 417 170 200 341 9.5
VEKITA+ 300 multi 11056016 VEKITA+ 2000 400 545 605 597 216 315 535 25
VEKITA+ 450 single 11056040 VEKITA+ 3000 545 630 685 602 316 400 535 33
VEKITA+ 450 multi 11056018
VEKITA+ 700 single 11056042
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
VEKITA+ 2000 single 11056046 Type Vacuum cleaning Discharge
Ø (mm) Ø (mm)
VEKITA+ 3000 single 11056048
VEKITA+ 300 125 125
Insulated version
VEKITA+ 300 multi 4 x 125 125
VEKITA+ 450 insulated 11056041
VEKITA+ 450 160 160
VEKITA+ 450 multi-insulated 11056019
VEKITA+ 450 multi 4 X 125 + 1 X 160 160
VEKITA+ 700 200 200
VEKITA+ 2000 315 315
VEKITA+ 3000 400 400
VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Description Code • 1-phase external rotor motor - 230 V /50-60 Hz with integrated thermal protection.
1.5 A voltage regulator 11086572 • Class B insulation.
3.0 A voltage regulator 11086024 Type Impeller No of Max. power I. protection
5.0 A voltage regulator 11086013 (mm) poles consumption (W) (A)
1.5 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086100 VEKITA+ 300 Backward curve 2 55 0.30
impeller 180
3.5 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086418
VEKITA+ 450 Forward curve 2 121 0.63
5.0 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086417 impeller 133
• For more technical details, please see pages 359 - 365. VEKITA+ 700 Forward curve 2 175 1.10
impeller 133
impeller 216
impeller 240

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA+
Description Code
1-Speed single-phase proximity switch 0.9 kW 11056196
Thermal overload relay 4 - 6.3 A 11057054
230 V emission coil kit (for the TPO sensor) 11056114
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Air intake flexible sleeve
MS Pro M0 Ø 125 mm 11094690
MS Pro M0 Ø 160 mm 11094691
MS Pro M0 Ø 200 mm 11094692
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696
Air dischange flexible sleeve
Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø 125 mm 11096932
MS Ref. kit M0 Ø 160 mm 11025063
Anti-vibration mountings (set of 4) 11034385
Rain hood + grille Ø 125 mm 11094884

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA+
• The following airflow curves were drawn up in accordance with Standard EN ISO 5801.
• The minimum and maximum curves represent the 2-speed for the VEKITA+ 300, 450 and 700 and the lower and upper limits for the VEKITA
2000 and 3000 with speed controller.
• The values in black are those for the non-insulated version, the values in blue are those of the insulated version.
• Lp (dB (A) ) = sound pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, with fan discharge connected.
• Lw (dB (A) ) = level of acoustic power radiated in the duct under suction.
Vekita+ 300 Vekita+ 450

350 400
42 61
300 350
38 56
300 41 61
250
37 56
32 76 250
200
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
200
30 53
150 33 73
150 28 50
29 73
100 100
50 50
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
60 180
160
50
140
40 120
P (W)
P (W)
100
30
80
20 60
40
10
20
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Vekita+ 700
400

43 63
350
39 59
300 42 63
250 39 59
36 56
P (Pa)
200 35 54
150
100
50
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

Q (m3/h)
250
200
150
P (W)
100
50
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA +
• The minimum and maximum curves represent the 2-speed for the VEKITA+ 300, 450 and 700 and the lower and upper limits for the VEKITA
2000 and 3000 with speed controller.
• The values in black are those for the non-insulated version, the values in blue are those of the insulated version.
• Lp (dB (A) ) = sound pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, with fan discharge connected.
• Lw (dB (A) ) = level of acoustic power radiated in the duct under suction.
Vekita+ 2000 Vekita+ 3000

400 500
350 450
400 52 75
300 47 72
350 49 69
250 45 68
31 57
300 43 73
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
200 28 56 250 40 68
53 78
50 76 200
150 50 74
47 73
150
100
100
50
50
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
700 1200
600 1000
500
800
P (W)
400
P (W)
600
300
400
200
100 200
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Supply / exhaust fans with acoustic insulation
Advantages
• Low height modular casing or
central unit.
• Very silent in operation.
Acoustic insulation, • 2 speeds with speed control at
without mineral fibre High Speed.
TVEC Silence

• Air exhaust/ air supply.
• Small commercial premises. L
• Dry cleaners - funeral parlours.
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal/ vertical.
• Suspended ceilings/ walls.
H
• Interior/ exterior (without battery). D
DESCRIPTION
• Fan in casing or acoustically insulated fan unit in
white pre-lacquered sheet metal with Ø 250 mm
connections. P
• G4, F5, F7 filter with eco-design.
• 2 Sp. motor.
• TVEC 400,600,950: short body. Type L H D ØD Weight
• TVEC 1800: long body. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)
TVEC 400 - 600 - 950 Silence 667 350 571 250 19
STANDARD RANGE TVEC 1800 Silence 963 27
Description Code C: Silencer casing 550 15
(B) CASING E: Electrical heating coil 550 15
TVEC 400 Silence 11056263
TVEC 600 Silence 11056264 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
TVEC 950 Silence 11056265 • Asynchronous motor - IP 44 - class F - 230 V Single-phase - 50/60 Hz.
TVEC 1800 Silence 11056294 • Thermal Protection on Opening built into the motor in parallel with the automatic reset

(D) FAN UNIT WITH FILTER winding (thermal protection on opening with exposed wires).
TVEC 400 Silence + G4 11056269 Type Max. airflow Impeller Rated motor Max. I. Power cons.
TVEC 600 Silence. + G4 11056270 (m3/h) I. (A) (A) (W)
TVEC 950 Silence + G4 11056271 TVEC 400 Silence 400 Forward 0,7 0,7 150
TVEC 600 Silence 600 curved 0,9 0,9 200
TVEC 1800 Silence + G4 11056296
TVEC 950 Silence 950 1,55 1,6 360
RANGE with a choice of options TVEC 1800 Silence 1800 Backward
curved
1,55 1,6 350
Description Code
(D) FAN UNIT ASSEMBLY
TVEC Silence without MF 11056299
COMPULSORY EQUIPMENT
MF 400 OPT57790
MF 600 OPT57788
MF 950 OPT57786
MF 1800 OPT56347
OPTIONS AVAILABLE
G4 filter OPT56340
F5 filter + G4 Prefilter (TVEC 400 OPT56230 +
- 600 - 950)
F5 filter + G4 Prefilter (TVEC 1800) OPT56350
F7 filter + G4 Prefilter (TVEC 400 OPT56232
- 600 - 950)
F7 filter + G4 Prefilter (TVEC 1800) OPT56345
Standard active carbon filter + G4 OPT56348
prefilter (except 1800)
Solvent active carbon filter + G4 OPT56349
prefilter (except 1800)
Fitted adjustable pressure switch OPT56195
Fitted proximity switch OPT56360
Note: The TVEC 400 and 600 accept the prefilter G4
with the F5 or F7 filter if necessary.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC Silence
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES (see p. 359 - 365)
Description Code
VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER
1.5 A voltage regulator 11086572
3.0 A voltage regulator 11086024
1.5 A single-phase autotransformer 11086100
Single-phase electronic controller 5 A 11057080
GENERAL
Auxiliary contact kit for thermal overload relay 11056171
230 V emission coil kit (for the TPO sensor) 11056114
ON/OFF switch for TVEC GI & Silence 11056156
ON/OFF switch + 2 Sp. for TVEC GI & Silence 11056157
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
MS Pro M0 Ø 250 mm 11094693
Rain hood + grille Ø 250 11056373
Short fixing cross member TVEC G1 (casing=2) & Silence (400-600-950 = 2 / 1800 = 3) 11056152
TVEC wall supplement (vertical wall mounting) 11056153
(E) HEATING COIL CASING MODULE
SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 1.5 kW 11056301
Regulated SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 1.5 kW 11056353
SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 3 kW 11056321
Regulated SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 3 kW 11056400
SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 4.5 kW 11056358
Regulated SINGLE PHASE elec. heating coil 4.5 kW 11056300
3-Phase elec. heating coil 13.5 kW 11056352
3-Phase regulated elec. heating coil 13.5 kW 11056357
Hot water heating coil 3.8 kW 11056306
Hot water heating coil 8 kW 11056326
Hot water heating coil 16 kW 11056298
REGULATED ELECTRICAL COIL ACCESSORIES

Duct sensor +25/+90°C 11090900
Duct sensor -10/+35°C 11090902
Room temperature control thermostat 11090903
Weekly prog. thermostat 230 V 11090904
(C) SILENCER CASING MODULE
Silencer baffles for 181/201 and Silence 11056311

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC Silence
• = acoustic pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, discharge connected in dB (A).
• P (Pa) = Static pressure - P (W) = Max. power consumption.
TVEC 400 Silence TVEC 600 Silence
TVEC 950 Silence TVEC 1800 Silence

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Double skin supply / exhaust fans
Advantages
• Double skin insulation.
• Aluminium impeller.
• Maintenance-free.
VEKITA SILENCE
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION OF TYPE OF VEKITA SILENCE

• Air exhaust / air supply. • The airflows correspond to a pressure loss of 200 Pa.
• Residential / commercial premises.
VS 7400 7400 m3/h
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal / vertical.
VS 5400 5400 m3/h
• Suspended ceilings.
VS 3400 3400 m3/h
DESCRIPTION
• Backward curved centrifugal fan.
VS 3300 3300 m3/h
• Galvanized steel sheet housing designed to function
as a grease pan.
• Aluminium impeller except galvanized steel impeller VS 2300 2300m3/h
for VS 2300.
• 40 mm insulation, double skin.
• With bottom pan. q ( m³/h)
• Variable spigot (available upon request).
• Long-life ball bearings.
DIMENSIONS - WEIGHT
• IP 54. W
RANGE
Description Code
VS 2300 - 230 V
VS 3400 - 230 V
H
VS 3300 - 230 V
VS 5400 - 230 V
VS 7400 - 230 V
• 1-phase voltage regulator: please, see page 359.
L
• 1-phase electronic speed controller: please, see page 360.
• 1-phase autotransformer: please, see page 360.
• Frequency controller for 1-speed, 3-phase fans: Type L W H Weight
please, see page 361. (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
VS 2300 500 500 500 36.0
VS 3400 500 500 500 38.0
VS 3300 700 700 700 65.0/61.0
VS 5400 700 700 700 60.5/58.0
VS 7400 700 700 700 70.5/71.0
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Type I U f P No. of
(A) (V) (Hz) (W) Poles
VS 2300 3.1 230 50 660 2
VS 3400 4.2 230 50 960 2
VS 3300 3.0/1.2 230/400 50 570/500 4
VS 5400 4.1/1.8 230/400 50 870/840 4
VS 7400 5.7/3.7 230/400 50 1280/1610 4

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA SILENCE
• In Pressure vs. Flow graph, the minimum, maximum and intermediate curves represent the 5-speed for the VEKITA SILENCE 2300, 3400,
3300, 5400, 7400 and 9300 with the speed controller.
• Lp (dB (A) ) = Sound pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, with fan discharge connected.
• Lw (dB (A) ) = Sound power level radiated in the duct under suction.
VS 2300 - 230V VS 3400 - 230V

1000 1200
900
1000 230 V
800 230 V 200
V
200 V 17
0V
700 170
V
800
600 63 83
140 62 82 14
∆P (W)
∆P (Pa)
500 V 600 0
V
400
400
300
110 11
200 V 0V
200
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
700 1000
600
800
500
400 240
V 600 0V
23
P (W)
P (W)
V 0V
300 170 17
110
V 400 V
110
200
200
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
VS 3300 - 230V
500

230 V
200 V
400 170 V
55 75
140
V
300
∆P (Pa)
11
0V
200
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Q (m3/h)
700
600
500
230 V
400
P (W)
300
170 V
200 110 V
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA SILENCE
VS 5400 - 230V VS 7400 - 230V
600 700
230 V 230 V
500 200 V 600 200 V
170 V 170 V
58 78
400 500
140 140
V V 61 81
400
∆P (Pa)
300
∆P (Pa)
300 11
0V
11
200 0V
200
100
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1000 1400
900
1200
800
700 1000
V
600 V 800 230
230
P (W)
P (W)
500 V
V 170
170 600
400 110
V
V
110
300 400
200
200
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Double skin supply / exhaust fans for kitchens
Advantages
• Motor outside air stream.
• Ideal for kitchens.
• Double skin insulation.
• Aluminium impeller.
• Maintenance-free.
VEKITA SILENCE-O
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION OF TYPE OF VEKITA SILENCE-O

• Air exhaust / air supply. The airflows correspond to a pressure loss of 200 Pa.
• Ideal for kitchens.
VSO 6700 6 700 m3/h
DESCRIPTION
• Backward curved centrifugal fan. VSO 4700 4 700 m3/h
• Galvanized steel sheet housing designed to function
as a grease pan.
• Aluminium impeller. VSO 3400 3 400 m3/h
• 40 mm insulation, double skin.
• With bottom pan.
VSO 3200 3 200 m3/h
• Motor seperated from air stream through built-in
bulhead.
• Outlet is right-angled to Inlet. VSO 2300 2 300 m3/h
• Long-life ball bearings.
• IP 54. Q (m³/h)
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal / vertical. DIMENSIONS - WEIGHT
• Suspended ceilings.
W
RANGE
Description Code
VSO 2300 - 230 V
VSO 3400 - 230 V

H
VSO 3200 - 230 V
VSO 4700 - 230 V
VSO 6700 - 230 V
• 1-phase voltage regulator: please, see page 359.
• 1-phase electronic speed controller: please, see page 360. L
Type L W H Weight
(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
VSO 2300 500 500 500 35.5
VSO 3400 500 500 500 37.0
VSO 3200 700 700 700 58.5
VSO 4700 700 700 700 59.5
VSO 6700 700 700 700 71.5
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Type I U f L wa5 P No. of
(A) (V) (Hz) (dB (A)) (W) Poles
VSO 2300 3.1 230 50 78 660 2
VSO 3400 4.2 230 50 83 960 2
VSO 3200 3.0 230 50 72 570 4
VSO 4700 4.1 230 50 75 870 4
VSO 6700 5.7 230 50 80 1280 4

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA SILENCE-O
• In Pressure vs. Flow graph, the minimum, maximum and intermediate curves represent the 5-speed for the VEKITA SILENCE-O 2300, 3400,
3200, 4700 and 6700 with the speed controller.
VSO 2300 - 230V VSO 3400 - 230V

1000 1200
800 230 V 1000 230

200 V
200 V V
170 V
170
800 V
600 14
0V 62 82 63 83
∆P (Pa)
14
∆P (Pa)
600 0
V
400
400
110
V
200 110
V
200
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
700 1000
600
800
500
V 600 0V
400 230 23
P (W)
P (W)
0V
V 17
300 170
V 400 V
110 110
200
200
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
VSO 3200 - 230V VSO 4700 - 230V

600
500
230 V 230 V
200 V 200 V
400 170 V
170 V
140
V 55 75 58 78
400 140
V
300
∆P (Pa)
∆P (Pa)
110
V
200 11
0V
200
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
700 1000
600
800
500
230 V
400 600 V
230
P (W)
P (W)
300 170
V
170 V
400 V
V 110
200 110
100 200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Q (m3/h) 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VEKITA SILENCE-O
• In Pressure vs. Flow graph, the minimum, maximum and intermediate curves represent the 5-speed for the VEKITA SILENCE-O 2300, 3400,
3200, 4700 and 6700 with the speed controller.
VSO 6700 - 230V

700
230 V
600 200 V
170
V
500
140 61 81
V
400
∆P (Pa)
300 11
0V
200
100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000

Q (m3/h)
1400
1200
1000
V
800 230
P (W)
V
170
600
0V
11
400
200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000

Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Supply / exhaust fans
Advantages
• Connections in-line.
• Optional integrated filter.
• Airflow between 100 and
12000 m3/h.
• Motorised fan unit mounted on
a slide rail.
• Adjustable drive pulley in series.
VIK

• Air exhaust / air supply, up to 12000 m3/h. P
• Medium to large commercial and industrial premises. L
P1
• Airflow adjustment.
DESCRIPTION
• Casing in galvanised steel with in-line circular
ØN
connections.
H
• Forward curved fan mounted on slide rails and
H1
separated from the casing by anti-vibration
mountings.
• Pulley-belt drive, with adjustable motorised pulley
(adjustment of the fan speed). E E1
• An inner filter rail (optional G4 or F5 filter).
Type L D H E P1 H1 E1 ØN Weight
INSTALLATION (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
• Indoor/ outdoor. VIK 4000 1161 737 675 1131 304 387 600 500 77
• New and renovation. VIK 5000 1161 737 675 1131 304 387 600 500 80
STANDARD RANGE VIK
VIK
7000
8500
1406
1406
941
941
943
943
1378
1378
471
471
522
522
717
717
630
630
121
127
Description Code
VIK 12000 1406 941 943 1378 471 522 717 630 150
1-speed + fitted switch
VIK 4000 - 1-speed + TPO + IP 11028031 M0 INCOMBUSTIBLE FLEXIBLE SLEEVES
VIK 5000 - 1-speed + TPO + IP 11028032
VIK 7000 - 1-speed + TPO + IP 11028033 Ø (mm) Ø (mm)
VIK 8500 - 1-speed + TPO + IP 11028034 VIK 4000 - 5000 500 500
2-speed + fitted switch VIK 7000 to 12000 630 630

VIK 4000 - 2-speed + TPO + IP 11028035
VIK 5000 - 2-speed + TPO + IP 11028036 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
VIK 7000 - 2-speed + TPO + IP 11028037 • IP 55 asynchronous motor, Class F, 230/400 V 3-phase - 50 Hz.
VIK 8500 - 2-speed + TPO + IP 11028038 • Thermal Protection on opening built into the motor in parallel with the automatic reset
winding (TPO with exposed wires).
RANGE with a choice of options • For the connection of the TPO, use the proposed tripping coil accessory with the
Description Code thermal overload relay disconnecting switches, please see page 359 - 361.
Casing + motorised fan • For operating and protection of the 2-speed fans, please see pages 359 - 361.
VIK n°1 without MF 11028005 Type Rated motor No. of Max. power Max. I. cons.
MF 4000 1-speed 50/60 Hz OPT28006 power (kW) poles consumption (W) (A)
MF 4000 2-speed OPT28007 VIK 4000 - 1-speed 1.1 4 1400 2.7
MF 5000 1-speed 50/60 Hz OPT28008 VIK 5000 - 1-speed 1.5 4 2400 4.5
MF 5000 2-speed OPT28009 VIK 7000 - 1-speed 1.8 4 2800 5.0
VIK n°2 without MF 11028010 VIK 8500 - 1-speed 3.0 4 4800 8.0
MF 7000 1-speed 50/60 Hz OPT28011 VIK 12000 - 1-speed 4.0 4 6020 10.7
MF 7000 2-speed OPT28012 VIK 4000 - 2-speed 1.1 / 0.18 4/8 1500 2.8 / 1.0
MF 8500 2-speed 50/60 Hz OPT28013 VIK 5000 - 2-speed 1.5 / 0.25 4/8 2600 4.5 / 1.7
MF 8500 2-speed OPT28014 VIK 7000 - 2-speed 2.2 / 0.37 4/8 3500 5.5 / 2.2
VIK n°3 without MF 11028060 VIK 8500 - 2-speed 3.0 / 0.55 4/8 4800 8 / 3.0
MF 12000 2-speed 50/60 Hz OPT28742 VIK 12000 - 2-speed 4.0 / 0.75 4/8 6020 10.7 / 3.7
Aquilone N°4 OPT28741
Available options
G4 Filter VIK n°1 OPT28015
G4 Filter VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28018
F5 Filter VIK n°1 OPT28016
F5 Filter VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28019
Insulation VIK n°1 OPT28749
Insulation VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28748

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VIK
• : Lp (dB (A) ) = Sound pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, with fan discharge connected.
• : Lw (dB (A) ) = Level of acoustic power radiated in the duct during air discharge.
VIK 4000 - 5000 VIK 7000 - 8500 - 12000

600 56
800
82
4000 57
500 59
7000
5000 85 8500
600 58 90 12000
400 57 54
53 82
80 65
87
P (Pa)
75 55
300 90
P (Pa)
400 83
54 50
51
200 56 82 79
51 74 55
60
65 200 52 85
100
80
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
Q (m3/h)
4000
9000
3000 7000
7000
4000 8500
5000
P (W)
5000 12000
P (W)
2000
3000
1000
1000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
Q (m3/h)
G4 G4
0 10 23 30 40 53 74 92 115 135 185 0 20 33 40 40 55 75 90 115 140 170 195 235 270
F5
F5 0 10 13 15 50 70 85 105 125 150 185 220 260 300
0 2 5 12 21 32 48 65 78 95 127
AVAILABLE OPTIONS (continued)

Description Code
Electrical
1-speed 7.5 kW proximity switch + aux. contacts OPT28021
2-speed 7.5 kW proximity switch + aux. contacts OPT28022

Pressure switch 40-300 Pa fitted OPT28028
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa connected/ fitted OPT28029
Axone "All-in-One" 1-speed 4.7 A OPT28025
Axone "All-in-One" 1-speed 16.7 A OPT28027
VIK 4000 1-speed thermal overload relay OPT28023
VIK 5000 - 7000 1-speed thermal overload relay OPT28024
Filter clogging detection OPT28030
Finish
Epoxy Casing - VIK n°1 OPT28071
Epoxy Casing + MV VIK n°1 OPT28072
Screw-fit casing OPTVISSE
Left hand side access OPT58171
Standard opposite face access OPT58172
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Rain hood canopy + grille Ø 630 mm 11056375
G4 filter VIK 4000 - 5000 11028050
G4 filter VIK 7000 - 8500 - 12000 11028048
F5 filter VIK 4000 - 5000 11028049
F5 filter VIK 7000 - 8500 - 12000 11028047

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Low energy consumption supply / exhaust fans
Advantages
Green • Low energy consumption.
Product • Single-phase power supply.
• Optional integrated filter.
• Optional integrated casing.
VIK micro-watt

• Air exhaust / air supply, up to 12000 m3/h.
P
• Medium to large commercial and industrial buildings. L
P1
DESCRIPTION
• Casing in sheet metal with circular connections
supplied with an electronics box to be screwed
on on-site, pre-wired and pre-programmed at the
ØN
factory, adjustment potentiometer included.
H
• Forward curved fan mounted on slide rails and
H1
separated from the casing by anti-vibration
mountings.
• Pulley-belt type drive.
• An inner filter rail (optional G4 or F5 filter). E E1
NOTE: for heating of air, please consult us.
INSTALLATION Type L D H E P1 H1 E1 ØN Weight

• Indoor / outdoor. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
• New and renovation. VIK 4000 1161 737 675 1131 304 387 600 500 77
VIK 5000 1161 737 675 1131 304 387 600 500 80
RANGE with a choice of options VIK 7000 1406 941 943 1378 471 522 717 630 121
Description Code VIK 8500 1406 941 943 1378 471 522 717 630 127
Casing + motorised fan VIK 12000 1406 941 943 1378 471 522 717 630 150
VIK n°1 without MF 11028005 Micro-watt unit 260 350 500 15
MV 4000 micro-watt OPT28085
MV 5000 micro-watt OPT28086 M0 INCOMBUSTIBLE FLEXIBLE SLEEVES

VIK n°2 without MF 11028010 Type Vacuum cleaning Discharge
MV 7000 micro-watt OPT28087 Ø (mm) Ø (mm)
MV 8500 micro-watt OPT28088 VIK 4000 - 5000 500 500
VIK N°3 without MF 11028060 VIK 7000 to 12000 630 630
MV 12000 micro-watt OPT28089
Available options ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Asynchronous motor - IP 55 - class F - 3-phase 230/400 V - 50 Hz.
G4 filter VIK n°1 OPT28015
• 230 V - 50/60 Hz 1-phase power supply (except VIK 8500, 230/400 V 3-phase power
G4 filter VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28018
supply).
F5 filter VIK n°1 OPT28016 • Thermal protection on opening and with resetting automatically integrated into the
F5 filter VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28019 motor (TPO with exposed wires) directly connectable to the micro-watt box (cf.
Insulation VIK n°1 OPT28749 Assembly instructions).
Insulation VIK n°2 and 3 OPT28748 Type Rated motor No. of Max. power Max. I. cons.
power (kW) poles consumption (W) (A)
VIK 4000 micro-watt 1.1 4 1400 9.0
VIK 5000 micro-watt 1.5 4 2400 15.0
VIK 7000 micro-watt 1.8 4 2800 16.0
VIK 8500 micro-watt 3.0 4 4800 8.0
VIK 12000 micro-watt 4.0 4 6020 10.7

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VIK micro-watt
OPTIONS AVAILABLE (continued)
Description Code
Electrical
Filter clogging detection OPT28030
Finish
Epoxy casing - VIK n°1 OPT28071
Epoxy casing + MV VIK n°1 OPT28072
Left hand side access OPT58171
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
Rain hood canopy + grille Ø 630 mm 11056375
G4 filter VIK 4000 - 5000 11028050
G4 filter VIK 7000 - 8500 - 12000 11028048
F5 filter VIK 4000 - 5000 11028049
F5 filter VIK 7000 - 8500 - 12000 11028047
Electrical accessories (see pages 359 - 365)
Offset control 11057084
IP55 offset control 11057085
Thermal overload relay 11 - 16 A 11057056


VIK 4000 micro-watt VIK 5000 micro-watt
400 800
53
75
100 Pa 300 Pa
56 100 Pa 400 Pa
300 200 Pa Max. 600
54 200 Pa Max.
82
300 Pa
82
56
P (Pa)
200 400 57
P (Pa)
60
53 87
75
51 54
100 200
65 82
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1500 2500
2000
1000
1500
P (W)
P (W)
100 Pa 300 Pa 1000

500 200 Pa Max. 100 Pa 400 Pa
200 Pa Max.
500 300 Pa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
G4 G4
0 10 23 30 40 53 74 92 115 135 185 0 10 23 30 40 53 74 92 115 135 185
F5 F5
0 2 5 12 21 32 48 65 78 95 127 0 2 5 12 21 32 48 65 78 95 127

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
VIK micro-watt
VIK 7000 micro-watt VIK 8500 micro-watt

600 800
54
500 80 200 Pa 400 Pa 700 200 Pa 500 Pa
300 Pa Max. 57
300 Pa 600 Pa
600 85 400 Pa Max.
400
500
55 50 65
P (Pa)
300
P (Pa)
400
85 79 90
51 52 300
200
74 80
200
100
100
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
4000 5000
4000
3000
200 Pa 500 Pa
3000 300 Pa 600 Pa
P (W)
P (W)
200 Pa 400 Pa 400 Pa Max.

2000
300 Pa Max.
2000
1000
1000
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
G4 G4
0 20 33 40 40 55 75 90 115 0 20 33 40 40 55 75 90 115
F5 F5
0 10 13 15 50 70 85 105 125 0 10 13 15 50 70 85 105 125
VIK 12000 micro-watt

700
600
500
400
P (Pa)
300
200
300 Pa 500 Pa
100 400 Pa Max.
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000

Q (m3/h)
6000
5000
300 Pa 500 Pa
4000 400 Pa Max.
P (W)
3000
2000
1000
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000

Q (m3/h)
G4
0 20 33 40 40 55 75 90 115 140 170 195 235 270
F5
0 10 13 15 50 70 85 105 125 150 185 220 260 300

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust fans
Advantages
• In-line extractor fan,
C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating.
• Numerous factory mounted
accessories.
• Reliable and robust fan.
• Available in micro-watt.
TVEC GII
APPLICATION INSTALLATION
• Air exhaust.
• Medium to large commercial premises.
DESCRIPTION
• Casing in galvanised sheet metal with 3 different
connection arrangements for the fan casing (in-line
or perpendicular).
• delivered with an electronic box in the micro-watt
version.
• Adjustable feet that can adapt to all types of floor.
• Double inlet/outlet forward curved fan mounted
on slide rails and separated from the casing by
anti-vibration mountings. Pulley-belt drive, with
adjustable motorised pulley.
• Range with a choice of options: 3 arrangements Fan casing, arrgt 1
available, double skin insulation, fitted pressure
switch, proximity switch.
ARRANGEMENTS AVAILABLE
: Suction connections and in-line discharge.
: 1 suction connection, 1 perpendicular discharge
connection.
: 2 suction connections, 1 perpendicular discharge
connection.

Arrgt 2, left-hand access side. Arrgt 3, left-hand access side

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Exhaust fans
Advantages
• Several arrangements available.
• Reliable and robust.
TVEC GII

• Air exhaust.
• Fan unit in casing C4 - 400°C ½ h fire rating. 80 L P
DESCRIPTION
• Galvanised casing with three possible arrangements.
H
82
• Double inlet / outlet forward curved fan mounted on
H1
110
vibration mountings.
• Pulley-belt drive, with adjustable motorised pulley. E P1
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal. Type L D P1 H H1 E ØN Weight
• Technical areas / terraces. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
• Indoor / outdoor. TVEC 1 983 813 650 710 465 707 500 110/130
TVEC 2 1099 1099 940 770 495 828 630 150/180
RANGE with a choice of options TVEC 3 1398 1398 1239 1144 682 1122 800 235/285
Description Code
TVEC 1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
TVEC 1 arrgt 1 without MV 11056401 • Asynchronous motor with IP 55 - class F - 3-phase 230/400V - 50/60 Hz (other than
TVEC 3C, 400/660 V).
TVEC 1 arrgt 2 without MV 11056402
• Thermal protection on opening built into the motor in parallel with the automatic reset
TVEC 1 arrgt 3 without MV 11056403 winding (TPO with exposed wires).
MV A1 50/60 Hz OPT56411 BE CAREFUL: the connection of the TPO is incompatible with the fire resistance
MV B1 50/60 Hz OPT56412 classification C4-400° C ½ h.
MV C1 50/60 Hz OPT56413
Type Motor. Ø impeller N° of Rated Max. power Max. power
MV D1 50/60 Hz OPT56414 (mm) poles power. consumption consumption
MV A2 (Dahlander) OPT56415 (kW) (A) (W)
MV B2 (Dahlander) OPT56416 TVEC 1 A1 270 4 0.55 1.60 900
MV C2 (Dahlander) OPT56417 TVEC 1 B1 270 4 1.10 2.25 1250
MV D2 (Dahlander) OPT56418 TVEC 1 C1 270 4 1.50 3.55 2000
TVEC 2 TVEC 1 D1 270 4 1.80 4.55 2500
TVEC 2 arrgt 1 without MV 11056404 TVEC 1 A2 270 4/8 0.55/0.09 1.60 900
TVEC 2 arrgt 2 without MV 11056405 TVEC 1 B2 270 4/8 1.10/0.18 2.80 1500
TVEC 2 arrgt 3 without MV 11056406 TVEC 1 C2 270 4/8 1.50/0.25 4.00 2200
MV A1 50/60 Hz OPT56421 TVEC 1 D2 270 4/8 2.20/0.37 5.50 3000
MV B1 50/60 Hz OPT56422 TVEC 2 A1 320 4 0.75 2.20 1200
MV C1 50/60 Hz OPT56423 TVEC 2 B1 320 4 1.10 3.30 1800
MV D1 50/60 Hz OPT56424 TVEC 2 C1 320 4 1.80 5.30 2900
MV A2 (Dahlander) OPT56425 TVEC 2 D1 320 4 3.00 8.20 4450
MV B2 (Dahlander) OPT56426 TVEC 2 A2 320 4/8 0.75/0.12 2.30 1250
MV C2 (Dahlander) OPT56427 TVEC 2 B2 320 4/8 1.10/0.18 3.30 1800
MV D2 (Dahlander) OPT56428 TVEC 2 C2 320 4/8 2.20/0.37 6.50 3500
TVEC 3 TVEC 2 D2 320 4/8 3.00/0.55 8.20 4500
TVEC 3 arrgt 1 without MV 11056407 TVEC 3 A1 450 4 2.20 7.90 4300
TVEC 3 arrgt 2 without MV 11056408 TVEC 3 B1 450 4 4.00 12.00 6500
TVEC 3 arrgt 3 without MV 11056409 TVEC 3 C1 450 4 7.50 16.00 8700
MV A1 50/60 Hz OPT56431 TVEC 3 A2 450 4/8 2.20/0.37 7.90 4300
MV B1 50/60 Hz OPT56432 TVEC 3 B2 450 4/8 4.00/0.75 12.00 6500
MV C1 50/60 Hz OPT56433 TVEC 3 C2 450 4/8 7.50/1.50 16.00 8700
MV A2 (Dahlander) OPT56435
MV B2 (Dahlander) OPT56436
MV C2 (Dahlander) OPT56437

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC GII
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard EN ISO 5801.
TVEC 1 TVEC 2
800 800
700 58 700
A C
600 600 57
B D
54 58
59 A C 500
500
56 B D
P (Pa)
400
P (Pa)
400 51
53 57 55
300 300 52 65
50 54
48 50
200 51 200
48 45 53
100 49 100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
3500 5000
3000
4000
2500 A
A
B B
3000 C
2000 C
P (W)
P (W)
D D
1500 2000
1000
1000
500
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
0 28 56 124 185
Electrical Electrical
heating coil heating coil 0 17 34 84 102
Hot water Hot water
coil coil 0 28 73 157 264
Sound Sound
attenuator attenuator 0 10 22 50 117

AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code
Double skin thermal insulation, TVEC 1 OPT56361
Adjustable pressure switch 40-300 Pa OPT56397
1 Sp. 7.5 kW proximity switch + aux. contacts. OPT28021
2 Sp. 7.5 kW proximity switch + aux. contacts. OPT28022
Screw-fit casing OPTVISSE

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC GII
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard EN ISO 5801.
TVEC 3
900
800
700 68
A
B
600 C
58 64
500
P (Pa)
61
400
58
59 64
300
50
200 53
100 55
0 5000 10000 15000 20000

Q (m3/h)
12000
10000
8000
A
6000
P (W)
B
C
4000
2000
0 5000 10000 15000 20000

Q (m3/h)
Filter
Electrical
heating coil
Hot water
coil
Sound
attenuator

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Casing filter module for TVEC GII
• TVEC GII accessory for filtering the air supply. L3 P
DESCRIPTION
• Double skin galvanised steel casing without
Access
connections. door
• Adjustable feet that can adapt to all types of terrain.
H
• Pocket filter class F5, 40 to 60 % opacimetric 82
efficiency, in accordance with standard EN 779, and
M3 fire rating classification.
110
INSTALLATION
• Fits directly on to the fan casing, suction side, or E3 P1
on the heater casing, by a system of rails + screws
(supplied).
Type L3 D H E3 P1 Weight
RANGE with a choice of options TVEC 1
(mm)
980
(mm)
813
(mm)
710
(mm)
707
(mm)
650
(kg)
70
Description Code TVEC 2 1096 1044 770 823 940 80
Casing filter TVEC 1 11056471 TVEC 3 1096 1398 1144 823 1239 110
TVEC 2 11056472
TVEC 3 11056473 CASSETTE FILTER
• F5 pocket filter, fitted on a metal frame.
AVAILABLE OPTIONS • Dimensions of the frame: 594 x 287 mm.
Description Code Type TVEC 1 TVEC 2 TVEC 3
Filter clogging detection OPT56378 No. of filter cassettes per casing 2 3 6
• Filter clogging detection mounted on the filter casing.
Filter extraction drawer for TVEC GII

• TVEC GII accessory for filtering the air supply. Type L (mm) D (mm) H (mm) Weight (kg)
DESCRIPTION TVEC 1
TVEC 2
740
1026
185
185
640
700
20
20
• Double skin galvanised steel casing without
connections. TVEC 3 1325 185 1074 20

• Pocket filter class G4, 40 to 90 % gravimetric
efficiency, in accordance with standard EN 779, and CASSETTE FILTER
M3 fire rating classification. • G4 herringbone filter frame, fitted on a metal frame.
• Dimensions of the frame (mm): TVEC GI -> 592 x 510, TVEC GII -> 878 x 585, TVEC
INSTALLATION GIII -> 2 x (588 x 940).
• Fits directly on to the fan casing, on its suction side. Type TVEC 1 TVEC 2 TVEC 3
RANGE with a choice of options No. of filter cassettes per casing 1 1 2
Description Code
Filter extraction drawer TVEC 1 11057091
• Filter clogging detection mounted on the filter casing.
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
G4 spare filter for TVEC 1 11057094

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Low energy consumption exhaust fans
Advantages
Green • Low energy consumption unit.
Product • 1-phase power supply.
• Numerous modules
(see TVEC GII fan unit).
• Multi arrangements.
TVEC GII micro-watt

• Air exhaust.
DESCRIPTION
80 L P
• Galvanised casing with three possible arrangements,

supplied with an electronics box to be screwed
on on-site, pre-wired and pre-programmed at the
H
factory, adjustment potentiometer included. 82
H1
• Double inlet / outlet forward curved fan mounted on
110
vibration mountings. E P1
• Standard factory mounted proximity disconnecting
switch.
• Offset control available. Type W D D1 H H1 E ØN Weight
INSTALLATION TVEC 1
(mm)
983
(mm)
813
(mm)
650
(mm)
710
(mm)
465
(mm)
707
(mm)
500
(kg)
110/130
• Horizontal.
TVEC 2 1099 1099 940 770 495 828 630 150/180
• Technical areas / terraces.
• Indoor / outdoor. TVEC 3 1398 1398 1239 1144 682 1122 800 235/285
Elec. Control 161 231 591 15
RANGE with a choice of options box
Description Code
TVEC 1
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Asynchronous motor - IP 55 - class F - Three-phase 230/400 V - 50 Hz.
• 230 V - 50/60 Hz single-phase power supply (except TVEC 2D and 3B, 230/400 V
TVEC 1 arrgt 2 without MV 11056402 three-phase power supply).

TVEC 1 arrgt 3 without MV 11056403 • Thermal protection on opening with automatic reset integrated into the motor (TPO
A1 micro-watt MV OPT57300 with exposed wires) for directly connection to the micro-watt box (Cf. Assembly
B1 micro-watt MV OPT57301 instructions).
C1 micro-watt MV OPT57302 Type Motor. Wheel Number Rated Max. power Max. power
D1 micro-watt MV OPT57303 Ø of Poles power. consump- consump-
TVEC 2 (mm) (kW) tion (A) tion (W)
TVEC 2 arrgt 1 without MV 11056404 TVEC 1 A1 micro-watt 270 4 0.55 6 900
TVEC 2 arrgt 2 without MV 11056405 TVEC 1 B1 micro-watt 270 4 1.1 8 1250
TVEC 2 arrgt 3 without MV 11056406 TVEC 1 C1 micro-watt 270 4 1.5 12 2000
A1 micro-watt MV OPT57304 TVEC 1 D1 micro-watt 270 4 1.8 16 2500
B1 micro-watt MV OPT57305 TVEC 2 A1 micro-watt 320 4 0.75 8 1200
C1 micro-watt MV OPT57306 TVEC 2 B1 micro-watt 320 4 1.1 11 1800
D1 micro-watt MV OPT57307 TVEC 2 C1 micro-watt 320 4 1.8 17 2900
TVEC 3 TVEC 2 D1 micro-watt 320 4 3.0 9 4450
TVEC 3 arrgt 1 without MV 11056407 TVEC 3 A1 micro-watt 450 4 2.2 8 4300
TVEC 3 arrgt 2 without MV 11056408 TVEC 3 B1 micro-watt 450 4 4 12 6500
A1 micro-watt MV OPT57308
B1 micro-watt MV OPT57309
Available options
Double skin thermal insulation, OPT56361
TVEC 1
TVEC 2
TVEC 3

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC GII micro-watt
• = Acoustic pressure level measured at 4 m from the casing, discharge connected in dB (A).
TVEC 1A micro-watt TVEC 1B micro-watt

300 400
53
50
250 100 Pa 200 Pa 100 Pa 200 Pa
51 150 Pa Max. 300 Pa Max.
300
54
200
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
150 48 200 50 51
100 49
100 49
50
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1000 1500
800
1000
600 100 Pa 200 Pa
P (W)
300 Pa Max.
P (W)
400 100 Pa 200 Pa

150 Pa Max. 500
200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
Elec. Elec.
Heating Heating
coil coil
Hot water Hot water
coil coil
Sound Sound
attenuator attenuator
TVEC 1C micro-watt TVEC 1D micro-watt

800 800
700 58 200 Pa 500 Pa

300 Pa Max.
100 Pa 400 Pa
600 600 400 Pa
56 200 Pa Max.
300 Pa 56 59
500
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
400 57 400 57
53 54 300 51
200 200
48 49 100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
2500 3500
3000
2000
2500
200 Pa 500 Pa 200 Pa 500 Pa
1500
P (W)

2000
400 Pa 400 Pa
P (W)
1000 1500
1000
500
500
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
Elec. Elec.
Heating Heating
coil coil
Hot water Hot water
coil coil
Sound Sound

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC GII micro-watt

300 500
250
400
100 Pa 200 Pa 51
200 48 150 Pa Max. 200 Pa 300 Pa
300 250 Pa Max.
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
150 48
200 53
45 53
100
50 100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1400 2500
1200
2000
1000
800 1500
P (W)
P (W)
600
1000
100 Pa 200 Pa 200 Pa 300 Pa
400 150 Pa Max. 250 Pa Max.
500
200
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
0 28 56 124 0 28 56 124
Elec. Elec.
Heating Heating
coil 0 17 34 84 coil 0 17 34 84
Hot water Hot water
coil 0 28 73 157 coil 0 28 73 157
Sound Sound
attenuator 0 10 22 50 attenuator 0 10 22 50
TVEC 2C micro-watt TVEC 2D micro-watt

600 800
54 700
500 200 Pa 400 Pa 200 Pa 500 Pa
300 Pa Max. 300 Pa 600 Pa
600 57 Max.
400 Pa
58
400
500
55
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300 51 400 51
65
300 52
200
200
100
100
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
4000 5000
4000
3000
3000 200 Pa 500 Pa

300 Pa 600 Pa
P (W)
P (W)
2000 200 Pa 400 Pa 400 Pa Max.

300 Pa Max.
2000
1000
1000
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000

Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
0 28 56 124 185 0 28 56 124 185
Elec. Elec.
Heating Heating
coil 0 17 34 84 102 coil 0 17 34 84 102
Hot water Hot water
coil 0 28 73 157 264 coil 0 28 73 157 264
Sound Sound
attenuator 0 attenuator
10 22 50 117 0 10 22 50 117

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
TVEC GII micro-watt

500 700
57 100 Pa 300 Pa 600

400 200 Pa Max.
500
300 51 53
400
P (Pa)
58
P (Pa
300
200
200
300 Pa 500 Pa
100
100 400 Pa Max.
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
5000 6000
5000
4000
300 Pa 500 Pa
4000
100 Pa 300 Pa 400 Pa Max.
3000 200 Pa Max.
P (W)
3000
P (W)
2000
2000
1000
1000
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
Filter Filter
Elec. Elec.
Heating Heating
coil coil
Hot water Hot water
coil coil
Sound Sound

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
Supply fans
Advantages
• Adjustable drive pulley in series.
• Circular casing = discreet
aesthetic design, minimum
dimensions.
ALIZONE
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT (kg)

• Air supply up to 10,000 m3/h.
L ØD
• Medium to large commercial and industrial premises. ØR
• Airflow adjustment.
INSTALLATION
• New and renovation.
H
H
DESCRIPTION
H1
• Casing in galvanised steel with in-line circular
connections.
• Forward curved fan rear mounted on rails.
• Pulley-belt drive, with adjustable motorised pulley
(adjustment of the fan speed). E1 E1
• The motorised fan unit slides into the body, and can
be dismantled from the rear.
Type L ØD H E / E1 H1 ØR Weight
• Large door for easy access to motorised fan unit.
ALIZONE 4.2 and 6.2 950 630 670 760 / 540 320 500 70
RANGE WITH CHOICE OF OPTIONS ALIZONE 8.4 and 10.0 950 800 830 760 / 590 430 630 100
Description Code
CASING 1 Speed
M0 INCOMBUSTIBLE FLEXIBLE SLEEVES
ALIZONE 4.2 - TRI 1,5 kW 11039060 Type Vacuum cleaning Ø R (mm) Discharge ØR (mm)
ALIZONE 6.2 - TRI 2.2 kW 11039061 ALIZONE 4.2 and 6.2 500 500
ALIZONE 8.4 - TRI 3kW 11039062 ALIZONE 8.4 and 10.0 630 630
ALIZONE 10.0 - TRI 4kW 11039063
2 Speed BI 4/6 CASING
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- IP 55 asynchronous motor, Class F, 230/400 V - 50 Hz.
ALIZONE 4.2 - 1.5/0.45 kW 11039065
- Thermal Protection on Opening built into the motor in parallel with the automatic reset
ALIZONE 6.2 - 2.5/0.8 kW 11039066 winding (TPO with exposed wires). WARNING: do not use for smoke extraction
ALIZONE 8.4 - 3/1 kW 11039067 - For the connection of the TPO, use the proposed tripping coil accessory with the
ALIZONE 10.0 - 4.4/1.5 kW 11039068 thermal overload relay disconnecting switches, see p. 359 - 361.
2 Speed DAH 4/8 CASING Type 1 speed Rated power No of Rated Current Max. I. cons. Id/ In
ALIZONE 4.2 - 1.5/0.25 kW 11039070 (kW) poles (A) (A)
ALIZONE 6.2 - 2.2/0.37 kW 11039071 ALIZONE 4.2 1,5 4 3,6 3,6 5,7
ALIZONE 8.4 - 3/0.55 kW 11039072 ALIZONE 6.2 2,2 4 5,4 5,8 5,3
ALIZONE 10.0 - 4/0.75 kW 11039073 ALIZONE 8.4 3 4 6,8 7,5 4,6
ALIZONE 10.0 4 4 8,5 9,5 6,3
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
See following page. Type 2 speeds Rated power No. of Rated Max. I. cons. Id/ In
- BI (kW) poles Current (A) (A)
ALIZONE 4.2 1,5 / 0,37 4/6 3,6/1,6 3,6/1,5 5,5/4,5
ALIZONE 6.2 2,2 / 0,7 4/6 4,9/2,5 5,7/2,2 6/5,5
ALIZONE 8.4 3/1 4/6 6,8/3,9 7,3/3,3 7,6/6,2
ALIZONE 10.0 4,5 / 1,5 4/6 10,2/5,4 9,6/4,5 7,5/7
Type 2 speeds Rated motor No. of Rated Max. I. cons. Id/ In

Dah power (kW) poles Current (A) (A)
ALIZONE 4.2 1,6 / 0,4 4/8 3,8/2,3 3,8/1,9 5,5/3,2
ALIZONE 6.2 2,2 / 0,55 4/8 5,1/2,5 5,7/2 5,6/3,2
ALIZONE 8.4 2,8 / 0,7 4/8 5,6/2,9 7,1/2,1 5,5/4,1
ALIZONE 10.0 3,8 / 1 4/8 8,5/4 9,4/3,3 7,5/4,8

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
ALIZONE
AIRFLOW DETAILS
• The following airflow curves were drawn up in accordance with Standard EN ISO 5801.
• : Lp (dB (A) ) = sound pressure level measured at 4 meters from the casing, with fan discharge connected.
• : Lw (dB (A) ) = level of acoustic power radiated in the duct during air discharge.
• P (Pa) = static pressure, Pd = dynamic pressure in the air supply duct.
ALIZONE 4.2 ALIZONE 6.2

450 700
400 Alizone 4.2 1V 55
52 600 Alizone 6.2 1V
Alizone 4.2 2V BI
75 Alizone 4.2 2V DAH. 82 Alizone 6.2 2V BI
350
500 Alizone 6.2 2V DAH.
300 53
56
82 400 Pd
250
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
87
Pd
200 43 300 46
150 66 73
200
100 37 44 40 47
60 73 100 67 41 78
50 38
67 72
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
ALIZONE 8.4 ALIZONE 10.0

700 1000
54 900
600 Alizone 8.4 1V 57
Alizone 10.0 1V
80 Alizone 8.4 2V BI 800
84 Alizone 10.0 2V BI
400 600
Pd Pd
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
500 59
55
300 45 400 48
85 90
71 300 75
200
39 42
46 200 50
100 65 40 69 44
76 100 81
70 75
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Description Code

Electrical
1V max 6.5 kW proximity switch + contacts - connected / mounted OPT39083
2V max 6.5 kW proximity switch + contacts - connected / mounted OPT39084
Pressure switch 100-1,000 Pa connected/ fitted OPT39085
Second pressure switch 100-1,000 Pa connected/ fitted OPT39086
All in One 1V Des 4.7A - connected / fitted OPT39079
All in One 1V Des 16.7A - connected / fitted OPT39080
All in One 2V Des BI 16.7A - connected / fitted OPT39081
All in One 2V Des Dah 16.7A - connected / fitted OPT39082
Finish
Epoxy 4.2/6.2 casing OPT39093
Epoxy casing + MV 4.2/6.2 OPT39094
Epoxy 8.4/10.0 casing OPT39095
Epoxy casing + MV 8.4/10.0 OPT39096
ACCESSORIES
Description Code
D 500 flexible sleeve 11096940
Mesh insert plug D 500 mm (= rain hood) 11093818
Mesh insert plug D 630 mm (= rain hood) 11093820
Type 280 flexible exhaust adapter - D500 mm 11039341
Type 355 flexible exhaust adapter - D630 mm 11039343
6 pieces of anti-vibration mountings 11039348
Flat roof support L=190mm 11021267
Flat roof support L=380mm 11021265
Wall fixing pads for flat roof support. 11021264

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE
APPROVED • CE smoke exhaust casing - in • Thermal insulation option: to
accordance with EN 12101-3. avoid the CMEV system in attics.
• Classified F400ºC (120). • Variable pulley option for on-site
• Extension of the "thermally airflow adjustment.
insulated" classification: • Choice of access panel side
complies with § 4.1 of Standard possible depending on the
EN 12101-3. various worksite configurations.
• Easier to access thanks to the
handles on the motor cover and
access panel.
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION CYCLONE F400

• Smoke exhaust from commercial and industrial
premises (public assembly, high-rise, commercial or
industrial buildings, and multi-family housing (mainly CYCLONE F400 - Type 500 32 000 m3/h
3rd family B and 4th family).
• Cyclone F400ºC is a purely smoke exhaust fan in 24 000 m3/h
casing. Avoid using it for any professional kitchen CYCLONE F400 - Type 450
type of application.
20 000 m3/h
DESCRIPTION CYCLONE F400 - Type 400
• 8 sizes of casing: for airflows between 1000 and

35,000 m3/h. CYCLONE F400 - Type 355 14 000 m3/h
• Casing in galvanised steel
• Forward curve impeller with aluminium hub.
• Pulley-belt type drive
• IP 55 Class F motor, fitted on a mounting designed
for simple belt tension adjustment. CYCLONE F400 - Type 280 10 000 m3/h
• Single speed or 2-speed motor (independent 4/6 pole
windings and Dahlander coupling 4/8 poles).
OPTIONS AVAILABLE
• Thermal casing insulation.This option, with CE 5 000 m3/h
CYCLONE F400 - Type 225
validation, allows for avoiding the CMEV system of
the room receiving the smoke exhaust fan in casing

Q (m3/h)
• Choice of the position of the exhaust (horizontal or
vertical).
• Choice of the position of the transmission access
panel.
SELECTION OF ACCESS PANEL AND
• Rainproof cover (supplied with the casing but not TRANSMISSION POSITIONS
fitted).
• Adjustable drive pulley (exc. model 500).
• Fitted and cabled proximity switch.
(2 pressure switches for two smoke extraction speeds).
ACCESSORIES
• Flexible, circular suction sleeve.
• Flexible, rectangular, discharge sleeve.
• Flexible rectangular/ circular adapter component
- exhaust.
• Anti-vibration mounting.
INSTALLATION
• Can be installed either indoors or outdoors:
- If used inside, the thermal insulation option should
be chosen.
- If used outdors, a rain hood should be fitted. Standard access panel face: Optional access panel face:
• It is recommended that the system be installed on an Door and transmission to the left of Door and transmission to the right of
anti-vibration mounting base. the suction outlet. the suction outlet.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE Compliances
APPROVED • Thermal insulation option with • "Proximity switch" option:
CE certificate approval of Simplified wiring to save time
Cyclone F400ºC, with extension when fitting.
of the "thermally insulated" • "Thermal insulation" option: to
classification. avoid the CMEV system in attics.
Cyclone F400ºC with proximity switch option.
DESCRIPTION OF OPTIONS RAIN HOOD DIMENSIONS (mm)

X
• Proximity switch fitted and cabled, fixed on to a
galvanised steel mounting.
(2 pressure switches for two smoke exhaust
Z
speeds). Positioned on the top of the casing,
beside the motor cover.
• The "All-in-One" option has been validated during
fire resistance tests: Y
The wiring of the relay box is carried out at the
factory.
The proximity switch is integrated. Type 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500
The aeraulically connected pressure switch(es) X 388 422 461 504 553 607 699 738
is/are positioned on the top of the casing, beside Y 348 382 421 464 513 567 629 698
the motor cover. Z 247 276 320 356 405 459 521 590
The box is attached to the casing, under a protective
cover (rain and UV rays), made of galvanised steel.
The front panel of the casing pivots to give easy
ACCESSORIES DIMENSIONS (mm)
160 S + 2x30
access to the Axone Micro II relay box. 60 250 S

• Designed to be hand-fitted, the rain-hoods are S + 2x30
S + 2x30
supplied inside the casing. To install, fix them to the

S + 2x30
screws around the casing exhaust.

S
• Adjustable drive pulley (exc. model 500). 15

Adjustable in ¼ turn steps over 3 turns. 15
15
Factory setting: Max. rotational speed.

15
• Thermal insulation option:

The casing is insulated with a layer of rockwool on Transformation part Flexible sleeve
the inner surface of all four single-skin faces (the
double-skinned compartment access faces will not Type 225 250 280 315 355 400 450 500
propagate heat). ØD 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 800
Adapted for indoor installations, this casing limits S 288 322 361 404 453 507 569 638
radiant heat from the casing caused by the high
temperatures created by smoke.
• Your Aldes contact can help you to avoid the
ventilation system in the room receiving the casing
DESCRIPTION OF ACCESSORIES
• Flexible, circular M0 suction sleeve: composed of a
flexible sleeve and two fixing collars.
• Flexible, rectangular, exhaust sleeve: composed of
a flexible sleeve, four fixing plates and one fixing
collar.
• Flexible rectangular/circular adapter component
- exhaust. composed of a flexible sleeve, four fixing
plates and one fixing collar.
• Anti-vibration mounting in resilient material - size:
L x W x Th = 100 x 100 x 10 (mm).
4 or 6 mountings are supplied - depending on the
size of the casing.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
CIVIL

• Airflow between 1000 and 5000 m 3/h. • Overall dimensions: Width (X) x Height (Z1) x Depth (Y) = 870 x 1024 x 841mm.
• Variable pulley as standard. • Ø Suction = 400.
RANGE with a choice of options - Vertical discharge R x R = 300 x 300,
Description Code - Horizontal discharge R x R1 = 300 x 210.
Cyclone F400 1 speed
Cyclone 225 A 1.1 kW 11039000
ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT
Cyclone 225 A 1.5 kW 11039001 Type No of P (kW) U (V) Rated Imax (A) Id/IN Weight
Poles Current (A) (kg)
Cyclone 225 A 2.2 kW 11039002
225 A 4 1,1 230/400 2,6 3,0 5,6 116
Cyclone 225 B 1.1 kW 11039003
225 A 4 1,5 230/400 3,3 3,9 5,5 120
Cyclone 225 B 1.5 kW 11039004
225 A 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 124
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
225 B 4 1,1 230/400 2,6 3,0 5,6 116
Cyclone 225 A - 2 speeds 11039100
Dahlander 1.1 kW / 0.26 kW 225 B 4 1,5 230/400 3,3 3,9 5,5 120
Cyclone 225 A - 2 speeds 11039101 Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Dahlander 1.7 kW / 0.36 kW 225 A2 4/8 1,2/0,3 400 2,9/1,3 3,1/1,4 5,5/3,1 119
Cyclone 225 A - 2 speeds 11039102 Dahl
Dahlander 2.3 kW / 0.5 kW 225 A2 4/8 1,6/0,4 400 3,8/2,3 4,4/2,5 5,5/3,2 122
Cyclone 225 B - 2 speeds 11039103 Dahl
Dahlander 1.1 kW / 0.26 kW 225 A2 4/8 2,2/0,55 400 5,1/2,5 5,7/2,7 5,6/3,2 126
Cyclone 225 B - 2 speeds 11039104 Dahl
Dahlander 1.7 kW / 0.36 kW 225 B2 4/8 1,2/0,3 400 2,9/1,3 3,1/1,4 5,5/3,1 119
Cyclone F400 2 speedsIndependent Windings (BI) Dahl

Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039200 225 B2 4/8 1,6/0,4 400 3,8/2,3 4,4/2,5 5,5/3,2 122
BI - 1 kW / 0.3 kW Dahl
Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039201 Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
BI - 1.5 kW / 0.45 kW 225 A2 4/6 1,1/0,30 400 3/1,04 3,3/1,2 5,4/4 119
Cyclone 225 A - 2 Speeds 11039202 BI
BI - 2.5 kW / 0.8 kW 225 A2 4/6 1,5/0,37 400 3,7/1,6 3,9/1,8 5,5/4,5 122
Cyclone 225 B - 2 Speeds 11039203 BI
BI - 1 kW / 0.3 kW 225 A2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 6,1/2,8 6/5,5 126
Cyclone 225 B - 2 Speeds 11039204 BI
BI - 1.5 kW / 0.45 kW 225 B2 4/6 1,1/0,30 400 3/1,4 3,3/1,3 5,4/4 119
BI
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 225 B2
BI
4/6 1,5/0,37 400 3,7/1,6 3,9/1,8 5,5/4,5 122
Options included
• Vertical or horizontal discharge.
• Choice of the position of the access door to the
transmission.
Options supplied mounted and wired-up
• For 2 speed smoke exhaust use provide for 2 pressure
switches.

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
exhaust. C (Pa) 59 132 200 235 367
Type 225 - 1V Q (m3/s)
- Pd: Dynamic duct suction pressure. 1 0,5 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2
800 80
• For a casing with a connected exhaust (for example: 700 1,1 kW
70
in an attic space), select a casing so that: A
600 1,5 kW 60
57
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = Ps 500 50
- Pd + C B 61
400 54 40
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 1,1 kW
58
30
mm CE
Ps (Pa)
2,2 kW
Example:
200 20
Q = 3,600 m3/h 1,5 kW 66 Pd
Read on the graph the straight line Pd = 40 Pa and in 63
the table C = 200 Pa. 100 10
80 8
System upstream pressure loss = 500 Pa 60 6
System downstream pressure loss = 150 Pa 40 4
=> System pressure loss (upstream + downstream) 20 2
= 650 Pa.
Then calculate the corresponding Ps to select the
appropriate casing unit: 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)
Sp = System PL + Dp - C = 650 + 40 - 200 = 490 Pa
CYCLONE F400 225 A 1.5 kW. Cyclone F 400 - 225 - 1 Speed
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). Type 225 - 2V Dahl
1 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2 Q (m3/s)
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
800 80
1,1 kW
700 70
A GV
Description Code 600 57 60
1,7 kW
50
Horizontal discharge OPT39300 B GV 1,1 kW 61
400 54
Motor on opposite face OPT39302 300

58 2,3 kW
30
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
1,7 kW
Thermal insulation - 225 OPT39355 200
Pd
20
A PV 66
Electrical accessories options 63
B PV

80 8
2nd pressure switch 100-1000 Pa. OPT39322 20 2
Description Code 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)
Type 225 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039331 Cyclone F 400 - 225 -2 Speed - Dahlander
Type 225 flexible exhaust adapter 11039339 Type 225 - 2V Bi 0,5
1 2 1 3 1,5
4 5 2 Q (m3/s)
4-piece anti-vibration support base 11039347
800 80
700 1,0 kW 70
A GV
600 57 60
1,5 kW
500 1,0 kW 50
B GV 61
54
400 40
58
300 30
mm CE
A PV
Ps (Pa)
1,5 kW 2,5 kW
200
B PV
20
66
Pd
63
100 10
80 8
60 6
40 4
20 2
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
CIVIL

RANGE with a choice of options • Exhaust cross section:
Description Code - Vertical discharge R x R = 321 x 321,
Cyclone F400 1 speed - Horizontal discharge R x R1 = 321 x 233.
Cyclone 250 A 3.0 kW 11039005
Cyclone 250 A 4.0 kW 11039006 ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT
Cyclone 250 B 2.2 kW 11039009
Cyclone 250 B 3.0 kW 11039010 250 A 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Cyclone 250 C 1.5 kW 11039011 250 A 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 157
Cyclone 250 C 2.2 kW 11039012 250 A 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 170
Cyclone 250 C3.0 kW 11039013 250 B 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 150
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 250 B 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039105 250 C 4 1,5 230/400 3,4 3,9 5,5 157
Dahlander 3.0 kW/ 0.65 kW 250 C 4 2,2 230/400 4,8 5,4 5,6 150
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039107 250 C 4 3,0 230/400 6,5 7,3 6 154
Dahlander 5 kW/ 1 kW Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Cyclone 250 B - 2 Speeds 11039109 250 A2 4/8 2,8/0,7 400 5,6/2,9 6,5/3,2 5,5/4,1 158
Cyclone 250 B - 2 Speeds 11039110 250 A2 4/8 5,0/1,3 400 10,4/3,5 11/3,8 8,5/6,2 182
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speed Dahlander 11039111 250 B2 4/8 2,2/0,55 400 5,1/2,5 5,7/2,8 5,6/3,2 152

Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speed Dahlander 11039112 250 B2 4/8 2,8/0,7 400 5,6/2,9 6,5/3,2 5,5/4,1 158
2.3 kW/ 0.5 kW Dahl
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) 250 C2 4/8 2,2/0,55 400 5,1/2,5 5,7/2,8 5,6/3,2 152
Cyclone 250 A - 2 Speeds 11039205 Dahl
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW 250 C2 4/8 2,8/0,7 400 5,6/2,9 6,5/3,2 5,5/4,1 158
BI 4.5 kW/ 1.5 kW Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 250 B - 2 Speeds 11039209 250 A2 4/6 4,5/1,50 400 10,2/5,4 11,1/5,8 7,5/7 182
Cyclone 250 B - 2 Speeds 11039210 250 A2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 14/7,7 7,8/7,4 193
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speeds 11039211 250 B2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 5,4/2,8 6/5,5 152
BI 1.5 kW/ 0.45 kW BI
Cyclone 250 C - 2 Speeds 11039212 250 B2 4/6 3,0/1,00 400 6,9/3,9 7,5/4,4 7,6/6,2 158
BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
250 C2 4/6 2,2/0,70 400 4,9/2,5 5,4/2,8 6/5,5 152
BI
250 C2 4/6 3,0/1,00 400 6,9/3,9 7,5/4,4 7,6/6,2 158
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C (Pa) 39 89 157 246 354 482 630
exhaust.
Type 250 - 1V 0,5 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1300
130
120
110
1000 100
62
4 kW 90
Ps - Pd + C 800 80
700
B 67
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork C 59 2,2 kW 70
600
downstream of the fan which may be high. 57 5,5 kW 60
71
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 1.5 kW
400 40
300
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 2,2 kW
70 3 kW
30
200 20
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 3 kW
68
Pd

5
Horizontal discharge OPT39300 4
Vertical discharge OPT39301
Motor on opposite face OPT39302 0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)
Adjustable pulley 250-280 OPT39350 Cyclone F 400 - 250 - 1 Speed
Electrical accessories options Type 250 - 2V Dahl 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
1300
140
A GV 130
1100 3 kW 110
2nd pressure switch OPT39322 900 B GV 62
90
100-1000 Pa. 800
67
5 kW 80
700 C GV 70
59 2,3 kW
57
1.7 kW 60
Ps (Pa)
71
mm CE
500 50
66
2,3 kW
Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø 450 11096939 300
63
A PV 30
Type 250 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039332 70 3 kW
200 B PV 20
Type 250 flexible exhaust adapter 11039340 3 kW
C PV Pd

4-piece anti-vibration support base 11039347 100
68
10
50
5
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)
Type 250 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 A GV 130
1200 120
1100 3 kW 110
1000 100
900 B GV 62
90
800
4,5 kW
80
700 C GV 67
70
59
600 1.5 kW 2,5 kW
A PV 60
57 6 kW
Ps (Pa)
71
mm CE
500 50
66
400 B PV 40
63 2,5 kW
300 30
C PV 70 3 kW
200 20
3 kW
Pd
68
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE

Cyclone 280 A 4.0 kW 11039014
Cyclone 280 B 3.0 kW 11039017
Cyclone 280 B 4.0 kW 11039018 280 A 4 4,0 230/400 8,4 9,2 7 181
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 280 A 4 5,5 230/400 11,5 12,7 7,3 194
Cyclone 280 A - 2 Speeds 11039114 280 A 4 7,5 230/400 15,3 16,8 7,9 202
Dahlander 3.5 kW/ 0.7 kW 280 B 4 3,0 230/400 6,6 7,3 5,5 178
Cyclone 280 A - 2 Speeds 11039115 280 B 4 4,0 230/400 8,4 9,2 7 181
Dahlander 5 kW/ 1 kW Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) 280 A2 4/8 6,8/1,4 400 13,7/5,1 15,1/5,6 7,6/3,6 193
BI 4.5 kW/ 1.5 kW 280 B2 4/8 3,5/0,7 400 7,0/2,5 7,7/2,8 6,8/4,4 164
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)

BI 3 kW/ 1 kW BI
280 B2 4/6 3,0/1,0 400 6,3/3,1 6,9/3,4 6/4 158
BI
280 B2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 9,2/5,1 10.1/5.6 6,5/4,2 182
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000
C (Pa) 95 148 213 290 379 479 592 716
exhaust.
Type 250 - 1V 0,5 1 1,5 2 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
• For a casing with a connected exhaust (for example: 1300 130
1200
120
110
1000
62 100
4 kW 90
Ps - Pd + C 800 80
700
B 67
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork C 59 2,2 kW 70
600
downstream of the fan which may be high. 57 5,5 kW 60
71
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 1.5 kW
400 40
63
30
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 2,2 kW
70 3 kW
200 20
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 3 kW
68
Pd
100 10
Description Code
5
0 0
Motor on opposite face OPT39302
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Q (m3/h)
Adjustable pulley 250-280 OPT39350 Cyclone F 400 - 280 - 1 Speed
Electrical accessories options Type 280 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1400
140
130
A GV 120
1100 110
3,5 kW
100
B GV 90
800 80
60 5 kW
3,5 kW 68 70
100-1000 Pa.
Ps (Pa)
500
mm CE
50
400
67 6,8 kW Pd
74
40
30
A PV
20
D 500 flexible sleeve 11096940 B PV

- D500 mm 5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 280 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200
1100 A GV 120
4,5 kW 110
1000 64 100
900 90
800
B GV
80
60 6 kW
700 3 kW 70
68
600 60
Ps (Pa)
500
mm CE
A PV 50
400
67 Pd
40
B PV 4,5 kW
300 69 30
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE

CYCLONE F 400 1 speed - Horizontal discharge R x R1 = 407 x 288.
Cyclone 315 A 5.5 kW 11039019
Cyclone 315 A 11 kW 11039021 Type No of P (kW) U (V) Rated Imax (A) Id/IN Weight
Cyclone 315 B 4.0 kW 11039022
Cyclone 315 B 5.5 kW 11039023 315 A 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 232
Cyclone 315 B 7.5 kW 11039024 315 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 240
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 315 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 367
Cyclone 315 A - 2 Speeds 11039119 315 B 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 219
Dahlander 5 kW/ 1 kW 315 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 232
Cyclone 315 A - 2 Speeds 11039120 315 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 240
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039123 315 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 292
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039124 315 B2 4/8 3,8/1 400 8,5/4 9,3/4,4 7,5/4,8 226
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) 315 B2 4/8 5,0/1,3 400 10,4/3,5 11,5/3,9 8,5/6,2 244
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW 315 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 17,5/5,6 7,9/4,2 255
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039222 315 A2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 255
Cyclone 315 B - 2 Speeds 11039223 315 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 292
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
315 B2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 10,2/5,4 11,1/5,9 7,5/7 244
BI
315 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 255
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C (Pa) 61 137 244 381 548
exhaust.
Type 315 - 1V 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
A 5,5 kW 130
1200
120
65 110
B 100
900 7,5 kW 90
Ps - Pd + C 4 kW 70
800 80
63
73 11 kW 70
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
5,5 kW
400
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure 72 7,5 kW
40

Pd
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
200 20

5
4
315 rain hood OPT39326 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Electrical accessories options Type 315 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1300
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1200 A GV 5 kW 130
120
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 1100 65 110
1000 100
B GV 6,8 kW
3,5 kW 70 90
63
80
700 10,5 kW
70
600 5 kW
100-1000 Pa. 60
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
500 50

A PV 72
6,8 kW 40
300
Description Code B PV Pd
30
200
Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø560 11096941 20

Type 315 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039334
100 10
50
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 315 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 A GV 6 kW 130
1200 120
1100 65 110
1000 100
900 B GV
4,5 kW 70 90
800 10,5 kW
80
63
700 70
73
600 60
A PV 6 kW
Ps (Pa)
68
mm CE
500 50
400 B PV 40
300 30
Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE


Cyclone 355 A 7.5 kW 11039025 355 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
Cyclone 355 A 11 kW 11039026 355 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 300
Cyclone 355 B 5.5 kW 11039027 355 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 265
Cyclone 355 B 7.5 kW 11039028 355 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
Cyclone 355 C 4.0 kW 11039029 355 C 4 4,0 230/400 8,2 9,2 6,2 252
Cyclone 355 C 5.5 kW 11039030 355 C 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 265
Cyclone 355 C 7.5 kW 11039031 355 C 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 273
355 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 17,5/5,6 7,9/4,2 288
Cyclone 355 B - 2 Speeds 11039128

Cyclone 355 C - 2 Speeds 11039129 355 C2 4/8 3,8/1 400 8,5/4 9,3/4,4 7,5/4,8 259
Cyclone 355 A - 2 speeds - BI 11039226 355 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 325
10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 355 B - 2 speeds - BI 11039227 355 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 288
6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 355 C - 2 speeds - BI 11039229 355 C2 4/6 4,5/1,5 400 10,2/5,4 11,2/5,9 7,5/7 277
4.5 kW/ 1.5 kW BI
Cyclone 355 C - 2 speeds - BI 11039230 355 C2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 288
6 kW/ 2 kW BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000
C (Pa) 37 83 147 230 332 451
exhaust.
Type 355 - 1V 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
130
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1100 A 7,5 kW 120
110
1000 65 5,5 kW
B 100
90
C 4 kW 63 70 11 kW
Ps - Pd + C 800
7,5 kW
80
700 62 68
70
68
5,5 kW
73 60
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 71
50
70
40
7,5 kW
Pd
Description Code 50
5
4
Thermal insulation - 355 OPT39359 Type 355 - 2V Bi 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)
1200
130

A GV 120
110
1000 B GV 65 6 kW
10,5 kW 100
90
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 C GV 4,5 kW 63 80
68
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 700 62 70
600 73
Ps (Pa)
6 kW
mm CE
500 A PV
100-1000 Pa. 70
50
400 B PV
40

C PV
30

Flexible sleeve kit M0 Ø630 11096942 Pd

100
Exhaust - Type 355 50
5
4
- D630 mm
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)
Type 355 - 2V Dahl 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200
1100
A GV 6,8 kW 120
110
1000 B GV 65 5 kW 100
900 90
70 10,5 kW
800 C GV 3,5 kW 63
80
700 62 68
70
600
5 kW
68 73 60
Ps (Pa)
6,8 kW
mm CE
500 71
50
70
400 40
6,8 kW
300 A PV 30
B PV
200 C PV 20
Pd
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
CIVIL

Cyclone 400 A - 7.5 kW 11039032
Cyclone 400 A - 11 kW 11039033 ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT
Cyclone 400 A - 15 kW 11039034 Type No of P (kW) U (V) Rated Imax (A) Id/IN Weight
Cyclone 400 B - 5.5 kW 11039035 Poles Current (A) (kg)
Cyclone 400 B - 7.5 kW 11039036 400 A 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone 400 B - 11 kW 11039037 400 A 4 11.0 230/400 22,1 23.7 6 379
Cyclone 400 C - 4.0 kW 11039038 400 A 4 15.0 230/400 29,1 33.0 5,8 398
Cyclone 400 C - 5.5 kW 11039039 400 B 4 5.5 230/400 11 12.7 6,5 344
Cyclone 400 C - 7.5 kW 11039040 400 B 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 400 B 4 11.0 230/400 22,1 23.7 6 379
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039132 400 C 4 4.0 230/400 8,2 9.2 6,2 331
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW 400 C 4 5.5 230/400 11 12.7 6,5 344
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039133 400 C 4 7.5 230/400 14,8 16.8 6,7 352
Cyclone 400 A - 2 Speeds 11039134 400 A2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039135 400 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21.0/7 23.1/7.7 7/4.3 404
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039136 400 A2 4/8 14/3.5 400 26.5/8.5 30/9.4 7,2/4,2 427
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW
Dahl
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039137 400 B2 4/8 5.0/1.3 400 10.4/3.5 11.4/3.8 8,5/6,2 356
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039138 400 B2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039139 400 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21.0/7 23.1/7.7 7/4.3 404
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039140 400 C2 4/8 3.8/1 400 8.5/4 9.3/4.4 7,5/4,8 338
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) 400 C2 4/8 5.0/1.3 400 10.4/3.5 11.4/3.8 8,5/6,2 356
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW 400 C2 4/8 7.2/1.8 400 16,5/5.1 18/5.6 7,9/4,2 367
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039235 400 A2 4/6 10/3.3 400 22/8.7 24/9.5 7/4 404
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 400 B - 2 Speeds 11039237 400 A2 4/6 16.0/6.5 400 28.4/12.5 31/13.8 8,5/7,6 427
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039238 400 B2 4/6 6.0/2.2 400 13.7/7 15/7.7 7,8/7,4 367
Cyclone 400 C - 2 Speeds 11039239 400 B2 4/6 10/3.3 400 22/8.7 24/9.5 7/4 404
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
400 C2 4/6 4.5/1.5 400 10.2/5.4 11.1/5.9 7,5/7 356
BI
400 C2 4/6 6.0/2.2 400 13.7/7 15/7.7 7,8/7,4 367
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN Q (m3/h) 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000
C (Pa) 53 94 147 212 288 376 476 588 712
exhaust.
Type 400 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1100
A 7,5 kW 120
68 110
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 1000 11 kW 100
900 90
Ps - Pd + C 800 B 69
5,5 kW 80
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 700 64 70
15 kW
70
C
downstream of the fan which may be high. 600 4 kW 66
7,5 kW
60
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 61
Example: see page CYCLONE type 225 (p. 322). 5,5 kW
50
11 kW
400 63 73 40
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 300 70 30
7,5 kW
200
AVAILABLE OPTIONS 67 Pd
20

5
400 rain hood OPT39328 0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Adjustable pulley - 400 OPT39352 Cyclone F 400 - 400 - 1 Speed
Electrical accessories options Type 400 - 2V Dahl 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)
1300 130
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316 1200 A GV 6,8 kW 120
1100
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 1000 68 10,5 kW
110
100
800 B GV 69
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 5 kW 80
700 64 70 70
C GV 3,5 kW
6,8 kW 15,5 kW
66 60
100-1000 Pa.
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 61
5 kW 50
10,5 kW
300
63
6,8 kW 70
73 40
Description Code A PV 30
200 B PV 67
D 710 flexible sleeve 11096930 Pd
20
C PV

Type 400 flexible exhaust sleeve 11039336
100 10
50
0 0
0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Type 400 - 2V Bi 2 3 4 5 6 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 A GV 120
1100 10,5 kW 110
1000 68
100
900 90
800 B GV 69
80
6 kW
700 64 70 70
600
C GV 4,5 kW
16 kW
66 60
A PV 61
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
500 50
6 kW 10,5 kW
400 63 73 40
B PV
300 70 30
C PV
200 20
Pd
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 Q (m3/h)
Cyclone F 400 - 400 -2 Speed - Independent windings

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE

Cyclone 450 A 7.5 kW 11039041
Cyclone 450 A 11 kW 11039042 ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT
Cyclone 450 B 5.5 kW 11039044
Cyclone 450 B 7.5 kW 11039045 450 A 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 458
Cyclone 450 B 11 kW 11039046 450 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 485
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 450 A 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 504
Cyclone 450 A - 2 Speeds 11039141 450 B 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 450
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW 450 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 458
Cyclone 450 A - 2 Speeds 11039142 450 B 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 485
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039144 450 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 510
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039145 450 A2 4/8 14/3,5 400 26,5/8,5 29/9,5 7,2/4,2 533
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI) 450 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 18/5,6 7,9/4,2 473
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW 450 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 510
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039244 450 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 510
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW BI
Cyclone 450 B - 2 Speeds 11039246 450 A2 4/6 16,0/6,5 400 28,4/12,5 31/13,8 8,5/7,6 533
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW BI
450 B2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 473
BI
450 B2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 510
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C (Pa) 61 137 244 382 550
exhaust.
Type 450 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
120
A 7,5 kW 110
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) = 1000 100
900 90
Ps - Pd + C 800 5,5 kW
65
11 kW 80
700
B
Note: do not forget the pressure loss in the ductwork 61 71
70
600
downstream of the fan which may be high. 7,5 kW
60
500
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
400 15 kW 40
75
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 68
11 kW
Pd
200 20
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
100 10
Description Code
50

0 0
Adjustable pulley - 450 OPT39353 Cyclone F 400 - 450 - 1 Speed
Type 450 - 2V Dahl 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1400 140
1200
120
A GV 6,8 kW 110
900
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 800 B GV
65
10,5 kW
90
5 kW 80
61 71
6,8 kW
2nd pressure switch OPT39322 500 65 50
Ps (Pa)
15,5 kW
mm CE
100-1000 Pa. 400
75 40
300
CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
30
A PV 68 10,5 kW Pd
200 20
B PV
Description Code

D 800 flexible sleeve 11096931 100 10
5
Exhaust - Type 450
4
Flexible adapter 11039345
Exhaust - Type 450
0 0
Type 450 - 2V Bi 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 120
1100
1000
A GV 10,5 kW 110
100
900 65 90
800 B GV 6 kW 80
700 70
61 71
600 60
500 16 kW
A PV 65 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
400 40
75
B PV
300 30
68 10,5 kW Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
DEFENCE

Cyclone 500 A 11 kW 11039047
Cyclone 500 A 15 kW 11039048 ELECTRICAL DETAILS - WEIGHT
Cyclone 500 B 7.5 kW 11039050 Poles Current (A) (kg)
Cyclone 500 B 11 kW 11039051 500 A 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Cyclone 500 B 15 kW 11039052 500 A 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 568
Cyclone 500 C 5.5 kW 11039053 500 A 4 22,0 230/400 41 45,1 7 615
Cyclone 500 C 7.5 kW 11039054 500 B 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 522
Cyclone 500 C 11 kW 11039055 500 B 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander 500 B 4 15,0 230/400 29,1 33,0 5,8 568
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039147 500 C 4 5,5 230/400 11 12,7 6,5 514
Dahlander 10.5 kW/ 2.2 kW 500 C 4 7,5 230/400 14,8 16,8 6,7 522
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039148 500 C 4 11,0 230/400 22,1 23,7 6 549
Dahlander 15.5 kW/ 2.7 kW
Cyclone F400 2 speeds - Dahlander
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039149
Dahlander 22.5 kW/ 4.4 kW 500 A2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 574
Dahl
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW 500 A2 4/8 14/3,5 400 26,5/8,5 29/9,5 7,2/4,2 597
Dahl

Dahlander 10.5 kW/ 2.2 kW 500 A2 4/8 20/5 400 38,6/14,1 42/15,5 8,8/5,1 641
Dahl
Dahlander 15.5 kW/ 2.7 kW 500 B2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 18/5,6 7,9/4,2 537
Dahl
Cyclone 500 C - 2 Speeds 11039153
Dahlander 5 kW/ 1 kW 500 B2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 574
Dahl
Dahlander 6.8 kW/ 1.4 kW 500 B2 4/8 14/3,5 400 26,5/8,5 29/9,5 7,2/4,2 597
Dahl
Dahlander 10.5 kW/ 2.2 kW 500 C2 4/8 5,0/1,3 400 10,4/3,5 11,5/3,9 8,5/6,2 526
Dahl
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
500 C2 4/8 7,2/1,8 400 16,5/5,1 18/5,6 7,9/4,2 537
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW
500 C2 4/8 11/3 400 21,0/7 23,1/7,7 7/4,3 574
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW
Cyclone F400 2 Speeds - Independent Windings (BI)
Cyclone 500 A - 2 Speeds 11039249
BI 23 kW/ 7.2 kW 500 A2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 574
BI
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW 500 A2 4/6 16/6,5 400 28,4/12,5 31/13,8 8,5/7,6 597
BI
BI 16 kW/ 5 kW 500 A2 4/6 20/8,5 400 39,4/16,3 43/18 9/8,7 641
BI
BI 6 kW/ 2 kW 500 B2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 574
BI
BI 10.5 kW/ 3.5 kW 500 B2 4/6 16/6,5 400 28,4/12,5 31/13,8 8,5/7,6 597
BI
500 C2 4/6 6,0/2,2 400 13,7/7 15/7,7 7,8/7,4 537
BI
500 C2 4/6 10/3,3 400 22/8,7 24/9,5 7/4 574
BI

Ventilation
Cabinet Fans
C (Pa) 45 102 182 284 409 557 728
exhaust.
Type 500 - 1V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
1400
140
130
in an attic space), select a casing so that: 1200 120
System pressure loss (upstream+downstream) =
1100 A 11 kW
110
1000 7,5 kW 100
Ps - Pd + C 900 B 69
15 kW 90
800 66
72 80
downstream of the fan which may be high. C 5,5 kW

69 11 kW 70
600 62 22 kW 60
7,5 kW
65 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
• The circled values correspond to the acoustic pressure 400 15 kW 40
measured at 6 m from the casing in dB (A). 11 kW
72
300 30
Pd
68
20
Description Code
100 10
50

Motor on opposite face OPT39302
0 0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)
Electrical accessories options Cyclone F 400 - 500 - 1 Speed
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 6.5 kW OPT39315
Type 500 - 2V Dahl 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)
Proximity switch 1 Speed max 15 kW OPT39316
1400
140
130
1200
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 6.5 kW OPT39318 1100 A GV
120
110
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 13 kW OPT39319 1000 10,5 kW
900
B GV 6,8 kW 69 100
Proximity switch 2 Speeds max 22 kW OPT39320 800 10,5 kW
15,5 kW 90
66 80
72
100 -1,000 Pa pressure switch OPT39321 700 C GV 70
5 kW
6,8 kW
69
22 kW
60
100-1000 Pa. 500
65 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
Note: The integrated "All-in-One" option includes the 400
10,5 kW 72
15,5 kW 40
IP+DP. 300 A PV 30
B PV 68 Pd
C PV
20

50
5
Flexible sleeve Exhaust - Type 500 11039338
Flexible adapter Exhaust - Type 500 11039346 4

0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)
Type 500 - 2V Bi 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q (m3/s)

1400 140
1300 130
1200 120
1100 A GV 10,5 kW 110
1000
900
B GV 69
100
15,5 kW 90
800 66 10,5 kW 80
72
700 C GV 6 kW 70
600 62 69
60
23 kW
500 A PV 65 75 50
Ps (Pa)
mm CE
B PV 10,5 kW
400 40
16 kW
72
300 C PV 30
68 Pd
200 20
100 10
50
5
0 0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 28000 32000 36000 Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Roof Fans
Exhaust Fans
VDA

• Air exhaust roof fan designed for CMEV systems
in residential and commercial buildings. ØD
ØC Ø 10 (4x) G
DESCRIPTION
• 10 sizes, from 100 to 12000 m 3/h.
• Vertical jet.
• Shell made from thermoformed fibre and resin.
• Bird and insect protection grille.
F
• Backward curved centrifugal impeller.

ØH
INSTALLATION
E
• Horizontal.
• Terrace or roof with assembly fixing base (accessory).
RANGE ØA ØB
Description Code
1-speed 1-phase VDA Type A B C D E F G H Weight
VDA 160/4 M 11024001 VDA (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
VDA 180/4 M 11024002 160 300 245 320 390 30 215 40 146 4
VDA 200/4 M 11024003 180 300 245 320 390 30 245 40 146 4
VDA 225/4 M 11024005 200 435 330 404 500 40 400 68 190 11
VDA 250/6 M 11024007 225 435 330 434 550 40 445 68 212 12
VDA 280/6 M 11024013 250 560 450 525 630 40 438 100 245 14
VDA 355/6 M 11024020 280 560 450 571 700 40 487 91 270 18
1-speed 3-phase VDA 355 644 535 622 770 40 563 91 303 23
VDA 200/4 T 11024004 450 710 590 718 900 50 642 100 350 27
VDA 225/4 T 11024006 500 917 750 890 1060 50 709 100 412 51
VDA 250/6 T 11024008 560 917 750 988 1200 50 801 100 475 79
VDA 280/6 T 11024014
VDA 355/6 T 11024021 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
VDA 450/8 T 11024027 • IP 54 asynchronous motor, class B (except VDA 160 and 180: IP 44).
VDA 450/6 T 11024028 • Speed control is possible only with an auto-transformer or frequency regulator (3-phase).
• 2-speed motor, use a 2-speed switch ; see Electrical Accessories page 364.
VDA 500/8 T 11024033
VDA 500/6 T 11024034 Type No. of Max. power Max. power I. max. I. max.
poles consumption consumption consumption consumption
VDA 560/8 T 11024040 mono 230V 3-phase 400V 1-phase 230V 3-phase 400V
VDA 560/6 T 11024041 (kW) (kW) (A) (A)
2-speed 3-phase VDA VDA 160 4 0.038 - 0.18 -
VDA 250/6.8 T, 2-speed 11024047 VDA 180 4 0.065 - 0.35 -
VDA 280/6.8 T, 2-speed 11024048 VDA 200 4 0.080 0.08 0.44 0.25
VDA 355/6.8 T, 2-speed 11024049 VDA 225 4 0.140 0.16 0.76 0.39
VDA 450/6.12 T, 2-speed 11024030 VDA 250 6 0.100 0.10 0.60 0.33
VDA 500/6.12 T, 2-speed 11024037 VDA 280 6 0.140 0.17 0.85 0.45
VDA 350 6 0.280 0.31 1.39 0.67
VDA 450 8 0.280 0.32 1.50 0.86
VDA 450 6 0.500 0.44 2.50 1.10
VDA 500 8 - 0.49 - 1.37
VDA 500 6 - 0.98 - 2.30
VDA 560 8 - 0.96 - 2.20
VDA 560 6 - 1.82 - 4.15
VDA 250 2 Sp. 8/6 - 0.11/0.12 0.31/0.27
VDA 280 2 Sp. 8/6 - 0.12/0.17 - 0.31/0.30
VDA 350 2 Sp. 8/6 - 0.24/0.42 - 0.70/1.03
VDA 450 2 Sp. 12/6 - 0.15/0.60 - 0.46/1.25
VDA 500 2 Sp. 12/6 - 0.28/1.14 - 0.89/2.35

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VDA
• = Acoustic pressure levels measured 4 m from the casing, with fan outlet connected in dB (A).
• P (Pa) = Static pressure.
VDA 160 VDA 355

200
400
300
160/4 180/4
46 355/6
100 200
53
80
47
355/8
60 44 100 44
P (Pa)
55
P (Pa)
80
40 60 46
45 40
48
20 59
46 20 50
10 10
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
VDA 200 VDA 450

500 1000
400 700
300 500
225/4 400
200
300
200/4 450/6 55
52 55 200
100 450/8
P (Pa)
49
P (Pa)
80
100 450/12
60 53 57 80
40 60 57
40 51
20
20 42 60
10
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 10
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
VDA 250 VDA 500

1000
400
300 700
500
200 400 500/6 58
280/6
300
250/6 49 500/8 60
47 200
100
P (Pa)
280/8
P (Pa)
80 42 53
250/8 500/12
60 41 51 100
50 80
40 44 60
44
54 40
63
20 45
51 55
45 20
10
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 10
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VDA
VDA 560 Embase DOS
1000
700
500 560/6
400
300 65
560/8
200 56
560/12
P (Pa)
100 67
80 60
60
52
40
70
20
10
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
ACCESSORIES
Type DOS Base DVK backdraft DVS Adjustable GDB embedded GDH Protruding PV Leak-tight
damper sleeve silencer silencer joint
VDA 160-180 11024201 11024221 11024241 11024301 11024261 11024321
VDA 200-225 11024203 11024223 11024243 11024303 11024263 11024323
VDA 250-280 11024205 11024225 11024245 11024305 11024265 11024325
VDA 355 11024207 11024227 11024247 11024307 11024267 11024327
VDA 450 11024208 11024228 11024248 11024308 11024268 11024328
VDA 500-560 11024209 11024229 11024249 11024309 11024269 11024329

Description
Proximity switch
Thermal overload circuit breaker
Three-phase autotransformer
1 or 2-speed selector switch
Other electrical accessories

Ventilation
Roof Fans
Exhaust Fans
Advantages
• Horizontal or vertical discharge
versions.
THELIA - Horizontal discharge THELIA - Vertical discharge

• Air exhaust roof fan intended for ventilation of F
commercial and industrial premises, with a low ØA
pressure loss network.
• Temperature range for continual operations: -20°C to +50°C.
• Version for variable speed controller 0-100 %.
• Flame-proof version available: please, consult us.
C
• "Air Introduction" version available in a horizontal jet:
G
please, consult us.
4 trous S
DESCRIPTION
• 8 sizes, from 500 to 40000 m3/h. H
• Axial impeller. DxD H
• Cap in aluminium sheet (horizontal jet) or galvanised D xD
ExE
steel (vertical jet). E xE
RANGE THELIA horizontal jet THELIA vertical jet

• Please, see page 342.
Type A B C D E F G H S Weight
ACCESSORIES (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)
Type Code 500 690 64 465 450 500 812 465 404 9 20
Grouting frame 550 690 72 470 500 550 880 470 455 9 25
THELIA 500 11021476 600 960 80 525 550 600 960 525 505 11 30
THELIA 550 11021477 700 960 96 581 650 700 1110 575 606 11 40
THELIA 600 11021478 800 1220 112 730 750 800 1340 738 707 11 60
THELIA 700 11021479 850 1220 128 774 800 850 1420 780 770 13 65
1000 1400 144 734 950 1100 1790 900 909 13 120

THELIA 800 11021480
THELIA 850 11021481 1100 1500 160 750 1050 1200 1990 1010 1010 13 170
THELIA 1000 11021482
THELIA 1100 11021483 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Backdraft damper Version Type N° of poles Rated power. (kW) Rated I. (A)
THELIA 500 11021484 1-phase 1-speed 500 4 0.180 1.4
THELIA 550 11021485 550 4 0.370 3.2
THELIA 600 11021486 3-phase 1-speed 500 4 0.180 0.6
THELIA 700 11021487 500 6 0.075 0.4
THELIA 800 11021488 550 4 0.370 1.1
THELIA 850 11021489 550 6 0.125 0.7
THELIA 1000 11021490 600 4 0.750 1.8
THELIA 1100 11021491 600 6 0.370 1.2
Flat roof stack 700 4 1.100 2.7
THELIA 500 11021468 700 6 0.550 1.6
THELIA 550 11021469 800 4 3.00 7.2
THELIA 600 11021470 800 6 1.10 3.2
THELIA 700 11021471 850 6 1.10 3.2
THELIA 800 11021472 1000 6 3.00 7.1
THELIA 850 11021473 1100 6 5.50 12.9
THELIA 1000 11021474 3-phase 2-speed 500 4/8 0.55/0.09 1.6/0.6
Dahlander 550 4/8 0.55/0.09 1.6/0.6
THELIA 1100 11021475
600 4/8 0.75/0.12 2.3/0.9
700 4/8 1.5/0.25 3.6/1.3
800 4/8 3.00/0.55 7.3/2.7
3-phase 2-speed 500 6/8 0.37/0.15 1.2/0.8
Independent 550 6/8 0.37/0.15 1.2/0.8
Windings 600 6/8 0.37/0.15 1.2/0.8
700 6/8 0.60/0.24 1.6/1.0
800 6/8 1.5/0.48 3.8/1.6
850 6/8 1.5/0.48 3.8/1.6

Ventilation
Roof Fans
THELIA
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard ISO 5801.
• Acoustic pressure levels measured 3 m from the fan in dB (A).
• P (Pa) = static pressure.
NOTE: for better acoustics quality, choose the 6 pole or 2-speed versions.
THELIA 500 - 550 - 600, 4 pole, 1500 rpm THELIA 700 - 800, 4 pole, 1500 rpm
400 400
700 800
300 300
600
200 200
550
500 80
75
68
100 100
P (Pa)
64
P (Pa)
80 80
62
60 60
40 40
10 10
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000 21000 24000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
THELIA 500 - 550 - 600 - 700, 6 pole, 1000 rpm THELIA 800 - 850 - 1000 - 110, 6 pole, 1000 rpm
400 400
300 300
1000 1100
200 200
700 850
800
500 77
100 100
P (Pa)
600
P (Pa)
80 80 81
67 72
550
60 60 77
40 40
60
54 56
10 10
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 40000 45000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
RANGE HORIZONTAL JET

Description 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 6 pole 2-speed - Dahl. 2-speed - Ind. Wind.
3-phase 1-phase - VAR 1-phase 3-phase 4/8 pole - 3-phase 6/8 pole - 3-phase
THELIA 1000 11021420
THELIA 1100 11021421
THELIA 500 11021404 11021452 11021400 11021414 11021430 11021440
THELIA 550 11021405 11021453 11021401 11021415 11021431 11021441
THELIA 600 11021406 11021416 11021432 11021442
THELIA 700 11021407 11021417 11021433 11021443
THELIA 800 11021408 11021418 11021434 11021444
THELIA 850 11021419 11021445
RANGE VERTICAL JET

Description 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 4 pole 1-speed / 6 pole 2-speed - Dahl. 2-speed - Ind. Wind.
3-phase 1-phase - VAR 1-phase 3-phase 4/8 pole - 3-phase 6/8 pole - 3-phase
THELIA 1000 11021428
THELIA 1100 11021429
THELIA 500 11021409 11021454 11021402 11021422 11021435 11021446
THELIA 550 11021410 11021455 11021403 11021423 11021436 11021447
THELIA 600 11021411 11021424 11021437 11021448
THELIA 700 11021412 11021425 11021438 11021449
THELIA 800 11021413 11021426 11021439 11021450
THELIA 850 11021427 11021451

Ventilation
Roof Fans
Presentation of the VELONE F400ºC range - 2h
DEFENCE
APPROVED • Conforms with the CE marking. • Up to 27 000 m 3/h.
• F400°C-(2h) min classification • Electrical accessories wired up
inn accordance with Standard at the factory and fixed to the
EN 12101-3. interior for protection against
• All-in-One option, backdraft impacts and bad weather.
damper and rain hood kit • Aeraulics connection of the
accessories in compliance with pressure switch made at the
EN 12101-3. factory.
VELONE without option. With the "All-in-One" option • IP x4 validated rain hood kit.
• Pivot pin = Easy cleaning.
APPLICATION PRE-SELECTION OF VELONE MODEL

• Smoke exhaust of commercial premises (public assembly, The airflows correspond to a pressure loss of 200 Pa.
high-rise, commercial or industrial buildings), and multi-
family housing (mainly 3rd family B and 4th family).
• Ventilation of commercial premises with a need for VELONE 27.0 27 000 m3/h
fire protection classification (professional kitchens,
sports halls, workshops etc.).
VELONE 20.0 20 000 m3/h
• VELONE was awarded the classification F400°C-
(2h) . The All-in-One option (integrated relay box), VELONE 13.0 13 000 m3/h
backdraft damper and the rain hood kit have all been
validated by fir e resistance tests. VELONE 8.5 8500 m3/h
• CE in accordance with Standard EN 12101-3.
DESCRIPTION VELONE 10.5 10 500 m3/h

• 10 sizes of roof fans: for airflow rates of between 500
and 27,000 m3/h.
• Base and motor mountings in galvanised steel, VELONE 7.2 7200 m3/h
cover in ABS fixed by 4 quick-motion screws.
• Backward curve impeller in galvanised steel.
• IP 55, Class F electrical motor.
• Protection grille in galvanised steel.
INSTALLATION
• Outdoors on a flat roof stack (accessory) or directly
connected to the duct. VELONE 1.5 1500 m3/h

AVAILABLE OPTIONS VELONE 1.2 1200 m3/h
• Adjustable pressure switch fixed inside to protect
it from impacts and bad weather. EXCLUSIVE: The
pressure switch is connected/fitted (Note: for use at 2
smoke exhaust speeds, fit 2 pressure switches). Q (m3/h)
• Proximity switch wired up and fixed inside to protect
it from impacts and bad weather.
• ALL-IN-ONE Option. DESIGN
• Ideal solution when the relay box is installed less It is possible to integrate the proximity switch, pressure switch(es) and the 1-speed
than 2 m from the VELONE roof fan. AXONE relay box under the cover.
• Saves time when wiring up, simplified installation
and a guarantee that the product will work on-site.
• The wiring of the relay box is carried out at the
factory, in compliance with NF-S-61932
• Always comprises the relay box, pressure switch
and proximity switch.
• 1 speed model: The AXONE relay box is fixed inside
to protect it from impacts and bad weather.
• 2-speed model. The AXONE relay box is fixed outside of
the roof fan. Possibility of using the flat roof support.
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow.
ACCESSORIES
• Rain hood kit, laboratory tested for IP x 4 = sprayed
from all directions
• Backdraft damper fire resistance tested.
• Vertical exhaust kit: prohibits with All-in-One solution.
• Grouting frame or duct frame.
• Pivot pin.
• Flat roof stack or sloped roof stack.
• AXONE flat roof support.
Electrical Accessories
• Frequency controller.

Ventilation
Roof Fans
Presentation of the VELONE F400ºC advantages
VELONE without option With the "All-in-One" option
AIRFLOW UP TO 27 000 m3/h

• Aldes has taken particular care in the design
of the VELONE in order to offer you a range of
smoke exhaust roof fans that comply with the CE
marking up to 27 000 m3/h, without increasing the
dimensions of the base.
COMPACT SO AS TO PROTECT IT
FROM IMPACTS AND BAD WEATHER
• We have preferred to improve the motor mounting by
using galvanised steel, rather than plastic, because
we believe that for a lengthy service life the electrical
accessories such as relay boxes, pressure switches
and proximity switches, should be fully protected
from impacts and bad weather.
• On the 2-speed model, the AXONE relay box is
supplied with a 2m long cable for fixing outside the
roof fan. Possibility of using the flat roof support.
AIR DUCT CONNECTION OF THE

PRESSURE SWITCH
• Being the inventor of the All-in-One solution (relay
box wired up at the factory), we are now offering an
exclusive feature on this new range - the air duct
connection of the pressure switch.
• This option minimises man-hour time on-site: drilling
holes in the ductwork on-site is a thing of the past !
RAIN HOOD KIT IPx4 - AN ALDES

EXCLUSIVE FEATURE
• A smoke exhaust roof fan, used only for smoke
extraction is permanently at rest, ready to start up in
case of fire or for testing. A smoke exhaust roof fan
at rest, presents a risk of penetration by rain during
thunderstorms and violent winds.
• The new VELONE design now allows us to offfer you a
new accessory called the "rain hood kit". Comprised of
4 parts to be mounted on-site, the rain hood kit passed
fire resistance tests and has an IP x4 safety index
validated by the CETIAT laboratory.
concerns dust protection (X because it does not
concern a roof fan), the second figure is equivalent to
water protection: The 4 guarantees its leaktightness
faced with water sprayed at it from all directions with
a flow rate of 600 l/h !
CONFORMING BACKDRAFT DAMPER

• The backdraft damper which avoids heat losses
succeeded in passing the regulatory fire resistance
tests.
EASY REPLACEMENT
• This range of roof fans can replace any VELONE
roof fan delivered betwen 1998 and 2006. In fact, we
designed this new range without having to change
the dimensions of the base. Moreover, with an
equivalent base dimension, the new range can only
give better performances in terms of aeraulics.

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VELONE F400ºC -1.2 - 3-phase/ Single phase
• 2h fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up
at the factory and fixed inside
CIVIL for protection against impacts
DEFENCE and bad weather.
APPROVED • Pressure switch air duct
factory.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 1.2M 0.24KW 11021390
VELONE 1.2 - 4T 0.37KW 11021340
K
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and H
E
protected.
AxA
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the J
Description Code
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 1.2 533 519 185 493 580 36 707 190 41
ACCESSORIES AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS

Description on the following pages (p. 355 - 358) • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 250 mm)

• The pressures shown on the graphs are static pressures.
Description Code
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 VELONE 1.2
1000
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
300
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080 45 44
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 200
48
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 100 M-4T

P (Pa)

10
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
1.2 M 4 230 0,25 50 2,2 6,2
1.2 T 4 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,03 4,4

Ventilation
Roof Fans
CIVIL
• 2h fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up
at the factory and fixed to the
interior for protection against
impacts and bad weather.
• Pressure switch air duct
factory.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 1.5M 0.24KW 11021391
VELONE 1.5 - 4T 0.37KW 11021341
K
VELONE 1.5 - 6T 0.18KW 11021342
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 1.5 - 4/8T 0.6/0.15KW 11021371
E

VELONE 1.5M 0.24KW+IP (stock) 11021395 ØD
F
VELONE 1.5-6T 0.18KW+IP (stock) 11021256 AxA
J
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
switches.
1.5 533 519 209 493 607 38 707 190 43
• Proximity switch wired up, fiixed and protected.
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
supplied cable is 2 m long). • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, ducted suction (Ø 250mm)

Description Code
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
to air duct
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 VELONE 1.5
1000
ACCESSORIES
Description on the accessories: see p. 355 - 358. 300
49 48
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285

P (Pa)
39 51
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366 100
M-4T
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 42
50
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069 6T
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080
10
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Q (m3/h)

- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- Frequency controller: page 362. Type Number of U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. poles
1.5 M 4 230 0,25 50 2,2 6,2
1.5 4T 4 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,03 5
1.5 6T 6 230/400 0,18 50/60 0,71 3,5
1.5-4/8T 4/8 400 0,6/0,15 50 1,87/0,9 5,2/2,8

Ventilation
Roof Fans
• 2h fire rating: F400ºC (2h). • Electrical accessories wired up at
With the "All-in-One" option

RANGE with a choice of options Bx B
Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 3.2M 0.37KW 11021392
VELONE 3.2 - 4T 0.55KW 11021344
K
VELONE 3.2 - 6T 0.18KW 11021345
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 3.2 - 4/8T 0.6/0.15KW 11021373 H
E

ØD
VELONE 3.2M 0.37KW + IP (stock) 11021396 F

• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure 3.2 533 519 235 493 629 39 707 190 44
switches.
• Proximity switch wired up, fixed and protected. AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 315 mm).

Description Code a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
to air duct VELONE 3.2
1000
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281
400
ACCESSORIES 300 52 52
55
Description on the following pages. (p. 355 - 358). 200
43
Description Code
P (Pa)
59
100 46
IPx4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285 M-4T
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366
50 50
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 6T
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
10
Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES ELECTRICAL DETAILS

- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. Type No of poles U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
- Frequency controller: page 362. 3.2 M 4 230 0,37 50 3 6
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. 3.2-4T 4 230/400 0,55 50/60 1,3 6
3.2-6T 6 230/400 0,18 50/60 0,71 3,5
3.2-4/8 4/8 400 0,6/0,15 50 1,87/0,9 5,2/2,8

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 4.5M 0.75 kW 11021393
VELONE 4.5 - 4T 0.37 kW 11021347
K
VELONE 4.5 - 6T 0.37KW 11021348
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 4.5 - 4/6T 0.75 /0.25 kW 11021374 E
VELONE 4.5 - 4/8T 0.8/0.15 kW 11021375
ØD

AVAILABLE OPTIONS Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
• For description see previous page. 4.5 698 684 265 658 658 50 991 265 60
Description Code
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
to air duct • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction (Ø 355 mm).
VELONE 4.5
1000
ACCESSORIES 600
400 55 56
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 200 47
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 62
P (Pa)
49
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 100 M-4T
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 53
Backdraft damper 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021261 50
6T
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
10
- Single phase voltage regulator: page 359. Q (m3/h)
- Frequency controller: page 362. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- Comfort 2-speed relay box: page 363. Type No of poles U (V) P (kW) f (Hz) Rated I (A) Id/ In
4.5 M 4 230 0,75 50 5,5 5,5
4.5- 4T 4 230/400 0,75 50/60 1,65 6
4.5- 6T 6 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,09 4,7
4.5 -4/6T 4/6 400 0,75/0,25 50 1,98/1,2 4,7/3,9
4.5 -4/8T 4/8 400 0,8/0,2 50 1,99/0,88 4,7/2,7

Ventilation
Roof Fans

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 7.2M 1.1KW 11021394
VELONE 7.2 - 4T 1.1KW 11021350
K
VELONE 7.2 - 6T 0.37KW 11021351
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 7.2 - 4/6T 1.1/0.3KW 11021376 E
VELONE 7.2 - 4/8T 1.2/0.3 kW 11021377
ØD
VELONE 7.2M 1.1KW + IP (stock) 11021398 AxA
J

• For description see previous pages. Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight

VELONE 7.2
ACCESSORIES 1000
500 59 60
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 300
50 51 66
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 200
53
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 M-4T
P (Pa)
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 100 57

50
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
Q (m3/h)
7.2 M 4 230 1,1 50 7,6 7
7.2 -4 T 4 230/400 1,1 50/60 2,37 7
7.2 -6 T 6 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,09 4,7
7.2 -4/6T 4/6 400 1,1/0,3 50 3,02/1,43 5,4/4
7.2 -4/8T 4/8 400 1,2/0,3 50 2,92/1,29 5,5/3,1
• The rated currents are given for a voltage of 400 V for three-phase roof fans.
• 4/8 and 6/12 = Dahlander motor - 4/6 = Independent Winding motor (BI).

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 8.5 - 6T 1.1KW 11021357
VELONE 8.5 - 8T 0.55KW 11021358
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 8.5 - 6/8T 1.1/0.55KW 11021380
H
VELONE 8.5 - 6/12T 1.1/0.22KW 11021381 E
F
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed A xA
and protected. If 2 speeds provide for 2 pressure J
switches.
• Pressure switch and proximity switch supplied and
wired up. Type Horizontal air exhaust With vertical kit
• In case of use of the vertical exhaust kit, fix the relay Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight
box outside the VELONE and outside the airflow (the 8.5 834 820 373 794 793 100 1270 355 116
Description Code AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
Pressure switch 40-300 Pa connected OPT21279 • Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, connected suction
to air duct (Ø 500 mm)

1000
ACCESSORIES
Description on the following pages (p. 355 - 358)
400 56
IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287 200 51 61
Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368 55 65
P (Pa)
8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 100 6T
Pivot pin 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021070 59

8T
8.5/13 backdraft damper 11021262 50
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297

8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
10
Q (m3/h)
8.5-6 T 6 230/400 1,1 50/60 2,9 5
8.5-8 T 8 230/400 0,55 50/60 2 4
8.5-6/8 6/8 400 1,1/0,55 50 3,59/2,52 5,1/4
8.5-6/12 6/12 400 1,1/0,22 50 4,39/1,5 5,5/2,6

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 10.5 - 4T 1.5KW 11021353
VELONE 10.5 - 6T 0.55KW 11021354
K
VELONE 10.5 - 8T 0.37KW 11021355
VELONE 2-speeds
H
VELONE 10.5 - 4/6T 1.5/0.37KW 11021378 E
VELONE 10.5 - 4/8T 1.6/0.4KW 11021379
ØD

• Description on the following page. Velone A B ØD F K Weight J H Weight

ACCESSORIES 1000
VELONE 10.5
600 62
63
Description Code 65
400
IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286 300
54
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367 70
200 56
Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 4T
P (Pa)
41
Pivot pin 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021069 100 61
55
Frame on duct 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021296
8T
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
- Three-Phase Autotransformer: page 361. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
- Frequency controller: page 362. Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
10.5-4 T 4 230/400 1,5 50/60 3,30 7,5
10.5-6 T 6 230/400 0,55 50/60 1,57 4,8
10.5-8 T 8 230/400 0,37 50/60 1,40 4
10.5-4/6T 4/6 400 1,5/0,37 50 3,71/1,73 5,6/3,8
10.5-4/8T 4/8 400 1,6/0,4 50 4,05/1,78 5,7/4,1

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

RANGE with a choice of options B xB
Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 13 - 6T 2.2 kW 11021359
VELONE 13 - 8T 1.1 kW 11021360
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 13 - 6/8T 2.2/1.3 kW 11021382
H
VELONE 13 - 6/12T 2.2/0.55 kW 11021383 E
F
• Pressure switch fitted to air duct, fixed and A xA
protected. If 2 smoke exhaust speeds used provide J
Description Code
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa OPT21280

1000
ACCESSORIES
400
59
52
IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287 200 53
63
Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368
P (Pa)
6T
8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 100 57
8T
8.5/13 pivot pin 11021071
50
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297
8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
10
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
13.0 -6T 6 230/400 2,2 50/60 5,26 6,2
13.0 -8T 8 230/400 1,1 50/60 3,3 4,2
13.0 -6/8T 6/8 400 2,2/1,3 50/60 5,96/4,36 5,6/3,9
13.0-6/12T 6/12 400 2,2/0,55 50/60 6,4/2,6 7/3

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 20 - 6T 3 kW 11021361
VELONE 20 - 8T 1.5 kW 11021362
K
VELONE 2-speeds
VELONE 20 - 6/8T 4/1.1 kW 11021384
H
VELONE 20 - 6/12T 3/0.55 kW 11021385
E
F
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and AxA
protected. If 2 smoke exhaust speeds used, provide J
Description Code

1000
ACCESSORIES 700
62 60
500
53
57 69
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288 200
6T
Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369
P (Pa)
63
20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 100
8T
20/27 pivot pin 11021072
50
20/27 frame on duct 11021298
20/27 roof stack 11021088
10
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES 0 5000 10000 15000

Q (m3/h)
20000 25000

ELECTRICAL DETAILS
20.0 -6T 6 230/400 3 50/60 6,8 6
20.0 -8T 8 230/400 1,5 50/60 4 5,4
20.0 -6/8T 6/8 400 4/1,1 50/60 11,3/4,84 6,6/4,6
20.0-6/12T 6/12 400 3/0,55 50/60 6,77/2,3 8,5/4,3

Ventilation
Roof Fans
DEFENCE
bad weather.

Description Code
VELONE 1-speed
VELONE 27 - 6T 5.5KW 11021363
VELONE 27 - 8T 3KW 11021364
K
AVAILABLE OPTIONS
• Pressure switch connected to the air duct, fixed and
H
E
protected.
AxA
J
Description Code
Pressure switch 100-1000 Pa OPT21280 27.0 984 970 535 944 1034 175 1555 440 207
connected to air duct
1Sp - 7.5 kW switch + contacts OPT21281 AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS
• Curves follow those of the French Standard NF EN ISO 5801, ducted suction (Ø 630 mm).
ACCESSORIES • Indicated pressures are static pressures.
Description on the following pages (p. 355 - 358) • The encircled values correspond to an overall acoustic pressure level radiated through
a free field at 6 m, weighted ALpm6 (dB (A) ).
Description Code
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288 VELONE 27.0
1000
Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369 800 65 65
20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 600 66
20/27 pivot pin 11021072 400 59
60 72
20/27 backdraft damper 11021263 300
6T
20/27 frame on duct 11021298 200
66
P (Pa)
8T
100
20/27 roof stack 11021088

10
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000
Q (m3/h)
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
27.0 -6T 6 230/400 5,5 50/60 12,4 6,8
27.0 -8T 8 230/400 3 50/60 6,8 6

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VELONE IP x4 rain hood kit.
• Conforms with the CE marking • A solution to prevent water
in accordance with Standard penetration into the ducts in
EN 12101-3. case of very bad weather.
• 2h fire rating: F400ºC (2h).
• IP x4 classification: tested by an
independent Laboratory.
APPLICATION RANGE
• The rain hood kit protects against the penetration of Velone model Code
rain into the duct due to heavy rainfall when the roof
IP x4 rain hood kit - 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021285
fan is on stand by. A smoke exhaust roof fan, in the
majority of cases, is on stand by, the rain hood kit is IP x4 rain hood kit - 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021286
more efficient than a vertical kit. IP x4 rain hood kit - 8.5/ 13 11021287
IP x4 rain hood kit - 20/ 27 11021288
DESCRIPTION
• Tested by an independent test laboratory, the
VELONE roof fan equipped with the Rain Hood Kit
was awarded an IP x4 classification validated by
the CETIAT test laboratory (Test Report supplied on
request).
concerns dust protection ("x" here, because it
does not concern a roof fan), the second figure is
equivalent to water protection: the "4" guarantees
its leaktightness faced with water sprayed at it from
all directions with a flow rate of 600 l/h !
• 4 parts of fabric in M0 reinforced on one side by a
metal strip.
• In the running position, the 4 parts lift up, without
generating any significant pressure loss.
• To be installed on-site.

VELONE vertical exhaust kit
Compliances
EN 12101-3.
APPLICATION RANGE
• The vertical exhaust kit is a deflector which orientates Velone model Code
the waste air discharge vertically.
Vertical Kit 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 11021366
• Caution, it is incompatible with the rain hood kit.
Vertical Kit 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 11021367
• Attention, the use of the vertical exhaust and the
All-in-One solution imposes moving the relay box Vertical Kit 8.5/13 11021368
outside of the airflow. Vertical Kit 20/27 11021369
DESCRIPTION
• Composed of 4 parts in galvanised steel.
• Supplied with fully adapted fixings.

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VELONE grouting frame
Screws and
accessories :
nuts + bolts
+ screws + washers
Designed
to receive X
the "pivot pin"
APPLICATION RANGE
• The grouting frame allows the roof fan to be fitted Velone model Code X x X (mm)
on a brick stack.
Grouting frame 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021290 519
DESCRIPTION Grouting frame 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021291 684
• Includes 4 fold-back lugs to be grouted on to the 8.5/13 frame to be embedded 11021292 820
flat roof stack. 20/27 frame to be embedded 11021293 970
• Anti-corrosion paint.
• Delivered with fixing nuts and bolts.
• Can receive the pivot pin.
VELONE backdraft damper

Plate 8 rivets
Compliances
X
X
EN 12101-3.

h
C
Backdraft damper

• The backdraft damper avoids natural ventilation Code C D X h
when the roof fan is stopped in order to save on 11021260 380 380 515 120
heating and/or air-conditioning costs.
11021261 480 480 680 120
• The backdraft damper can be fitted with the grouting
frame, pivot pin and the flat roof stack. 11021262 580 580 816 120
• It is incompatible with the frame on a duct. 11021263 780 780 966 120
DESCRIPTION
• The backdraft damper has passed the fire resistance
tests.
• The backdraft damper is designed to be installed in
just a few seconds thanks to its stacking plate.
• Removable, it can be easily added later.
• Take into account an additional pressure losss of
50 Pa.
RANGE
Velone model Code

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VELONE pivot pin
APPLICATION RANGE
• Pin allowing for access to the duct and the roof fan's Velone model Code
impeller in order to facilitate maintenance.
Pivot Pin 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021069
DESCRIPTION Pivot Pin 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021070
• Pivot pin in stainless steel that slides through the 8.5/13 Pivot Pin 11021071
roof fan base and the grouting frame. 20/27 Pivot Pin 11021072
• Requires the grouting frame.
• 2 locking washers and a hold open chain.
• IMPORTANT: Secure the roof fan when this is in the
open position in order to avoid any accidents.
VELONE Duct Frame
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS (mm) Fans - Supply & Exhaust

• The duct frame is used to install a VELONE roof Code X ØD DUCT
fan on a cylindrical duct which is strong enough to
Ø min. Ø max.
support it.
11021063 490 420 250 400
DESCRIPTION 11021064 655 520 315 500
• It consists of four angle brackets, a frame, four 11021065 790 650 400 630
spacers and the necessary threaded fasteners. 11021066 940 820 500 800
RANGE
Velone model Code
Frame on duct 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021295
Frame on duct 4.5/ 7.2/ 10. 11021296
8.5/13 frame on duct 11021297
20/27 frame on duct 11021298

Ventilation
Roof Fans
VELONE Flat Roof Stack - Roof Stack
Flat Roof Stack

• The flat roof stack is used to fit a roof fan on a
horizontal roof which does not have a brick stack. X
• The roof stack is used to fit a roof fan on a sloping X
roof without a brick stack.
DESCRIPTION
• Galvanised steel
• Being drilled at 4 angles it can house the backdraft
334
damper.
• State the angle of the roof as a percentage (%) or in
degrees (°) when ordering.
RANGE
Velone model Code
Flat Roof Stack

Flat Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021080
Flat Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021081 Roof Stack model X
8.5/13 flat roof stack 11021082 Roof stack 1.2/ 1.5/ 3.2 526
20/27 flat roof stack 11021083 Roof stack 4.5/ 7.2/ 10.5 691
Roof Stack: state the inclination of the roof Roof stack 8.5/13 827
Roof stack 1.2 / 1.5 / 3.2 11021085 Roof stack 20/27 977
Roof stack 4.5 / 7.2 / 10.5 11021086
8.5/13 roof stack 11021087
20/27 roof stack 11021088

Ventilation
Accessories
1-phase voltage controller 1.5 A
Advantages
• Continuous speed control.
• Attractive and compact
enclosure.
• Projection mounted or wall
mounted.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Speed controller designed for 1-speed 230 VAC Description Code LxHxP
1-phase motors, whose maximum current consumed (mm)
does not exceed 1.5 A, and which are compatible 1.5 A voltage regulator 11086572 82 x 82 x 65
with voltage regulation.
• Compatible with TVEC Silence, VEKITA+ (non
acoustic), HELICA, VC, THELIA 1-phase and variable.
DESCRIPTION
• Supplied in an aesthetically designed enclosure with
IP 44, for either wall or projection mounting.
• PCB type design.
• Start-up by an adjustment potentiometer.
• Integrated anti-EMI (EMC) feature.
• Integrated fuse protection.
• 230 VAC - 50/60 Hz
• Regulation of the maximum towards the minimum
speed (avoids restarting at low voltage).
• Possibility to adjust the minimum speed (80 V by
default).
3 to 10 A 1-phase voltage regulator

Advantages
• Separate ON/OFF switch.

• Full voltage safety starting
function.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Speed controller designed for 1-speed 230 VAC Description Code LxHxP
1-phase motors, whose maximum current consumed
(mm)
does not exceed 3, 5 and 10 A respectively, and
which are compatible with voltage regulation. 3.0 A voltage regulator 11086024 83 x 140 x 88
• Compatible with TVEC Silence, VEKITA+ (acoustic), 5.0 A voltage regulator 11086013 83 x 160 x 88
HELICA, VC, THELIA 1-phase and variable. 10 A voltage regulator 11057067 115 x 195 x 95
DESCRIPTION
• Supplied in an IP 54 enclosure.
• PCB type design.
• Start-up by offset switch (on the side of the box).
• Integrated anti-EMI (EMC) feature.
• 230 VAC - 50/60 Hz.
• Full voltage start-up function: on starting up, the
voltage regulator sends out a maximum voltage for 6 or
7 seconds before returning to the voltage adjustment
on the potentiometer. This function avoids start-up at
low voltage, which could damage the motor.
• It is possibility to adjust the minimum speed (100 V
by default).

Ventilation
Accessories
1-phase electronic speed controller
Advantages
• 2 analogue 0-10 V inputs.
• Potentiometer and switch on the
front panel.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Electronic speed controller for 1-phase asynchronous Description Code LxHxP
motors accepting voltage control.
(mm)
• Compatible with TVEC Silence, VEKITA+, HELICA,
1-phase electronic controller 5 A 11057080 123 x 160 x 165
THELIA 1-phase and VC.
1-phase electronic controller 11.5 A 11057081 168 x 160 x 165
DESCRIPTION
• IP 65 box.
• 230 VAC - 50/60 Hz
• Potentiometer on the facade.
• 2 analogue 0-10 V inputs.
• Adjustment U min, U max.
• ON/OFF switch, energized circuit warning light.
• Thermal protection.
• Visual display of faults by warning indicator light.
1-phase autotransformer
Advantages
• Accurate 5 position adjustment.
APPLICATION RANGE
• Regulator designed for 1-speed, 1-phase 230 VAC Description Code LxHxP
motors compatible with voltage regulation.
(mm)
• Compatible with TVEC Silence, VEKITA+, HELICA,
1.5 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086100 115 x 180 x 85
THELIA 1-phase and VC.
3.5 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086418 170 x 245 x 140
DESCRIPTION 5.0 A 1-phase autotransformer 11086417 170 x 245 x 140
• Supplied in an IP 54 enclosure. 13 A 1-phase autotransformer 11057061 300 x 300 x 170
• 5 manual adjustment positions + stop (110 - 140 - 170
- 200 - 230 V).
• ON/OFF indicator light.
• Non-adjusted 230V additional outlet.
• 230 VAC - 50/60 Hz

Ventilation
Accessories
3-phase autotransformer

• Voltage regulator designed for a 1 speed, 3-phase, Type L (mm) H (mm) D (mm) Weight (kg)
400V motor, compatible with the variation in voltage. 2 A, 3-phase autotransformer 200 280 140 6,0
• Compatible with VEC, VIK, TVEC GII, VDA
4 A, 3-phase autotransformer 250 300 200 14,0
3-phase, THELIA 3-phase.
6 A, 3-phase autotransformer 300 400 200 20,5
RANGE 8 A, 3-phase autotransformer 300 400 200 27,7
Description Code 14 A, 3-phase autotransformer 500 400 250 38,0
2A 3-phase autotransformer 11086096
4A 3-phase autotransformer 11086097 TECHNICAL DETAILS
• Voltage variation controlled by autotransformer.
• 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase network voltage + Neutral.
• IP 55 metal box enclosure with epoxy paint.
• Enclosure’s front panel contains an ON/OFF indicator light and a 5-position + ON/OFF
switch. (130 - 180 - 230 - 300 - 400 V).
• Articulated door on hinges.
• Without motor protection.
Frequency controller

Frequency controller
• Frequency controller designed for a 1-speed 3-phase Type L (mm) H (mm) D (mm)
230/400V - 50/60 Hz asynchronous motor.
Frequency controller 0.37 kW 80 140 114
• Compatible with all Aldes 1-speed 3-phase fans.
Frequency controller 0.75 kW 110 155 136 S/T
RANGE Frequency controller 1.5 / 2.2 / 3 / 4 kW 110 155
163 T/T
163
Description Code
Frequency controller 7.5 kW 180 250 163
1 / 3-phase range
Freq. cont. 0.37 kW 1 / 3 11086389 TECHNICAL DETAILS
Freq. cont. 0.75 kW 1 / 3 11086390 • Frequency conversion from 0 to 50 Hz.
Freq. cont. 1.5 kW 1 / 3 11086391 • Comes in an IP 20 compact and robust box, to be fixed to a DIN rail.
Freq. cont. 2.2 kW 1 / 3 11086392 • LCD display screen + potentiometer on the front panel
3 / 3 phase range • Pid function for regulation via an exterior sensor (input 0-10 V or 4-20mA and 24 V output).
Freq. cont. 0.75 kW 3 / 3 11086401 • Converter 1 / 3-phase: enables conversion from 230 V single to 230 V
Freq. cont. 1.5 kW 3 / 3 11086402 3-phase mode - Specific programming instruction manual supplied.
Freq. cont. 2.2 kW 3 / 3 11086403 • Offset potentiometer is possible, please consult us.
Freq. cont. 3 kW 3 / 3 11086404 • Delivered with the installation and programming instructions (CD).
Freq. cont. 4 kW 3 / 3 11057201 NOTE : EMC filter is highly recommended in order to respect electromagnetic
Freq. cont. 7.5 kW 3 / 3 11057202 compatibility standards for residential housing. Please, consult us.

Ventilation
Accessories
VARILONE VF: frequency regulator for professional kitchens
Advantages
• Pre-adjusted for professional
kitchen use in order to facilitate
the wiring.
• Progressive and continuous
airflow variation.
• 1 potentiometer and 1 HS offset
emergency stop button.
VARILONE VF
APPLICATION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

• Speed control by frequency regulator designed for a
three-phase 230/400V - 50 Hz asynchronous motor.
• VARILONE VF is configured at the factory to be
controlled by an RD offset potentiometer and an HS
high speed emergency stop button with priority.
• Ideal for use in professional kitchens, especially for
controlling VELONE roof fans.
• Reserved for 1 Speed motors. Do not use for 2 Speed
motors.
DESCRIPTION
• LCD = indicator light energized.
• IP 20 box.
• No ON/OFF switch,
• CE and UL Certification
• Integrated class A EMC filter. Class B filter advisable
for a residential environment, please consult us.
• 1 status change relay if the potentiometer requests
0 Hz.
Note 1: An action on the HS emergency stop button
passes the speed controller to maximum smoke
extraction speed in large kitchens.
Note 2: The front panel mounted potentiometer is
inactive, only the offset potentiometer is authorised
to control.
STANDARD RANGE
Description Code
SINGLE/ THREE PHASE RANGE
VARILONE VF 0.75 kW - Single/Three 11057265
THREE/ THREE PHASE RANGE
VARILONE VF 0.75 kW - Three/Three 11057270
VARILONE VF 1.5 kW - Three/Three 11057271 DIMENSIONS (mm)
VARILONE VF 2.2 kW - Three/Three 11057272 Type of Varilone VF Width Height Depth
VARILONE VF 3 kW - Three/Three 11057273 Varilone VF 0.75 kW 110 155 136 Mono/Tri 163 Tri/Tri
VARILONE VF 4 kW - Three/Three 11057274 Varilone VF 1.5 / 2.2 / 3 / 4 kW 110 155 163
VARILONE VF 7.5 kW - Three/Three 11057275 Varilone VF 7.5 kW 180 250 163
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
• Emergency stop button for closing: priority command
for setting the fan to High Speed (HSPB). IP65 box
enclosure.
• Potentiomer + emergency push button in the same
IP65 box (RD+HSPB).
Description Code
RD Potentiometer - IP65 11057065
HSPB emergency push button box 11057759
RD + HSPB box 11057066

Ventilation
Accessories
Comfort 2-speed box enclosure
APPLICATION DIMENSIONS - ELECTRICAL DETAILS

• This box enclosure enable, for 2-speed 3-phase 400 V HS current (A) LS current (A) Dimensions
Independent Winding (IW) or Dahlander coupling (DAH)
fans: Description Ith Ith Ith Ith L H D
min. max. min. max. (mm) (mm) (mm)
- manual control of the speeds: stop, low speed LS,
2- SPEED DAHLANDER MOTOR
high speed HS,
- thermal protection of the motor under LS and HS. 2-speed DAH 1.6/0.6 box 1.0 1.6 0.4 0.6 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 2.4/1.0 box 1.6 2.4 0.6 1.0 160 240 152
DESCRIPTION 2-speed DAH 4/1.6 box 2.4 4.0 1.0 1.6 160 240 152
• IP65 box enclosure in ABS. 2-speed DAH 4/1 box 2.4 4.0 0.6 1.0 160 240 152
• Prepared cable gland inlet points (glands not supplied). 2-speed DAH 4/2.4 box 2.4 4.0 1.6 2.4 160 240 152
• 3 positions selector switch on the front panel 2-speed DAH 6/2.4 box 4.0 6.0 1.6 2.4 160 240 152
(LS-STOP-HS). 2-speed DAH 9/2.4 box 6.0 9.0 2.4 4.0 160 240 152
• 400 V contactors with appropriate ratings. 2-speed DAH 9/4 box 6.0 9.0 2.4 4.0 160 240 152
• 2 thermal relays (LS/HS) with appropriate ratings. 2-speed DAH 9/6 box 6.0 9.0 4.0 6.0 160 240 152
RANGE 2-speed
2-speed
DAH 10/4 box
DAH 16/4 box
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
2.4
2.4
4.0
4.0
200
200
280
280
152
152
Description Code
2-speed DAH 16/6 box 10.0 16.0 4.0 6.0 200 280 152
2-speed Dahlander couplings
2-speed DAH 24/10 box 16.0 24.0 6.0 10.0 200 280 152
2-speed DAH 1.6/0.6 box 11057235
2-speed DAH 40/10 box 24.0 40.0 6.0 10.0 375 375 175
2-speed DAH 2.4/1.0 box 11057236
2-speed DAH 24/16 box 24.0 40.0 10.0 16.0 375 375 175
2-speed DAH 4/1.6 box 11057237
2-speed DAH 57/16 box 40.0 57.0 10.0 16.0 375 375 175
2-speed DAH 4/1 box 11057238
2-speed DAH 57/24 box 40.0 57.0 16.0 24.0 375 375 175
2-speed DAH 4/2.4 box 11057239
2- SPEED INDEPENDENT WINDING MOTOR
2-speed DAH 6/2.4 box 11057240
2-speed IW 1.6/0.6 box 1.0 1.6 0.4 0.6 160 240 152

2-speed DAH 9/2.4 box 11057241
2-speed IW 1.6/1.6 box 1.0 1.6 1.0 1.6 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 9/4 box 11057242
2-speed IW 2.4/1.6 box 1.6 2.4 1.0 1.6 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 9/6 box 11057243
2-speed IW 2.4/1.0 box 1.6 2.4 0.6 1.0 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 10/4 box 11057244
2-speed IW 4/1.6 box 2.4 4.0 1.0 1.6 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 16/4 box 11057245
2-speed IW 4/2.4 box 2.4 4.0 1.6 2.4 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 16/6 box 11057246
2-speed IW 6/2.4 box 4.0 6.0 1.6 2.4 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 24/10 box 11057247
2-speed IW 6/4 box 4.0 6.0 2.4 4.0 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 40/10 box 11057248
2-speed IW 9/4 box 6.0 9.0 2.4 4.0 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 40/16 box 11057249
2-speed IW 9/6 box 6.0 9.0 4.0 6.0 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 57/16 box 11057250
2-speed IW 10/6 box 6.0 10.0 4.0 6.0 160 240 152
2-speed DAH 57/24 box 11057277
2-speed IW 16/6 box 10.0 16.0 4.0 6.0 200 280 152
2-speed Independent Windings
2-speed IW 16/10 box 10.0 16.0 6.0 10.0 200 280 152
2-speed IW 1.6/0.6 box 11057280
2-speed IW 24/10 box 16.0 24.0 6.0 10.0 200 280 152
2-speed IW 1.6/1.6 box 11057281
2-speed IW 40/10 box 24.0 40.0 6.0 10.0 250 375 175
2-speed IW 2.4/1.6 box 11057282
2-speed IW 40/16 box 24.0 40.0 10.0 16.0 250 375 175
2-speed IW 2.4/1.0 box 11057283
2-speed IW 57/16 box 40.0 57.0 10.0 16.0 250 375 175
2-speed IW 4/1.6 box 11057284
2-speed IW 57/24 box 40.0 57.0 16.0 24.0 250 375 175
2-speed IW 4/2.4 box 11057285
2-speed IW 6/2.4 box 11057286
2-speed IW 6/4 box 11057287
2-speed IW 9/4 box 11057288
2-speed IW 9/6 box 11057289
2-speed IW 10/6 box 11057290
2-speed IW 16/6 box 11057291
2-speed IW 16/10 box 11057292
2-speed IW 24/10 box 11057293
2-speed IW 40/10 box 11057294
2-speed IW 40/16 box 11057295
2-speed IW 57/16 box 11057296
2-speed IW 57/24 box 11057297

Ventilation
Accessories
3-phase selector switch
APPLICATION RANGE
• Enables, amongst other things, the delocalisation of Description Code LxHxP
the 1-speed or 2-speed 3-phase motors control:
(mm)
- 1-speed motor: ON/OFF command,
3-phase On/Off switch 7.5 kW max. 11056115 87 x 160 x 125
- 2-speed motor: High/Low speed control + ON/OFF.
2-speed 3-phase Ind. Winding 4 kW max. 11056116 80 x 137 x 95
• Compatible with TVEC GII, VIK, VEC, C.VEC, VDA
3-phase, THELIA 3-phase. 2-speed 3-phase Dahl. selector switch - 11056117 80 x 137 x 95
4 kW max.
DESCRIPTION
• Presentation in an IP 54 box enclosure for projection
fitting.
• AC3 category in use.
• Supplied with connection instructions.

Ventilation
Accessories
Alarm Pressure Switch Kit
APPLICATION ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS

• This safety device enables a fan operating anomaly
to be detected (pressure loss) and thus to respect
the installation standards.
• Compatible with all ALDES fans, fan units or roof
fans.
DESCRIPTION
• Box enclosure to be installed inside the fan casing,
or on the ductwork.
• Delivered in a complete kit, ready to be installed.
Kit comprises 2 m of glassine tube, 2 pressure taps
or grommets, threaded fasteners and fixed (80 Pa)
or adjustable pressure switch alarm + installation
instructions. Fixed pressure switch kit Adjustable pressure switch kit
RANGE
Description Code
Fixed pressure switch kit - 80 Pa 11025018
Adjustable pressure switch kit 11091001
40 - 300 Pa
Adjustable pressure switch kit 11091002
100 - 1000 Pa
Pressure switch timer (highly 11025012
recommended in case of turbulent
winds)

Filter Clogging Detection Kit
APPLICATION RANGE
• This accessory is used to detect pressure loss, Description Code
adjustable settings - to deal with filter clog.
Filter clogging detection kit 11056313
• Compatible with VIK and TVEC GII.
DESCRIPTION
• Kit comprising 4.5 m de glassine tube, 4 pressure
taps, 1 x 40-300 Pa adjustable pressure alarm,
threaded fasetners + fitting instructions.

Ventilation
Accessories
M0 airtight flexible sleeve
Green • New generation of fan-ductwork
Product • Classified M0 non combustible.
• Aldes patented. sleeves:
• CETIAT Test No. 2914020. - quick to install: integrated rigid
u
irt o connections,
- airtight: C Class, half as many
-fix
leaks as airtight flexible sleeves,
- long lasting: silicon sleeve,
weather resistant.
MS PRO
APPLICATION RANGE
• Dissociation of fan-network or network-network links. Ø mm Code
• Class C airtight connection extending performance 125 11094690
of rigid ductwork with sealing fittings. 160 11094691
• Improved durability (silicon-coated sleeve). 200 11094692
DESCRIPTION 250 11094693
• Flexible sleeve incorporating a rigid female 315 11094694
connection and an airtight seal at each end. 355 11094695
• Airtight female interlocking: directly in fan connection, 400 11094696
plugs onto a fitting (bend or RPC or RF or...) on the
ductwork side.
• Silicon-coated sleeve: most resistant to UV, tearing, SPECIFICATIONS
most airtight. • On connection between the rigid ductwork and the fan, the connection must be
• Class M0 fire rating product. dissociated for acoustic reasons and shall be ensured by a flexible sleeve of the MS Pro
type.
• Class C airtight sealing.
• In the case of use of a flexible MS Pro sleeve, the C Class airtightness of the ductwork
• Operating range: pressure: 0-2500 Pa / T°continuous:
-30° at +250° C ; T° peak = +400°C max.
Anti-vibration mountings
APPLICATION RANGE
• Ensures dampening of the vibrations of a fan or a Description Ø (mm) Type Code
central unit.
Anti-vibration mountings 40 Shore 45 / 4 kg per mounting 11034385
• Spare parts for fans and central units with a pulley- (set of 4) 40 Shore 60 / 10 kg per mounting 11034386
drive belt.
CAREFUL: cannot be mounted on the outside of a Anti-vibration mountings 60 Shore 45 / 15 kg per mounting 11034387
(set of 8) 60 Shore 60 / 25 kg per mounting 11034388
pulley-drive belt fan.
DESCRIPTION
• Rubber dampers, with a variety of diameters and
densities (shore).
• Supplied with fixings and base plate.

Ventilation

1 132/11 KV Substation Lahmeyer Dynamic Technical Abu Dhabi
2 5 villas offices city AEC SEG Emirates Abu Dhabi
3 IKEA Showroom Mario Associates Al Futtaim Abu Dhabi
4 LuLu Island Development Hilli International Emirates EMI Abu Dhabi
5 Shuwehiat Desalination Plant P.B. Power THERMO Abu Dhabi
6 Al Ain Hospital, Al Jimi PWD Al Dhafra Cont. Al Ain
7 General Library & Theatre Society at Dibba Al Hassan for Govt. of Dubai CAB Consultant Al Sabbah Al Ain
8 Al Moosa Tower ARENCO ETA Dubai
9 Al Reef Mall RMJM GECO Dubai
6 Arabian Ranches 829 Villas Schuster Pechtold (SPP) Bilt Middle East Dubai
11 Boho Café & rest Quatrofolio Solica Dubai
12 Capital Tower / Monarch Tower RMJM ETA Dubai
13 Carpet Factory at JAFZA Next Consultant Amana Steel Dubai
14 Dubai Mall Meinhardt Juma Al Majid Dubai
15 Dubai studio city Al Hashemir Al Reyarmi Dubai
16 Emirates Crew Training College RMJM Transgulf Dubai
17 Emirates Hills Golf Academy RMJM Elemec Electrical Cont. Dubai
18 Food Court at JAFZA Belyoahah ETA Dubai
19 Grand Stand for Dubai Police ARCHON ETA Dubai
20 IKEA Showroom Mario Associates Al Futtaim Dubai
21 Jebel Ali 'K' Station Phase II DEWA Drake & Scull Dubai
22 Khaleej Times Mario & Associates ETA M&E Dubai
23 Liwa Heights KEO International ELMACS Dubai
24 Marina View Tower Adnan Saffarini Transgulf Dubai
25 Palace Tower Al Hashem Fawaz A/C Dubai
26 Pizza Restaurant Kennedy & Donkin Tech Trading Dubai
27 Substation at Burjnahar DEWA ETA M&E Dubai
28 Substation at Munay Kennedy & Donkin ETA M&E Dubai
29 Union National Bank Ian Banham & Associates Sensaire Services Dubai
31 Villa at Manara Engineering's Office Zener Steward Dubai
31 Wafi Hotel Hyder Voltas Dubai

32 IKEA Showroom Mario Associates Al Futtaim Egypt
33 Dental Clinic HDP Fawaz A/C Fujairah
34 Fujairah Tower Shadid Engineering REMCO Fujairah
35 IKEA Showroom Mario Associates Al Futtaim Qatar
36 Qatar Sports Club Qatari Engineers & Associates TRAGS Qatar
37 ADNOC Filling Station at Ras Al Khaimah DIAR Consultant ETTS Ras Al Khaimah
38 Ras Al Khaimah Police Headquarter Al Burj LOUJIEN Ras Al Khaimah
39 Al Mansoury Tower SYR Consultant Fawaz A/C Sharjah
40 American University Sharjah Khatib & Alami GECO Sharjah
41 Expo Center Sharjah Cansult NILE E/M Sharjah
42 Muhtadi Bldg Adnan Saffarini Fawaz A/C Sharjah

Heat Recovery HRV Fan units
Ventilation
HRV Fan units

Systems p. 370, 398
Selection Guide p. 371
DFS+ HRV Unit DFST HRV Unit

• A response to the environmental
p. 373 p. 377
preoccupations of the modern dwelling that
improves comfort in the home.
• A set of solutions that ensures healthier,
continuously renewed air, a comfortable and
HRV Fan units

warm atmosphere in winter, a pleasantly
cool atmosphere in summer and hot water
throughout the year, while integrating
objectives to reduce energy consumption.
DFE+ micro-watt DFE+ Top micro-watt
• DFR / DFE Heat Recovery Fans HRV Unit HRV Unit
p. 383 p. 387
• T.Flow Activ Heat pump water heater - p. 399.
• T.Flow Hygro Heat pump water heater - p. 402.
T.Flow Activ T.Flow Activ Modulo

p. 399 p. 401
368
DFE micro-watt DFE Compact
HRV Unit micro-watt HRV Unit
p. 379 p. 381
DFR micro-watt DFR Top micro-watt DFR Flex micro-watt

HRV unit HRV unit HRV unit
p. 390 p. 392 p. 394
T.Flow
p. 402
369
Systems
Centralised Heat Recovery Ventilation Separate Heat Recovery Ventilation System
Terminals and airflow Fire dampers - p. 32

control - p. 212
Grilles and diffusers - p. 118 Casings and fan units
HRV Fan Units
- p. 280
Heat Recovery System with Heat Exchanger
Grilles and diffusers - p. 118

HRV system units - p. 373
Ducts and accessories, please consult us.

Selection Guide
Comfort and Acoustics Energy
air quality Cooling
Model Description savings
Heat Recovery
The air is extracted mechanically.
ventilation Incoming fresh air is introduced mechanically
and heated by the extracted air:
- fresh air is filtered and pre-heated for free
- cooling is also possible
- total acoustic isolation in relation to the
exterior.
T.Flow Hygro
Heat pump water heater using exhaust air:
• Humidity-controlled air exhaust system.
• Heat recovered from stale exhaust air.
• Economic production of domestic hot
water
HRV Fan Units

T.Flow Activ
Heat pump water heater using outside air:
• Uses the energy from outside air.
• Economic and extremely rapid production
of domestic hot water
• Heat pump using CO2 technology.

HRV Fan Units

DFS
Advantages
• Compact and modular.
• 25 mm double skin insulation.
• Airflow up to 5000 m3/h.
• Version with bypass.
• Version with regulation.
DFS DFS+ Bypass

• Heat Recovery Ventilation systems designed for P
H
L
commercial buildings and premises.
• Filtration and preheating/pre-cooling of the blown air.
A
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal/ vertical
L
B
• Suspended ceilings/ technical areas.
• Indoors/ outdoors with rain hood.
• Condensate drain.
A
P
DESCRIPTION A
B
HRV Fan Units
A C
• Structure in aluminium sections with 25 mm D
removable double skin panel equipped with a
quarter turn lock. Type D W H A B C D E Weight ØN
• Aluminium plate heat exchanger (efficiency up to 65 %). DFS 300 640 640 345 175 290 173 278 50 32 200
• Direct drive double inlet fan. DFS 700 820 820 360 220 380 180 285 50 44 250
• 1 to 4-speed motor with separate windings DFS 1500 1040 1040 535 275 490 220 325 50 91 315
depending on the model. DFS 3000 1270 1270 630 332.5 605 270 375 50 125 355
• Integrated ipsothermal motor protection. DFS 4000 1300 1200 855 315 670 428 428 50 171 450
• G4 (exhaust air) and F7 (fresh air) flat filters, DFS 5000 1300 1200 855 315 670 428 428 50 176 450
accessible from beneath/ the side via 2 hatches.
• Condensate collection tray. Type D W H A B C D E Weight ØN
• Interchangeable panels: possibility of adapting the DFS 300 with bypass 640 640 450 175 290 178 278 50 41 200
position of pipe connections on site.
DFS 700 with bypass 820 820 465 220 380 180 285 50 56 250
RANGE DFS 1500 with bypass 1040 1040 640 275 490 315 325 50 107 315
• 6 DFS models up to 5000 m3/h. DFS 3000 with bypass 1270 1270 735 333 605 360 375 50 146 355
• Horizontal (H) or vertical (V) configuration. DFS 4000 with bypass 1300 1200 855 315 670 428 428 50 171 450
• Indoors / outdoors with rain hood. DFS 5000 with bypass 1300 1200 855 315 670 428 428 50 176 450
• Version with or without bypass (BP):
- 100 % bypass on DFS 4000 and 5000, ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- 50 % bypass on DFS 300 and DFS 3000, • Single-phase 230V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class F for DFS 300 and
• Version with or without regulation (BA Pilot). DFS 700.
• Single-phase 230V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class B for DFS 1500 and
ACCESSORIES DFS 3000.
• Spare filters. • Three-phase 400V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class B for DFS 4000 and
• Circular silencer with baffles. DFS 5000.
• Rain hood for outdoor version.
• Switch 4 V – 3 V.
• Batteries
Possible layouts on site

Type Motor Drive Imax Motor power (W)
DFS 300 4-speed Direct 2x 0.66 2x 150
DFS 3000 3-speed Direct 2x 4 2x 550

HRV Fan Units
DFS+
Advantages
• Compact and modular.
• Airflow rates of up to 5000 m3/h.
• Version with regulation.
• Integrated hot water or electric
heating coil.
DFS+

• Heat Recovery Ventilation systems designed for H
L
commercial buildings and premises. P
INSTALLATION
A
H
• Horizontal/ vertical
L
• Suspended ceilings/ technical areas.
B
• Indoors/ outdoors with rain hood.
• Condensate drain. P
A
DESCRIPTION A
B
HRV Fan Units

A C D
• Structure in aluminium sections with 25 mm
removable double skin panel equipped with a
quarter turn lock. Type D W H A B C D E Weight ØN
• Aluminium plate heat exchanger (efficiency up to 65 %). DFS+300 960 640 345 175 290 173 278 40 200 200
• Direct drive double inlet fan. DFS+700 1230 820 360 220 380 180 285 56 250 250
• 1 to 4-speed motor with separate windings DFS+1500 1560 1040 535 275 490 220 325 110 315 315
depending on the model. DFS+3000 1905 1270 630 332.5 605 270 375 155 355 355
• Integrated ipsothermal motor protection DFS+4000 1550 1200 855 315 670 428 428 195 450 450
• G4 (exhaust air) and F7 (fresh air) flat filters, DFS+5000 1550 1200 855 315 670 428 428 200 450 450
accessible from beneath / the side via 2 hatches.
• Condensate collection tray. Type D W H A B C D E Weight ØN
• Interchangeable panels: possibility of adapting the DFS+300 with bypass 960 640 450 175 290 178 278 40 200 200
position of pipe connections on site.
DFS+700 with bypass 1230 820 465 220 380 180 285 56 250 250
RANGE DFS+1500 with bypass 1560 1040 640 275 490 315 325 110 315 315
• 6 DFS models up to 5000 m3/h. DFS+3000 with bypass 1905 1270 735 333 605 360 375 155 355 355
• Horizontal (H) or vertical (V) configuration. DFS+4000 with bypass 1550 1200 855 315 670 428 428 195 450 450
• Version with or without bypass (BP). DFS+5000 with bypass 1550 1200 855 315 670 428 428 200 450 450
• 50% bypass on DFS+ 300/700/1500/3000.
• 100% bypass on DFS+ 4000/5000. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Version with or without regulation (BA Pilot). • Single-phase 230V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class F for DFS+ 300 and
DFS+ 700.
ACCESSORIES • Single-phase 230V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class B for DFS+ 1500 and
• Spare filters. DFS+ 3000.
• Filter clogging detector • Three-phase 400V/50 Hz motor with external rotor, IP 20, class B for DFS+ 4000 and
• Circular silencer with baffles. DFS+ 5000.
• Rain hood for outdoor version.
• Switch 4 V – 3 V.
Possible layouts on site

Type Motor Drive Imax Motor power (W)
DFS+ 300 4-speed Direct 2x 0.66 2x 150
DFS+ 3000 3-speed Direct 2x 4 2x 550

HRV Fan Units

DFS / DFS+
DFS RANGE
Without bypass With bypass
Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical
Regulation type Code Code Code Code
DFS 300 Without regulation 11058317 11059301 11058362 11059302
BA Pilot 11059303 11059304 11059305 11059306
BA Pilot 11059313 11059314 11059315 11059316
BA Pilot 11059323 11059324 11059325 11059326
BA Pilot 11059333 11059334 11059335 11059336
BA Pilot 11059343 11059344 11059345 11059346
BA Pilot 11059353 11059354 11059355 11059356
*Pilot and BMS Pilot regulations available on request
DFS+ RANGE
Without bypass With bypass
Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical
Coil Regulation type Code Code Code Code
HRV Fan Units
DFS+300 Electric 2 kW Without regulation 11059369 11059370 11059371 11059372

BA Pilot 11059373 11059374 11059375 11059376
Hot water Without regulation 11059361 11059362 11059363 11059364
BA Pilot 11059365 11059366 11059367 11059368
DFS+ 700 Electric 4 kW Without regulation 11059389 11059390 11059391 11059392
BA Pilot 11059393 11059394 11059395 11059396
BA Pilot 11059385 11059386 11059387 11059388
BA Pilot 11059413 11059414 11059415 11059416
BA Pilot 11059405 11059406 11059407 11059408
BA Pilot 11059433 11059434 11059435 11059436
BA Pilot 11059425 11059426 11059427 11059428
BA Pilot 11059453 11059454 11059455 11059456
BA Pilot 11059445 11059446 11059447 11059448
BA Pilot 11059473 11059474 11059475 11059476
BA Pilot 11059465 11059466 11059467 11059468
*BMS Pilot regulation available on request
ACCESSORIES
Description Code Description Code
SPARE FILTERS* MISC ACCESSORIES
G4 filter for DFS+/DFS 300 11058314 4V switch 11059481
G4 filter for DFS+/DFS 700 11058315 3 V switch 11059482
G4 filter for DFS+/DFS 1000 11058316 Condensate discharge assembly 11059483
G4 filter for DFS+/DFS 3000 11058324 M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
G4 filter for DFS+/DFS 4000 and 5000 11058326 MS Pro M0 Ø 200 mm 11094692
F7 filter for DFS+/DFS 300 11058392 MS Pro M0 Ø 250 mm 11094693
F7 filter for DFS+/DFS 4000 and 5000 11058396 MS Pro M0 Ø 450 mm 11094697

HRV Fan Units
DFS / DFS+
AIRFLOW DETAILS
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with the Standard NF E51-705.
• P(Pa) = static pressure.
DFS 300 / DFS+ 300 DFS 500 / DFS+ 500

400 450
400
300 350
300
250
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
200
200
150
100 100
50
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
3/h) Q (m3/h)
Q (m
300 1200
1000
250 800
P (W)
P (W)
600
HRV Fan Units

200 400
200
150 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFS 700 / DFS+ 700 DFS 3000 / DFS+ 3000

450 600
400
500
350
300 400
250
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300
200
150 200
100
100
50
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
650 1800
600 1600
550 1400
1200
500
1000
P (W)
P (W)
450
800
400
600
350 400
300 200
250 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFS / DFS+
• Airflow curves drawn up in accordance with French Standard NF E51-705.
DFS 4000 / DFS+ 4000 DFS 5000 / DFS+ 5000

600 900
800
500
700
400 600
500
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300
400
200 300
200
100
100
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1400 3000
1200 2500
1000
2000
800
P (W)
P (W)
1500
HRV Fan Units
600
1000
400
200 500
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units
DFS T
Advantages
• Airflow up to 12000 m3/h.

• HRV ventilation intended for commercial premises
B C
with energy efficiency design.
• Filtration and pre-cooling/preheating of supplied air.
• Fixed air flow or maximum airflow setup. D D
• Supply temperature regulation by electric heaters or
water cooling/heating coil.
A
INSTALLATION
HRV Fan Units

D
• Vertical.
• Indoor/Outdoor with rain hood.
• Condensate evacuation.
F
DESCRIPTION H
• Extruded Aluminum casing with double skin P
isolation of 25 m, equipped with a quarter turn lock.
• Aluminum plate exchangers (efficiency of 65%)
• Double inlet motor belt driven.
A
• 2 speed motor.
• F7 filter for air supply and G4 filter for air extraction.
• Condensate receiver with collection box.
L
B
RANGE
• 3 models DFST up to 12000 m3/h.
• Vertical configuration (V)
A
• Available with or without bypass (BP).

• Bypass 50% on DFST 300/700/1500/3000 100%.
• Bypass 100 % on DFST 4000/5000 100%.
C
• Available without regulation. D
Description Code
DFST 4500 11058322 Type A B C DØ F Weight (kg) ØN
DFST 4500 + bypass 11059491 DFST 4500 1200 1800 860 450 100 250 200
DFST 8000 11058323 DFST 8000 1500 2000 1060 630 100 420 250
DFST 8000 + bypass 11059492 DFST 12000 1700 2800 1260 710 100 630 315
DFST 12000 11059493
DFST 12000 + bypass 11059494 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• Three - Phase Motorisation 400 V / 50 Hz.
ACCESSOIRES AND OTHER OPTIONS Type Motor Drive Motor Power (kW)
• Preheating by hot water coil in casing. DFST 4500 2 speed Variable pulley + belt 0,6/1,7
• Preheating by circular electric coil. DFST 8000 2 speed Variable pulley + belt 1,4/4,2
• Wind hood for outdoor model. (contact us for DFST 12000 2 speed Variable pulley + belt 1,6/5,5
information)
• Horizontal installation. (contact us for information)
• Model without regulation and other motor type
(contact us for information).

HRV Fan Units

DFS T
AIRFLOW AND ACOUSTIC DETAILS.
• Airflow curve drawn up in accordance with European Standard NF E51-705.
• Sound Pressure level measured in supply duct.
• P (Pa)= Static Pressure.
DFS 4500 DFS 8000

800 700
78
700 600
76
600
500 75
77
500
P (Pa)
76 76 400
P (Pa)
75
400
300
300 68
76 76
65 68
200 80
200 76 76 65 77
76
100 76 76 100 70
68
76
76
0 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
HRV Fan Units

HRV Fan Units
DFE micro-watt
Advantages
• High efficiency heat exchanger.
• Energy-saving EC motors.
• Plug and play.
• Motorised by-pass for free-
cooling.

• HRV ventilation intended for low-energy commercial Through suitable positioning of the condensate discharge, the DFE 600 and DFE 800
buildings. models can easily be installed in a horizontal or vertical configuration.
DFE 450 - DFE 1200
INSTALLATION B C
• Indoors in an attic or technical room.

• Outdoors with the optional "Outdoors version kit".
DESCRIPTION
• 4 DFE models up to 1200 m3/h.
• Plug & Play pre-cabled single-block unit.
HRV Fan Units

A
• Casing structure made of extruded and anodised

aluminium.
• 15 mm double wall panels. Inside of DFE made of
galvanised steel.
• Polystyrene thermal insulation (Fire class M1).
• High efficiency counterflow heat exchanger (>90 %)
EUROVENT certified. DFE 600 - DFE 800
• Centrifugal fans with EC motors. C
• Full regulation with remote control :

B
- Constant airflow (CA)
- Constant pressure (CPs),
- Signal 0-10V (LS).
• Motorised bypass permitting free cooling
• G4 flat and pleated filters (optional F7 on fresh air).
A
• Proximity switch.
• Stainless steel condensate collection tray.
RANGE
Description Code
DFE 450 11058051
Model A B C Fresh air inlet or Exhaust or inlet Weight
DFE 600 11058174 (mm) (mm) (mm) air exhaust (mm) (mm) (kg)
DFE 800 11058052 DFE 450 500 500 712 Ø 200 Ø 200 75
DFE 1200 11058176 DFE 600 500 860 860 Ø 250 Ø 250 104
DFE 800 500 860 860 Ø 315 Ø 315 117
ACCESSORIES DFE 1200 860 860 1000 338 x 798 Ø 355 172
Description Code
REGULATION ELECTRICAL DETAILS
DFE pressure sensor kit 11058050 • EC motor, class B IP 44
CO2 Sensor 11017090 • Single phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz
Remote control 11058441 Model Max. Wheel Pmax fan Pmax Imax Max. current
SAT 3 relay 11058149 airflow (kW) consumption at (A) protection
OUTDOOR VERSION (VEX) KIT (m3/h) max airflow (kW) (A)
DFE 450 VEX Kit 11058177 DFE 450 470 Forward 2 x 0.24 2 x 0.21 2.9 1x8
curved
DFE 600 VEX Kit 11058178
DFE 600 630 Forward 2 x 0.23 2 x 0.17 3.1 1x8
DFE 800 VEX Kit 11058179 curved
DFE 1200 VEX Kit 11058180 DFE 800 840 Forward 2 x 0.54 2 x 0.28 3.7 1x8
SPARE FILTER curved
G4 filter for DFE 450 11058100 DFE 1200 1260 Forward 2 x 0.6 2 x 0.42 5.4 1x8
F7 filter for DFE 450 11058164 curved
G4 filter for DFE 600/DFE 800 11058166
F7 filter for DFE 600/DFE 800 11058165 SELECTION SOFTWARE
G4 filter for DFE 1200 11058167 • SELECTOR DFE is used to specify the full performance of DFE fan units.
F7 filter for DFE 1200 11058168

HRV Fan Units

DFE micro-watt
• P (W) = power consumption
DFE 450 micro-watt DFE 600 micro-watt

600 1000
37
500 38 800
44
400
Ma
x. 600
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300 Pa
300
33 36
400
200 28 33 300 Pa
36 39
150 Pa
200 Max
300 m3/h
300 m /h
200 m /h
.
350 m /h
100 32 36
150 Pa
3
3
0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
450 600
400
500
350
300 Max. 400 .
Max Pa
300 Pa
200
HRV Fan Units
P (W)
P (W)
250 Pa
300 150
200 400 Pa
150 300 Pa 200

100 200 Pa
100
50
150 Pa
0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFE 800 micro-watt DFE 1200 micro-watt

600 800
500
48 600 55
400
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300 Pa 40
300 400 45
43
45
200 Max
300 Pa Max
150 Pa 34 . .
200
36
300 m3/h
300 m3/h
800 m /h
600 m3/h
100 36 38
150 Pa
3
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
600 1000
500 Max. 800 Pa

Pa 200
Max. 300
400 Pa
600 150
P (W)
P (W)
300
300 Pa
400
200
200 Pa
200
100
150 Pa
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
ACCESSORIES (cont.)
Description Code
RECTANGULAR/CIRCULAR ADAPTER PART
DFE 1200 adapter part (Fresh air/exhaust) 338x798 Ø 355 mm 11058188
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
MS Pro M0 Ø 200 mm 11094692
MS Pro M0 Ø 250 mm 11094693
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
MS Pro M0 Ø 355 mm 11094695

HRV Fan Units
DFE compact micro-watt
Advantages
• Energy-saving EC motor
• Height from 320 to 400 mm.
• Plug and play.
• 100 % bypass.

• HRV ventilation intended for low-energy commercial C
buildings. DFE COMPACT 450
INSTALLATION
• Horizontal.
• Indoors in a technical ceiling. IN OUT
B
DESCRIPTION
A
• Plug & Play pre-cabled single-block unit.
• Double wall 30 mm panels, polystyrene thermal
insulation (Fire class M1).
• High efficiency counterflow heat exchanger (>90 %). C
EUROVENT certified. DFE COMPACT 600 / 1000 / 2000
HRV Fan Units

• Energy-saving EC motor.
• Remote control (RC) included.
• Fully regulated.
- Constant airflow (CA) IN OUT
B

A
• G4 flat and pleated filters (optional F7 on fresh air).
• 100% by pass.
• Pre-installed and pre-cabled condensate discharge Model A B C Ø Fresh air inlet or Ø Exhaust or Weight
pump (mm) (mm) (mm) air exhaust (mm) inlet (mm) (Kg)
• Optional: communication with BMS in RTU Modbus DFE Compact 450 360 560 1100 Ø 200 Ø 200 117
(requires SAT ModBus option)
DFE Compact 600 320 850 1490 Ø 250 Ø 250 135
• Configuration and control via remote control or
touch-screen remote control (additional accessory). DFE Compact 1000 400 1050 1490 Ø 250 Ø 250 120
DFE Compact 2000 370 1550 1690 Ø 315 Ø 315 205
RANGE
Description Code ELECTRICAL DETAILS
DFE Compact 450 + RC 11058471 • EC motor, class B IP 44
DFE Compact 600 + RC 11058472 • Single phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz
DFE Compact 1000 + RC 11058473 Model Max. Wheel Pmax Pmax I Protection
DFE Compact 2000 + RC 11058474 airflow fan (kW) consumption at max rating (A)
(m3/h) max airflow (kW) (A)
DFE Compact 450 472 Forward 2 x 0.25 2 x 0.25 3 1x8
ACCESSORIES curved
Description Code DFE Compact 600 630 Forward 2 x 0.25 2 x 0.25 3 1x8
REGULATION curved
DFE pressure sensor kit 11058050 DFE Compact 1000 1050 Forward 2 x 0.6 2 x 0.49 6.2 1x8
CO2 Sensor 11017090 curved
Remote control 11058441 DFE Compact 2000 2100 Forward 2 x 0.96 2 x 0.96 11.2 1 x 16
curved
Touch-screen remote control 11058444
SAT Modbus relay 11058442 CONFIGURATION
SAT 3 relay 11058149
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE DFE Compact 450 DFE Compact 600 /
MS Pro M0 Ø 200 mm 11094692 1000 / 2000
MS Pro M0 Ø 250 mm 11094693
MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
IN OUT
SPARE FILTER
G4 filter for DFE Compact 450 11058195
OUT IN
F7 filter for DFE Compact 450 11058196
F7 filter for DFE Compact 600 11058170 SELECTION SOFTWARE
G4 filter for DFE Compact 1000 11058197 • SELECTOR DFE is used to specify the full performance of DFE
F7 filter for DFE Compact 1000 11058198 fan units.
F7 filter for DFE Compact 2000 11058200

HRV Fan Units

DFE compact micro-watt
AERAULIC SPECIFICATIONS AND POWER CONSUMPTION
• : Lp (dB(A)) = sound pressure level measured at 4 metres from the casing, free discharge
• P (Pa) = Static pressure
DFE Compact 450 micro-watt DFE Compact 600 micro-watt

800 1000
Max.
Max. 800
600
600
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
400
400
300 Pa 300 Pa
200
200
300 m3/h
500 m /h
150 Pa
500 m /h
300 m3/h
150 Pa
3
3
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
500 600
500
400
HRV Fan Units
400 Max.
Pa
300 300 Pa
200 150 Pa
P (W)
P (W)
Max.
300
200
200
100 300 Pa
100
200 Pa
150 Pa
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 100 200 300 400 500 600
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFE Compact 1000 micro-watt DFE Compact 2000 micro-watt

800 1200
1000
600 41
46
800
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
43
400 600
36 Max 44 Max
300 Pa . 400 40 .
400 Pa
200
1600 m3/h
900 m /h
500 m3/h
32
800 m3/h
37 200
150 Pa 33 40
150 Pa
3
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1000 100 500 900 1300 1700 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1200 2500
1000
2000
a
Pa 200 P a
800 300 Pa 0P
400 20
Pa 1500
150
P (W)
P (W)
Max. Max.
Pa
600 150
1000
400
500
200
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1000 100 500 900 1300 1700 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units
DFE+ micro-watt
• Eligible for CEE: BAR-TH25, • High efficiency heat exchanger.
BAR-TH26 and BAT-TH26 GT. • Micro-watt motor
• Plug and play.
• Free-cooling 100 %.
• Optional integrated coils.

• HRV ventilation intended for low-energy commercial DFE+
buildings.
• Filtration and preheating of the blown air. 800 - 1200 C
2000 -3000 4000 - 5000 - 6000
INSTALLATION
• Technical rooms/ Terraces.
• Indoors / outdoors
A
• Heat-insulated ductwork.
HRV Fan Units

• Condensate discharge.
DESCRIPTION B
• 7 DFE+ models up to 6000 m3/h.

• Plug & Play pre-cabled single-block unit. Model A B C Fresh air inlet or Exhaust or Weight
(mm) (mm) (mm) air exhaust (mm) inlet (mm) (kg)
• Casing structure made of extruded and anodised
aluminium. DFE+ 800 1185 530 1060 Ø 315 Ø 315 151
• 30 mm double wall panels. Inner wall made of DFE+ 1200 1185 890 1160 368 x 828 Ø 355 216
galvanised steel. DFE+ 2000 1185 1060 1592 368 x 998 Ø 400 316
• Internal aeraulic seal class 1 and external class 2 DFE+ 3000 1185 1430 1592 368 x 1368 Ø 450 391
(EN 13141-7). DFE+ 4000 1185 1800 1592 368 x 1738 344 x 1050 486
• High efficiency counterflow heat exchanger (>90 %). DFE+ 5000 1550 2090 1592 568 x 2028 344 x 1420 635
• Centrifugal fans with EC motors. DFE+ 6000 1550 2090 1592 568 x 2028 344 x 1420 661
• Full regulation included:
- Constant airflow (CA) ELECTRICAL DETAILS
- Constant pressure (CPs), • EC motor, class B IP 44
- Signal 0-10V (LS). • Single-phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz (EXCEPT for DFE+ 4000 / 5000 / 6000 -
• Integrated clock. three-phase power 230/400 V - 50 Hz).
• 100 % automatic bypass. Model Max. Wheel Pmax Pmax Imax Current
• G4 flat filters on exhaust air and F7 on fresh air. airflow fan (kW) consumption at (A) protection
• Proximity switch. (m3/h) max airflow (kW) (A)
• Stainless steel condensate collection tray. DFE+ 800 800 Forward curved 2 x 0.54 2 x 0.31 4.1 8
• Optional: Communication with BMS in ModBus RTU DFE+ 1200 1200 Forward curved 2 x 0.6 2 x 0.41 5.2 8
protocol. DFE+ 2000 2000 Forward curved 2 x 0.96 2 x 0.90 10.6 16
• Configuration and control via remote control or DFE+ 3000 3000 Forward curved 2 x 1.25 2 x 1.16 13.2 20
touch-screen remote control (additional accessory). DFE+ 4000 4000 Forward curved 4 x 0.96 4 x 0.90 10.6 20
RANGE AND ACCESSORIES DFE+ 5000 5000 Forward curved 4 x 0.96 4 x 0.94 18 20
• See page 384. DFE+ 6000 6000 Forward curved 4 x 1.2 4 x 1.2 23.1 25
ELECTRIC COIL (pre-heating and post-heating)

Type of unit Power supply (V) Coil power (kW) Imax (A)
DFE+ 800 3 x 400V + N 3 4.3
DFE+ 1200 3 x 400V + N 4.5 6.5
DFE+ 2000 3 x 400V + N 6 8.7
DFE+ 3000 3 x 400V + N 9 13.0
DFE+ 4000 3 x 400V + N 12 17.3
DFE+ 5000 3 x 400V + N 18 26
DFE+ 6000 3 x 400V + N 18 26
SELECTION SOFTWARE
• SELECTOR DFE is used to specify the full performance
of DFE+ fan units.

HRV Fan Units

DFE+ micro-watt
HRV FAN UNITS
Description 11058431 11058432 11058434 11058435 11058436 11058437 11058438
DFE +800 DFE +1200 DFE +2000 DFE +3000 DFE +4000 DFE +5000 DFE +6000
UNIT • • • • • • •
DFE + MICROWATT OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Abbreviation Description 11058431 11058432 11058434 11058435 11058436 11058437 11058438
DFE +800 DFE DFE DFE DFE DFE DFE
+1200 +2000 +3000 +4000 +5000 +6000
REGULATION REMOTE CONTROL • • • • • • •
COMMUNICATION MODBUS • • • • • • •
FRESH AIR RAIN COVER + GRILL • • • • • • •
RAIN COVER + MOTORISED • • • • • • •
DAMPER
ROUND INLET • - - - - - -
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • • • • • •
MOTORISED DAMPER + • • • • • • •
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
AIR SUPPLY MOTORISED DAMPER • • • • • • •
AIR SUPPLY RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • • • • • •
ROUND ROOF COWL • • • • - - -
EXTRACT ROUND INLET • - - - - - -
HRV Fan Units
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • • • • • •

MOTORISED DAMPER + • • • • • • •
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE
AIR SUPPLY MOTORISED DAMPER • • • • • • •
EXHAUST RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • • • • • •
ROUND ROOF COWL • • • • - - -
OVERPRESSURE SHUTTER • • • • • • •
OUTDOORS OUTDOORS VERSION = ROOF + • • • • • • •
WATER TRAP DIAPHRAGM
POST-HEATING COIL REGULATED WATER + 3-WAY • • • • • • •
VALVE + T° SENSOR
REGULATED ELECTRIC HEATER + • • • • • • •
T° SENSOR
FROST-PROTECTION REGULATED ELECTRIC + T° • • • • • • •
COIL SENSOR
ACCESSORIES
Abbreviation Description Code
REGULATION DFE pressure sensor kit 11058050
Remote control 11058441
SAT Modbus relay 11058442
External coil SAT kit 11058443
Touch-screen remote 11058444
CO2 Sensor 11017090
TRANSFORMER 230V/24V-12V 1/1.5A 11057101
RECT/CIRC ADAPTER PART DFE+ 1200 (Fresh air intake / extract) 11058045
DFE+ 2000 (Fresh air intake / extract) 11058046
DFE+ 4000 (Supply / exhaust) 11058049
DFE+5000 / 6000 (Fresh air intake / extract) 11058192
DFE+ 5000 / 6000 (Supply / exhaust) 11058193
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
MS Pro M0 Ø 355 mm 11094695
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696
MS Pro M0 Ø 450 mm 11094697
MS Pro M0 Ø 500 mm 11094698

HRV Fan Units
DFE+ micro-watt
• = acoustic pressure level in dB (A), measured at 4 m from the casing, discharge connected.
DFE+ 800 micro-watt DFE+ 1200 micro-watt

600 800
500 56
48 600
400
46
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
300 Pa 40
300 400
43 47
300 Pa
Max
200 .
150 Pa Max
. 200 150 Pa
36
300 m3/h
600 m3/h
300 m3/h
34
800 m3/h
100 36 37
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
600 1000
500 Max.
800 Max.
Pa
HRV Fan Units

400 Pa 200
600 300
P (W)
P (W)
Pa
300 150
300 Pa
400
200
200 Pa
200
100
150 Pa
0 0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

1000 1200
54 1000
800
50
800
600
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
49 47
48 600
400 Pa 40
400 Max 400 Pa
.
400
Max
.
38
2000 m3/h
1000 m3/h
1600 m3/h
200
800 m3/h
150 Pa 200 150 Pa 33

40 40
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2000 100 500 900 1300 1700 2100 2500 2900 3000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
2000 2500
Max.
a Pa
2000 0P 200
1500 40
Max.
a
0P
1500 15
P (W)
P (W)
1000
1000
500 400 Pa
500
200 Pa
150 Pa
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2000 100 500 900 1300 1700 2100 2500 2900 3000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFE+ micro-watt

1200 1200
1000 1000
59
54
800 800
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
53
600 600
50
50
400 400 49
3000 m3/h
1000 m3/h
2000 m3/h
4000 m3/h
200 150 Pa 200 150 Pa
36 44
39 42
0 0
100 500 900 1300 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700 4000 100 600 1100 1600 2100 2600 3100 3600 4100 4600 5000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
4000 4000
3500 3500
3000 3000 Max.

Max.
HRV Fan Units
2500 2500
P (W)
P (W)
2000 2000
1500 1500
1000 400 Pa 1000

400 Pa
500 200 Pa 500 250 Pa
150 Pa 150 Pa
0 0
100 500 900 1300 1700 2100 2500 2900 3300 3700 4000 100 600 1100 1600 2100 2600 3100 3600 4100 4600 5000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFE+ 6000 micro-watt

1200
1000
800
52
P (Pa)
600
49
400 Pa
400 46 Max
.
4500 m3/h
3000 m3/h
200 150 Pa
40 44
0
100 600 1100 1600 2100 2600 3100 3600 4100 4600 5100 5600 6000
Q (m3/h)
5000
4000
Max.
3000
P (W)
2000
1000 400 Pa
250 Pa
150 Pa
0
100 600 1100 1600 2100 2600 3100 3600 4100 4600 5100 5600 6000
Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units
DFE+ TOP micro-watt
Advantages
• Micro-watt motor
• Minimal floor occupation
dimensions
• Free-cooling 100 %.
• Optional integrated coils.

• HRV ventilation intended for low-energy commercial
buildings.
DFE+ Top 450
INSTALLATION
HRV Fan Units

• Vertical.
A
• Technical rooms.
• Indoors.
• Condensate discharge.
DESCRIPTION C B
• 4 DFE+ TOP models up to 2000 m3/h.
• Plug & Play pre-cabled single-block unit. DFE+ Top 800 - 1200 - 2000
• Casing structure made of extruded and anodised B C
aluminium.
• 30 mm double wall panels (15 mm for DFE TOP 450).
Inner wall made of galvanized steel.
• Internal aeraulic seal class 1 and external class 2
(EN 13141-7).
A
• High efficiency counterflow heat exchanger (>90 %).

• Centrifugal fans with EC motors.
• Full regulation included:
- Constant airflow (CA)
• Integrated clock. Model A B C Fresh air inlet or Exhaust or Weight
(mm) (mm) (mm) air exhaust (mm) inlet (mm) (kg)
• 100 % automatic bypass.
DFE+ TOP 450 700 530 750 Ø 200 Ø 200 140
• G4 flat filters on exhaust air and F7 on fresh air
DFE+ TOP 800 1385 530 1060 175 x 465 Ø 250 151
DFE+ TOP 1200 1385 890 1160 300 x 825 Ø 355 216
• Stainless steel condensate collection tray.
DFE+ TOP 2000 1385 1060 1592 365 x 995 Ø 400 316
• Optional: Communication with BMS in ModBus RTU
protocol.
• Configuration and control via remote control or ELECTRICAL DETAILS
touch-screen remote control (additional accessory). • EC motor, class B IP 44
• Single phase power supply 230 V - 50 Hz
RANGE Model Max. Wheel Pmax Imax Current
Description Code airflow consumption at (A) protection (A)
DFE TOP 450 11058460 (m3/h) max airflow (kW)
DFE+ TOP 450 472 Forward curved 2 x 0.20 1.38 1x8
DFE+ TOP 450 11058450
DFE+ TOP 800 840 Forward curved 2 x 0.31 5.5 1x8
DFE+ TOP 1200 1260 Forward curved 2 x 0.41 7 1x8
DFE+ TOP 2000 2100 Forward curved 2 x 0.90 14.3 1 x 16
ELECTRIC COIL (pre-heating and post-heating)

Type of unit Power supply (V) Coil power (kW) Imax (A)
DFE+ TOP 800 3 x 400V + N 3 4.3
DFE+ TOP 1200 3 x 400V + N 4.5 6.5
DFE+ TOP 2000 3 x 400V + N 6 8.7

HRV Fan Units

DFE+ TOP micro-watt
HRV FAN UNITS
Description 11058451 11058452 11058453
DFE+ TOP800 DFE+ TOP1200 DFE+ TOP2000
UNIT • • •
DFE+ TOP OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

Abbreviation Description 11058451 11058452 11058454
DFE+ TOP800 DFE+ DFE+
TOP1200 TOP2000
REGULATION REMOTE CONTROL • • •
COMMUNICATION MODBUS • • •
FRESH AIR ROUND INLET - - -
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • •
MOTORISED DAMPER + RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE - • •
AIR SUPPLY MOTORISED DAMPER - • •
AIR SUPPLY RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • •
ROUND ROOF COWL • • •
EXTRACT ROUND INLET - - -
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • •
MOTORISED DAMPER + RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE - • •
AIR SUPPLY MOTORISED DAMPER - • •
HRV Fan Units
EXHAUST RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE SLEEVE • • •

ROUND ROOF COWL • • •
POST-HEATING COIL REGULATED WATER + 3-WAY VALVE + T° SENSOR • • •
REGULATED ELECTRIC + T° SENSOR • • •
FROST-PROTECTION COIL REGULATED ELECTRIC HEATER + T° SENSOR • • •
ACCESSORIES
Abbreviation Description Code
REGULATION DFE pressure sensor kit 11058050
Remote control 11058441
SAT Modbus relay 11058442
CO2 Sensor 11017090
Touche-screen remote control 11058444
RECT/CIRC ADAPTER PART DFE+ TOP 800 11058420
DFE+ TOP 1200 11058421
DFE+ TOP 2000 11058046
M0 FLEXIBLE SLEEVE MS Pro M0 Ø 315 mm 11094694
MS Pro M0 Ø 355 mm 11094695
MS Pro M0 Ø 400 mm 11094696
MS Pro M0 Ø 450 mm 11094697
MS Pro M0 Ø 500 mm 11094698

HRV Fan Units
DFE+ TOP micro-watt
• P (W) = power consumption.
DFE TOP 450 and DFE+ TOP 450 micro-watt DFE+ TOP 800 micro-watt
700 600
600 500
40
48
500
400
400
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
38 300 Pa 40
300
300 Pa Ma 43
300 32 35 x.
200 Max
200 150 Pa .
36
300 m3/h
600 m3/h
34
200 m3/h
400 m3/h
100 Pa 100
100 26 29 34
0 0
100 200 300 400 470 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
600 600
500 500 Max.
HRV Fan Units

400 400
P (W)
P (W)
300 300
300 Pa
Max.
200 200
200 Pa
400 Pa
100 100
200 Pa 150 Pa
150 Pa
0 0
100 200 300 400 470 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFE+ TOP 1200 micro-watt DFE+ TOP 2000 micro-watt

800 1000
56
800 54
600
46 600
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
49
400 48
47 400 Pa
300 Pa 400 Max
Max .
.
200 150 Pa 38
1600 m3/h
200
800 m3/h
300 m3/h
800 m3/h
150 Pa
36 37
40
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1000 2000
800 Max.
1500
Pa Max.
Pa 200
600 300
P (W)
P (W)
Pa
150 1000
400
500 400 Pa
200
200 Pa
150 Pa
0 0
100 300 500 700 900 1100 1200 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFR micro-watt
• High efficiency energy recovery
• Eligible for CEE: BAR-TH26
and BAT-TH26 GT. • ECM motor low energy
consumption.
• Free-cooling.
• Plug and play.
• BMS Communication.

• Free cooling.
• Optmised performance for thermal comfort and
acoustic.
INSTALLATION
HRV Fan Units
• Indoor/Outdoor with rain hood.

• Insulated duct system.
DESCRIPTION
• 4 models DFR micro-watt up to 5500 m3/h.
• Compact design with double skin insulation of 25 Type Length Width Hight Fresh air inlet Exhaust or Weight
(mm) (mm) (mm) or air exhaust Inlet (Kg)
mm. (mm) (mm)
• Zinc- Aluminum plates mounted on lever equipped DFR 1500 1395 708 1085 dia 315 dia 315 200
with handles.
DFR 2000 1515 850 1147 500x300 500x300 245
• Rotary heat exchanger, high efficiency (86%).
DFR 3500 1576 980 1248 700x400 700x400 310
• Low energy consumption motors.
DFR 5500 1820 1255 1523 1000x500 1000x500 486
• Direct driven aluminum wheel.
• Complete automation with Siemens Climatix.
• Extended controller with screen. ELECTRICAL DETAILS
• BMS communication. ModBus protocol. (Optional • Low energy consumption motor with electronic communication.
protocol; BacNet, LonWorks,KNX) Type Power Supply (V) Coil Power (kW) Imax (A)
• Pocket filters F7 supply/ F5 exhaust DFR 1500 230 2 x 0,42 10
DFR 2000 230 2 x 0,72 10
RANGE AND AVAILABLE OPTIONS DFR 3500 230 2 x 1,48 10
Descriptions Code DFR 5500 3 x 400 2 x 1,85 10
DFR 1500 micro-watt 11058405
DFR 2000 micro-watt 11058406 SELECTION SOFTWARE
DFR 3500 micro-watt 11058407 • Selector DFR facilitates the selection of DFR Flex Micro Watt that is most appropriate for
DFR 5500 micro-watt 11058408 the building configuration.
elector
OPTIONS • Friendly interface DFR
Monobloc • Quick calculation. elector

• All technical details and sizes included. DFR
www.aldes.fr
Electric coil
• CAD drawing model creation.
Heating water coil Logiciels de sélection
Cooling water coil

de la gamme DFR
Selection programs
DFR range
Out door Version

Motorised damper (supply / exhaust)
Transition piece rectangular/ Circular
ACCESSOIRES
Descriptions Code
TRANSITION PIECE RECTANGULAR / CIRCULAR
RAC DFR 2000 11058493
RAC DFR 3500 11058494
RAC DFR 5500 11058382

HRV Fan Units
DFR micro-watt
• Airflow curve drawn up in accordance with European Standard NF EN ISO 5801.
• P (Pa)= static pressure P(W)= power consumption.
DFR 1500 micro-watt DFR 2000 micro-watt

700 800
600 700
600
500
57 400 Pa 57 500
400 Max.
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
57 58 64 400 Pa 62
400 Max
64 62 .
300
300
200
150 Pa 200 150 Pa
100 100
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1000 1400
Max.
Max.
1200 Pa
800 a 300
300 P Pa
Pa 1000 150
150
600
HRV Fan Units

P (W)
P (W)
800
400 600
400
200
200
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFR 3500 micro-watt DFR 5500 micro-watt

1200 1200
1000 1000
800 800
Ma
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
x.
600 Max 600
. 68 63
400 Pa
62 400 Pa 61 69 63
400 400
60 62
200 200 150 Pa

150 Pa
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
3000 4000
Max.
Max.
3500
2500 Pa
Pa 300
300 3000
2000 Pa Pa
150 2500 150
P (W)
P (W)
1500 2000
1500
1000
1000
500
500
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
3/h)
Q (m Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFR Top micro-watt
Compliance Avantages
• Eligible for CEE: BAR-TH26 • High efficiency energy recovery
and BAT-TH26 GT. • Low energy consumption motor
• Free-cooling.
• Plug and play.

DFR Top 1500 à 3500 DFR Top 5500
• Pre cooling/heating of supplied air.
• Free cooling.
INSTALLATION
• Indoor
• Technical Room.
HRV Fan Units
DESCRIPTION
• 4 models DFR Top micro-watt up to 5500m3/h
• Compact design with double skin insulation of 25 mm.
• Zinc- Aluminum panel equipped with hinge and
handle.
• Rotary heat exchanger, high efficiency (86%). Type Length Width Hight Fresh air inlet Exhaust or Weight
• Low energy consumption motors. (mm) (mm) (mm) or air exhaust Inlet (Kg)
• Direct driven aluminum wheel. (mm) (mm)
• Complete automation with Siemens Climatix. DFR Top 1500 1530 708 1230 Dia 250 Dia 250 225
• Extended controller with screen. DFR Top 2000 1680 850 1230 500x250 500x250 270
• BMS communication. DFR Top 1500 1950 980 1300 700x300 700x300 350
• Pocket filters F7 supply/ F5 exhaust. DFR Top 5500 2285 1255 1606 900x350 900x350 610
RANG AND AVAILABLE OPTIONS ELECTRICAL DETAILS

Description Code • Three - phase asynchronous motor 3x400V/ 50 Hz, classe B, IP 44.
DFR Top 1500 11058401 Type Power Supply (V) Coil Power (kW) Imax (A)
DFR Top 2000 11058402 DFR Top 1500 230 V 2 x 0,42 10
DFR Top 3500 11058403 DFR Top 2000 230 V 2 x 0,72 10
DFR Top 5500 11058404 DFR Top 3500 230 V 2 x 1,48 10
OPTIONS DFR Top 5500 3 x 400 V 2 x 1,85 10
Electric coil
Heating water coil SELECTION SOFTWARE
Cooling water coil • Selector DFR facilitates the selection of DFR Flex Micro Watt that is most appropriate for
Motorised damper (supply / exhaust) the building configuration. elector
Transition piece rectangular/ Circular • Friendly interface DFR
• Quick calculation. elector

ACCESSOIRES • All technical details and sizes included. DFR
www.aldes.fr
Descriptions Code • CAD drawing model creation.

Logiciels de sélection
TRANSITION PIECE RECTANGULAR / CIRCULAR

de la gamme DFR
Selection programs
DFR range
RAC DFR 2000 11058491

RAC DFR 3500 11058380
RAC DFR 5500 11058492

HRV Fan Units
DFR Top micro-watt
DFR Top 1500 micro-watt DFR Top 2000 micro-watt
700 800
600 700
600
500
57 400 Pa 57 500
400 Max.
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
57 58 64 400 Pa 62
400 Max
64 62 .
300
300
200
150 Pa 200 150 Pa
100 100
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
1000 1400
Max.
Max.
1200 Pa
800 a 300
300 P Pa
Pa 1000 150
150
600
P (W)
P (W)
800
HRV Fan Units

400 600
400
200
200
0 0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 500 1000 1500 2000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFR Top 3500 micro-watt DFR Top 5500 micro-watt

1200 1200
1000 1000
800 800
Ma
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
x.
600 Max 600
. 68 63
400 Pa
62 400 Pa 61 69 63
400 400
60 62
200 200 150 Pa

150 Pa
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
3000 4000
Max.
Max.
3500
2500 Pa
Pa 300
300 3000
2000 Pa Pa
150 2500 150
P (W)
P (W)
1500 2000
1500
1000
1000
500
500
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFR Flex micro-watt
Compliance Avantages
• Eligible for CEE: BAR-TH26 • High efficiency energy recovery
and BAT-TH26 GT. • Low energy consumption motor
• Free-cooling.
• Plug and play.

• Pre cooling/heating of supplied air.
• Free cooling.
INSTALLATION
H
HRV Fan Units
• Indoor/ outdoor with roof top option.

• Insulated ducting system.
DESCRIPTION
• 7 models DFR Flex micro-watt up to 15000 m3/h.
• Compact structure with double skin and 25 mm fiber
glass insulation. L I
• Zinc- Aluminum panel equipped with hinge and
handle. Type Length Width Hight Fresh air inlet Exhaust or Weight
• Rotary heat exchanger “Normal”or “Normal Plus” (mm) (mm) (mm) or air exhaust Inlet (Kg)
high efficiency (86%). (mm) (mm)
• ECM motors low energy consumption. DFR Flex 3000 1640 980 1010 700x300 700x300 414
• Direct driven rotary will. DFR Flex 5000 1940 1080 1390 800x500 800x500 578
• Complete automation with Siemens Climatix. DFR Flex 6000 1940 1360 1390 1000x500 1000x500 678
• Extended controller with screen. DFR Flex 8000 2160 1360 1605 1000x600 1000x600 789
• BMS communication included. Modbus Protocole. DFR Flex 9000 2160 1575 1605 1200x600 1200x600 875
• Other protocols in option: Bacnet, KNX, Lonworks. DFR Flex 12000 2540 1575 1980 1200x800 1200x800 1046
• Pocket filter F7 supply/ F5 exhaust. DFR Flex 15000 2840 1950 1980 1400x800 1400x800 1350
RANGE AND AVAILABLE OPTIONS ELECTRICAL DETAILS
Description Code
• Low energy consumption motor with electronic communication, Class B, IP 44 for DFR
DFR Flex 1500 11058370 Flex 3000 to 12000.
DFR Flex 5000 11058371 • Three - phase asynchronous motor 3x400V/ 50 Hz, classe B, IP 44 for DFR Flex 15000.
DFR Flex 6000 11058372
Type Power Supply (V) Coil Power (kW) Imax (A)
DFR Flex 8000 11058373
DFR Flex 3000 3 x 400 2 x 1,48 10
DFR Flex 9000 11058374
DFR Flex 5000 3 x 400 2 x 3,00 16
DFR Flex 12000 11058375
DFR Flex 6000 3 x 400 2 x 3,00 16
DFR Flex 15000 11058376
DFR Flex 8000 3 x 400 2 x 5,5 25
OPTIONS
DFR Flex 9000 3 x 400 2 x 5,5 25
Monobloc / Multibloc
DFR Flex 12000 3 x 400 2 x 4,7 25
Electric coil
DFR Flex 15000 3 x 400 2 x 7,5 16
Heating water coil
Cooling water coil
Out door Version
SELECTION SOFTWARE
• Selector DFR facilitates the selection of DFR Flex Micro Watt that is most appropriate for
Motorised damper (supply / exhaust) the building configuration. elector
Recycling pannel • Friendly interface DFR
Transition piece rectangular/ Circular • Quick calculation. elector

• All technical details and sizes included.
www.aldes.fr
ACCESSOIRES • CAD drawing model creation.

DFR
Description Code Logiciels de sélection

de la gamme DFR
Selection programs
RAC DFR 3000 D500 - 300x700 11058380

DFR range
RAC DFR 5000 D710 - 500x800 11058381

RAC DFR 6000 D800 - 1000x500 11058382
RAC DFR 8000 D900 - 1000x600 11058383
RAC DFR 9000 D1000 - 1200x600 11058384
RAC DFR 12000 D1250 - 1200x800 11058385

HRV Fan Units
DFR Flex micro-watt
DFR Flex 3000 micro-watt DFR Flex 5000 micro-watt
1200 1400
1000 1200
1000
800 Max
.
800
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
600
Ma
x. 600
61 400 Pa
57
400 70 400 Pa 62
58 58 400
66 62
200 150 Pa 150 Pa
200
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
3000 6000
Max.
Max.
2500 5000
Pa
300
2000 Pa
4000
150
Pa
P (W)
P (W)
HRV Fan Units

300
1500 3000
a
150 P
1000 2000
500 1000
0 0
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

1400 1600
1200 1400
1200
1000
Max.
1000
800
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
Max
. 800
600
600
61 400 Pa 64
400 70 400 Pa 60
58 65 400
69 60
200 150 Pa 150 Pa
200
0 0
2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 2000 4000 6000 8000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
7000 12000
6000 Max. 10000 Max.
5000
8000
Pa
300
P (W)
P (W)
4000
Pa 6000 a
3000 150 300 P
4000 150 Pa
2000
1000 2000
0 0
2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 2000 4000 6000 8000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)

HRV Fan Units

DFR Flex micro-watt

1600 1200
1400
1000
1200
800
1000
P (Pa)
P (Pa)
Max Ma
800 . 600 x.
600 67 400 Pa 62
400
67 400 Pa 62 64 63
400
65 63
200 150 Pa
200 150 Pa
0 0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
12000 10000
Max.
10000 Max.
8000 Pa
300
8000 Pa
6000 150
Pa
HRV Fan Units
P (W)
P (W)
300
6000
Pa
150
4000
4000
2000
2000
0 0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Q (m3/h) Q (m3/h)
DFR Flex 16000 micro-watt

2000
1600
1200
P (Pa)
Max
.
800
56 400 Pa 65
400
56 66
150 Pa
0
4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)
2000
1600 Max.
1200
P (W)
a
300 P
0 P a
800 15
400
0
4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000
Q (m3/h)

Notes
397
HRV Fan Units Heat Recovery Ventilation
Systems
T.Flow Hygro system
Air inlets
2
Ducts and accessories, please consult us.
Heat pump water heater - p. 402
Air inlets
2 Ducts and accessories, please consult us.
4
Exhaust fan - p. 280

3
1
Heat Pump Water Heaters
T.Flow Activ system


T.Flow Activ System
Advantages
• Thermodynamic hot water
production recognized as
renewable energy.
• CO2 technology: natural
refrigerant technology,
environmentally neutral.
• Unrivalled performance:
heating to 65°C in 2 hours
30 minutes.
PRINCIPLE
The T.Flow Activ system is a revolutionary heat pump
water heating system designed to produce domestic
hot water in individual homes.
This thermodynamic system captures the available
energy from outside air to heat domestic hot water.
It also features a CO2 technology heat pump, using a
natural refrigerant gas to offer unrivalled performance.
PERFORMANCE AND RAPIDITY

• Hot water on demand: hot water is stored at 65°C
all year round.
• Ultra-rapid: T.Flow Activ heats a full tank (filled with
cold water) in 2.5 hours compared to 8 hours with an
electrical water heater.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
• CO2 is a natural refrigerant gas, totally neutral for the Horizontal configuration
environment, non-inflammable and non-toxic. In the
event of a leak, the gas is a natural component of the
air we breath, in our natural surroundings.
• The T.Flow Activ water heater is economical in
energy use, requiring no additional electric heater on
a wide temperature range (-15°C to +43°C).
COMFORT OF INSTALLATION
AND USE

• Suited to all types of construction, the T.Flow Activ
water heater features 2 elements (heat pump and
tank) that can be installed according to your needs.
No work is needed on the thermodynamic loop.
• With this silent and efficient heat pump, the end
user is assured of hot water at any moment. A single
luminous button indicates the operating mode of the
water heater and is used to activate boost mode in
the event a large volume of hot water is consumed.
INSTALLATION Vertical mounting and dual hole connection Vertical mounting and single hole connection
• Indoor in a technical room.
• Several installations possible depending on the
configuration of the dwelling:
om the HP unit Hot water
- T.Flow Activ in vertical configuration: heat pump te
r fr distribution
module installed on a tank module, in a frost-
wa
protected room.
Hot
- T.Flow Activ in horizontal configuration: heat pump

module installed alongside a tank module, in a frost-
protected room.
- T.Flow Activ Modulo: heat pump installed on the
floor or wall in a technical room, tank installed close
to points of use up to 15 m from the heat pump
module.
• Connection:
- Dual-hole: a fresh air inlet grille and an exhaust grille
positioned on the wall and connected to the Heat Cold water
pump water heater via two flexible insulated ducts. supply
- Single-hole: a single grille with a divider to enable air Cold w

ater to the HP
unit
intake and exhaust, directly connected to the Heat
pump water heater via a rigid insulated duct that Heat pump unit
features an airflow divider partition (Airduo kit). Hot water tank
T.Flow Activ Modulo - Principle


T.Flow Activ
• Comfort of use: hot water at
• Certified . 65°C and boost function.
• Economical: no electrical
backup.
• Low sound level.
• Simple to install both in new
constructions and renovations.

• Private house. • Weight: 76 kg (Heat pump), 56 kg (Tank).
• New buildings and renovation. 170
390 Ø 300
DESCRIPTION
167
• Hot water temperature: 65°C Ø 200
• Heating time 2 hours 30.
• Control button for selection of operating mode: Eco
mode or Comfort (Boost) mode.
680
• Operates during off-peak hours. Ø 200
937
Heat pump
757
• Heat pump using outside air, with inverter compressor.
199
• Natural CO2 refrigerant fluid.
• Heating power up to 4.5 kW.
221
• Micro-watt EC motor. 240
• Outdoor temperature operating range: -15°C to +43°C. 780

Hot water tank
Heat pump - rear view Heat pump - top view
• 150 litre capacity
• Stainless steel tank.
• Integrated pressure regulator, safety unit and
condensate pump.
• Hot and cold water hydraulic connections: 3/4'' pipe
thread.
INSTALLATION
935
• Indoor in a frost-protected room.
772
• Tank and heat pump positioned horizontally or

vertically on a stable floor using the adjustable feet
provided.
391
Condensats
• Air inlets and outlets on exterior wall:
265
• 2 x Ø 200 mm insulated ducts with AWA251 type

exterior grilles 250x250 mm.
680
• Single hole Ø 300 mm with Airduo kit including a duct
with divider partition and grille. Tank - rear view Tank - side view
RANGE 0
30
Designation Code
T.Flow Activ HP4500 11023300
T.Flow Activ B150 11023301
393
AIRDUO kit 11023302
DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES

Please consult us. 56
6
OUTDOOR GRILLES
Ø
30
0
426
60
See Aeraulic Components, Grilles and Air Diffusion

section.
AIRDUO kit - exterior grille AIRDUO kit - Duct
TECHNICAL DETAILS
• Power supply: 230V - 50 Hz single phase.
• Heating power: COMFORT 4.5 kW, ECO 3.5 kW.
• Capacity: 150L at 65°C
• Indoor and outdoor acoustic pressure at 1 m ≤ 40 dB(A).
• NF Electricity Performance-certified features:
• COP at 7°C (as per EN 16147) = 3.42.
• Reserve power Pes = 30 W.
• Drawing-off cycle = L.
• Heating time = 2 hours 33.

T.Flow Activ Modulo
Advantages
• Comfort of use: hot water at
65°C and boost function.
• Backup electric resistance.
• Simplified integration:
separate storage tank and heat
pump.

• Private housing / commercial premises. • Weight: 76 kg (Heat pump), 50 to 90 kg (Tank).
• New buildings and renovation. 170
390 Ø 300
DESCRIPTION
167
• Hot water temperature: 65°C Ø 200
• Control button for selection of operating mode: Eco
mode or Comfort (Boost) mode.
• Operates during off-peak hours.
680
Heat pump Ø 200
937
• Heat pump using outside air, with inverter compressor.
757
• Natural CO2 refrigerant fluid.
199
• Heating power up to 4.5 kW.
• Micro-watt EC motor.
221
• Outdoor temperature operating range: -15°C to +43°C. 240
Hot water tank 780

• 200 or 300 L capacity with or without heat exchanger.
Heat pump - rear view Heat pump - top view
• Enamelled stainless steel tank.
• Manually-activated backup electric resistance.
• Hot and cold water hydraulic connections: 3/4'' pipe 30
0
thread.
INSTALLATION
393
• Indoors.
• The water tank and heat pump can be installed in
different rooms:

- heat pump mounted on floor or wall with the suitable 56
6
mounting kit.
Ø
- Tank installed close to points of use.

30
0
426
60
• Air inlets and outlets on exterior wall:

• 2 x Ø 200 mm insulated ducts with AWA251 type
AIRDUO kit - exterior grille AIRDUO kit - Duct
exterior grilles 250x250 mm.
• Single hole Ø 300 mm with Airduo kit including a duct
with divider partition and grille.
TECHNICAL DETAILS
• Power supply: 230V - 50 Hz single phase.
RANGE •
•
Heating power: BOOST 4.5 kW, ECO 3.5 kW.
Capacity: 200 L or 300 L at 65°C
Designation Code • Indoor and outdoor acoustic pressure at 1 m ≤ 40 dB(A).
T.Flow Activ M HP4500 heat pump 11023303
T.Flow Activ M B200 200L tank 11023304
T.Flow Activ M B300 300L tank 11023305
T.Flow Activ M DUO B300 300L tank 11023306
with heat exchanger
HP4500 wall mounting kit 11023307
HP4500 floor mounting kit Contact us

Please consult us.
OUTDOOR GRILLES
See Aeraulic Components, Grilles and Air Diffusion
section.


T.Flow Systems
• Patented system. • Intelligent ventilation.
• NF Electricity Performance. • Exploitation of the energy from
• Humidity-controlled: French polluted air for the prodcution
CSTB Technical Report. of DHW.
• Up to 75 % in energy savings.
• Wide range.
PRINCIPLE THE T.FLOW SOLUTIONS

The T.Flow Hygro systems ensure ventilation and Function
management of domestic hot water.
Ventilation Tank and
Air renewal is ensured mechanically by the air Application System Production
Humidity- Self- main components
extraction from sanitary areas and the kitchen of DHW
controlled balanced
depending on the rate of humidity. Fresh incoming
- B200-FAN T.Flow Hygro
air is introduced by air inlets in each main room
depending on the rate of humidity. - BAHIA humidity-controlled
T.Flow
The heat pump exploits the energy contained in Hygro • • exhaust grilles
the polluted air to heat the water contained in the Single - Humidity-controlled air
storage tank. family inlets
houses - B200-FAN T.Flow Hygro
RANGE T.Flow - Bap'SI self-balanced
Large range allowing for meeting the various Auto • • exhaust grilles
expectations of the market and that of users: - Self-balanced air inlets
• T.Flow Hygro is designed for all types of project: - B200 T.Flow Hygro
new constructions, low energy buildings, renovation,
replacement. - BAHIA humidity-controlled
exhaust grilles
• T.Flow Auto, designed for renovation projects for T.Flow
which it is necessary to foresee the implementation Hygro • • - Humidity-controlled air
of a ventilation system. The solution integrates a inlets
self-balanced CMEV. - Low consumption exhaust
Multi-family fan unit
APPLICATION houses
- B200 T.Flow Hygro
• Single or multi-family houses. - Bap'SI self-balanced
• New or renovation. T.Flow exhaust grilles
• Family of 2 to 6 persons. Auto • • - Self-balanced air inlets
- Low consumption exhaust
DESCRIPTION fan unit
The system principle is:
• air inlets in the living areas,
• air exhaust grilles in technical rooms,
• a heat pump water heater integrating the micro-
watt ventilation casing (single family houses) and
the Inverter heat pump. In multi-family houses, a
centralised micro-watt ventilation casing will ensure
the exhaust of polluted air for all of the flats.
INSTALLATION
• Indoors in a heated room.
• In an acoustically controlled technical area.
• Vertical on a stable floor.

B200-FAN T.Flow Hygro
Advantages
• Energy savings: Heat pump
with inverter compressor on
the exhaust air, micro-watt
motorisation and humidity-
controlled ventilation.
• Long-lasting: titanium anode,
steatite heating element, G4 filter.
• Plug and play system.
BAHIA Curve grille

• Single family houses. • Weight: about 110 kg (empty).
• New and renovation. 170
• T.Flow Humidity-controlled System or self-balanced
system.. 850
689 Ø 160 Ø 160
DESCRIPTION
• Enamelled tank with 55 mm of insulation and
RAL9006 coloured paint metal jacket. 64
• Protection of the tank by a titanium anode.
• Steatite backup heating element.
• Heat pump on the air exhaust with inverter
compressor and efficiency G4 filter.
Ø 687
• Micro-watt fan with an EC motor.
1594
• Digital display for access the various functions (start/

stop, hot water temperature, anti-legionnaire's
disease cycle etc.)
• 200 litres capacity to meet the daily needs of 2 to
6 persons. 470
• Humidity-controlled grilles: see Ventilation in the
humidity-controlled grilles part page 202.

INSTALLATION Ø 665 772
• Vertical, on a stable floor with adjustable feet included.
• T.Flow Hygro: humidity-controlled exhaust grilles in TECHNICAL DETAILS
sanitary areas and kitchen, and humidity-controlled • Steatite backup heating element: 1500 W.
air inlets in main rooms. • Ventilation power consumption: from 14,1 W-ThC up to 18,9 W-ThC from the F3 (1
• T.Flow Auto: self-balanced exhaust grilles in sanitary bath/ WC) to the F7 (3 bathrooms/ 3 WC).
areas and kitchen, and self-balanced air inlets in • Sound pressure level at 2 m: 30,5 dB (A) at 100 m3/h.
main rooms. • Test results according to the EN 16147 Standards and the NF Electricité Performance:
- Hot water reference temperature: 53,5°C.
RANGE - Volume : 198 L.
Description Code - Cycle : L.
B200-FAN T.Flow Hygro 11023196 Airflow COP Cycle Reserve Rated power of the
BAHIA KITCHEN C13 D125 kit 11033645 (m3/h) (EN16147) power (W) heat pump W
BAHIA BATH hygro B kit 11033640 40 2,43 L 39 750
BAHIA WC Presence hygro A/B kit 11033641 101,5 2,79 L 36 800
BAHIA LAUNDRY hygro A/B kit 11033644 195 2,82 L 43 800
BAHIA Curve BATH/WC BW15 kit 11033647 Certified results according to EN16147.
AIR INLETS
For humidity-controlled air inlets, please consult us.

Please consult us.


B200 T.Flow Hygro
Advantages
• Energy savings: heat pump with
the inverter compressor on the
exhaust air.
• Long-lasting: titanium anode,
steatite heating element, G4 filter.
• Plug and play system.

• Apartment blocks. • Weight: about 110 kg (empty).
• New and renovation. 170
• T.Flow Humidity-controlled and T.Flow Self-balanced
System. 850
689 Ø 160 Ø 160
DESCRIPTION
• Enamelled tank with 55 mm of insulation and
64
RAL9006 coloured paint metal jacket.
• Protection of the tank by a titanium anode.
• Steatite backup heating element.
• Heat pump on the extracted air with inverter
compressor and G4 protection filter.
Ø 687
• 200 litres capacity to meet the daily needs of 2 to
1594
6 persons.
• Digital display for access to and display of the
various functions (start/stop, hot water temperature,
Anti-Legionnaire's Disease cycle etc.).
470
INSTALLATION
• Vertical, on a stable floor and adjustable feet included.

• T.Flow Humidity-controlled System: humidity-controlled Ø 665 772
exhaust grilles in technical areas and humidity-controlled
air inlets in the main rooms.
• T.Flow Self-balanced System: Bap'SI type exhaust TECHNICAL DETAILS
grilles in technical areas and self-balanced air inlets • Steatite backup heating element: 1500 W.
in the main rooms. • Sound pressure level at 2 m < 26 dB (A).
• Test results according to the EN 16147 Standards and the NF Electricité Performance:
RANGE - Hot water reference temperature: 53,5°C.
Description Code - Volume : 198 L.
B200 T.Flow Hygro 11023197 - Cycle : L.
Airflow COP Cycle Reserve Rated power of
AIR INLETS AND EXHAUST GRILLES (m3/h) (EN16147) power (W) the heat pump W
For self-balanced or humidity-controlled air inlets, 40 2,54 L 36 750
please consult us. 101,5 2,87 L 35 800
DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES 195 2,85 L 42 800
Please consult us. Certified results according to EN16147.
ASSOCIATED FANS
See micro-watt C4 (400°C ½ h) exhaust fans page
283.

Notes
405
Heat Pump Water Heaters Heat Recovery Ventilation
Miscellaneous engineering datas
20
METRIC SYMBOLS AND NAMES COMMON EXPRESSIONS 30
A – ampere m – meter 1.00/sq. ft. = 10.76/m2 1 cfm/sq. ft. = 5.080 L/s m2

°C – degree Celsius min – minute m3/h = 1.6981 cfm W = 1.21 L/s ∆t °C (air) 40
g – gram Pa – pascal
h – hour s – second USEFUL CONVERSION FACTORS
50 2
Hz – hertz = cycle/second V – volt = W/A Multiply By To get Multiply By To get
J – joule W – watt = J/s mm 0.0393 in. in. 25.4 mm
60
L – liter = 1000 cm3 Ω – ohm = V/A m 3.2807 ft. ft. 0.3048 m
m2 10.76 ft.2 ft.2 0.0929 m2
m3 35.31 ft.3 ft.3 0.0283 m3 70
m3/s 1000 l/s l/s 0.001 m3/s
INCH/ DECIMAL/ MILLIMETER CONVERSION m3/s 2119.5 cfm cfm 0.00047 m3/s 3
Fractional Inches Decimal inches Millimeters m3/h 0.5886 cfm cfm 1.6986 m3/h 80
1/16 0.0625 1.588 m3/s 15873 gpm US gpm US 0.0001 m3/s

1/8 0.1250 3.175 m3/h 4.403 gpm US gpm US 0.2268 m3/h 90
3/16 0.1875 4.763 l/s 15.85 gpm US gpm US 0.063 l/s
1/4 0.2500 6.350 m/s 196.8 fpm fpm 0.0051 m/s
m/s 3.28 fps fps 0.3048 m/s 100
5/16 0.3125 7.938 4
kg 2.2046 lbs. lbs. 0.4536 kg
3/8 0.3750 9.525
kg 15456 grain grain 0.00006 kg 110
7/16 0.4375 11.113
N 0.1020 kg (kp) kg (kp) 9.8066 N
1/2 0.5000 12.700
N 0.2248 lb. f lb. f 4.4482 N
9/16 0.5625 14.288 Pa 1.0 N/m2 N/m2 1.0 Pa 120
5/8 0.6250 15.875 Pa 0.000145 psi psi 6896 Pa
5
11/16 0.6875 17.463 Pa 0.00029 in. Hg in. Hg 3386 Pa 130
3/4 0.7500 19.050 Pa 0.0040 in. WG in. WG 249 Pa
13/16 0.8125 20.638 Pa 0.0003 ft. WG ft. WG 2989 Pa
7/8 0.8750 22.225 Pa 0.00001 bar bar 100000 Pa 140
15/16 0.9375 23.813 Pa 0.1020 mmWG mmWG 9.8066 Pa

Pa 0.0010 mWG mWG 980.66 Pa
1 1.00 25.400 150
Pa 0.00001 at at 98066 Pa 6
Pa 0.00001 kg/cm2 kg/cm2 98066 Pa

kg/cm2 14.233 psi psi 0.0703 kg/cm2 160
FORMULAS Pa 0.0075 Tr Tr 133.3 Pa
AIR VELOCITY AS A FUNCTION OF THE DYNAMIC PRESSURE Pd kcal/h 3.968 Btu/h Btu/h 0.2519 kcal/h
170
√ 2 Pd (Pa) kcal/h 0.0003 Ref. ton Ref. ton 3022.8 kcal/h

V (m/s) =
ρ (kg/m3) W 1.0 J/s J/s 1.0 W 7
W 0.8598 kcal/h kcal/h 1.163 W 180
AIR DENSITY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
Pt (Pa) W 3.412 Btu/h Btu/h 0.2931 W
ρ (kg/m3) = = 1,2 at 20° C and 101325 Pa kW 0.284 Ref. ton Ref. ton 3.517 kW
287 x T (° C) 190
kW 1.359 HP metric HP metric 0.7354 kW
AIRFLOW AS A FUNCTION OF VELOCITY AND OPENING SECTION
kW 1.341 HP UK HP UK 0.7457 kW
Q (m3/h) = V (m/s) x S (m2) cal 4.1858 J J 0.2389 cal 200
AIRFLOW THROUGH A HOLE 8
Btu 1055 J J 0.0009 Btu
√ 2 ∆P (Pa) kWh 3.6 MJ MJ 0.2778 kWh

Q (m3/s) = x . Sh (m2) . kg 9.8067 J J 0.1020 kg
210
ρ (kg/m3)
ft. lb. 1.3558 J J 0.7376 ft. lb.
(Sh = hole surface - x = contraction factor (0,6 - 0,7))
kcal/kg 4.1868 kJ/kg kJ/kg 0.2388 kcal/kg 220
AIR LEAKAGE THROUGH A SLOT Btu/lb. 2.326 kJ/kg kJ/kg 0.4299 Btu/lb.
Q (m3/h) = 1 SA (cm2) √ ∆P (Pa) (SA = slot surface) lb./lb. 1.0 kg/kg kg/kg 1.0 lb./lb. 9
√ 10 230
grain/lb. 0.143 g/kg g/kg 6.993 grain/lb.
STACK EFFECT m3/kg 16.018 ft.3/lb ft.3/lb 0.0624 m3/kg
∆P (Pa) = 0,00467 (θ in - θ out) x g x ∆H m2°C 5.0 ft.2°F h ft.2°F h 0.2 m2°C 240
θ in = indoor temperature - θ ou t = outdoor temperature - g = 9,81 = gravity kcal Btu Btu kcal
constant
250
∆H = height difference between air inlet and air outlet. * Commonly used prefixes
10
Celsius -18 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 260
Fahrenheit 0 10 20 32 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 212 270

General Terms of Sale and Conditions 2013 - 14
Unless otherwise stipulated, as specified in a specific agreement of order. The customer may not cancel orders without our express,
between the parties, all orders placed are subject, without exception, to prior agreement and only on the minimum condition that the customer
our G.T.S. whatever the customer's general terms of purchase, the takes delivery of any products already manufactured and pays an
customer hereby declaring and acknowledging that he is aware of the indemnity covering our outlay and loss of profit for the equipment in the
G.T.S. and expressly accepts them. process of being manufactured. In the case of a change in the
purchaser's situation and, in particular, in the case of death, incapacity,
1. GENERAL POINTS: The information given by ALDES in any
winding-up or modification of the company, etc., ALDES reserves the
catalogues, brochures, price lists and drawings are for information only,
right, even after the partial performance of an order, to demand
ALDES reserving the right, at any time and without prior notice, to make
guarantees or to cancel the balance of the orders in process in the
modifications thereto, except when a technical file supporting a sales
name of the purchaser in question.
contract is drawn up in reference to the product. ALDES is only bound
by any undertakings made by its employees if it has issued written 7. WARRANTY
confirmation thereof. No order shall be deemed accepted unless it is 7.1. The warranty is applied to products used and maintained in
expressly accepted by a document bearing a registration number and accordance with user standards and our installation recommendations
order acknowledgement of the said order. and that have not been subject to any external damage (electrical
shocks, inclement weather), modifications made by the customer or
2. TECHNICAL SURVEYS AND PROJECTS: ALDES' liability is limited
abnormal usage.
to the characteristics of the products. The Customer remains liable for
The warranty covers the replacement of equipment acknowledged as
the choice of the product and its start-up according to the properties of
being faulty by our technical services to the exclusion of any labor and
the installation. Any theoretical or computational drawings giving
travelling expenses which may be incurred.
dimensions, drawn up by ALDES, or which result from
The warranty excludes any incidents due to circumstances beyond our
computer-assisted calculation software made available for the purpose
control or cases of force majeure, and all replacements or repairs
of surveys and price offers, cannot be considered as a technical survey
resulting from the normal wear and tear of the equipment, damage or
of the actual installation.
accidents resulting from negligence, faults due to ineffective
3. PRICE: The products are supplied at the rates given in the sales offer supervision or maintenance and all incorrect use of the equipment in
addressed to the Customer. The standard packing is included in the question.
offer. If customer needs any special packaging, then the same may be 7.2. Duration and start of the warranty: Our warranty covers a period
charged separately Prices are quoted in Arab Emirates Dirhams (AED). of one year from the date of delivery. It is understood that the
Price quotations are valid only for the period specified in the quotations. replacement of one part does not modify the duration of the initial
Confirmed prices are those in force at the time of the order. Unless warranty for the product concerned. ALDES' liability is strictly limited to
otherwise stipulated, offers only remain valid (content and price) for a the obligations defined herein and it is expressly agreed that ALDES
period of one month. shall not be bound to pay any indemnity including for financial or
4. DELIVERY CONDITIONS: All times, dates and delivery deadlines are indirect loss such as loss of profit, operating loss, loss of profit margin,
considered non binding, unless their binding nature has been expressly claims by third parties etc.
agreed in writing. 7.3. Obligations of the purchaser: To be able to benefit from these
If not otherwise indicated in the order confirmation, the delivery terms is provisions, the purchaser must inform us without delay and in writing of
"Ex Works Sharjah Airport Free Zone" any defects attributed to the equipment and provide all relevant
We are rightfully released from any undertaking relating to the delivery justifications. The purchaser is bound to facilitate all actions so that a
times if the terms of payment are not respected by the purchaser or in statement of these defects can be made and a solution found. He must
the case of circumstances beyond our control, or in the case of force abstain from carrying out repairs himself or having them carried out by
majeure or events such as lock-outs, strikes, epidemics, war, a third party, excepting express agreement from us.
requisition, fire, flooding, tooling accidents, significant rejects during 7.4. Means of exercising the guarantee: Once informed thereof, it is
manufacturing, interruption or delays in terms of transport or any other up to our company to repair the defect at our cost and in good time. We
cause leading to the total or partial lay off of our workforce or our reserve the right to modify the devices on the equipment if necessary,
suppliers. We shall keep the customer informed of this type of case or so as to be able to fulfill these obligations. Work resulting from the
event. guarantee clause are in principle conducted in our workshops once the
We are not liable for any rust, dampness or any damage whatsoever purchaser has sent the equipment or the faulty parts back for the
occurring to the goods after their dispatching or their being made purpose of repairs or replacement. However, in view of the nature of the
available to the purchaser. In the case of damage of any nature equipment, should the equipment be repaired on the site of installation,
whatsoever occurring during transport, it is up to the consignee to exert we shall bear the labor costs corresponding to these repairs, excluding
any recourse against the carrier or the insurer by the usual means and the time spent for preliminary work or any dismantling and remounting
within the usual deadlines. operations made necessary by the conditions of use or installation of
the equipment and with regard to any items that are not included in the
5. TERMS OF PAYMENT: ALDES invoices must be paid in full on the supplies in question. The cost of transporting the equipment or the
due date. In the case of non-payment on the due date, ALDES may faulty parts and the return of the equipment or parts once they have
suspend the consignment of other goods ordered by the same been repaired or replaced is payable by the purchaser, as are the
customer without incurring the payment of any damages. The Customer travelling and accommodation expenses of our agents in the case of
is not entitled to offset the outstanding amount with any counterclaims. repairs conducted on the site of installation. Any parts replaced free of
Any significant change in the financial or economic situation of the charge become our property and remain at our disposal.
customer, even after the partial performance of orders, may lead to the 7.5. Damages: Our liability is strictly limited to the obligations defined
terms of payment relative to said orders being reviewed. herein and cannot access the cost of the products or services invoiced
6. CLAIMS – CANCELATIONS OF ORDERS: and it is expressly agreed that we are not bound to pay any indemnity,
6.1. Claims: claim concerning quality can only be accepted if they are including financial or indirect loss such as loss of profit, loss of use or
made in writing within eight days of the arrival of the goods at their income, claims by third parties etc.
destination. In the case of a claim which we acknowledge is justified, our 8. MODIFICATIONS: ALDES reserves the right to modify these General
liability is limited to the replacement of the part acknowledged as being Terms and Conditions at any time.
faulty under the terms without it being possible to claim any indemnity
for any reason whatsoever. All the goods that are replaced must be 9. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION: UAE law shall apply
returned to our factory, unless otherwise stipulated.. exclusively and the ordinary courts at ALDES domicile shall have
6.2. Cancellation of orders: The customer is liable for any cancellation exclusive jurisdiction.

GENERAL
CATALOGUE
Middle East Edition 2013/2014

www.aldes.ae
Distributed by
ALDES MIDDLE EAST | P.O. Box : 8653 | Sharjah - U.A.E.

Tel : +971 6 557 8285 | Fax : +971 6 557 8405
E-mail : [email protected]
General Catalogue Middle East Edition 2013/2014

Catalogue 2013-14 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue 2013-14 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue 2013-14 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GENERAL

Middle East Edition 2013/2014

General Catalogue 2013/14 3

Pressure independent Constant airflow

Rectangular sound Bend type sound Circular sound

Swirl diffusers Special diffusers Jet diffusers

Small axial exhaust fans In-line duct fans Axial fans

Compact plate heat Plate heat exchangers Rotary heat exchangers

Volume control dampers Non return dampers Pressure relief dampers

Cross talk attenuators Acoustic louvres

Cabinet fans Roof fans Accessories

Heat pump water heaters

any prior notice”.

RMA SP 651 SP 650 RGE - RGEM

p.131 & 132 p. 134 p. 136 p. 138

6 General Catalogue 2013/14

p. 230 -233 p. 236 p. 238 p. 267

DECO IN LINE MINI - VEC inoVEC microwatt TVEC silence

p. 268 p. 270 p. 280 p. 288 p. 295

Heat Recovery Ventilation

DFR Flex DFE +

General Catalogue 2013/14 7

A full range: Something for everyone:

General Catalogue 2013/14 9

Help with diagnostics.

Production & Installation support. Design support.

After sale support.

10 General Catalogue 2013/14

Aldes S.P.A Reunion Island

General Catalogue 2013/14 11

12 General Catalogue 2013/14

Some prestigious references.

© Denis Dessus /Design Media Développement

General Catalogue 2013/14 13

Alphabetical Index by Description

14 General Catalogue 2013/14

General Catalogue 2013/14 15

Alphabetical Index by Description

16 General Catalogue 2013/14

General Catalogue 2013/14 17

Alphabetical Index by Abbreviations

18 General Catalogue 2013/14

General Catalogue 2013/14 19

Alphabetical Index by Abbreviations

20 General Catalogue 2013/14

General Catalogue 2013/14 21

Motorised Fire, Smoke

& Heat Dampers

• More than 1 million fire dampers manufactured.

• Fire resistance, no smoke leakage and Smoke Extraction

SD 125 Motorised Smoke Dampers

Fire dampers cartridges

Roof fans Axial fans

“Aldes Control” pack - p. 45

Fire resistant for air inlet

24 General Catalogue 2013/14

Rectangular / circular • Fire, smoke and heat damper

High Rectangular / circular • Fire, smoke and heat damper

Category Model Description Fusible